\ui^\s^Aj ; list 

THE 

BOOK OF PSALMS, 

WITHOUT POINTS; 



■ v COE^CTED FROM V THE EDITION OF ^ 

VANDER HOOGHT, 

WITH 

A KEY, GRAMMAR, LITERAL ENGLISH VERSION, 

AND 

LEXICON, 

UPON AN IMPROVED PLAN, 

BY 

JOHN RE ID, M. D. 

MEMBER OF THE FACULTY OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS, GLASGOW. 



Eruditi possunt judicare, nides discere, scioli neutrum. 



GLASGOW : 

Printed at the University Press, 
SOLI) BY M. OGLE, WARDLAW & CUNNINGH AME, AND THE 
OTHER BOOKSELLERS. 

1821. 



PREFACE, 

OR 

EXPLANATORY KEY. 



This work, it is hoped, will be found sufficient to 
enable the diligent student to read, understand, and 
analyze every word, in this part of the Sacred Volume, 
and thus prepare the way for the attainment of Oriental 
Literature. The best instructions that can be afforded, 
will, it must be confessed, be unsuccessful, if steadiness 
and activity be deficient. What are all the precepts 
that can be delivered to the pupil even during the 
course of an university education, they are nothing 
more, if we may be allowed the comparison, than the 
sign-board upon the highway which informs the travel- 
ler concerning the distance he has still to walk, and 
points out to him the direction of the right path, but 
this is all ; should the wayfaring man then stop he 
would never reach the proper end of his journey. 
It is the same with the scholar, if inattentive ; the best 
instructions, in whatever way they may be communi- 
cated, are of no avail. To be well acquainted with the 
Lexicon is of great importance ; this is the key that 
opens the whole treasures of Philology. When a diffi- 
culty arises in translating any passage, it will be found 
that the deficiency springs from not fully investigating 



PREFACE. 



the words in the Dictionary, this being done the ob- 
stacle will in general be removed : " hie labor, hoc opus 
est." The Grammar and Translation will lend their aid, 
corroborating each other's testimony, and a threefold 
cord is not easily broken. It is taken for granted that 
he who expects to profit by this Volume, is well ac- 
quainted with the principles of English Grammar, ac- 
cordingly the Translation will be to him almost a perpe- 
tual key. The Version will point out the parts of speech, 
and assist in discovering many of the more difficult roots ; 
if a noun, it will mark the case, gender, and number, in 
general ; if a verb, the conjugation, the voice, the mood, 
the tense, the number, the gender, and the person ; in 
a word, if not contraindicated by the small explanatory 
dash - whatever the parts of speech are in the Transla- 
tion, the Hebrew upon investigation will be found al- 
most always the same. The Lexicon is not confined 
to the Psalms, but is extended for the whole Bible, 
whether Hebrew or Chaldaic ; it gives information con- 
cerning the servile letters, and the changes they under- 
go, whether as prefixes inserted, * affixed, or postfixed ; 
the connection between the primary and secondary 



* Avenarius, in his fifth rule for finding the roots, accounts for the inserted 
letters l and ». The rule is nearly as follows, " the nature of the serviles, the 
placing, the punctuation/' alluding to the Masoretic pointing, " and the signi- 
fication before all things ought to be exactly known. For either the serviles 
are added to the beginning of the root, or affixed, never in the middle. For 
with regard to the insertion of S and *, this arises from the form and reason of 
the accompanying points, which cannot be placed under the letters as is the 
case with the other points." 



PREFACE. 



vii 



meaning of the words is frequently given, also the gen- 
der of the nouns. Perhaps the small modern Lexicons 
are deficient in this particular, as the form of the verb 
is often dependent on the gender of the nominative ; 
in order that the transition to the older, and more ex- 
tended Lexicons, may be easy, the Latin translation is 
for the most part given. As an improvement of the 
plan, favourable for the student, in a summary way, 
referring to the proper place for a more extended ex- 
plication ; the Lexicon will likewise in many instances 
direct to the root when any of the radicals is omitted ; 
thus ^3 To go, is marked R. also not a few of the 
derivatives will be found in the order of the alphabet, 
as TOD m. A song, R. The Grammar in its expli- 
cations will either coincide with the Version and Dic- 
tionary, or explain such peculiarities as could not with 
propriety be considered elsewhere; should any error 
through inadvertency creep into the Version, or Lexi- 
con, the Grammar will assist in rectifying it. The 
Translation we know is not elegant, but we hope that 
those for whom it has been prepared, will find it literal 
and just, so that with regard to it we may remark, 
" Ornari res ipsa negat, contenta doceri." With respect 
to the punctuation, we only use the comma and the 
period, so that when the semicolon and colon present 
themselves, the Version ought to be read as if they 
were not in the text. In forming the Translation it 
was soon found that in several particulars the idiom of 
the two languages was different, when this occurs a 
small dash - is employed, to which it will be proper 



Vlll 



PREFACE. 



to pay attention. 1st. When the dash - comes before a 
noun, or an adjective taken for a noun, the Hebrew is 
in the plural. *HLTN* asherl, and CD^EH reshoim, Psalm 
first, verse first, or contracted, Psalm i. 1. are examples. 
2d. When before the relative, the original is a participle, 
^DIH husl, Psalm ii. 12. 3d. When before a nominative 
preceded by the adverb, when, the Hebrew is the in- 
finitive mood used as a substantive noun, Grammar, 
page 29. or contracted, G. p. 29, lrrOD beberehu, 
Psalm iii. 1. 4th. When before the auxiliary verb, the 
imperative, the participle, or the infinitive, after the 
preposition, to, the verb is in the Hiphil form. TVh^ 
Izellh, Psalm i. 3. h®m eshecllii, Psalm ii. 10. JWID 
mushlo, Psalm vii. 11. rV'X&rb leshebith, Psalm viii. 3. 
5th. When employed between the auxiliary and the 
participle, or an adjective, the Hebrew is the active 
voice, iVo&yn eshecllu, Psalm ii. 10. tplO lanep, Psalm 
ii. 12. 6th. When used before a preposition preceded 
by a noun or participle, the original is expressed by a 
single letter, becel, Psalm vi. 8. ^TTCD cezedeki, 

Psalm vii. 9. 7th. When before, to, of the infinitive, 
the original has a b prefixed, rviwrb leshebith, Psalm 
viii, 3. 8th. When the preposition, of, not affected by 
the dash-, comes between two nouns, these nouns in the 
Hebrew are in government, or regimen. G. p. 4. if the 
first of these nouns end in H feminine, it is changed 
into r\, also if the first be in the plural ending in D* 1 im, 
the is omitted, nyjfr bozeth, asherl, Psalm i. 1. 

One of the greatest difficulties in acquiring any of the 
Eastern Languages, particularly the Hebrew, Chaldaic, 



PREFACE. 



ix 



Arabic, and Persian, is, that the words cannot be found 
in the Lexicon as they occur in the text. This diffi- 
culty is further increased, as frequently one and some- 
times two of the three radicals are omitted, thus 
nethen, To give, sometimes occurs, the first and last ra- 
dicals being left out. The root HpS lekeh, To take, omits 
at times the S. C03H henet, To bring forth, also niW 
shene, Two ; JpK anep, To be angry, the medial 1 ptf 
amen, True, or Faithful, the final j. inK ahed, Once, the 
final *7 ; but as the Lexicon attends to these peculiarities, 
they will give the student little embarrassment. Be- 
sides these examples there are eight possible varieties 
of a two lettered root, bozeth, Psalm i. 1. may 

serve for a model. D is the preposition, in, G. p, 21. 
Lexicon, page 16. or contracted, L. p. 16. H is in re- 
gimen for H feminine, G. p. 5. L. p. 148. yjf is a two 
lettered root, therefore deficient one radical : this root 
in its different possible forms may stand as a paradigma, 
thus, 1st, pw. 2d, yy\ 3d, pa 4 th, py. 5th, py. 6th, 
Stt^. 7th, n^. 8th, p*y. The first, the fifth, and the 
sixth forms, occur so seldom, that we have appropriated 
no specific mark for them; but in the Lexicon the 
greatest care has been taken to explain them fully. 
When the second form occurs, we employ in the Ver- 
sion the acute accent, thus the very word we have se- 
lected as a general model has over its translation, coun- 
sel; this accent, which shows that the true root of yy is 
yy\ For the third form, the grave accent is employed, 
thus, give, in the third verse has this accent, informing 
the student that jr\ has for its root JfU For the fourth 



X 



PREFACE. 



form the circumflex is used, thus, scorners, in the first 
verse indicates that of fS, is the root. For the 
seventh form the mark of a short vowel is employed, 
thus in the third verse, fruit, is thus marked, intimating 
that of "HD, m£ is the root. For the eighth form we 
use the mark of along vowel, thus in the seventh verse 
of the second Psalm, decree, is thus marked, intimating 
that of pn, ppn is the root. With regard to those roots 
which leave out two of the three radicals, the preceding 
observations will supply the first, and if To give, 
and To break, be excepted, the last radical is al- 
most always ft; so that this class of deficient roots is thus 
rendered as easy as the preceding. Concerning the 
gender of nouns, in which the verb is included, having 
always respect to the gender of the nominative as regu- 
lating the verb, when a noun is masculine, the comma, 
the period, or the absence of any point is employed, 
thus, blessedness in the first verse has no point after it, 
ungodly, has the comma, and, night, the last word of 
the second verse, the period, they are therefore to be 
reckoned masculine. When the noun is feminine the 
semicolon is used, thus, counsel; in the first verse, is 
thus pointed, intimating that its corresponding word in 
the Hebrew text is feminine. When the noun is com- 
mon gender, the colon is used, thus, way : in the first 
verse, is thus pointed, informing the student that TIT 
is common gender, or used indiscriminately for the 
masculine or the feminine; the Lexicon will give infor- 
mation in which of those genders thev are most fre- 
quently employed. As a further illustration of these 



PREFACE. 



XI 



observations, we shall analyze the first Psalm in a man- 
ner independent of the Translation ; then with the first 
verse as an evidence, see how far by the Version, in 
connection with the Grammar, the same results can be 
obtained. *n^tf asheri, O the-blessedness, G. p. 4. 
L. p. 15. The radical, primary, or ideal meaning, to 
go forward, common gender, or contracted, c. it denotes 
the relative pronoun, or something concerning the ante- 
cedent still going forward ; noun masculine, or contract- 
ed, m. blessedness, or the happy consequence of going 
forward in the path of duty ; the last letter is now to be 
considered, G. p. 5. L. p. 55. where we are inform- 
ed that it is a contraction of the masculine plural in re- 
gimen; concerning the case of this noun the Jewish 
Rabbies are not determinate, they are often in doubt, 
for they are not well skilled in Philology, it is evidently 
the vocative plural masculine in regimen of a substan- 
tive noun. (See Simon's Lexicon.) !£^Nn ealsh, Of the 
man, this word cannot be found so easily as the pre- 
ceding, G. p. 3. L. p. 33. inform us that il is a pre- 
fix, denoting, that, or the, emphatic, t^K alsh, L. p. 8. 
a noun, m. radix or root, or abbreviated, R. rw Ishe, 
Existence, man, or the object or person existing, it is 
therefore the genitive singular masculine of a substan- 
tive noun. For the next word see the first of the verse. 
tm l£ an adverb, not, L. p. 69. "pn elec, L. p. 35. To 
walk, considered in connection with G. p. 7. it is the 
third person singular masculine preter of a verb in Kal. 
ni^ID bozeth, In the counsel ; 3 a preposition, in, G. p. 
21. L. p. 16. the root cannot be found under the three 



Xll 



PREFACE. 



remaining letters, G. p. 2. informs us of the radical 
and servile letters; when we find that H may be servile, 
we are then sure that when the root is found, the 
two radical letters ^ must form a part of it, for no ra- 
dical letter. except D, G. p. 2„ can be servile : we also 
know from G. p. 5. L. p. 148. that T\ may be in regi- 
men for n feminine, this is then a root defective of one 
radical, and it has been already observed, that of this 
class there are eight possible varieties ; it will be found 
under the second form, Counsel, m. but we know, 
G. p. 3. that a masculine noun becomes feminine if 
H be affixed, and being in regimen the il is changed in- 
to H. This noun therefore is the ablative singular fe- 
minine, or contracted, f. in regimen of a substantive 
noun. D^S^l resholm, Of the-ungodly, is the genitive 
plural masculine of a substantive noun, yen resho, the 
root easily found, L. p. 133. CP Im, the plural mascu- 
line termination. G. p. 4. -pil) ubederec, And in the 
way : 1, the conjunction and, L. p. 37. 3 the preposi- 
tion m, already considered. y)l derec, the root, L. 
p. 33. To tread, to trample upon ; c. a way : or that up- 
on which we tread or trample; it is then the ablative 
singular common gender in regimen of a substantive 
noun. QWtDH hetaim, Of sinners, is the genitive plural 
masculine of a substantive noun, the root XDn heta, 
L. p. 43. To miss the mark, or deviate from the line 
or path of duty ; m. a sinner, or one who deviates from 
the prescribed path appointed by God. CP im, has been 
already considered, the next word has also been con- 
sidered. Ifttf omed, is the third person singular preter 



PREFACE. 



xiii 



masculine of a verb in Kal, G. p. 7. To stand, L. p. 
102. y&!22) ubemesheb, And in the seat. 1, and ; D, in, 
have been already considered. is one of the Earn en- 
tic letters, employed in forming nouns. G. p. 22, L. 
p. 72. sheb, falls under the second form of the two 
lettered roots, Tsheb, is the root, To sit ; m. a seat, it is 
therefore the ablative singular masculine in regimen of 
a substantive noun. O^lezim, Of scorners, is the geni- 
tive plural masculine of a substantive noun. This is the 
fourth form of the two lettered root, L. p. 70. To scorn, 
O* 1 Tm, the plural masculine termination has been al- 
ready considered. y& Isheb, is the third person singu- 
lar, masculine preter of a verb in Kal, already consider- 
ed. Verse 2d, *3 ci, L. p. 63. a conjunction, for, OK 
am, L p. 10 Since 9 an adverb, or conjunction. mirD 
bethureth, In the law, is the ablative singular feminine 
in regimen of a substantive noun. D a preposition, in 9 
already considered. -H, one of the Eamentic letters, 
G. p. 22. L. p. 148. 1, (see Preface foot note.) n in regi- 
men for n feminine, already explained, it is therefore a 
root where one radical is deficient; it falls under the se- 
cond form. L. p. 60. ire, To regulate; Him ieue, 
Jehovah, is the genitive singular masculine of a substan- 
tive noun, i I, is one of the Eamentic letters already 
considered, L. p. 55. G. p. 23. root mn eue, To be, or 
exist. L. p. 35. llSSn hepezii, His delight, is the 
nominative singular masculine of a -substantive noun, 
L. p. 48. 1, His, in regimen. G. p. 7. L. p. 37* 
irmnm ubethurethu, And in his law; 1, and; 3, in, &c. 
already considered, mm lege, He will meditate, the 

b 



xiv 



PREFACE. 



third person singular masculine future of a verb in Kal, 
G. p. 9. 1 1, the sign of the future, G. p. 21. L. p. 54. 
run ege, To meditate, L. p. 34. DOViumem, is an adverb, 
Daily, R. Im, A day ; L. p. 57. for final D. L. p. 
73. ulile, And night, is the nominative singular 

masculine of a substantive noun, R. 111, Night, L. p. 
71. Verse 3d, JTm ueie, And he has been ; \ and, al- 
ready considered. TV¥\ eie, is the third person singular 
masculine preter of a verb in Kal, To be, or exist, L. 
p. 35. yyD coz, As a tree ; 3, As, a conjunction, or com- 
parative adverb, L. p. 61. yy 6z, L. p. 104. To fasten, is 
the nominative singular masculine of a substantive noun ; 
a tree, from its roots taking firm hold of the ground, 
shethul, Planted, L. p. 147. is the participle in Poul, G. 
p. 11. 61, Upon, a preposition, L. p. 101. \Dfl pel eg!, 
The divisions, is the accusative plural masculine in re- 
gimen of a substantive noun, L- p. 110. i I, final, has 
been already considered. O'O mim, Of waters, is the 
genitive plural masculine of a substantive noun, L. p. 
77. The next word has been already considered. VHB 
perm, His fruit, is the accusative singular masculine of 
a substantive noun. 1 u, His, already considered. This 
root falls under the seventh form, the root mD pere, L. p. 
113. (IT Ithen, Shall give, is the third person singular 
masculine future of a verb in Kal. i I, initial, is the sign 
of the future, G. p. 2L L p. 54. This root falls under 
the third form, \r\2 nethen, To give, L. p. 92. mjD bothu, 
In his time, is the ablative singular common gender of 
a substantive noun. D, 1, his, have been already con- 
sidered, ny 6th, Time, c. L. p. 107. IH^Jfl uoleu, And 



PREFACE. 



XV 



his leaf, is the nominative singular masculine of a sub- 
stantive noun, R. Thy ole, To ascend, L. p. 102. a leaf, 
from its ascending ingrowing; the other parts of the 
word have been considered. The next word already 
explained. *~V)y* Ibul, Shall wither, is the third person 
singular masculine future of a verb in Kal. ? I, initial, 
as the sign of the future, G. p. 21. L. p. 54. (for the in- 
serted 1, see Preface foot note ;) this root falls under 
the seventh form. nSl bele, To grow old, L. p. 20. 

ucel, And all, is the nominative singular masculine 
of an adjective standing for a noun ; 1 u, And, already 
considered ; *"7D eel, falls under the seventh form, L. p. 
64. To finish. The next word already explained. 

loslie, He shall do, is the third person singular 
masculine future of a verb in Kal ; i l, is the sign of the 
future, G. p. 21. L. p. 54. root PHB?j oshe, To perform 
any action, L. p. 107- Txhw Izelih, He shall cause to 
prosper, is the third person singular masculine future 
of a verb in Hiphil; i !, as the sign of the future, G. 
p. 21. L. p. 54. 1 1, inserted before the last radical, one 
of the si^ns of the Hiphil form of the verb, G. p. 21. L. 
p. 55. vh^ zeleh, To prosper, the root, L. p. 117. Verse 
4th, The first word already explained, p cen, So, an 
adverb, or conjunction, L. p. 63. For initial n of the 
next word, see the second of the first verse, also the 
seventh of the same. The two following words have 
been explained. fDD cemez, As chaff; 2 As, L. p. 61. 
Y?2 mez, is the nominative singular masculine of a substan- 
tive noun, L. p. 77. The next word has been explained. 
*)3£nn thedepenu, Shall drive it away, is the third person 
singular feminine future of a verb in Kal ; 13 nu, final 
or him, G. p. 7. L. p, 83. n th, is the sign of t 1 



xvi 



PREFACE. 



minine future, G. p. 22. L. p. 148. 2*7 dep, falls under 
the third form of the two-lettered roots. 5*73 nedep, To 
drive away, L. p. 85. Both 12 nii, and **C % N asher, are 
by pleonasm governed by the verb ; this figure often oc- 
curs in the Sacred Writings ; nay, our Translation some- 
times literally renders the original, Psalm xxiii. 4. Thy 
rod and thy staff they comfort me. mi ruh, is the no- 
minative singular common gender of a substantive noun, 
L. p. 128. breath, air, wind, spirit, This noun being com- 
mon gender allows the verb to take the feminine form. 
Verse 5th, The first three words already explained. lOp*- 
ikemu, They shall stand, is the third person plural mascu- 
line future of a verb in Kal ; 1 1, initial, G. p. 21. L. p. 54. 
1u final, paragogic, G. p. 23. L. p. 37- this root falls 
under the fourth form. QXp kum, To stand, L. p. 121. 
The next word has been considered. D£32*Q3 bemeshepet. 
In the judgment; 3, In, already explained; 2, Eamen- 
tic, G. p. 22. L. p. 72. the root 02^ shepet, L. p. 145. 
It is therefore the ablative singular masculine of a sub- 
stantive noun : to the next word we have alreadv paid 
attention. i-njft bodeth, In the assembly or testi- 
monv, is the ablative singular feminine in regimen of a 
substantive noun s 2, In, and n for n feminine: in ffo- 
vernment have been considered already, the root fails 
under the seventh form r~H>* ode, L. p. 98. An assem- 
bly. "zrp'T* zedlklm, Of the righteous, is the genitive 
plural masculine of a substantive noun ; Qi Im, the plural 
termination, G. p. 4. ^ I, inserted, (see Preface foot 
note.) root pl^ zedek, L. p. 115. Verse 6th, First 
word already considered. jrjV ludo, Has known, is the 
third person singular masculine preter of a verb in Kal ; 
we are not ignorant that by some it is reckoned the 



PREFACE. 



xvii 



participle Benoni in Kal ; 1 u inserted, (see Preface foot 
note.) the root iTP Ido 5 To know/ L. p. 56. 
thabed, Shall perish, is the third person singular future 
feminine of a verb in Kal ; H the sign of the future, 
G. p. £2. L. p. 148. root abed, To perish, L. p. 2. 
The other words of the verse have been already con- 
sidered. In this Psalm there have occurred two instances 
of the feminine form of the verb dependent upon the 
gender of the nominative ; this shows the propriety of 
the Lexicon giving the gender of the nouns, &c. To 
any Student well acquainted with his native language, 
the Translation is so constructed that it may be to him 
as an artificial" memory; as an evidence of it, we shall 
consider for a few examples, how far the Translation 
with the Grammar will assist in obtaining the same re- 
sults. W e have said that *n&\\* ashen, is the vocative plural 
masculine in regimen of a substantive noun ; that it is 
the vocative of a substantive noun is evident from the 
Translation ; that it is plural is evident from the dash, 
as explained in the Key ; that it is masculine, is evident 
from the Key, for it has neither the semicolon nor the 
colon after it; that it is in regimen, is manifest from the 
Key, for it has in the Version the preposition of, after 
it not affected with the dash. t^NH ealsh, is the genitive 
singular masculine of a substantive noun ; that it is the 
genitive singular, is evident from its connection with 
the preposition, of; that it is masculine, is evident from 
its not having the semicolon, nor the colon after it. 
asher, is the nominative singular common gender of the 
relative pronoun ; that it is the nominative singular, is 
evident both from the verb to which it is the nomina- 
tive and the antecedent to which it is the relative ; that 



XV111 



PREFACE. 



it is common gender, is evident from the colon after it. 

la, is an adverb, not, in the Translation it is the same. 

elec, is the third person singular masculine preter 
of a verb in Kal ; the Translation compared with G. p. 
7. declares the same. ni£JD bozeth, is the ablative 
singular feminine in regimen of a substantive noun; that 
it is in the ablative singular, is evident from the Trans- 
lation ; that it is feminine, because it has the semicolon 
after it ; that it is in regimen, is evident from the pre- 
position, of, not affected with the dash as already ex- 
plained, coming after it ; that it is deficient in its initial 
radical which is 1 1, is evident from the acute accent 
being placed above the Translation as explained in the 
Key. QtytSH resholm, is the genitive plural masculine 
of a substantive noun ; that it is plural, is evident from 
the prefixed dash ; that it is in the genitive, is evident 
from the Translation ; that it is masculine, is evident 
from not having the semicolon, nor the colon after it. 
"■pi^l ubederec, is the ablative singular common gender 
in regimen of a substantive noun ; that it is in the abla- 
tive singular, is evident from the Translation ; that it is 
common gender, appears from the colon which is placed 
after it ; that it is in regimen, is evident from the pre- 
position, of, not affected by the dash, being placed after 
it. Q^KtOH hetalm, is the genitive plural masculine of 
a substantive noun ; that it is in the genitive plural, is 
evident from the Translation ; and that it is masculine, 
is evident from not having the colon, nor the semicolon 
after it; the next word has already been considered. 
Ifttf omed, is the third person singular masculine preter 
of a verb in Kal ; the Translation compared with the 
G. p. 7. proves this. ubemesheb, is the ablative 



PREFACE. 



xix 



singular masculine of a substantive noun in regimen ; 
that it is in the ablative, is evident from the preposition, 
in ; that it is singular, the Translation asserts ; that it is 
in regimen, the preposition, of not affected with the 
dash, testifies ; that it is masculine, is evident from not 
having the colon, nor the semicolon after it ; that it is de- 
ficient of one of its radicals, is evident from the accent 
used in the Translation. D^ 1 ? lezim, is the genitive 
plural masculine of a substantive noun, the preposition, 
of before shows it to be in the genitive, and the Trans- 
lation informs us that it is plural ; that it is masculine, 
from not having the semicolon, nor the colon after it ; 
that it is defective in its middle radical, is evident from 
the circumflex accent employed ; the next word has 
been considered. Sffl isheb, is the third person singular 
preter masculine of a verb in Kal, this is evident from 
G. p. 7. compared with the Translation. This analysis, 
we apprehend, should not be carried aay farther. 

The student will perceive that in the Grammar we 
have quoted from the ETIEA I1TEPOENTA of Mr. 
John Horne Tooke ; if that admirable Philologist had 
been as well acquainted with the eastern languages 
as he was with the northern, he would have been able 
to have carried his valuable inquiries still farther. In the 
Grammar, page 26. we observe that beneath is com- 
pounded of be and neatly and that neath is the positive 
degree of an adjective of which the comparative nether 
or lower, is still in use, as the nether-millstone ; under, 
that is, on-neder, being the Dutch for below ; the Hebrew 
informs us that the true root of neath is nm neheth, 
To descend; and if necessary this root might be traced 
through all the eastern languages, and thence to the 



XX 



PREFACE. 



northern, where Mr. Horne Tooke found it. In page 
24th of the Grammar, we have observed that not, no, 
mean averse, unwilling; the true source of this adverb is 
the Hebrew S^ na, To fail, and there is not, perhaps, 
a language in the known world into which as a negative 
it is not to be found. We are of opinion that the true 
source of etymology is to be found in the eastern lan- 
guages, of which the Hebrew is the parent, and to which 
they can still in many instances be traced ; this study is 
of the greatest importance, for though Philology by its 
original import at first only denoted the knowledge of 
language, yet it soon acquired a more extensive, a more 
exalted signification. Without the aid of Philology it is 
scarcely possible to unfold the origin of nations, to trace 
their first frame and constitution, to understand their cus- 
toms, manners, religion, laws, language, government; 
their progress in the arts of peace or war, or to know by 
what means they have arisen to grandeur and importance. 
The study of history so necessary to every rank, w T iil be 
very deficient without the aid of Philology. To the stu- 
dent of divinity this science is of very great importance, 
it enables him to take just and enlarged views of the 
Sacred Writings, which, when blessed to his soul by 
the influences of the Holy Spirit, are able to make him 
wise unto salvation, through faith which is in Christ 
Jesus. Our heart's desire and prayer is, that the bless- 
ing of God, and the influence of his Holy Spirit, may 
accompany this work, and that it may please Him to 
cause it to redound to His glory, and to the edification 
of those who peruse it, to their growth in grace, and in 
the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. 
Amen, and Amen. 



AN OUTLINE 

OF 

HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



Of the Letters and manner of Reading. 
ALPHABET. 



POWER. 


FORM. 


NAME. 


FINAL. 


SIMILAR. 


SOUND. 


1 




Aleph 






a, as in #// 


2 




Beth 






b 


3 


\ 


VJ 1111 Cl 




j 


O* AS in xrirjp 


4 


H 

i 


Daleth 

-L/CllC til 




i 


d 


5 


n 


He 




n 


e, as in wera 


6 


i 


Vau 




v 


u, as in 


7 


T 


Zain 




1 

n 


z 


8 


n 


Heth 




h 


9 


to 


Teth 






t 


10 


•» 


Jod 






i, as in Jield 


20 




Caph 


-J 500 




c, as in cowe 


30 




Lamed 




1 


40 





Mem 


OD600 


D 


m 


50 




Nun 


] 700 




n 


60 


D 


Samech 


D 


s 


70 




Oin 






o 


80 




Pe 


f) 800 




P 


90 




Tzade 


I* 900 


| 


tz 


100 


p 


Koph 




k 


200 


i 


Resh 






r 


300 




Shin 






sh 


400 


n 


Thau 






th 



A 



2 



AN OUTLINE OF 



This sacred language is read from right to left 
1 Jt i H K are vowels, the rest consonants. In reading He- 
brew these vowels are sounded long. When a vowel is 
supplied in reading it may be e sounded short, as fr<"Q 
Bera, he has created. The following vowels i 1 Jl K 
called Ehevi, for the sake of memory, are employed 
often for each other, as HIS becomes "HS Fruit. The 
letters may be divided into the following classes, 

Gutturals, J n H K 
Labials, D 1 3 
Palatials, p O /> Jl 
Linguals, n^DI 
Dentals, W n ^ D t 

Those of the same order are sometimes employed for 
each other, as HDD for To lift up. * The letters 
are either serviles or radicals; the serviles are j)^ *\ 
?~\tyO }rVW which, for the sake of memory, may be called 
Aithen, Meshe, u, Celeb. The rest are radicals, and never 
become serviles except CD when used for n but the ser- 
viles are often radicals. The serviles are employed in 
producing the changes necessary in the structure of the 
language. A radix or root generally consists of three 
letters, (see Gusset's Lexicon, p. 2.) one of which is fre- 
quently omitted, and sometimes two. Those words which 
have more than three letters are evidently foreign or 
compounded words, though it may not be easy at all 
times to show their composition. This rule though 
evidently derived from the peculiar genius of the Hebrew 
is applicable in some measure to every language whether 



* The principle upon which, from Moor's Greek Grammar, the following ar- 
rangement is formed, will be of great service to the student in tracing the con- 
nexion of the Hebrew with any other language. 

Labials, cr, /3, <p, ~\ C ip, ib, iph. 

Palatials, %, y, > are sounded -s ik, ig, ih. 

Dentals, r, b, 0, ) v. it, id, ith. 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



8 



ancient or modern. The following letters denominated 
Eamentic, i ft 3 D K H are employed as prefixes, or 
sometimes affixes, in forming nouns from verbs. HWitfjlBt 
Aevineth are called paragogic, vagayuytKos or additional, 
being found generally as affixes where they seem only 
annexed for the sake of sound, but in reality they supply 
the place of adverbs, of which, perhaps, they are ab- 
breviations; they increase the primitive meaning of the 
root to which they are postfixed. As in this language 
a word is never so divided that one part of it appears 
in one line and another in the next; they therefore 
enlarge some of their letters to fill up the blank space. 
D n ^ H N are used then in an extended form, 
and are then called dilated or extended letters. 

Parts of Speech. 

ARTICLE. 

There is no part of the Hebrew that corresponds 
exactlv to the common use of the articles, whether de- 
finite or indefinite; the only word in this language which 
approaches to this part of speech is H this is then a con- 
traction of mn the being, or the existence, and corres- 
ponds to the definite article in its emphatic use, as t^KH 
The man, or that man. 

NOUN. 

Nouns have three genders, two numbers, and six 
cases. Nouns ending in H * or ft are generally feminine, 
as nftTK Earth. All other nouns are generally mascu- 



* n affixed to nouns is a contraction of the pronoun J^in He, she, or it, com- 
mon gender. This accounts for some nouns ending in m being masculine, as 
3iK A conjurer ; mailt Conjurers. The reason seems to be the n in the root 
P13K is not strictly radical, in the plural it is changed into n that l is pre- 
fixed. This 1 is without doubt the remains of a pronoun third person plural 



4 



AN OUTLINE OF 



line, as DTK A man; sometimes common, as mi* A 
mark. Masculine nouns generally form their plural in 
D or as Qft&iK Wings, A wing. Feminine 
nouns generally form their plural in m as HEK *A 
young woman, mnfttf Young women. 



CASES. 

Singular. 

Nom. tSM A man, or the man. 

Gen. t£"K of a man, or the man. 

Dat. Wtib for, or to the man. 

Acc. CTWriK the man. 

Voc. BWn O the man. 

Abl. B^KO from the man. 

Plural. 

Nom. CWK men, or the men. 

Gen. EZWK of men, or of the men. 

Dat. EDWtib for men, or for the men. 

Acc. CWWnK the men. 

Voc. Q^trWn O men, or O the men. 

Abl. CWWO from men, or from the men. 

When two nouns come together they are said to be in 

common gender; this accounts for nouns in being both masculine and fe- 
minine. That this conjecture is not without foundation, will appear evident 
from a proper consideration of the following passages in the original, in which 
it signifies, their or them, Exodus xxiii. 23. Deuteronomy iv. 37* vii. 10. xxi. 
10. Joshua ii. 4. Psalm xlvi. 4. Isaiah v. 26. It appears to be the latter part 
of riEn They, where l is employed for n, being one of the ehevi letters. 
Some nouns ending in EE are feminine, as CD V #: Wives. S' is a contraction 
of the pronoun of the third person plural, mttn They, generally masculine, 
but sometimes feminine, the n being changed into \ Some masculine nouns 
form their plural in y as An island, Islands. This teraiination is the 
contracted form of ^eh the third person plural masculine of the Chaldaic pro- 
noun, they. We are aware that these are denominated Chaldaic forms, it is 
true they are so, but it is also true, that they are taken from the Hebrew into 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



5 



government or regimen, the first is the governing word, 
the second is governed in the genitive. The first 
if singular and feminine ending in H changes that 
letter generally into n, as my Counsel, totyvn my 
The counsel of the wicked. The masculine plural 
loses the final Q when it is the governing word, as t2^*tn 
O the blessednesses of the man ; these changes of- 
tentimes take place when the nouns, &c. are not in re- 
gimen, evidently for the sake of a more pleasant sound, 
as *Q ''Din The persons trusting in him, Psalm ii. 12. (See 
Wilson's Grammar, page 133.) 

ADJECTIVE. 

Adjectives in the positive degree are similar to nouns. 
The comparative is formed by prefixing to the word, 
for which the preference is given, the letter ft, from P"ttD 
To distribute, as Q*MD Sons. Good ; ft literally be- 
fore, good before sons, that is, better than sons. The 
superlative arises from prefixing *TNft Very, to the positive, 
as *TNft -31 CO Very good. It is also formed by prefixing 1 
the noun, as The best among women. It 

is also formed by repeating the positive, as JH JH Evil, 
evil, that is, very bad ; the superlative is also formed by 



the Syriac or Chaldaic, for the Hebrew noun ;—un The collective presence of 
objects, is the true root. In fact we may safely assert that the Hebrew is the 
parent of every language whether ancient or modern. Psalm v. 13. will be found 
an instance where the feminine noun in regimen does not change the final n into 
thus H»fc3 As with a shield of good will, and Mr. Mudge is of opinion that 
there are many instances of this. (See Bishop Horsley's Translation with Notes.) 
We have omitted '■"jitf as a sign of the genitive, for there is not an instance 
in the whole Bible of it; we know that the Rabbies use it as such, but their 
authority on this subject must yield to the Scriptures, it is to be found Cant, 
viii. 12. but in that passage it is not the sign of the genitive, but a relative 
joined with the dative pronoun ty& When, rendered literally is, which for me, 
that is v Which, from Ttf K Which, b which is the sign of the dative, is the 
contracted form of signifying, To, or for. » Me, from ^JK I, the pronoun. 



6 



AN OUTLINE OF 



using two adjectives with a conjunction between them, 
as *0y Poor and needy, that is, exceedingly poor; 

likewise by repeating the noun, as D^Dt^n *>?2W The hea- 
ven of heavens, or the highest heavens. It also arises i 
from prefixing the pronoun n that, or the emphatic, as 
/ > H^in *pt2il The great king, or the greatest king. It is 
also formed by prefixing K to the positive, as DDK A 
very great liar. (See Robertson's Grammar, page 69.) 

PRONOUN.* 

Pronouns are personal, demonstrative, relative and 
interrogative. The pronoun of the first person, com- 
mon gender, singular, Nom. *0K "03 K I ; the rest of the 
cases } or *0 with the proper sign prefixed as in nouns, 
from n3K The occurrence or presence of an object. 
"OJK from n^N and i""D Here or present. Plural, Nom. 
UN Urn umtf We, the other cases N &c. from H3K and 
JIj to increase. Tfce pronoun of the second person 
masculine singular, Nom. nfitf Thou, other cases "| &c. 
Plural, Nom. Dr\K You, the other cases &c. The 
pronoun of the second person feminine singular, Nom. 
riK Thou, other cases *] &c. Plural, Nom. }n*t 
njfiK You, other cases p &c. The pronoun of the 
third person masculine singular, Nom. fcOK He, other 
cases 1 or 13 &c. Plural, Nom. DPI IHQn they, other cases 
DH or \12 &c. The pronoun of the third person femin- 
ine singular, Nom. XTl She, other cases H or &c. 
Plural, Nom. JH run They, other cases }H &c. 



The sign of the accusative ns is a word signifying the very, pointing em- 
phatically to the word to which it is prefixed, when this particle is used be- 
fore a pronoun, l is generally inserted, n of the vocative is not always employ- 
ed. 72 is the sign of the ablative, doubled for the most part before a pronoun, 
which is a contraction of from ph:e To distribute. 

* It is of great importance that the student should have an intimate ac- 
quaintance with the personal pronouns, for such is the genius of all the 
eastern languages, that each person of the various tenses, the third person 
singular masculine being excepted, is formed with the respective personal 
pronoun more or less contracted, either as a prefix, or an affix-. The 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



7 



Demonstrative. 

Singular, Masculine tm H?S nfon This. 

Feminine Pit it riKt ItSn This. 

Common V m This, n That, or the. 
Plural, Common SkH hSk These, those. 

Relative. 

Common, Singular and Plural mm Who, which, that, 

Interrogative. 
W Who? no What? H Who? or which? 

For a more particular account of the pronouns see Lexicon. 



Of Verbs.* 

The regular Verb, *7p£) To visit. 
In Kal, or first conjugation. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Preter, or past Tense. 
Singular. 

I. TfrpS I visited, or have visited, or did visit. C. 
2- rVTpD Thou didst visit, or hast visited, or visitedst. C. 
3. Tp£3 He visited, or has visited, or did visit. M. 
3. rnp£ She visited, or has visited, or did visit. F, 



abbreviated pronouns used as affixes, are * or \) I, or mine. U Us, or ours. *j or 
r~D Thou, or thine, masculine. "O Thou, or thine, feminine, y the same. C33 
Ye, or yours, masculine, p or ;— qd Ye, or yours, feminine. 1 or in His, him. 
in: or u the same, n or n: Her. id or in* Them, their, masculine, an the 
same. ^ or |n / Them, their, feminine. When a possessive pronoun and sub- 
stantive come together in the English language, the pronoun is first, as my 
book ; they are also reckoned separate words, but such is the idiom of the 
Hebrew that they are accounted as one word, and the order is inverted, as 
*"©D Book my, as it were. The contracted pronouns are also used as affixes 
to veibs almost in the same way as to nouns. 

* All verbs have one form, so that it might be asserted that there is but one 



8 



AN OUTLINE OF 



Plural. 

L Wps3 We visited, or have visited, or did visit. C. 
2. DHTpD Ye visited, or have visited, or did visit. M. 

2. jrnp£3 Ye visited, or have visited, or did visit. F. 

3. npsD They visited, or have visited, or did visit. M. 



conjugation in Hebrew, whatever changes take place the root remains, or 
should remain unaltered. (See Preface foot note.) H^S being the word selected 
for the model of the verb in the days of old, all the terms now technically in 
use are derived from it. is the pure root not burdened with any servile, 

it is therefore called Kal, that is, levis, light. This therefore is the name for 
the active voice of what is commonly called the first conjugation. If : be pre- 
fixed to '-jys we have or as it is pronounced with the Massoretic points, 
being the name given to the points which are used by many in reading He- 
brew, Niphal, this gives the name to the passive voice of Kal. If n be pre- 
fixed to and 1 inserted before the last radical, and sounded according to 
the Massorah, we have Hiphil the name of the active voice of the second con- 
jugation. If this » be taken out and the Massoretic points changed, we have 
Hophal, the name for the passive voice of the second conjugation. If nn be 
prefixed to ^-tys and Massoretically pronounced, we have Hithpael, the name 
for the third conjugation which is both active and passive. The first conjuga- 
tion is simply active or passive, as npD He did visit, or has visited, ipr: He 
was or has been visited. The j characteristic of Niphal seems to be a con- 
traction of r—VU To be established. The second conjugation signifies to cause, 
or make any thing to do, or to be done, as Tpsn He did cause, or has caused 
to visit; the » inserted before the last radical seems to be a corruption arising 
from the influence of the points, (see Preface foot note.) the n prefixed whether 
to nouns or verbs seems to be a contraction of Kin Permanent existence, 
npsn He did cause to be visited, or has caused to be visited. The third con- 
jugation is both active and passive, as npsnn He did visit, or has visited him- 
self, nn which is prefixed to this conjugation, is perhaps a contraction of 
r-inn To hasten. The Moods are three, the Indicative, the Imperative, and 
the Infinitive. The tenses are three, the Past, Future, and Present. The 
numbers are two, the Singular, and the Plural. The persons are three, First, 
Second and Third. The genders are three, Masculine, Feminine and Common. 
Indicative mood, preter tense, first person singular, the sign of which is the 
latter part of the pronoun Tte I, postfixed to the root. Second person singu- 
lar, of which the sign is n the latter part of the pronoun n« Thou, postfixed, 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



9 



Future tense. 
Singular. 

L Tp&K I shall, or will visit. C. 

2. IpDH Thou shalt, or wilt visit. M. 

2. Hp£3n Thou shalt, or wilt visit. F. 

3. TpS^ He shall, or will visit. M. 
3. Tpflfi She shall, or will visit. F. 

Plural. 

1. *TpM We shall, or will visit. C. 

2. VTpSn Ye shall, or will visit. M. 

2. HHpfln Ye shall, or will visit. F. 

3. Hpfi^ They shall, or will visit. M. 
3. nnpan They shall, or will visit. F. 



third person singular masculine is the root itself, in Kal, or burdened with no 
letters. The third person singular feminine, of which the sign is n the former 
part of the pronoun n She, postfixed. The first person plural, of which 
the sign is i: the latter part of the pronoun UK We, postfixed. Second person 
plural masculine, of which the sign is C-H the latter part of the pronoun er\K 
Ye, postfixed. Second person plural feminine, of which the sign is y\ the lat- 
ter part of the pronoun jnK Ye, feminine postfixed. The third person plural, 
of which the sign is l the latter part of the pronoun i» They, postfixed. 
Future tense. The first person singular, of which the sign is K the former 
part of the pronoun prefixed. The second person singular masculine, of 
which the sign is n the middle part of the pronoun rins Thou, prefixed. 
The second person singular feminine, of which the signs are n prefixed, and ' 
postfixed, which are the latter part of the pronoun v»K Thou. The third per- 
son singular masculine, of which the sign is * the middle part of the pronoun 
i>l<n He, prefixed. (See Robertson's Grammar, p. 80.) The third person singu- 
lar feminine, of which the sign is n the latter part of the pronoun n8T (see 
Leusden's Grammar, p. 44.) She, or this, feminine prefixed. The first person 
plural, of which the sign is J the middle part of the pronoun We, prefixed. 
The second person plural masculine, of which the signs are n prefixed, and 1 
postfixed, the middle parts of the pronoun (see Robertson's Lexicon, p. 42.) |iratf 
Chald. You, common gender. Second person plural feminine, of which the signs 

are n prefixed, and ro postfixed, the latter part of the pronoun run** Ye, feminine. 

B 



10 



AN OUTLINE OF 



Imperative. 



Singular. 

2. *Tpt3 Visit thou. M. 
2. HpS Visit thou. F. 



2. HpS Visit ye. M. 
2. nnp£> Visit ye. F. 



Plural. 



Infinitive. 



Present tense, Tpfl *7p5 To visit. 



Third person plural masculine of which the signs are * prefixed, and l postfixed, 
which appear to be * the former part of the pronoun c and l postfixed, the 
latter part of the Chaldaic irn Them, (see Parkhurst's Lexicon, 4to, p. 182.) 
Third person plural feminine, of which the signs are n the former part taken 
for n prefixed, and m: the latter part of the pronoun r*tfn They, feminine. 
This is the construction of the two tenses of the indicative mood, while the 
imperative mood is nothing but a part of the future contracted, taking the se- 
cond person singular and plural masculine and feminine, and casting away the 
prefix n, and we know that the sense of the imperative is future, expressed 
with brevity, as thou shalt visit, is the same with visit thou. The infinitive 
mood is generally the simple root, and denotes the meaning of the verb in its 
most general form ; Benoni, or the term employed to denote the participle ac- 
tive, signifies in the middle, that is, because expressive of the present time 
which is between the past and the future. Poul, the term used to express the 
participle of the past tense is taken from that part of the verb in the old para- 
digma In the future tense, and in the imperative and infinitive moods, 

through the corruption of the points a l is often found inserted between the 
second and third radicals. The personal affixes, throughout all the conjuga- 
tions, are added, and the participle declined as in Kal. In Niphal the j is 
prefixed to the preter alone, and to the participle, but n to the imperative and 
infinitive. In Hiphil, Hophal, and Hithpael, after another servile, the forma- 
tive n is always dropped, also throughout the future, and to the participle of 
each b is prefixed. Hophal is the same as Hiphil the formative * being left 
out, as it also frequently is in Hithpael. In the Hithpael of verbs beginning 
with 87 or d, n is transposed, as -ranurn for n»87fin and those with tf. n is like- 
wise converted into to as pTvD*: for p-tfru. 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 

Participle active, or Benoni. 
Singular. Plural. 

TpIS Visiting. M. O^plfl Visiting. M. 

mplfi Visiting. F. nnplfi Visiting. F. 

Participle passive, or Poul. 
Singular. Plural. 

Tlpfl Visited. M. D^pfi Visited. M. 

mpb Visited. F. nmpB Visited. F. 



NlPHAL. 

Preter tense. 
Singular. 

1. WTpM I have been, or was visited. C. 

2. mpM Thou wast, or hast been visited. C. 

3. *TpD3 He was, or has been visited. M. 
3. ITTpS3 She was, or has been visited. F. 

Plural. 

1. IHpttt We were, or have been visited. C. 

2. OrfTpDD Ye were, or have been visited. M. 

2. }JT7pD3 Ye were, or have been visited. F. 

3. Y7pS3 They were, or have been visited. C. 

Future tense. 
Singular. 

1. "IpflN I shall, or will be visited. C. 

2. "Tpfin Thou shalt, or wilt be visited. M. 

2. ^pDH Thou shalt, or wilt be visited. F. 

3. He shall, or will be visited. M. 
3. IpSn She shall, or will be visited. F. 



12 



AN OUTLINE OF 



Plural. 

1. *7pM We shall, or will be visited. C. 

2. Hparv Ye shall, or will be visited. M. 

2. nnpfin Ye shall, or will be visited. F. 

3. HpS 1 ' They shall, or will be visited. M. 
3. nrrpSn They shall, or will be visited. F. 

Imperative. 
Singular. 

2. npfitt Be thou visited. M. 
2. np&n Be thou visited. F. 

Plural* 

2. VTpfiH Be you visited. M. 
2. rmpSn Be you visited. F. 

Infinitive. 
*7pan To be visited. 

Participl e. Benoni. 

Singular. Plural. 

IpM Visited. M. onrpM Visited M. 

n or mpaa Visited. F. nHpSJ Visited. F. 



HlPHIL. 

Preter tense. 
Singular. 

1. WTpSH I did, or have caused to visit. C 

2. n*TpSn Thou didst, or hast caused to visit. C 

3. TpSH He did, or has caused to visit. M. 
3. nTp&n She did, or has caused to visit. F. 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



Plural. 

1. IHpfin We did, or have caused to visit. 

2. OmpDH You did, or have caused to visit. 

2. JJYTpfin You did, or have caused to visit. 

3. ITpflH They did, or have caused to visit. 

Future tense. 
Singular. 

1. TpflK I shall, or will cause to visit. 

2. Tpfln Thou shalt, or wilt cause to visit. 

2. ^Tpfin Thou shalt, or wilt cause to visit. 

3. Tp^ He shall, or will cause to visit. 
3. TpSH She shall, or will cause to visit. 

Plural. 

1. Tp33 We shall, or will cause to visit. 

2. ITpflfi Ye shall, or will cause to visit. 

2. Hn^pJin Ye shall, or will cause to visit. 

3. ITpt^ They shall, or will cause to visit. 
3. i""UTpSn They shall, or will cause to visit. 

Imperative. 

Singular* 

2. Tpsn Cause thou to visit. M. 
2. -iTpSH Cause thou to visit. F. 

Plural. 

2. ITpfiH Cause you to visit. M. 
2. fttTpSn Cause you to visit. F. 

Infinitive. 
TpSH To cause to visit. 

Participle. Benoni. 

Singular. 

TpiDD Causing to visit. M. 
n or iTPpSD Causing to visit. F. 



14 AN OUTLINE OF 

Plural. 

O>TpB0 Causing to visit M. 
nn'pQD Causing to visit. F. 

Hophal. 
Preter tense. 

Singular. 

1. THpSn I was, or have been caused to visit. C. 

2. rTTpSn Thou wast, or hast been caused to visit. C. 

3. Ipfin He was, or has been caused to visit. M. 
3. mpfin She was, or has been caused to visit. F. 

Plural. 

1. IHpfin We wfere, or have been caused to visit. C. 

2. OJTT p£H Ye were, or have been caused to visit. M. 

2. JJTTpDn Ye were, or have been caused to visit. F. 

3. VTp&n They were, or have been caused to visit. C. 

Future tense. 
Singular. 

1. IpSN I shall, or will be caused to visit. C. 

2. *7p&n Thou shalt, or wilt be caused to visit. M. 

2. ^TpBJn Thou shalt, or wilt be caused to visit. F. 

3. *lp& He shall, or will be caused to visit. M. 
3. *TpSJl She shall, or will be caused to visit. F. 

Plural. 

1. *7pS3 We shall, or will be caused to visit. C. 

2. VTpSfi Ye shall, or will be caused to visit. M. 

2. nnpflH Ye shall, or will be caused to visit. F. 

3. VtpS'i They shall, or will be caused to visit. M. 
3. nnpfifi They shall, or will be caused to visit. F. 

Hath no Imperative. 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 15 

Infinitive. 
*TpfiH To be caused to visit. 

Participle. Benoni. 

Singular, 

np£E> Caused to visit. M. 
n or mp&O Caused to visit. F. 

Plural. 

onpSD Caused to visit. M. 
nV7p£0 Caused to visit. F. 



Hithpael, 
Preter tense. 
Singular. 

L VVTpfiJin I did visit, or have visited myself. C. 

2. mpDnn Thou didst visit, or hast visited thyself. C. 

3. *Tp£r\n He did visit, or has visited himself. M. 
3. M^pDnn She did visit, or has visited herself. F. 

Plural. 

1. inp&r\n We did visit, or have visited ourselves. C. 

2, QrYTpSnn Ye did visit, or have visited yourselves. M. 

2. Jj"V7p5nn Ye did visit, or have visited yourselves. F. 

3. HpDnn They did visit, or have visited them- 

selves. C. 

Future tense, 
Singular. 

T. "TpsDHN I shall, or will visit myself. C. 

2. lp£nn Thou shalt, or wilt visit thyself. M. 

2. Hp&nn Thou shalt, or wilt visit thyself. F. 

3. npSJT He shall, or will visit himself. M. 
3. *Tp5nn She shall, or will visit herself. F. 



16 



AN OUTLINE OF 



Plural. 

1. TpSJTti We shall, or will visit ourselves. C. 

2. HpdJin Ye shall, or will visit yourselves. M. 

2. nnpfinn Ye shall, or will visit yourselves. F. 

3. HpflJV They shall, or will visit themselves. M. 
3. nnp&nn They shall, or will visit themselves, F. 

Imperative. 
Singular. 

2. IpsDnn Be thou visiting thyself. M. 
2, np&nn Be thou visiting thyself. F. 

Plural. 

2. VTpSJVl Be you visiting yourselves. M. 
2. nilpbrsn Be you visiting yourselves. F. 

Infinitive. 
IpSnn To visit one's self. 

Participl e. Benoni. 

Singular. 

^TpSJHft Visiting one's self. M. 
n or PTTpDfiO Visiting one's self. F. 

Plural. 

D^pDHD Visiting themselves. M. 
nHpSHft Visiting themselves. F. 

Observations concerning the Regular Verb. 

The first person singular preter sometimes omits the 
final \ In Kal 1 is frequently inserted after the second 
radical of the future and imperative. In the participle 
Benoni in Kal, the 1 is often, and in the participle Poul, 
sometimes, omitted. In the third person future mascu- 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



17 



line plural of verbs, | paragogic, is frequently affixed, 
the 1 is sometimes left out, and J only retained; this 
happens more rarely in the second person future mas- 
culine plural. The <1 final, is often dropt in the third 
person future feminine plural, sometimes in the second 
person future feminine plural. In the imperative, se- 
cond person plural feminine, the final n is sometimes 
omitted. The characteristic 11 in Hiphil, is employed 
only in three examples of the preter, and even in these 
it is frequently omitted. When the third person preter 
feminine of any conjugation is followed by a pronoun 
suffix, the H is changed into JH. The second person 
plural masculine sometimes omits its & before a pro- 
noun suffix, also the third person plural preter and fu- 
ture, likewise the second person plural future. 

Irregular Verbs. 

These are of two classes, defective, and reduplicate ; 
defective verbs are those that leave out one or more of 
their radicals, from the old model Sjto if the first radi- 
cal be omitted, it is said to be defective in £ ; if the se- 
cond be left out, defective in y, and if the third radical 
be defective, it is said to be in 7. Defective verbs that 
drop their first radical, are for the most part those that 
begin with * or 1 

35^ To dwell. 
Hithpael. Hophal. Hiphil. 

atwn itptn iwn 
y&v aw 

atsnn awn 

SEND 3WO 

c 



Niphal. Kal. 

SPU Preter. 
bri* 2W Future. 

StPin J"Qt£f Infinitive. 
aipEi Benoni. 

yw Foul. 



18 AN OUTLINE OF 

Verbs leaving out ) as their first radical, often drop it 
in the future, imperative and infinitive of Kal, to which 
last they affix n, and in Niphal and Hiphil they change 
their i into \ The leading word of each tense, mood, 
&c. is only given, whence the other parts are formed 
regularly, as in Tpfl. These three verbs, PIT iTP rCP 
in Hithpael change their •» into 1, Hp 1 ? To take, is in Kal 
formed like 2pX Verbs defective of 3, the first radical, 
drop it in the future, imperative and infinitive of Kal, 
to which they also affix Jft in the preter of Niphal, and 
throughout Hiphil and Hophal. 

An example of a Verb Defective of 3 the first Radical, 
commonly called Defective £ 3. 



-|Dn 




1M 
























*> 



"|DJ To pour. 

Hithpael. Hophal. Hiphil. Niphal. Kal. 

-pjnn "JDH yon "JD3 Preter. 

^D^ Future. 
Imperative. 
HOD Infinitive. 
""JD^ Benoni. 
-pDa Poul. 

Verbs with 11 for their last radical often drop it, or 
change it into \ and generally form the infinitive by 
changing H into m. Verbs are doubly defective when 
i or 3 is the first radical, and H the last ; the middle radi- 
cal sometimes only remains ; jru To give, is included in 
this observation. K, 3 and Jl, radicals are often, before 
the same letters as serviles, dropt ; when the third ra- 
dical is the second repeated, it is frequently dropped, 
or instead of it a 1 is . inserted, verbs of this class have 
in Hophal a 1 inserted just before its first radical. 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



19 



Example of a Defective Verb of two Radicals, 
av aw To place. 



Honhal. 


Hiphil. 


Ninhal. 


Kal 






aw: 


CD^ Preter. 


awv 






Diun Future. 








av& Imperative. 


otsnn 






aw Infinitive. 








aw Benoni. 








□Bf Poul. 



Verbs of this form oftentimes in Kal, and sometimes 
in Niphal, leave out the 1 before the last radical. Of the 
third class of verbs, or those which drop their third ra- 
dical, are the verbs ending in H. 

Example of a Verb, the last Radical, H being left out- 
nb) To reveal. 
Hithpael. Hophal. Hiphil. Niphal. Kal. 

pfann rtan rtan hfea nh) nrfa hSj Pret. 



rtarv rfep rjftwp 

rrfann nTOn ntan rrfan 
nSjino rtao n^G rfSM 



nSjp Fut. 

F. jfej nSjl Imp. 

to nro nTO Inf. 

F. nTU nbu Ben. 



From these models of the verb it is evident that it 
has but three moods, the Indicative, the Imperative, 
and the Infinitive. The Indicative has only two tenses, 
" the simplicity," as Mr. Pike well observes, " mani- 
fested in this is wonderful." How complex, on the 
tenses, the Greek and Latin verbs are, the student 
knows well. This simplicity in the Hebrew is greater 
than at first we would reckon proper; three tenses at 
least appearing absolutely necessary to express our 
ideas, viz. the present, the past, and the future. How 
then shall we defend the Sacred Language in this par- 



20 



AN OUTLINE OF 



ticular : In this language it is taken for granted that the 
reader is acquainted with the general scope of what is 
under his consideration, whether it relate to things past, 
present or future, whether it be a general precept, or a 
particular injunction, &c. so that there is no necessity 
to distinguish the one from the other by the tenses. 
Accordingly when in Hebrew, we are reading history, 
we must translate the future as well as preter tense, as 
relating to things past, and in prophecy we must use 
both of these tenses as if speaking of things to come. 
If we then consider language in this natural and easy 
light, we shall perceive that there is no occasion for 
any more than two tenses, and if in reading this sacred 
language, we reckon ourselves as if present when the 
events referred to in prophecy or history pass, we shall 
perceive the meaning, propriety, and use of the two 
tenses. It is in the Hebrew, as it is in most other lan- 
guages, that a word may be considered both as a noun, 
and as a verb, thus, in English the word love may be 
either a noun or a verb, according to the manner of its 
connection with the preceding and following words. 
In Hebrew, primitive words, also called roots, are such 
as express any radical, or natural idea or action, and 
may be of almost any part of speech ; it is a remarkable 
circumstance and a strong proof that the Hebrew is a 
primitive language, that each of its roots seems to have 
had originally neither more nor less than three letters. 
Hence it may be inferred that when a Hebrew word 
presents itself of less than three letters, time, or other 
changes have caused some of its original letters to be 
left out ; if the word presented have more than three 
letters, if not a compound word, one of three things 
takes place, either the root has some branches on the 
right or left, or both, or some letter through the cor- 
ruption of the Massorah, inserted, as 1 or ^ among the 
radicals. Those letters on the right are called prefixes ; 
in the middle, inserted; on the left, affixes, or postfixes, 
Concerning these letters as serviles in general, it may 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



21 



be observed that K as a prefix, is sometimes the sign 
of a noun, but more frequently the sign of the first per- 
son future of a verb. 3, as a prefix, is a preposition, 
in, to, towards, &c. (See Lexicon.) »1, prefixed, marks 
/the conjugation Hiphil, or Hopha], is emphatical, the, 
this, that, is vocative, or pathetic, expresses a question 
or doubt. Postfixed, is the sign of a feminine noun, 
denotes the third person singular feminine preter of 
verbs. To a verb, or noun, her, sometimes, his, to or 
towards, of place or time. 1 prefixed, a connective par- 
ticle, and, &c. (see Lexicon.) inserted after the first ra- 
dical, it denotes the participle of the present tense ac- 
tive, also nouns in which action is implied; inserted 
after the second radical it denotes an action past, also 
nouns in which such action is implied. Postfixed to a 
noun, it signifies, his ; to a verb, him, sometimes, their, 
or them, also the third, or in the imperative, the second 
person plural of verbs, also forms some nouns, i pre- 
fixed to the third persons masculine future of all verbs, 
forms some appellative nouns, inserted, forms many 
nouns, after the first radical it denotes the effect or 
consequence of the participle active of the verb, after 
the second radical, the consequence of the participle 
passive, also before the last radical, it denotes the 
Hiphil conjugation. Postfixed, it denotes a national 
name, the ordinal numbers, the second person feminine 
future and imperative, and sometimes the second per- 
• son feminine preter, is the sign of the masculine plural 
in regimen, is formative in some nouns, both substan- 
tive and adjective, to a noun, my; to a verb, me. D 
prefixed, a particle of similitude, like, as, &c. Postfixed 
to a noun, thy; to a verb, thee. 7, prefixed, only, to, 
for, &c. (See Lexicon.) D prefixed, a particle, from, &c. 
(see Lexicon.) denotes the participle of Hiphil and Ho- 
phal, and with T\ added, of Hithpael, forms many nouns 
signifying the instrument* mean, or place of action. 
Postfixed to a noun, their; to a verb, them; forms some 
adverbs. 3 prefixed, forms the preter and participle of 



22 



AN OUTLINE OF 



Niphal, the first person plural future of all verbs, some 
appellative nouns. Postfixed, their, them, feminine, 
forms many nouns. W prefixed only, denotes the re- 
lative, who, which ; the particle, that, because. H pre- 
fixed, denotes a noun; to the second person future of 
both numbers and genders, and to the third person 
future feminine, singular and plural. Postfixed, the 
second person preter singular of all verbs ; in regimen 
for H feminine, forms many nouns feminine, for ex- 
amples see Lexicon, under each particular, also see 
Parkhurst's Grammar, section 9th. 

RULE. 

To find the root, reject the Eamentic letters, 
TiiO K H, the affixes, and letters acquired in forming. 
If less than three letters remain, add 1 or 2 to the be- 
ginning, or insert 1 or * in the middle, or double the 
second letter, or add 11 or K to the end., There is one 
instance where the student must add b to the begin- 
ning, Hp7 To take, which is often found without *3; 
or from the improved plan of the Lexicon, the follow- 
ing short rule will be sufficient. Reject all affixes and 
letters acquired in forming, and under the three, or two 
remaining letters the root may be found. 

Of the Eamentic Letters. 

These letters are either employed to form nouns, &c. 
as affixes, or prefixes. In Eamentic nouns, N H H are 
prefixed, as .JDTSK The finger. my0S\1 The sense of 
hearing, nbnn Praise. O is sometimes employed as 
an affix, as Oj/?D A kind of insect ; OVHS Redemption, 
it also forms adverbs, as EDDV Daily ; DXna Suddenly ; 

Gratis, for nothing. Most frequently as a prefix, 
as Food, sometimes it is doubled, as flVUSD 

Granaries ; often it forms nouns denoting the instru- 
ment, as po A shield ; HIDE) A pair of bellows ; finSB A 
key; iTUD A fan to winnow corn; rTTtfO A candle- 
stick ; TIND A light. 3 is used as a prefix in proper 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



23 



names, as in Nimrod, Naphthali, sometimes also in 
nouns not proper, as Contention ; nD03 Con- 

tempt; it is more frequently used as an affix, as pip A 
gift; JBOD A furnace; pIDn A deficiency; }VD? The 
memory. * is frequently prefixed in proper names, as 
Jeconiah, sometimes to nouns not proper, as DIpT* A 
bag; fpW A bat; "IWp Oil; Dlp^ Substance; postfixed 
it forms adjectives, as Strange ; ^Dn Free ; also 
ordinal numbers, as Second; Third; also 

gentile nouns, as ^IKO An Egyptian ; *HDy A Hebrew ; 
"Ony An Arabian; A Cananite; H^O A Chaldean, 
&c. 

Of the Paragogic Letters. 

The six paragogic letters found at the end of words, 
appear only annexed for the sake of sound, but in 
reality they supply the place of adverbs. K paragogic, 
after the manner of the Arabians, is added to the 
persons of verbs that terminate in % as XlsSnn Those 
who have walked. The employment of Jl paragogic, is 
very common, chiefly in the preterite and imperative, 
second person masculine, also in the first person of the 
future of both numbers, also to the infinitive and parti- 
ciple, also to the pronoun, &c. as fob To thee, it is 
also added to nouns of place, as PID* Towards the sea ; 
rV?Kty To the grave. 1 paragogic, is added in regimen, 
as irVH The beast of the earth. i paragogic, is fre- 
quently added to the infinitive, to nouns, participles, 
and even to the particles, as ^0 From. | paragogic, is 
joined to the termination of verbs, as poip They have 
arisen ; panKH You will love, p is added to three in- 
finitives, as ntSOi To dry up ; rb^ To be able ; DtiM 
To hate. 

Of the Adverb* 
Adverbs seem originally to have been contrived to 

* Many Hebrew adverbs can be traced to their source, thus -inv is the par- 



AN OUTLINE OF 



express compendiously in one word, what must other- 
wise have required more, they may be divided into se- 
veral classes. 

Adverbs of Place. 

W* n\S* Pn3N Where? rDW* In what manner? Jtf 
rm* Hither. p»0 Whence? ns Here. In this 
place. 1SD Whence? JIM From what place? nil 
Hither. DlSn Thither. Otf There. rtDtr There, 
thither. , Di^S Thence. W Pinn Abroad,, or without. 
Sj?£ nbyz HiytiJb Above. HDD ribfifeo Beneath. 
Tina rrmntf Backwards. CMS riOTA Before. 



ticiple Benoni in Kal, from nn 1 To be redundant. IK'S is a substantive noun, 
an effort, from tik To bend. rTVTO is a noun feminine, from nnD To hasten. 
;— ISPS is compounded of "»s Who ? and ma To turn towards. From *k and 
thus we have and r- o*K. r~cn comes from r*UH To be present. D£N the 
preter of Ral, To fail, -u: To stand before, P C A cutting. The composi- 
tion of SPJSfe is evident. iris is a noun denoting, the back parts. cZKra is from 
Kna Sudden, pn To evacuate. CV?H is from cz^n To smite. j»k is a noun 
denoting, vacuity. ?np is the preter of Kal, To persevere, pn is the preter 
of Kal, To shake, or vibrate, pic has for its root p-p To know. This prin- 
ciple is common to every language, Mr. Ruddiman in his small Rudiments, 
page 66. has shown this with regard to the Latin adverb. Mr. Home Tooke in 
his Diversions of Purley, Vol. I. page 49^. has shown it with regard to the 
English language. According to this ingenious author, ly, a very common 
termination of adverbs, is a corruption of the adjective, like. Adrift, is a con- 
tracted participle; Aghast, Agast, from Agazed; Ago, from Agone; 
Asunder, or separated ; Needs, that is, need is ; Anon, that is, in one ; Alone, 
that is, Al one, only, one — like ; Alive, in life ; Asleep, on sleep ; Aboard, on 
board ; Adieu, to God ; Fare well, go well ; At wo, in two ; Athree, in three ; 
Awhile, a time; Aloft, on loft ; Halt, the imperative of the Anglo-sax on verb, To 
hold. Lo, is the imperative of Look. Once, t,vice, thrice, the genitive of One, 
two, three. Rather, is an old comparative of the old adjective, Rath early, sel- 
dom, uncommon, scarce, rare ; Stark, strong ; Aye, or yea, is the imperative 
of a verb, and means, Have it, possess it, enjoy it; and Yes, is, Ay-es, have, 
possess, enjoy that; Not, no, mean, averse, unwilling. 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



25 



Of Time. 

When? HD'Ty How long? firry To what 
time ? nny Now. nnD mnD To-morrow. SlDn 
SlDnK Yesterday. OwStP Three days ago. EM6 
Before. DO&So Before this. Hence from this 

place. CDlp Formerly, anciently. Q*T pD From anti- 
quity. Ton Always. Hltt Perpetually. D7^ For 
ever. Dny Until. "D-^y Until, when. DID Not 
as yet. OKn£ Suddenly. JMH In a moment. ^HD 
nnno Quickly. ?K Then. IHK *nntf After. HDD 
A long while ago. TJ? As yet. p""TJ^ As far as. 
p~nnN After these things. p2 Hence, at length. 
OlSn Hither. 

Of Demonstration. 

pn Lo ! 

Of Interrogation. 

H Whether? OK If? whether? QKH Whether 
indeed? "pH In what manner? fl^K What for 
thee? riDD^ In what manner for thee? HO How? 
O How? What? JTHD Wherefore? H07 For why? 
nOD How often? How many? 

Of Affirmation. 

no*tt Truely. p Thus, so. pK Surely. At least. 
Truely. CdSiK For certain. 

Of Denying and Doubt. 

>xS ^ vfa Not. ho By no means. Lest, 
not. p Lest not. vIK Perhaps. 

Of Quality. 

Dpn Vainly. 03H For nothing, rvoy After the 
manner of the Hebrews. *<ltfiP In vain. rTTiT After 
the manner of the Hebrews. After the manner 

of the Syrians. 

D 



26 AN OUTLINE OF 

Of Separation, §c. 

1tV Together. THrp At once. Separately. 
ycps Only. 

Of Increase. 

nrm More- T\ ftKrtfl Much. IKO nm Very much. 
•D"F|K How much more ? 

Of Diminution. 

m Gently. BtfB By little and little. •O-fjK How 
much less ? toyOD po Almost. 

0/* Likeness. 

As. PD Thus. p~V2D In a similar manner. 
Thus. nDD Such. 

0/* Number. 

nrw First. rw Second. Third, rpjrttl 

Fourth. 

Of Prepositions.* 
Stt To. Towards. S^K At, nigh to. Tina 



* " Every preposition," Mr. Robertson in his Grammar, page 267. observes, 
« has in it the signification of a noun." Thus Tendency ; H'tf Superiority ; 
jtt Cutting; aj; Communion; nriK Following; -Dj? Passage; W?a Rolling; 

Response ; nj7 Passage ; Division ; min Descending ; r~\E>7 Nearness ; 
nbn To waste ; r\8 Presence ; *]Sn Succession ; "roy Standing. Concerning 
English prepositions, Mr. Home Tooke, page 349. observes, " that the preposi- 
tion, With, is an old imperative, and signifies, join ; that Through, signifies a 
door, or passage ; From, signifies, beginning ; For, is a noun denoting, cause ; 
To,* signifies, finished; By, is the imperative of a Saxon verb, Beon, to be; Be- 
tween, or be-twaen, betwixt, is the Gothic form of the same meaning. Before, 
Behind, Below, Beside, these prepositions are merely the imperative ; Be, with 
the nouns, fore, hind, low, side ; beneath, of be and neath, the positive degree 

* Mr Home Tooke on this preposition is not quite accurate, to, is nothing else than the pre- 
sent of the indicative of the verb, to do, the d being changed into t. In the year 1791, when a 
Student in the Greek Class, University, Glasgow, we asked the opinion of the late Professor 
Young, one of the best Philologists either in this, or in any other country, and it gave us pleasure 
to find that his sentiments on this part of etymology were the same as our own. 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



27 



After. 3 In, on account of. h Between. .*0£)S Before, 
pa Between. riK7H Beyond, .pn Without. JD 
From, or out of. 17a In. iTD From. SlD Against. 
Sl£D Over against. Ha} Just opposite. Before. 
a^D About, nay Over. lajr^K Over against. iy 
Until, hy *bp Above, nop Nigh to. OSK Besides, 
except, innn Under. )tJ? For them, or like. SSja 
Tiaya On account of. t)Sn For. Dp my With. 
TO VTO Not. njTO naSo Writ Besides, except. 

Of the Conjunctions.* 

1 And. tJK Also. tzy Even. \U Or, whether. 



of an adjective, of which the comparative, nether, or lower, is still in use, as the 
nether-milstone ; Under, that is, On-neder, being the Dutch for, below. Be- 
yond, or Be-passed ; Ward, to look at, hence toward, and from ward ; Athwart, 
wrested; Among, amongst, mixed ; Against, opposed; Amid, amidst, in the 
middle ; Instead, in place ; About, extremity ; After, is the comparative of the 
old adjective, Aft, or behind, which is still employed by seamen ; down, low ; 
Up, Over, Bove, Above ; head, seems to be the original meaning of all these. 

* Intention ; Collection ; iutk Track ; 3py The following of a track ; 
yp He will answer ; yh To firmness ; |K Bending ; lb Folding. Concerning 
the English conjunctions, Mr. Home Tooke, page 185. observes, that 



If 




r GlF 




' Gifan 


To give. 


An 




An 


03 


Anan 


To grant. 


Unless 




Onles 




Onlesan 


To dismiss. 


Eke 


CO 

m 


Eac 


> 


Eacan 


To add. 


Yet 


> 
'3 


Get 




Getan 


To get. 


Still 


u 

0) 


Stell 




Stellan 


To put. 


Else 


^ S J 

H- 1 


Ales 




Alesan 


To diminish. 


Though 


Thafig 


CO } 


Thafigan'J 




or 


03 
^5 


or 




or v 


To allow. 


Tho' 


+■> 

0> 

u 

< 


Thaf 


S-i 


Thafian J 




But 


Bot 


5 s 


Botan 


To boot, to superadd. 


But 




Be-utan 




Beon-utan 


To be out. 


Without 




Wyrth-utan 


o 


Wyrthan-utan 


To be out. 


And 




An-ad 




Anan-ad 


Dare congeriem. 



Lest is the participle lesed of lesan, to dismiss. 

Siththan 
Syne 
Seand-es 
Siththe 

or 
Sin-es 



Since 



is the participle of Seon, to see. 



28 



AN OUTLINE OF 



p m ib Not so. yt But. ptf Nevertheless. ^r^j) Al- 
though. DPD For since. xSl lSl Although. aSlK 
Nevertheless. "5 For. If. DK If not. iStt 

If If not. , TO Because, when. Dpy Because. 

p 1 ? Therefore. p"^y On this account. 

0/* Interjections. 

m X^N* Mfl I pray ! I beseech ! H^K *fct **fl 
Woe ! HN nn HHK Ah ! Alas ! bbx ! Alas ! Hrbn 
Far be it. nan Well ! Ppn 15ft Come ! ^SnK O that ! 
I wish ! f&N Amen ! Tih Ho ! 

Syntax. 

The adjective for the most part agrees with its sub- 
stantive in gender and number, as DID t^tf A good man. 
Some masculine adjectives are .united With feminine 
nouns, and the contrary, as D^Vl^n fTON The great 
lights; m'T'U ED*0DK Great stones. Adjectives, except 
the numerals, are put after their substantives, if not so, 
the substantive verb is understood. When two sub- 
stantives of a different gender have the same adjective, it 
is commonly of the masculine gender, O^OK 
His sons and his daughters eating. An adjective singu- 
lar is sometimes joined to a noun plural, "pfc33£'ft 1^ 
Right thy judgments. A verb generally agrees with its 
nominative in gender, number, and person, ?Tn t^K 
The man was. Sometimes.a plural nominative is joined 
to a verb singular, as D\1^tt *TD rT& , N"Q In the be- 
ginning the Gods created. Sometimes a feminine noun 
is joined with a masculine verb, as r"HKD TP Let there 
be lights. A verb plural may be joined with a singular 
noun, as ]W\ 1D3 The wicked flee, that is, each 



That, is the article, or pronoun, that. 

As is es, a German article, meaning it, that, or nhich. And 

So is sa or So, a Gothic article of the same import with as. 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



29 



wicked man. A substantive noun is often found alone 
in the body of a sentence, when it is neither a nomina- 
tive to a verb, nor governed by a verb, and has no pre- 
position nor sign of a case before it, in this situation it 
stands for the instrument by which an action is per- 
formed, or the cause, or manner, as <H£n tD"D? nt2fJ"0 
Their memory shall perish them, that is, with them, 
Psalm ix. 7. The infinitives of verbs are employed as 
substantive nouns, and as such, admit a preposition to 
be prefixed, as imM In his flight. An infinitive added 
to a verb often intimates continuance, as mDH mo 
Dying thou shalt die, that is, be continually liable to 
death. The conjunction 1 sometimes supplies the defi- 
ciency of the signs of person, mood, and tense, and 
unite it in meaning to a preceding verb, as JltSODl And 
subdue it, for subdue ye it. The personal pronouns 
are often placed alone, the substantive verb to be sup- 
plied, as I God all-sufficient, supply, am. 
Lastly, the pronoun is often repeated after a relative 
by a pleonasm, as HYI ""U^X Which the wind shall 
drive it away, Psalm i. 4. 

The writings of the Old Testament are presented 
to us with such solemnity as to call forth our en- 
deavours to understand them in the language in which 
they were first promulgated. An acquaintance with 
the Hebrew Scriptures is so pleasant, and at the same 
time so profitable, and their beauties so many, as fully 
to recompense the labour and time employed in the 
acquisition of their language. So very important is 
the knowledge of the Hebrew to the ministers of the 
Gospel, that he who is ignorant in this department of 
philology should feel ashamed when he undertakes to 
unfold to his people any part of the Scriptures : for 
even the New Testament cannot be fully understood 
by those who are ignorant of this language. Melanch- 
thon often declared that he preferred the knowledge of 
the Hebrew before the w T ealth of a kingdom. Nor 
should we wonder at this, when we consider that it 



30 



AN OUTLINE OF 



is a language from which all others have sprung, and to 
which still in innumerable instances they can be traced. 
This was the language of our first progenitors, and the 
common one at the dispersion. Many proofs might be 
brought forward, were it necessary, showing that this 
language, when the Code of Scripture was settled by 
Ezra, was in substance the same that it was before the 
deluge. This language is superior to all others, in con- 
sequence of its simplicity, its purity, its energy, its fecun- 
dity of expressions and significations. In these parti- 
culars it excels every other language. These qualities 
still excite our admiration ; and hence we infer its in- 
comparable beauty in the age of the Jewish Legislator, 
and what effects it would naturally produce ; could we 
know it now, in all that fulness in which it was spoken 
and written in the days of David and Solomon. As far 
as we are able to determine its character from the few 
books that have been handed down to us, we perceive 
that its genius is simple, primitive, natural, and in per- 
fect unison with the character of those patriarchs who 
employed it themselves, and transmitted it to their 
children in its native simplicity and purity. Its words 
are comparatively few, yet concise and expressive, de- 
rived from a very small number of radicals, without the 
artificial composition of modern languages. No tongue, 
ancient or modern, can rival it in the happy, and rich 
fecundity of its verbs, resulting from the variety and 
significancy of its conjugations, which are so admirably 
arranged and diversified that by small changes, they ex- 
press the various modes of acting, suffering, motion, 
rest, &c. in such a peculiar manner, that frequently in 
one word they convey an idea which in any other lan- 
guage would require a tedious paraphrase. To these 
may be added the monosyllabic form of the language, 
which by a few prefixes and affixes, without affecting 
the root, varies the signification almost at pleasure, 
while the method of affixing the person to the verb ex- 
hibits the gender of the object introduced. In the 



HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



31 



nouns of this language there is no flexion except what 
is proper to determine the gender and number; its cases 
are marked by single letters at the beginning of the 
word, the pronouns are only single letters affixed, the 
prepositions are of the same nature prefixed. Its words 
follow one another in an easy and natural arrangement, 
without intricacy or transposition, without suspending 
the attention, or involving the sense by intricate and 
artificial periods. All these excellences combined, 
plainly demonstrate the beauty, the stability, and anti- 
quity of this language. As the Hebrew language is pe- 
culiar, though simple in its structure, the student in his 
endeavours to acquire a knowledge of it, must ever at- 
tend with all possible care to its particular genius, when 
he finds himself at a loss, there is one method, which, 
if he constantly observe, he will at last surmount every 
difficulty. The rule is this, when a Hebrew word 
comes before him for which he cannot account, nor 
find the root, let him take the first letter of it and turn 
to the Lexicon, and attend carefully to the account 
which is there given of it. Thus Psalm ii. 3. IDWHDID 
museruthimu, L. p. 72. informs the student that O is 
one of the Eamentic letters; L. p. 37. where it is said 
that *) inserted after the first radical, denotes a noun 
implying present action. The next two letters are ra- 
dicals, D and "I, and therefore when the root is found 
they will form the greater part of it. L. p. 97. informs 
him that of "ID ser, 1DK aser, To bind, is the root; either 
the Grammar, or the Lexicon, when the root is found, 
easily accounts for the remaining letters. G. p. 4. L. 
p. 37. give information concerning HI. G. p. 7. L. p. 
55. explain the last three letters. Proceeding in this 
way with every letter that is servile, and the root, by 
perseverance, will soon be found out, and when found, 
its meaning, whether primary or secondary, must be 
duly considered, for upon this his progress will greatly 
depend ; this slow but sure method will overcome e^ery 
obstacle, for a drop of water makes a stone hollow, not 



32 



AN OUTLINE OF 



by force but by constant falling. It is practice that will 
demonstrate the truth of the preceding rules, and to 
these he will soon be able to add observations, which 
occur to him during the course of his reading. He 
therefore ought, without delay to read the Psalms, and 
thence the change will be easy to any part of the Sacred 
Volume, as he proceeds always keeping in mind that 
diligence removes every impediment, thus he will find 
his way become more and more agreeable, and will at 
last perceive with what propriety the poet Milton 
makes a divine person say concerning this language : 

If I would delight my private hours 

With music, or with poem, where so soon 

As in our native language can I find 

That solace ? All our law and story strow'd 

With hymns, our Psalms with artful terms inscrib'd ; 

Our Hebrew songs, and harps in Babylon, 

That pleas'd so well our victor's ear, declare 

That rather Greece from us those arts deriv'd, 

111 imitated while they loudest sing >■ 

The vices of their deities, and their own. 

Remove their swelling epithets, the rest 

Thin sown with aught of profit or delight, 

Will far be found unworthy to compare 

With Sion's songs, to all true tastes excelling. 

Paradise Regained, 



t 



A 

HEBREW LEXICON. 



Is the first letter of this, and perhaps, the Ethiopic being excepted, 
of every other alphabet. It is servile, and as such, is used both as 
a prefix and affix, or postfix. It forms many nouns, being one of the 
Eamentic letters, as the article A does in English, both having 
the same origin, as, A man, from h#*i Existence. The K in this 
use of it, is a contraction of Kin, denoting permanent existence. It is 
also prefixed to verbs, as, np2K, I will visit, the K, in this application 
of it, is a contraction of the pronoun "ox, I. As an affix from $6, Not, 
it almost changes the meaning of the root; as, vbD, To restrain, or, 
not to finish, from n^D, To finish : as an affix from Kn, To behold, which 
is undoubtedly the same root, as, Kin, Permanent existence, like alpha 
of the Greeks, it denotes something peculiar in the meaning, or calls 
our attention to it; as, kids, To speak very unadvisedly, fromnt23, To 
speak unadvisedly. In this view it may be reckoned paragogic, and 
as such it supplies the place of an adverb. It is likewise used to the 
person of verbs that terminate in l, it then also denotes a continuance 
or intensity of the idea, and has the force of Kin, from which it seems 
to be formed. Thus we find in Isaiah 28, 12. KUK Kb, literally, 
they would not, Montanus has it, Noluerunt audire, they were un- 
willing to hear, but according to this view which we have taken, it 
should mean that the Prophet charges them with the crime of con- 
tinuing disobedient, which was a character too just of that stiff-neck- 
ed, but highly favoured people, a charge still applicable to them, 
and which will remain so till the time which God has appointed for 

bringing back his ancient people shall arrive Amen, so come Lord 

Jesus. 

A 



2 



33K or changed by the Massoretic pointing into a^atf ( see preface 
foot note.) The ideal or primitive meaning of this root seems to be, 
to extend, hence, m. spica cum culmo, a stalk of corn with the reed, 
on account of its extension in growing. Arista virens, a green stalk, 
this being the colour of the grain at that time, Mensis Martius, the 
Month of March, because this is the season of the year when the 
corn is fully extended or grown. Hence, 3K m. Viror, greenness ; 
fructus recens, fresh fruit ; the dropping of the last radical never 
changes the root nor the primitive meaning of it. Chald. f<3K iOJK 
Idem, the same. 3K m. Pater, a father, from the affection, &c. which 
he extends towards his children ; auctor vel inventor primus, an au- 
thor or first inventor, because he increases or extends improvements; 
doctor, a teacher, or one extending instruction ; dux, a leader, or one 
extending care for the direction of those who are under his authority ; 
avus, a grandfather ; proavus, a great grandfather ; plural. HViaiC Pa- 
tres, fathers; quilibet majores, any kind of ancestors. Chald. N*3K 
3K The same, idem, 138 Schultens informs us that the ideal mean- 
ing of the root is, " one who has gone from his friends, &c. without 
the hope of returning," hence periit, to be quite spent, or gone. Hi- 
phil, Tatsn Perire fecit, to cause to perish ; perdidit, to destroy ; m. 
perditio, destruction; periens, perishing, p- TDK f. Res amissa, the 
thing lost, m. destruction, ^nas nan pan m. Perditio, destruction ; 
perditionis locus, hell, or the place of destruction. r~i3K R. 33K To 
extend ; voluit, to desire, the mind then extending its desire ; acquie- 
vit, to acquiesce, the mind extending its assent for the attainment of 
some desire. Mr. Bates is of opinion that the n in this word is radical, 
we are of opinion that it is not, nay, we would extend the principle 
to every root where n is not strictly radical, (see Mr. Barker's Lexi- 
con, preface page 8th.) m. voluntas, will ; desiderium, desire. Hence, 
|V3K m. Egenus, needy, or the person extending desires for neces- 
sary things, also, r~ 0V3K f. Appetitus, lust, or desire improperly ex- 
tended. V3K Heu ! ah ! eheu, alas, an interjection expressive of the 
extension of desire. *3K Ah ! alas ! O ! oh, pater mi, O my father ; its 
composition shows its meaning. V3K m. Moeror, sorrow, desirous of 
relief. r^nax f. R. Ls\l-aI Arabic, cutting off, the point, terror, or glit- 
tering of a sword ; cuspis, a spear ; mucro, a dagger, from their power 
of cutting off. *pK To be intricate or winding as a flame in ascend- 
ding. Arabic, iwJti <\\ A runaway, perhaps from the winding em- 
ployed in escaping from the enemy. "]3Knn Elevari, to be elevated as 



3 



smoke in ascending ; elevare se, to elevate oneself. nt33K m. Pepo, a 
melon, R. nt03 SsK To be desolate; luxit, to mourn, the consequence of 
desolation. Hithpael, u ?3twm Idem, the same ; lugens, mourning, m. 
luctus, grief, as a particle, at, ast, but ; veruntamen, nevertheless ; im- 
mo, nay; fluvius, a river, or S31K R>-?3^ pa f. R. na3 To build ; lapis, 
a stone, because used in building ; massa, a heap as of stones ; pon- 
dus, a weight as of stone, m. p. sellae parturientium et figulorum, 
seats for parturient women ; and, potters, from being made of stone. 
DJ3K m. R. B33 To bind; balteus, a girdle; cingulum, a belt, from 
their binding, we are of opinion that na3 To build, is the true root, 
for it is well known that n is used for n feminine, and to though ra- 
dical, for n servile. J73^3K f. Pustules, R. m#3 D3H Saginare, to 
fatten. D13K m. Praesepe, a stall where cattle are fattened. C^DISKS 
m. p. Granaria, granaries; horrea, barns where those articles are 
kept, fit for fattening cattle. p3K To grind, m. mp3K f. Pulvis, 
powder, pulvisculus, small dust produced by collision. Niphal, 
P3K3 Luctari, to wrestle, because they contended in the sands. -\3K 
■V3K m. Robustus; strong ; potens, powerful ; plural robusti, strong ; 
tauri, bulls; juvenci, bullocks; equi, horses, from their strength. 
r-TDK f. Ala, penna, a wing, from its strength. Hiphil, Volavit, 
to wing, or fly. *p3K m. Father of blessings, R. ma and 3K natf 
m. matt f. Fasciculus, a bundle ; sarcina, a burden ; cuneus, a wedge ; 
agmen, a band, from the parts of which they are composed, being 
gathered or cut off, R. ma To cut off or gather, tatt patt m. R. 
?a To protect; nux, a nut, the shell protecting the internal part. 
H^K To collect, m. gutta, a drop, or small collection of water, R. W?a To 
roll, sax m. R. C3a To abound ; stagnum, a pool, from its plenty of 
water, ^»att pas m. Juncus, a reed, from its abounding in marshy 
places ; cortina, a kettle, from its containing plenty of water, jas f. 
R Y To protect ; crater, a cup, protecting or holding its contents. 
*}as m. R. *)aa To strike; ala, a wing ; agmen, a band, as of an army, 
from their power of striking; also, >uaK m. p. Partisans, auxiliaries. 
UK to gather; collegit, to collect; congessit, to heap together; 
comportavit, to carry into one place. p-natt £ Chald. Kiatt K'mate 
Epistola, litera, a letter, or a gathering of sentiment, or because it 
used to be rolled when sent away, prviatt m. Numulus, money, from 
its being collected for the benefit of traffic. ^Enatt m. Pelvis, pollu- 
brium, a basin for receiving the blood of victims, R. ias To gather, 
and HtD the Arabic term now not used, for blood, "lit or tk Mist, 



R. rTP To project. 31K To grieve. Hiphil, 3HKH Cruciavit, to tor- 
tare, to waste, to consume, R. 3~i To murmur, mutter, grumble. 
miK rrnK f- p. R. : — vt* To cast or project, causes or means of pro- 
ducing any thing. Chald. |nK as a particle from the Heb. tK at 
that time. CTK Rubere, rufum esse, to be red ; m. pyropus, a pre- 
cious stone; rubinus, a ruby ; homo, a man, from their colour, r- ieik 
c. Terra, the earth, being red. oriK m. Ruber, rufus, red. crtEtK m. 
subrubidus, very red ; m^lK f. also r~ \EHttiK f. red. pK m. R. p 
to direct, rule, judge ; basis, stylobates, a basis or supporter, a socket. 
ji"iK m. Dominus, a lord or ruler, from the power of supporting, it is 
used concerning God or men, then, or at that time. "OIK Only con- 
cerning God. Chald. pK pK3 Tunc, then, from the Heb. tk which 
see, tik Niphal, nw mw Hiphil, TiKn Magnificavit, to make 
glorious, m. mensis Februarius, the month of February, from the 
exuberance of the earth at that time in eastern countries, m. nntt 
f. Magnificentia, grandeur ; toga, a cloak, from its splendour. *-nK 
m. Chald. jsivtK Area, a barn floor, from its exuberance. nHK rn. 
Magnificus, grand ; validus, powerful, from grandeur, a robe of ho- 
nour adorned with fur. Chald. ^nJmK Senatores, judges of the 
first rank, from Glorious, or first, and ^nw Judices, judges, 
KimK Chald. Sedulo, carefully ; diligenter, indefatigably ; expedite, 
quickly, pompously, from TIK Glorious, and "UK Cito, quickly. 
pTlK m. Drachma, a dram, this seems to be from a Persian word 



jcXof the same form and meaning, 3HK Amavit, to love ; dilexit, 
'to chuse, m. love, also 3HK72 m. A lover. r- DHK f. Amor, love ; di- 
lectio, a choice ; arnica, a female friend, 3HKJ m. Lovely, this root 
is properly the same as 33K &c. mnK R. nn] To lament, ah ! alas ! 
aha O, an exclamation in fear or grief, arising from oppression or 
the dread of it. ''HK Ubi, where, as if. ,TK R. ^k To settle, from 
asking the place of habitation, or where one dwells. HriK Tento- 
rium figere, to stretch a tent; tendere, to stretch ; moveo, m. tento- 
rium, a tent, a covering from being easily moved. nY?n« f. p. 
CD ,l ?nK m. p. Santali, aloe, aloes, because these trees at a distance ap- 
pear as an encampment or tent, and to these Baalam compares the 
tents of Israel, Numbers xxiv. 6. IK R. r~ viK To desire, aut, vel, sive, 
or whether, being particles of desire, also nK sstfin Oh ! woe ! alas ! 
31K m. R. 338 To extend; pytho, a wizard; a python or sorcerer, 
one who pretends to be extended with prophetic influence ; uterus, 
m. a bottle or skin extended with wine, &c. plural, m3K UK To 




5 



go round, to bend, Ethiopic, Arabic, m. titio, a firebrand quenched ; 
torris, a firebrand ; as a particle, propter, on account of; causa, for 
the sake of ; de, concerning. riHK The same. r~ ViK To long after. 
Hithpael, msnn Desideravit, to desire ; cupivit, to lust ; this root is 
the same as, 33K To extend, m. also, IK man f. Desiderium, desire ; 
also, miK f. The same, anno m. p. Desideria, desires, man f. 
p. Utmost bounds or desirable productions. niW f. Desirable. 
niK crnK m. p. Animalia terribilia, dreadful creatures ; avis feralis, 
a wild fowl, R. nriK To associate, from their gregarious nature ; also, 
outcry, or perhaps the yell of those creatures. ^-PDIK m. A river, R. 
L -)2'< n« mK Eheu, alas ! vae, woe. HnK L "T , 1K Gross, thick, m. 
stultus, foolish, that is, one who is gross or stupid with regard to di- 
vine truth. rtSiK f, Stultitia, folly; res stulta, a foolish thing ; also, 
strength, from its thickness, as a particle, "•btf ''ViK Fortasse, per- 
haps. oViK Profecto, truly; certe, surely; veruntamen, neverthe- 
less; also, m. an arch, R. cd*?K l T!K To hope, speravit. as m. A 
family, R. CTK jtK To labour, m. robur, strength ; vires, power ; 
substantia, substance ; opes, wealth ; iniquitas, sin ; vanitas, vanity ; 
molestia, trouble ; labor, toil ; idolum, an image ; the principal mean- 
ing is to labour, hence it denotes sorrow or fatigue, the consequence 
of labour, sin, idolatry, as the causes of sorrow. a>:sn m. p. Mo- 
lestiae, toils, lies, vanities, jsik m. Uphaz, the name of a place, R. 
TD Urgere, to press; festinare, to hasten, ys* m. Festinus, 

hastened ; angustus, narrow, the consequence of pressure. tik Lu- 
cere, to shine ; illucere, to enlighten, R. ->K To flow, as light, m. 
lux, lumen, light; ignis, a fire; focus, a hearth for a fire. miK f. 
lux, lumen, light, j— niK f. Olera, pot herbs, from their flowing or 
perishing nature. TiKD m. Lumen, light; luminare, to enlighten, 
miira f. Specus, a den, whence wild beasts perceive their prey; 
foramen, a hole, or passage for light. r-YiK c. Signum, a mark. 
Chald. r*\« The same, R. nnx To come. ?K '•TK Tunc, then. 
•>TKE since. t^STK ntK To kindle; accendi, succendi, incendi, to be 
kindled. 3TK 31TK m. R. 3tK To issue; hyssopus, hyssop, from its 
cleansing or detergent qualities. Chald. "UK Abiit, to depart. 
r-pOTK f. Perfume, R. -GT H>?« Abire, to go away, digredi ; profi- 
cisci, to proceed, m. itio, a journey; iter, a road. u ?fliflD Abire factus, 
compelled to depart; vagus, wandering. y$ To weigh, f. auris, the 
ear, because it weighs or discerns sounds; plural, arma, the legs of a 
balance, from its finding the ponderosity of bodies ; a girdle, a weapon. 



CT^TKTO ra. d. Lances, the scales of a balance; trutina, a pair of 
scales, pan Auscultavit, to listen; auribus percepit, to perceive 
with the ears. pTK m. R. p) To strain off, as metal in fusing ; ca- 
tenae, chains, fetters made of cast iron or copper. mTK m. Indige- 
nous, R. mT Accinxit, to gird ; accinctus, fuit, to be girded. 
-iTStnn Accingere se, to gird oneself, to be girded. jrniK f. The arm, 
R. JHT "mK m. Cingulum, a girdle : cinctura, a belt, nxhm f. An 
amethyst, R. zzbn PIK R. nriK To join, f. focus, a fire, because the 
fuel in it is gathered to a point ; ah, O ! heu y alas ! nan Euge, 
well done. iriK "in m. R. trr To join ; unus, one ; quidam, some 
one person * primus, the first ; plural, uni, one by one ; iidem, the 
same persons ; pauci, a few. Chald. Riddle, R. Tft nnK f. 

One, &c. Chald. jsnn The same ; also mn f. One, &c. hence, mro 
Simul, at the same time; pariter, together. Hithpael, adunare se, 
to join oneself. nrtK Chald. or nx m. Frater, a brother; propin- 
quus, a neighbour ; agnatus, a kinsman ; cognatus, a relation, from 
the nearness of kindred. in$t m. Ulva, a reed ; carectum, a sedge ; 
gramen, grass, the roots of which are joined. mn« f. Fraternitas, 
brotherhood ; also a declaration, from mn mns f. a. Soror, a sister; 
p. rVPHK TnS To join; cepit, to take; prehendit, to seize; appre- 
hendit, to understand ; possedit, to possess ; haesit, cohassit, haerere, 
fecit, to adhere; adjunxit, to couple. Niphal, TPlW, Possessor; fac- 
tus fuit, he was compelled to inherit; capi, to be taken; detineri, to 
be delayed. nTilK f. possessio, an inheritance. CU^nK m. p. Anima- 
lia terribilia, terrible creatures, R. niK *TIK Chald. To sew, R. 
mn HriK ^nK Utinam, O that; of. 'h For me; and, nK Alas! 
antf, Chald. jsJnEntf, Area, a chest ; scrinium, a bag ; archives 
or the chest where archives are kept, or it is the proper name of 
a city, Achmeta. TlK To delay ; moratus est tardavit, to be slow, 
as a particle, also, nn« Post, after ; postea, after these things ; post- 
quam, after that ; Chald. Alius, alia, aliud, another, rTTM f. Aha, 
after another. niPiK Retro, backwards ; retrorsum, postremum, last ; 
occidens, the west. Chald. y\m Alius, another, rrmit Retror- 
sum, backwards. ^"nntf m. Posterior, later; posterius, posterum, 
posti-emum, last. rmnK f. posteritas, posterity; posterius, later; 
finis, the end; merces, a reward, or the end of labour; Chald. 
r~VnniP In extremo, in the end. wm ^isrrwm m. p. Chald. 
J^asmiTnst Satrapse, governors, this is not strictly a Hebrew word, 
but is a Persian compound, of ^jiudsd Pretium, valuable ; and, ^-^>Cwj 



7 DWHWIK 



Satrapa, q. d. as if you would say, a chief ruler ; hence, signifying in 
that language, a chief ruler. owittrniC m. p. Cursores regii, royal 
runners ; camel i, camels ; muli, mules ; this is also a Persian word 
from ^jiu^rl pretium, valuable; and ^(JCm^I mulus, a mule; 
hence, in that language, signifies excellent mules. nnR Semel, 
once, R. -inR Psalms lxxxix. 36. "itDR To fasten, m. rhamnus, a 
bramble, from its fastening prickles, ber A piece, Arabes, sonum 
edidit venter, the belly has sounded, er tDR 1 ? 'tOR 1 ? to incline, quiete, 
softly ; sensim, gently ; leniter, lente, smoothly, that is with the body 
stooping, a^tOR m. p. Praestigiatores, diviners or soothsayers, from 
their stooping or prying about the affairs of others. dDR Clausit, 
to shut; occlusit, to shut against; obturavit, to stop up. |BR To 
spin, m. also, |U2R Funis, a rope ; filum, a thread spun from the fila- 
ments of lint ; linteum, linen, -itSR Clausit, to shut ; occlusit, to shut 
against, m. praeclusus, shut out, left-handed, that is, the right hand 
shut or not used. ^R rTR To settle, m. insula, an island, or a place 
settled, how, where, alas, also, where, or a place or country distant 
from Judea, to find which, they must ask the question, p. ^"R In- 
sulse, islands ; aves insulanae, birds belonging to an island, a particle 
of negation, non, no, not, from a^R Inimicatus est, to be un- 

friendly, m. inimicus, an enemy ; infestus, troublesome. ma?B f. A 
female enemy. riTK f. Inimicitia, enmity, R. 33R To extend ; an 
enemy is one who extends evil desires against those whom he hates. 
"vr m. R. rvp To put forward; vapor, a mist or cloud, from its being 
sent forth ; interitus, destruction ; calamitas, misfortune ; exitium, 
death, because they relate to things which, as it were evaporate, 
perish, or go to nothing, and as such come upon us. pTR f. R. miR 
To desire ; pica, cornix, a crow or vulture, from its rapacity, as a 
particle, ubi, where, expressive of desire to know something, mrR 
Where, from r~\T and *>R. r~ tr niPR Quomodo, in what manner ; quo- 
nam, whither ; ubinam, where ; of ">R Desire or asking ; and r~G a 
particle expressive of the means. ib^R Woe to him ; from V? to him, 
and riR Woe. S'R R. ^7R To interpose ; also, nVTR f. Aries, a ram ; 
cervus, a stag, furnished with horns for their defence, yh* Planicies, 
a plain ; campestre, a wood, from its strength. rnS^R n'^R Cerva, a 
stag; hence, SlR ^ir Robur, strength, or the means of defence. 
CR m. cdvr Formidabilis, terrible ; in Arabic it signifies great in 
magnitude ; hence, terror as the consequence. CD^R m. p. Terrores, 
terrors ; idol a, idols ; gigantes, giants, from the terrors they inspire. 



8 



nEPK f. Formido, fear. riniCPK f. Formido maxima, very great fear, 
of and n» To die. Chald. yvant Terribiles, dreadful; terrificus, 
fearful; r"VJn»K f. The same. y$ R. |g Labour or vanity; also, ?fc 
IX Non, not ; nemo, nobody ; nihil, nothing. s^k nS'S £ R- r~l3« To 
heat ; epha, an epha, or the baking measure, because it was heated 
in an oven; ubi, where; of *<x Asking; and rns Denoting place or as- 
pect ; mean time, upk m. R. map Existence ; vir, a man ; maritus, a 
husband ; quihbet, any person ; aliquis, some person. r~KPK f. Vira, 
a manly woman ; uxor, a wife. fWK The same. JW'S |WH m> R. 
sicrx To be black ; nigrum, black ; nigredo, blackness ; pupilla, the 
apple of the eye, from its blackness. Hithpael, WKnn Virum pre- 
bere se, to show himself a man, r*TK jrVK m. R. »n« Strong, rough ; 
fortis, brave ; validus, strong ; asper, rough ; horridus, dreadful, from 
its strength and roughness ; vis, violence ; robur, strength ; also, a spade, 
see r~ \K. uD'OiVK m. September, from the violent or rough weather 
which occurs at that time. Chald. rrtf 'JVK Est, is ; sunt, are. 3TDK 
m. A lie, R. 2?3. Tantum, only ; veruntamen, nevertheless ; sed, 
but ; profecto, truly ; sane, surely ; utique, therefore ; omnino, altoge- 
ther, R. r~OJ To strike ; a particle, denoting the striking manner or 
the earnestness of the speaker. itdk m. Cruel, R. 1T3« ?3K Edit, 
to eat; comedit, to eat much ; consumpsit, devoravit, to consume ; 
Chald. the same ; et divulgare, to disclose ; proclamare, to declare. 
Hiphil, HjOKH Comedere fecit vel jussit, to cause or compel to eat : 
consumpsit, to waste ; cibavit, to feast. ^TDIK m. Cibus, food ; also, 
Wok nboK f. Szdid m. rtJKfi f. Commeatus, provision ; f. culter, 
a knife ; gladius, a sword, from their power of consuming. "OK To 
make ready ; certe, surely ; profecto, truly ; utique, therefore ; sane, 
undoubtedly ; a particle, denoting that the thing is established or 
ready. t]3S R. sp: To bend ; reflexit, to bow ; incurvavit se, to bend 
one's self, m. manus, the hand, from its bending to hold any thing; 
vola, the hollow or palm of the hand; to crave, urge ; see *p. 
To dig in the earth, m. agricola, a husbandman, ^x To interpose ; 
ne, not ; nequaquam, by no means ; non, not, a particle of interposi- 
tion or negation; fortis, strong, R. 'tk To be strong, Psalm xxix. 1. 
also, an oak, from its strength ; mighty God. Chald. idem, the same; 
also, r"6tf IHi, ilia?, illud ; isti, istae, ista, these ; Arabic, accessit, to 
approach; hence, Ad, to ; apud, at ; secus, by ; juxta, nigh to ; erga, 
versus, towards ; contra, against ; super, above ; also, Woe to me. 
">bK To lament. t^a^K m. Grando immanis, great hailstones ; of ^JK 



9 



Lord or great ; and Hail. CD'eabK a^nSs m. p. Lygna, Thyina, 
Thyine wood. m^K Execratus est, to curse ; juravit, to swear ; pejer- 
avit, to violate an oath; ejulavit, to howl; also, f. execratio, adjuratio, 
a swearing; jusjurandum, an oath, f. quercus, an oak; lucus quer- 
cuum, the grove of oaks, R. 'tk To excel, because the oak is a tree 
excelling in strength, &c. m. Deus, God, this name is given to God, 
angels, rulers, idols, mbtf A title of Christ, who was made a curse 
for us. Chald. also, Ninbtt plural, f^nbtf yrbx Idem, the same, 
r-ibtfn £ a swearing on oath. yhvt m. An oak, the place of oaks. 
Perhaps, R. '•ViK. ItSk f. Cauda ovis aut arietis, the tail or rump of 
a sheep or ram set apart or devoted for sacrifice. CD'rfJK The divine 
plurality of persons in the Godhead or trinity. V?K Si, if; Chald. 
Ecce, lo ; of To interpose , and l It. rV?K Niphal, nbfcO Fcetidus, 
nasty ; putidus factus fuit, to be made rotten. m. p. Chald. Illi, 
isti, these, those, R. To interpose. H'Vk Arabic, abiit in nihilo, 
to go to nothing, ^rbit m. Nihilum, nothing ; res nihili, an affair of 
nothing; plural, idola, idols, so called because they are vain. Sl^K 
m. Mensis Augustus, the month of August, R. To interpose, for 
then the summer heat interposes, and burns up in a great measure 
the land of Judea, and the neighbouring countries. *>bbK Alas ! woe ! 
R. N?*. CZ)bK To bind; Niphal, Obmutescere, to be mute, m. 

mutus, dumb, as it were having the tongue bound ; manipulus, a 
handful, from the hand holding it ; obmutescentia, dumb, m. also, 
CD^iS m. Porticus, a porch formed by stones closely bound; vestibu- 
lum, a porch or entry to a house ; also a particle of firmness ; profec- 
to, truly ; &c. CZJ^lK m. p. Vestibula, porches. nifcSit Idem, the 
same. rix&K f. Fascis segetum, a bundle of rushes, a sheaf, a hand- 
ful, manipulus. yhit m. Viduus, a widower, a man deprived of his 
spouse ; viduitas, widowhood ; r— udSk f. Vidua, a widow, one whose 
matrix is bound by the loss of her husband, yizhit ;— OZftK f. Vidui- 
tas, the state of widowhood. ^oVfct A fictitious appellation by which 
he is known whose true name is concealed, from and I. 

Chald. NU^K rrh'X f. Arbor, a tree ; m. p. Chald. Illi, illae, 
ilia, these, m. A grove of oaks, from their strength, R. To 
interpose. Jittba m. Thyine wood. To lead ; didicit, to learn, 

to be under a chief or leader ; docuit, to teach ; c. mille, a thousand, or 
a chief number ; Hiphil, Millena parere, to bring forth by thou- 

sands. Chald. iNSDbs Idem, the same, yshx *pb$< m. Doctor, a teacher ; 
dux, a leader ; bos, a bull, or the chief of cattle. CZnpStf m. Not con- 

B 



10 



quered, R. Slpi To importune ; molestavit, to trouble ; pressit, 
ursit, to urge. To support ; hence mEK f. p. Pillars, supporters. 
CZKSi, if; si quidem, if indeed; si quando, if when ; and interrogative- 
ly, utrum, whether ; an, or a particle of affirmation, &c. resting upon 
the truth of that to which it has relation. £zk Terror, fear, R. CD'K 
Dreadful, Psalm lxxxviii. 16. r~U0K f. Ancilla, a young woman who 
has been supported, and who as a servant or mother will in due time 
care for and support others. ji^K m. A multitude, R. r- ran. m. 
r~hnx f. Languidum, weak ; infirmum, slender. W^EK Languere, to 
be weak ; debilitari, to be weakened ; languidus, silly. Z2EK z:K f. 
Mater, a mother, because she sustains and supports her children; 
bivium, a place of two ways, or a road which when we walk sup- 
ports us. cz^X m. p. Terrors, giants, from Terror, Me- 
tropolis, the mother city, sik £21*6 m. Natio, a people, every one 
of whom should support or assist one another ; populus, the people : 
the same, Chald. mEK plural, ntex mEK f. Cubitus, the arm, or that 
which supports us. Chald. plural, ycx Cubiti, the arms, yzx Steadi- 
ness ; nutrivit, to nourish ; nutriens, nourishing, m. ; nutritius, a nurse, 
m. ; artifex, a workman ; opifex insignis, a good workman, from their 
steadiness, m. ; Veritas, truth ; amen, so be it ; verum, true ; Xiphal, 
Verum esse, to be true ; confirmari, to be strengthened ; firmum, 
strong ; fidum, faithful ; fidele esse, to be faithful ; nutriri, to be 
nourished. Hiphil, rc$<n Credidit, to believe ; fidit, to trust. Chald. 
ywn Credidit, to believe, yjzx m. Fides, faith; Veritas, truth; also 
fidelis, faitliful ; verax, true ; nutritius, a tutor or governor, a child 
or nursling. p-yi»K f. Veritas, truth ; fides, faith ; constans, steady. 
p-UOS f. Firmitas, strength ; Veritas,, truth ; fides, faith. rTUttK f. 
p. Strong pillars; also, f—itoS f. CDJEK Vere, truly; revera, in 
truth ; scilicet, indeed ; sane, surely. r"0»K f. A nurse, steadiness is 
the leading idea in every branch of this root, yEK Robustum esse, 
Hiphil, roboravit, to strengthen ; fortificavit, confirmavit, obfirmavit, 
fortitude, strength ; robur, plural, robusti, strong ; validi, powerful ; 
bay colour, Zech. vi. 3, 7- also, rriOK f. y^K m. Robustus, stout ; 
firmus, strong. O^EKO m. p. Fortificationes, strong places ; robora, 
forces, iok To branch out, extolled or branched out, as words are 
in composition ; dixit, to declare ; loquutus est, to speak ; cogitare, 
to think; proponere, to settle. Hiphil, -vnttn Fecit dicere, he caused 
to speak ; fecit spondere, he made to promise. Hithpael, inxnn Ver- 
bis exaltare se, vel verbis predicare, to exalt one's self with words, or 



11 



to speak with words ; also mn« Heb. and Chald. iidk» m. Oratio, 
a speech ; edictum, a declaration. n»K m. Ramus sumraus, a 

lofty branch. Chald. i»k NJ-iEK Agnus, a lamb. ttrnK Dark, gloomy, 
gloominess*; perhaps for CDttfK To pass by ; heri vesperi, yester even- 
ing ; hesternanocte, from its being past, (see Simon's Lexicon.) m»H 
f. Veritas, truth, R. nnn»K f- A sack, R. nn» |K m. Iniquity, 

&c. R. |« j—Otf Quo, whither; a particle of time and place; 
quando, when ; ubi, where, R. r~UK The occurrence or presence of 
an object ; hence, ijk We. Quaeso, I pray ; obsecro, I beseech. 

N53:k Chald. see 2$ Greenness. mJK Obvenire, to occur ; ^venire 
vel occurrere fecit, to happen ; mcerere, mcestum esse, to mourn m 
consequence of the mournful occurrences of life ; also quaeso, I pray. 
Hithpael, rnJKntt Occasionem querit, to seek occasion. c. Ego, I 
or the person present ; also \3K c. ptjk f- Navis, a ship ; classis, a fleet, 
from their power of presenting themselves at different places ; also 
PTJKn f Mceror, mcestitia, sadness. r— DKH f. Occasio, an occasion. 
|3Knn To complain, cz-ik m. p. Unjust men, or men who cause sor- 
row. n:K To sigh, to groan. unJK We miserable. Niphal, rutO 
Suspiravit, gemuit, to groan. "p-tfUK f. Gemitus, a groan ; suspirium, 
a sigh. -ok idjk c. Ego, I. R. r— OK The occurrence or presence of 
an object; and ro: Coram, before, hence OJK from ro: *»JK I, before or 
present ; plural, i jrt3K from rDJUK We, before or present, utt We, is 
compounded of OK I, and 13 from ^: To increase, (see Simon's Lexi- 
con, page 64.) plural, ums i:n: Nos, we. Chald. r~0K plural, 
MJnJK Idem, the same. *pK m. R. riDi To hit ; libella, a plummet, 
a level or plumb line ; perpendiculum, because it tries or hits the 
perpendicularity of a wall in building, also to dissolve, to melt, hence 
a part taken for the whole, lead. *ojk I, from r~OK To present, and p- o 
here. Hithpael, ^iKnn Lamentari, to bewail ; plangere, to beat, 
queritari, to complain. m. Planctus, beating of the breast ; mce- 
ror, sadness ; luctus, grief, ^jk Chald. Illi, isti, they. f. Illae, 
istae, idem, the same, R. niK Which, see. d:k Ccegit, to compel; 
exegit, to demand ; urgere, to press ; Chald. premens, pressing, sp&t 
To breathe, Hithpael, «pitnK Irasci, ira, commoveri, to be angry, 
because in anger animals breathe stronger. s)X m. Ira, anger ; facies, 
the countenance ; nasus, the nostril, R. riSK To heat through ; hence 
wrath or warmth in passion, also the nostrils, whence issue a warm 
steam, also the countenance where it is perceived. Chald. f. 
m. Facies, vultus, the countenance, R. *UK To breathe. *— OJK f. 



nys 12 pi* 

Ardea, a heron, from its angry disposition. pJK p:w To moan or 
groan or cry out; clamavit, exclamavit cum gemitu, to cry with 
groaning. np:K f. Exclamatio, a crying out ; gemitus, a groan ; at- 
telabus, a little locust without wings, from its doleful cry. \WK Viva 
Niphal, iEgrum esse, to be infirm ; infirmitate affici, to be affected 
with weakness. tfUK m. iEger, sick; infirmus, weak, incurable; 
mortiferus, death bearing ; homo, man, from his frailty; also Chald. 
N5tf:K Idem the same. "pDK m. A pot of oil ; see -po DDK m. horreum, 
a barn. C2DK m. R. CZD To smell ; horreum, a barn, from the smell 
of the grain. ^DK m. R. |D To pour out; exitium, destruction; 
mors, death, from the separation of soul and body. *px To gather ; 
Hiphil, t^DXH Collegit, to collect ; retraxit, to draw back ; recepit, to 
take ; abstulit, to take away. Niphal, *pK3 Congregatus, assembled ; 
receptus, received ; sublatus fuit, taken away. *y»DK m. r*l3DX f. Col- 
lectio, a gathering. «p3DK m. Collecta turba, a crowd gathered. -|DK 
To bind, ligavit, vincivit, obligavit, m. ; vinculum, a chain ; ligatio, a 
binding ; obligatio, giving security, Chald. also j-ODK Interdictum, a 
prohibition. TDK "ViDK m. vinctus, bound a prisoner. moTD m. -idie 
m. Vinculum, a chain. pK s*<>'K Chald. Lignum wood, it is for the 
Heb. yy. *)K m. Wrath, the nose, face, nostrils, R. r~i3K To heat ; 
etiam, also ; quinetiam, moreover, a particle denoting the heat or 
earnestness of the speaker. -isk To bind ; amicivit, to clothe ; accin- 
xit, to gird, hence m. A royal tent, pavilion. T.3K Ephod, an 
ephod or short cloak without sleeves, girded over all the other garments; 
amiculum, a small robe. rm3K f- Amictus, the girdle of the ephod. 
m£)K To heat through or dress victuals in an oven, or on coals ; coxit, 
to bake ; pinsuit panem, to knead, m. ; coquus, boiled, m. ; pistor, 
m.; a baker, f. an epha or the baking measure, about a bushel, be- 
cause this quantity was baked in a common oven. rUDiK n3Ktt m. 
Coctum, boiled ; coctura, a boiling, a baking, a^sn m. p. Coctura?, 
things which are seethed. S|W To hide ; sol occidit, the sun sets ; 
Arabic, caliginosus. dark ; obscurus, not clear ; also ^SKft m. ; f-ftSK 
f. caligo, darkness ; obscuritas. mV3K f. p. Obscura, not manifest ; 
serotina semina, late seed. jSK m. R. r~ U3 To turn ; rota, a wheel ; 
modus, a measure, from its round form. D3K To fail ; desiit, defecit, 
defectus, a failure ; finis, a boundary ; nihil, nothing, or a failure ; ne- 
mo, nobody ; preter, except, a particle of failure ; dual, number ; tali 
pedum, the soles of the feet, from their being at the extremity. J7SK 
m;?£K f Vipera, a viper, from its swelling, R. rnys To swell or puff 



\r\n 13 epK 

nothing, that is, a puff of wind or only vanity or nothing, also a hyena. 
5pK To face, to surround, to compass, circumdedit, R. P12 To turn round 
as the countenance in speaking, p3K Hithpael, ps«nn To put a force 
upon, to restrain ; confirmavit, to strengthen ; continuit, to hold ; re- 
pressit se, to keep back one's self. p^SK m. Fortis, brave ; torrens, a 
flow of water ; alveus, a stream, R. psj To draw or bring forward. 
TSK m. R. 13 To break ; cinis, ashes ; velamen, a covering as of 
ashes, from the smallness into which the particles are broken. 
pnaK m. Thalamus, a marriage bed, from pins I~\3K £3ns*S Chald. 
Thesaurus, a treasure ; aerarium, money ; tributum, a tribute, sup- 
posed to a word not from the Hebrew, it rather appears to be from 
the Greek, ecoror/^/, to place or lay up. m. Narrow, to press ; 
SDXK The finger, R. pss. HttK Reponere, to set apart; seponere, 
to lay aside; reservare, to keep back, as a particle; apud, at; juxta, 
nigh to; penes, in the power of; prope, near. ^jfK m. Axilla, the 
armpit, from its being distinct from the body; also, ala edificii, the 
wing of a building ; p. m. optimates, magnates, selecti, persons set or 
kept near one, chief men the most excellent. m^S R. "unf 
To proceed. ntf K To lay up, to store or treasure ; thesaurum collegit, 
to gather money ; recondidit, to lay up treasure ; hiphil, idem, the 
same. m. Thesaurus, treasure, p. nrfifiK. mpK m. A carbun- 

cle, R. mp ppK ipK m. Rupicapra, a wild goat, Schultens derives it 
from the Arabic, '•pK signifying shyness or loathing, a name very 
descriptive and just. XiK H^lK m. Valens, strong ; prasvalidus, very 
strong ; from nit A lion ; and 'p'it God ; the Hon of God ; nuncius, a 
messenger ; legatus, an ambassador. nit To flow, m. ; light ; see "nit 
also m. A river. 31K To view, prospexit ; insidiatus est, to lay in 
wait, m. ; insidiae, snares ; latibulum, a den to lie in wait ; also dike 
m. pnntt f. Specus, a lurking place : cataracta, a great fall of water ; 
specula, a watch tower ; fenestra, a hole ; caminus, a chimney ; fuma- 
rium, the tunnel of a chimney ; also m. locusta, a locust ; from p-Ql 
Many, from their number, p. ; gates, obices. nit To weave, texuit, 
attexuit, texens, weaving ; textor, a weaver ; textura, the frame of the 
cloth ; radius textoris, a weaver's shuttle, psm R- jnn also ptjmK 
a*J73-W four, cnyms |mit htami Chald. Purpura, purple cloth, being 
the production of the loom ; also pntt Idem, the same. Area, 
a coffer ; capsula, a casket, so named from being woven, pntt Carp- 
sit, to gather, to snatch ; decerpsit, to pluck away, nit PT1K m. Leo, 
a lion, from its snatching its prey. Hltntt Ariel. *ntt c. Area, a 



14 



chest in which articles are gathered ; loculus, a coffin or chest. rrnK 
f. Stabulum, a place where cattle are collected; praesepe, a stall, ttc 
Chald. En, lo; ecce, behold, R. -\K To flow as light. HK m. Cedrus, 
a cedar, the ideal meaning is firmness, and as such it is still found in 
the Arabic. mK Iter fecit, to go; profectus est, to proceed, m.; via- 
tor, a traveller ; iter faciens, making a journey ; iter, via, f. a way ; 
consuetudo, a custom. Chald. MmiK NttnK Idem, the same. rnrnK 
f. Comitatus, a train or retinue of attendants ; coetus commeantium, 
an assembly of travellers ; -iaticum, victuals ; cibarium, food, because 
it goes along with us. r~antf m. R. 22"\ Many. -px Is long, pro- 
longari, to be extended, m.; longitudo, length; longus, extended. 
rn:nK f. Longum, long; diutinum, diuturnum,. lasting; sanitas, 
health or prosperity, from its continuance ; Chald. f. Prorogatio, or 
lengthening out the time. Chald. *]nK Decens, proper ; conveniens, 
fit. onK R. To be elevated. Syria, ^lEntf c. Palatium, a palace, 
arx, a tower, from their height or grandeur. pK m. Ornus, a wild 
ash, R. p To vibrate freely, or fir tree, from their waving motion. 
jinK c. An urn, from its reverberating sound. *—\3:"iK f. Lepus, the 
hare ; from r— ntf To crop ; and The produce of the ground, jnx 
s^pnK Chald. Terra, the earth ; for yn« Terra, the earth, c. more fre- 
quently f. ; regio, a country, R. To crumble, from its divisibility. 
Chald. pntf NJpnK Terra, the earth, R. To attenuate, because the 
ground or dust may be very small. tik R. IK To flow ; maledixit, to 
curse ; exsecratus est, to be cursed, or to declare any thing transitory 
or flowing ; we are of opinion that IK is in reality only a contraction of 
-nx the principle extends to a great many roots of the same form. 
r-nK Maledictio, a curse, tens frcnK f. R. una Arabic, to desire ; 
efFatum, speech or the expression of our desire, to betroth ; desponsa- 
vit, desire. ttfK c. R. itfi^K Strong; ignis, fire, from its power or 
strength. Chald. NStfK Idem, the same. rrtfK m. Ignitum sacrifi- 
cium, the consumed sacrifice. IWHt m. R. j—PW To pour forth ; effu- 
sio, decursus, a river, a stream, from its pouring forth. r""ittW r~! v tf K 
f. R. p- Existence ; fundamentum, ground work, a woman or the 
person existing, a sacrifice ; from Fire, because consumed with 
fire. nnniPS Asdodia, after the manner of Ashdod. To be 

black ; see wx. SOTK R. u ?3B7 To be deprived. m. R. HBM 

To bite ; testis, a testicle, or perhaps a tumour, or tetter, sharp and 
biting. '-jutk m. Nemus, a grove ; arboretum, an oak, R. Hw: Ara- 
bic, A plain, the place of oaks. StfK To be guilty, desolate, the ef- 



15 



feet of guilt ; deliquit, to offend ; reus fuit, to accuse ; reus factus, 
considered guilty ; vastus, desolatus fuit. atPiO Niphal, Desolari, to 
be desolate ; vastari, to be laid waste. Hiphil, o^Kn Reum peregit, 
to make guilty ; desolavit, m. reus, guilty, or rather accused ; reatus ; 
oblatio pro reatu, an offering for the guilty. riDIPS f Idem, the 
same. O'JOtPK Loca desolata, destroyed places. p-ninttW R. "WW 
To watch. now not used, To see ; hence ywx The eye, or pupil, 
or organ of seeing, which being black, it denotes blackness, *]tt/K m s 
R. tyffi To breathe ; Chald. Astrologus, an astrologer or one who pre- 
tends to be inspired with a knowledge of futurity. ms^K f- R. r~ isar 
To dash ; pharetra, a quiver, from the arrows in it dashing against 
each other, &c. nsttw R. nsttf To be fair. nsttW f. R. 3T\3\ff To put 
or set in order ; stercus, sterquilinium, fimus, a dunghill, because in 
eastern countries the dung of animals was often put in order, serving 
for fuel. isttfK m. R. r"WK To roast ; frustum, a fragment ; portio 
ampla, a great part, a collop broiled ; and A bull, the Vulgate 
renders it, the roasted part of the flesh of a cow or ox. -hcw Incessit, 
to go forward ; direxit, to guide ; duxit, to lead ; beavit, to bless ; 
beatum, blessed ; felicem predicavit, to declare blessed, m. beatitudo, 
beatitas, blessedness, or the happy consequence of going forward in 
the path of duty ; qui, quae, quod, who, which, that, of both genders 
and numbers, quod, that ; quum, when; quia, because. "WK "Wit 
f. Incessus, a going forward; gressus, a step. |— mew f. Lucus, a 
grove, the blesser, because they fancied that blessings would flow to 
them for worshipping their idols in the groves. Chald. NirwK Mu- 
ms, a wall, from its strength; from ittr To direct or regulate the 
building. WKn f. R. "HEW To proceed ; buxus, the box tree, from its 
thriving, flourishing, or going forward with perpetual viridity. tewse 
Strong. ttPttW m. Fundamentum, or the ground work of a building. 
Chald. >WK Fundamenta, foundations, p" W'ttTK f. Lagena, a flagon 
or stone bottle of confectionaries prepared by fire ; from wk Fire, stale 
or without hope, as it were consumed by fire. -vnrwK Chald. Sedition, m. 
R. mar To send. r"\«7« Each ; see R. nnK To come, come to, 

come near, to approach ; c. a sign, an evidence that something is ap- 
proaching, *vhen that is the time of approaching, besides, or the thing 
near being added, against or the approaching thing appearing, there or 
the person near or present, is the sign of the accusative case, the no- 
minative when the verb is passive, it has also the force of a preposition, 
for, with, &c. (see Simon's Lexicon) m. ligo, a spade, from its marking 



16 



out the ground for the furrows ; also ry» The same, nns Venit, 
to come ; advenit, to approach ; accessit, Chald. idem, the same. 
|UVK m. Ingressus, a going forward. |ntf Strong. ^inK f. Asina, 
an ass, from its passive and active strength, both in enduring and 
carrying. Chald. also NUinK Fornax, a furnace, R. w$ Fire, w being 
changed into n. nnK c. Tu, thou, R. nnK To come ; plural, f in 
the oblique cases is from r—o hie, here or present. C2nK Vos ; nK and 
72 from rnttn A multitude. f. plural, 1 the latter part of i»n for 
r— i»n A multitude. y\$ You ; from y: To increase. rnJHK You ; n: for fa 
from To increase ; also hire or reward ; from r~on Chald. nrUK Tu, 
thou; nnJK for ;— 13JK Thou present. y the Chaldaic form 

of the plural, vos, you. p\-|« m. R pn: To withdraw, a chamber or 
place of retirement. nn« m. Locus, a place ; Chald. perhaps from 
Hebrew, n^K To go forward. annK m. p. Exploratores, spies ; from 
-pn To explore. 

Is the first consonant, and second letter of the Hebrew alphabet; it 
is a contraction of r*l3 Hollow ; it is one- of the serviles ; as a prefix it 
occurs very frequently, and is a preposition, in, in, or into ; ad, to ; 
ab, from ; apud, at ; prope, near ; contra, adversus, against ; cum, 
with; inter, between, among; post, after; per, by or through; pro, 
for; juxta, near; secundum, according to; versus, towards; &c. (See 
Simon's Lexicon.) Prefixed to the infinitive it declares when any 
thing is done or doing. np£)3 When he visited, or literally, in his 
having visited ; it also expresses the superlative, as a^iwa. nS'n 
Fair among women, that is fair, or very fair. jv$3 To come or go, R. 
Nil 3 Chald. r-WlKS In extremity ; see nnx 1K3 To open ; declara- 
vit, to explain ; clare exposuit, to unfold clearly, f. ; puteus, a well, or 
place dug or opened for water ; fons aquae clarae et limpidse, a fountain 
of pure and limpid water, m. ; fossa, a ditch ; cisterna, a cistern, R. 
TI3. WX3 To stink ; putruit, fcetuit, to be rotten, m. ; fcetor, a smell 
not pleasant. J—WIO f. Herba foetens, some stinking weed, or the 
plant of grapes that rot on the vine. CFttn&ta m. p. Labruscae, uvae fce- 
tentes, grapes that spoil on the vine. Chald. To be, or seem 

to be bad; displicere, to displease. NSni£Htt3 f. Maligna, bad; pessi- 
ma, very bad. 33 m. Hollow, R. 313. r*i33 f. R. 33 Hollow ; pu- 



17 



pilla, the apple of the eye that appears hollow or admits of the light, 
contracted na. J3 To spoil, m. cibus, food, to cut as of spoil or 
plunder. "U3 To cover,, f. vestimentum, a garment of falsehood, or 
a garment of dissimulation ; perfidia, breach of faith ; perfide egit, to 
violate one's trust ; prevaricatus est, to be treacherous, mi J 2 £ Per- 
fida, a treacherous female. 12 To separate, only, alone, one, m.; ra- 
mus, a branch, that which may be separated from the tree ; linum, 
flax, its filaments being easily separated ; lineum, separated from the 
flax ; vectes, levers or latches for the door, perhaps from being made 
of flax ; membra, members or parts distinct from yet relating to the 
whole, j^m Finxit, to feign or devise of himself alone ; mentitus 
fuit, to lie or prevaricate, in Arabic the verb signifies to begin, to 
produce or devise something new. OH3 m. p. Mendaces, liars, 
mendacia, lies ; astrologi, astrologers, from their devising lies, TD 
Solitarium esse vel agere, to be or to act alone. T113 Solitarius, alone , 
solitarie agens, acting alone, m. solitarie, in a solitary manner. 13 
the same root ; solus, alone. HH3 To divide. Hiphil, *TH3n Sepera- 
vit, to separate; distinxit, to set apart; discrevit, to distinguish. 
Hns: Seperavit se, to withdraw one's self; seperatus fuit, to be se- 
parated, m. seperatum, the thing separated; particula seperata, a 
distinct part. ^12 m. Stannum, tin, from its being separated from 
gold and silver. nbl3 Bdellium, from Arabic jna To be fat; and 
Arabic rb~\ Fatness ; ligni vel arboris nomen, the name of a wood or 
tree ; gemma, a pearl ; crystallum, a crystal, from their fatness or 
being rich. pl3 m. A breach ; fissura, an opening or breach ; labes, 
a hole ; scrutari, to search ; inquirere, to ask, to repair or amend the 
breach. 113 Spargere, to scatter ; dispergere, to disperse ; from the 
Hebrew, 12 To spoil, &c R. fi3 1T3 of the same meaning, nra or iri3 
m. R. ri3 To be hollow ; inanitas, emptiness ; res inanis, a vain affair. 
tDH 3 m. Porphyrites, an emerald ; porphyry, red marble or some kind 
of beautiful stone ; from Arabic tDH3 To be heavy, from their weight. 
Htd To hurry, H^mn Turbavit, to trouble; conturbavit, to dis- 
turb ; acceleravit, to hasten ; festinavit turbulenter, to hurry with fear. 
mbrt3 f. conturbatio, disturbance, terror, fear arising from being hurried. 
Chald. l^m nSsnn Celeritas, swiftness or being hurried. C2H3 nEil3 
c. R. Arabic orD To be dumb ; bestia, a creature ; pecus, a flock ; ju- 
mentum, a herd, p.bestiae, creatures ; elephas, an elephant, from their 
being dumb, yo m. Pollex, the thumb ; from Arabic, |S3 To separate, 
the thumb in part being distinct^ as it were, from the fingers. pH3 

C 



18 



To shine, m. pustula alba, a white tumour, from its shining. Viti- 
ligo, the leprosy, from its whiteness. in3 "VPO m. Nitidus, bright ; 
splendidus, shining ; candidus, white, r~Ttn3 f. Papula, a pimple, 
from its colour ; leprosy, from brightness. n:u Venit, went, to go ; 
advenit, to come ; coivit, to go together ; ingressus est, to enter ; ivit, 
to depart ; abivit, occubuit, to set, when it refers to the going down 
of the sun, m. ingressus, an entrance ; aditus, a passage ; also ?<3172 
m^D N5130 Idem, the same, ntnafl f. Reditus, a return ; proventus, 
produce or that which comes from the fields. 313 Niphal, 3133 Va- 
cuus, empty, hollow ; evacuatus, thrown out. pa To despise ■ sprevit, 
contemn ; contempsit, contemptus, despectio, a looking down ; r~i*i3 
Idem, the same. "]13 R. r""C3 To distil. Niphal, fiaa Perplexum, 
confused, or distilhng, or shedding tears ; implexum esse, to be in 
doubt. r-i3i3£ f. Perplexitas, anxiety. Si3 m. R. n^3 To waste 
away ; nomen Octobris, October the month of vegetable decay ; also 
m. a river, R. l t>3\ ^13 To divide or separate; intellexit, to appre- 
hend or separate by the mind. r"W r—Cian f. Intelligentia, under- 
standing; prudentia, discernment. D13 DD3 Calcavit, to trample ; con- 
culcavit, to trample under foot; conculcans, trampling. moi3D 
noun f- Conculcatio, a trampling. yu R. ^3 To be soft ; byssus 
byssinum, fine linen made from the soft downy substance formed in 
the pods of the shrub called gossipium, perhaps it should rather be 
rendered fine cotton cloth like linen, pi 3 ipu npun Emptied; f. 
vacuitas, emptiness ; evacuatio, a throwing out. 113 1x3 m. R. 13 
To cleanse ; fovea, a pit, a ditch from which the earth is taken or 
cleansed; cisterna, a well, lake or cistern; career, a dungeon; sepul- 
chrum, a burying place or pit. arp Erubescere, to be ashamed; pu- 
difieri, to be affronted, rrwu FW3 HJW f. Pudor, shame. ESTOO 
m. p. Pudenda, a part of the body. r->?3 Contempsit, to despise. 

m. Contemptus, a despising. n?3B3 Contemptibilis, worthy of 
being despised. R3 Praedatus est, to be spoiled; diripuit, to be rob- 
bed, spoiled or worthy to be despised because spoiled. T3 m?3 Praeda, 
direptio, spoil or plunder, pu To break to pieces, m.; fulgur, light- 
ening, from its destruction. It3 To be scattered, dispersit. ' U ?TD 
Fastidivit, to abhor ; aspernatus, despised ; aversatus est, to be abhor- 
red. |n3 Probavit, exploravit, to try, m. ; probatio, a trial ; munitio, a 
watch-tower or place for trying the strength of the enemy, WIS 
Specula, a watch-tower ; turris, a tower. nru Elegit, selegit, to re- 
gard, to choose as worthy of regard. TPD "flru m. Selectus, juvenis, a 



19 



wad 



young person chosen or worthy of regard ; plural, juventus, youth, 
■nnan nm» m. Selectum, chosen ; selectissimum, very worthy of regard. 
23 To look, R. B3J. NSD3 Pronunciavit, to declare. KB3E m. Pronun- 
ciatum, declared. nt03 To speak rashly. nt03 Fidit, confidit, to cling, 
to confide ; also, Jint33 ni33» m. pTltD3 f. Fiducia, faith or dependance ; 
confidenter, boldly, secure, safely; confidentia, trust; securitas, safety. 
C^ntDSK m. p. Pepones, melons, from their tendrils clinging to whatever 
they can hold, and thus support themselves. HtDS Cessavit intermisit, 
to rest, to have ceased, to be effeminate or rest too much. ^3 To 
hide, f.» venter, the belly, or hider, or container ; projectura, the part of 
a building which juts out, or rather of a pillar which is concealed or 
hidden. cr3t33 m. p. Avellanae nuces, nuts, pistachia nuts, from their 
shell being shaped. like the belly; terebinthenae, turpentine, perhaps 
from the seed of the pine being shaped like the belly, n^a f. An 
entrance, R. K13. '3 Of ; 3 In ; and * Me ; O, ah ; quaso, I pray, I be* 
seech. y2 R. )2 To divide; inter, between; medietas, middle. ^>3 
To discern, R. p3 f \»'3 m^3 f. Ovum, an egg ; from yi3 Fine flax 
or white ; hence an egg from its whiteness. A well, m. R. "VD 
Puteus, a ditch. rTV>3 f. Palatium, a palace; castrum, a tent. 
m'J-O Arces, towers ; palatia, palaces, from their show or appearance 
being glorious or clear. r~V>3 m. R. n3 Capacity ; domus, a house or 
receptacle for man, a family or what the house contains ; sedes, a man- 
sion ; locus, a place. CDT\2 p. Chald. N5JV3 y\<2 Palatium, a palace. 
Chald. rV3 Pernoctavit, to abide. *p To confound, R. ^n. N533 m. 
Morus arbor, a mulberry or pear tree ; from r™\33 Flevit, to weep ; 
defievit, to lament, perhaps from its weeping, (see Leigh's Critica Sa- 
cra.) also m. weeping, also s 33 m. m33 fT33 f. Fletus, weeping. 
C33J m. p. Fluenta aut profunditas, things flowing or depths. "D3 
m33 To be forward, m. ; primogenitus, first fruit; primogenitum, 
first born. PTV33 f. Primogenita, a female first born. PTYQ3 f. 
primogenitura, the right of being first born; primus fructus, first 
fruit. r"VT33B Primipara, first produced. r~n33 f. Dromas, a 
dromedary, from its being very swift or always forward ; plural in 
construction, n33. Chald. S3 Cor, the heart: animus, the soul, the 
same as The heart, mhl Surety, R. tsV H3 R. H?3 To wear 
or waste away ; non, not ; nequaquam, by no means ; sine, without ; 
preter, except ; absque, from, a particle of negation, as if worn to no- 
thing or consumed away. H^bs Nequam, not ; nullius frugis, of no 
fruit ; from ^>3 Without ; and Sy A yoke, a thing of Belial, punish- 



20 



merit, the wicked one. &2 Recreavit, to comfort, to smile, to laugh, 
nbs Veterascere, to grow old ; inveterascere, teri, to be worn ; m. 
vetus, old; tritum, worn; Chald. j^Ss Idem, the same, fezpfja 
C^Xibo m. p. Veteramenta, old cast clothes. ^3 7 mm ih2D f. Consump- 
tio, being worn out. Chald. V?3 Tributum vetus, an old custom. 
u h2 Confundere, to mix ; miscere, to mingle ; turbare, to disturb. 
u 7 ,l ?3 m. Farrago, a mixture of sundry grains, hodge podge, m. 
Confusio. u ? ,l ?3n m. Suffusio, a disorder or blemish of the eye. 
vbn Secretly, R. id 5 ?. Z2b2 Constringere, to shut, bridled. dSd Per- 
quisivit, to search for, as of fruit, to gather fruit, to cultivate figs, 
which do not ripen till the tree is scratched with an iron comb, after 
which the figs ripen in four days, for the radical meaning of the root 
is to scratch. tf?2 Absorpsit, to absorb ; exsorbuit, deglutivit, to 
swallow, swallowed;m. absorptio, a swallowing up. hj? 5 ?^ Preter,preter- 
quam, excepto, except ; from L_ ?d No ; and HJ7 Unto. pb>3 Exinanivit, to 
waste ; evacuavit, to empty. \"V?3 Unless, not, R. r~^^?2 To consume. 
r~v22 f. Excelsum, to be high ; ara excelsa, an altar elevated. r"TG3 
Wlierein, why ; from 2 in ; and r~l» What. 1E3 In, them, R. IE. 
;— 03 To build, aedificavit, exstruxit. rTDS y:2 riDSE m. iEdincium, a 
building. r"VD3n f- Structura, structure, a building ; similitudo, ex- 
amplar, a likeness, p Filius, a son, or one who is built, or who in 
due time builds his father's family; pullus, the young of any creature; 
ramus, a branch. r~\3 Filia, a daughter ; villa, a town belonging to 
the metropolis or mother city. m. A belt or girdle, from its bind- 
ing. Chald. DD3 Irasci, to be enraged. nD3 To contemn ; m. uva 
acerba, a sour grape, which on that account is rejected or despised. 
DD To trample under foot, R. DU. 7~~\V2 Bullavit, to bubble or swell, 
for, &c. qusesivit, rogavit, interrogavit, to ask. $2 To flow, R. 
Chald. jsjjn Qua?sivit, to enquire, njn R. Until. Niphal, rnyzi 
Tumens, swelling ; tumor, a rising of the part. i$2 m. and Chald. 
r~nj?3. 1573 Postulatio, petitio, a request. mipajnit Pustulse, tu- 
mours. -|J73 To remove, to be distant, behind, after ; also by, for 
IDJ73 Recalcitrare, to kick, to walk as if injured by kicking, 
Dominari, to have or take possession of, or to have authority over a 
thing, to become a husband; maritum fieri, to take authority over a wo- 
man, m. dominus, a lord ; maritus, a husband ; idolum, an image. r~hy2 
f. Domina, a lady. H'piS m. Conjux, a spouse ; maritus, a husband. 
nbj?U f. Maritata, a married lady, njn To clear off, take clean 
away; ardere, to burn; succendi, comburi, exurere, to burn; abbru- 



21 



tescere, to grow senseless, or lifeless, m. brutus, foolish ; bardus, stu- 
pid. Jumentum, a baggage beast, from its clearing off in 
grazing. rnj?3 r— njnn f. Incendium, a burning, combustion. njD 
Terruit, perterrefecit, to frighten; conturbavit, to disturb, nnp 
f. Terror, dismay. cyniJD m. p. Terrores, fears, y3 To be soft, m. 
mud, from its softness. To pull off; m. cepa, an onion, from 
its pulling off in distinct layers. #tf3 Divisit, to break or cut off; 
questum fecit, to make gain ; discidit, to cut off ; concisus, cut off ; 
sauciatus fuit, to be wounded ; m. frustulum, gain, covetous, oppres- 
sion, or one who cuts, or clips off every part of money that he is able ; 
qusestus, lucrum. J?¥13 Quaestui deditus, given to gain. y¥2 \2 m. 

f. Lutum, clay, from its softness. p¥3 To be made soft by 
moistening ; intumescere, to swell ; m. massa farinacea, dough puffed 
up, to swell, the consequence of being soft by moistening, Ttf 3 To re- 
strain or shut up ; cohiberi, to restrain ; munire, to fortify ; praecidit, 
to cut off, as in the vintage ; vindemiavit, to gather grapes ; m. aurum, 
fine gold, or treasure shut up. -pif a m. Vindemia, the vintage. -\tti3 
m. Vindemiator, the person who gathers grapes, nuta Munitum, 
fortified, ^ntta ntt3?3 m. pTttSJO f. Munitio, a fortification. r~ni£3 
f. Cohibitio pluviag, a restraining of rain ; siccitas, dryness ; sterilitas, 
barrenness, the consequence the want of rain, pu To be empty, R. 
pl3. #p3 Scidit, to separate; fidit, to cut: rupit, perrupit, to break, 
m. dissectum, divided as the sea ; dimidium siclum, half a shekel. 
C3*jpp3 m. p. Rupturse, things broken ; dissectiones, things divided. 
nyp3 f. Vallis, a valley, or break between two mountains ; convallis, 
a low piece of ground. pp3 Exhausit, to empty, lay waste ; vacua- 
vit, depopulatus est. pl3p3 m. Lagena, a bottle whence liquors are 
emptied. Ip3 Quaesivit, inquisivit, requisivit, to survey or inquire ; 
m. mane, diliculum, the morning which surveys all things; boves, bos, 
an ox, from its staring eyes ; armentum, a herd ; armentarius, the 
keeper of a herd ; bubulcus, the same. p"Hp3 f. Inquisitio, an in- 
quiry. mp3 f- Flagellatio, punishment inflicted with the thong of 
an ox, or rather with a particular part of that animal. tt?p3 Quae- 
sivit, postulavit, percunctatus est, sought with entreaty. pT0p3 f. 
Petitio, a request. n3 To clear, hence chosen, pure, m. filius, a son, 
from his clearness or innocence; also, 13 A ditch, R. 113 Chald. !<~}3 
Ager, a field, the clear open field or country, as opposed to the con- 
fined dwellings of men. nj-q Creavit, to create. p"n3 To secrete. 
X 1 n3 m. Pinguis, fat, or fully grown ; saginatus, fed. r— WH3 f. Pin- 



22 



gue fat ; opimum, well grown ; creatura, a creature ; creatio, a crea- 
tion, ma f. Opima, things well grown ; pinguis, fat. m: To con- 
geal ; grandinare, to hail; m. grando, hail, or congealed rain, in: 
Grandinatum, hailed; guttatum, dropped. rma Comecjere, to eat; 
prandere, to feast ; elegit, selegit, to choose, nna nn3 Cibus, food ; 
alimentum, sustenance, »13 m. Serenitas, clearness; puritas, purity, 
R. la To clear, or separate, or dissect; hence nna f- Foedus, a cove- 
nant? because an animal was dissected, or killed between the parties, 
fia mpa m. Ferrum, iron, from 12 Bright, and' 1 — ?U To fuse, ma 
Fugit, to" flee ; aufugit, effugit, transfugit ; transcurrit, to pass from 
place to place ; m. fugitivus, a runaway ; extensus, oblongus, passing 
far in place. ma m. Vectis, repagulum, a bar, or bolt, or a trans- 
verse piece of wood, from one side to the other through rings. 
Oman m. p. Profugee, fugitives, ma To bend the knee; genua 
flexit, benedixit, to bless ; procubuit, to kneel, to bless, as a superior 
his inferior, or as an inferior his superior, that is, to bend the knee ; 
our translation of the Bible sometimes renders this word, as well as 
the Lexicons of the last century, to curse ; but Parkhurst is justly of 
opinion that it never has this meaning ; f. genu, the knee, piaia f. 
Benedictio, a blessing; munus, a gift, or blessing, by a present; 
piscina, a reservoir, or pool of water where the cattle kneel to drink. 
Chald. aaia Sed, but; verum, truly ; veruntamen, nevertheless, from 
Hebrew carmia m. p. Vestes pretiosee, rich apparel, pi3 Lightened ; 
fuiguravit, to thunder ; m. fulgur, lightening ; coruscatio, a shining 
fulgour; gladius coruscus, a shining sword, npia f. Smaragdus vel 
carbunculus, a kind of precious stone, a carbuncle, from its shining 
like lightning, carjpia Oxycanthae, tribuli, thorns with very sharp 
pointed prickles, perhaps from their quickness in piercing the hand, 
ma or 13 Expurgavit, to clear, purificavit to cleanse, polished ; ae- 
claravit, to declare ; elegit, selegit, to choose from the purity of the 
object selected; m. mundus, clean; purus, pure; triticum purum, 
cleansing herb ; puritas, cleanness ; smegma, any kind of soap that 
purifies. ni3 f. Idem, the same, Camaia m. p. Selectissima alti- 
lia vel capones, fatted or clean fowls, una ttma m. Abies, the fir, 
or perhaps rather the cedar tree, from the Arabic ana To be hard, 
perhaps from the close texture of the wood in eastern countries, 
nia mia m. Bruta arbor vel abies, trees of the cypress kind ; this 
seems to be the same as the preceding, the u being changed into r 
ni3 see in rm3 V2 To be dry, R. tpa' tt?3 To be ashamed, R 



a 23 mp 

ttn3 &93V3 In that also ; R. CDi H>ltf3 Coqui, to dress ; maturescere, 
to boil ; coquere, to ripen as corn by the solar heat; elixare, to boil, 
m.; coctile, boiled. o^rcatt m. p. Coqui boiled. r"tf?W3» Culina?, 
kitchens ; foci, fires for preparing food. CDttf3 m. Aroma, a sweet 
smell, to be sweet; odoratum, scented, uwa f. Shame, R. una. 
D'&2 Conculcare, to trample. 3 To spread ; nunciavit, to declare, 
annunciavit; evangelizavit, to spread abroad glad tidings, m. caro, 
flesh which is spread over the bones ; homo, a man, considered as 
flesh or weak ; animans, any living thing ; pudendum, a part of the 
body. p- nittra f. Nuncium, a message ; nuncii praemium, the reward 
of a messenger. ur#3 Tardavit, to delay; distulit, to loiter; m. tar- 
ditas, delay, arising from shame, (see Bate's Critica Hebrea, on this 
root.) rrjn f. Shame, R. una. ma f. A daughter, R. na f. 

The eye, R. rn33 also r~\2 Capacity; bathus, a measure of liquids, a 
bath, the largest measure of capacity, next to the homer, of which it 
was the tenth part, from its power of containing ; also domus, a house, 
m. R. rr»3 the same; Psalm xlix. 12. nna f. Desolatio, desolation, 
hollow, or empty of what it should possess. Htd To separate. 
mSins f. Virgo, a virgin, as yet separated from men. pro Confodit 
transfixit, to run through, to cut in pieces, ma Dissecuit, to divide, 
m. dissectio, a cutting, or division ; pars, a part, Chald. post, after. 

This is the third letter of the alphabet, although the second consonant ; 
it is of the class called radicals, and is one of the palatial letters, its form 
and name is said to arise from the Camel. Indeed, in the Samaritan 
alphabet there is still some vestige of the bunch upon its back. 
i—i&W Altum esse, to lift up ; efferre, to advance ; excellere, to increase ; 
superbire, to be elated, or proud ; also NiJ m. Elatus, lifted up ; su- 
perbus, proud ; also mi J m&O mtU f. yxi m. Superbia, pride ; elatio, 
a raising; excellentia, worth. caw&o m. p. Superbi, proud persons. 
^KJ To vindicate ; vindicavit, or to revenge ; redemit, to redeem ; 
m. redemptor, a redeemer ; vindex, an avenger ; pollutio, pollution, 
or deserving vengeance. p~ talU f. Redemptio, a redeeming; jus vin- 
diciarum, the power of avenging. 3 } m. A locust, R. 3"tf X3J- m. 
Lacuna, a protuberance ; fossa, a lake, or vaulted reservoir of water ; 
from 33J or 33 To be protuberated; m. gibbus, protuberated ; dorsum, 



24 



DM1 



the back, from its shape ; eminentia, a little hill, from its swelling ; y 
fornix, an arch, or vault, from its form, nuj f. p. Supercilia, eye- 1 " 
brows, or the forehead, from its shape. Chald. 21 >43a Fovea, a 
ditch, fossa. n21 Elatum esse, to rise ; attollere, to raise ; m. altus, 
high,- elatus, raised. nr\21 T121 m. also mroj f. Altitudo, height; 
hence rOJ m. Recalvaster, bald before and behind, or the bare head; 
prominent. nrOJ f- Recalvatio, or making bald, ^21 Terminavit, 
to limit. ^133 m. Terminus, a boundary. ;—6i3J f. the same. 
nhli f- Terminatio, the end. nV?3a» f. Terminate the bounds. 
^3 J m. R. 3 J Protuberance; gibbosus, crooked, yi21 Gibbosus valde, 
very crooked. r~W21 f. Caseus, a cheese, from its gibbous form. 
J73J The form of a cone. ^21 Scyphus, a cup, from being in the 
form of a cone. r"t^3J f. Collis, a hill, from its shape. miJDJO f. p. 
Tiarae, turbans, from their shape. H^ysa m. Culmus, a stalk ; from 
p-foy A branch; and r~Da Height. n3a To be strong; valere viribus, 
robustum esse, praevalere ; m. vir, a man, from his strength ; Chald. 
also Kiaa Idem, the same ; plural, yi21 J^naa. Tiaa Potens, power- 
ful; fortis, brave, arising from strength. *V3a m. Dominus, a lord, 
from his strength, or power. p- vraa f. Domina regina, a queen, 
maa Domina, a lady, miaa f. Potentia, power, or strength ; forti- 
tudo, bravery. Chald. fr<mi3a f. Potentia. W21 ttPaa To shave off, 
or to be smooth; m. unio, a pearl, or crystal, from its smoothness. 
Ill 11 To expand; m. tectum, a building, or the flat expanded roof of 
a house, 11 To assault ; m coriandrum, coriander, from its pungent, 
or assaulting qualities with regard to taste, 11 1M To assemble, 
R. TU Chald. -Q"ia the same as -QTJ Thesaurarius, a treasurer; which 
see 11 To declare, R. ill ill Chald. the same as Heb. 11 To assault; 
succidit; or m To assault by bands; populari, to ravage. 1M1 
Turma vastans, a troop, or a party of invading soldiers. 11 Idem, 
the same, rill na m. Hcedus, a kid, from the manner in which it 
pushes, or assaults ; f. p. ripa?, the banks of the shore assaulted by 
the waves. ^na Magnum esse, vel fieri, to be, or be made great ; 
crescere, to increase ; educare, to teach, or make great by an increase 
of knowledge; m. magnus, great; crescens, increasing; magnitudo, 
greatness. ^Ml m. Idem, the same. r"hll f. Magnificentia, ampli- 
tudo, greatness. ca^na m. p. Institae, fasciae, fringes, or net work 
of a great cluster of pomegranates, '-run Snw m. Turris, a tower, 
from growing wider from top to bottom, jna To break down, cut 
off; abscidit, amputavit, excidit. *\ll To insult; blasphemavit, to 



25 



blaspheme ; contumelia affecit, to load with reproach, nana f- C»n- 
vicium, brawling. -ru Sepsit, to inclose ; m. faber murarius, a maker 
of walls ; also mru niU Maceria, a wall, murus, paries ; sepes, a 
hedge. una tt^ia Acervus frugum, a heap of corn; tumulus, a mound, 
or heap of stones, or earth. r~tf Hie, iste, this; for nt- rtru To 
repair ; sanavit, to cure ; f. medicina, a medicine, or that which cures, 
-iru Procumbere, to bend; pronum expandere, to be prostrate, to 
stretch, to breath upon. m. R. 33 Protuberance, locusta, a lo- 
cust, from its continually haunching out its back, c^aa Locustse ; 
trabes, beams ; fovse, fossae, cisterns, caves, or vaulted places, from 
their form. Chald. also XOJ Fovea, a ditch. 1J m. Cor- 

pus, a body; tergum, the back; medium, the middle; f. pride; from 
niO To swell or rise ; also a scale, from its rising, the back for the 
same reason. Chald. also iOj Medium, fu To pluck off; abscidit, 
abripuit, avulsit, abscessus fuit ; also to bring up, or feed with grass 
that is cut, or plucked off ; m. avulsor, one that cuts off, as in shear- 
ing sheep ; eductor, one that leads out cattle for grazing, ma To 
break, or burst ; prodiit, eduxit, to bring, or go forth, to groan, or 
break forth in groans; m. eductor, or that which breaks forth, rij m. 
R. r-vu To form into a mass ; gens, a nation, or the mass of the peo- 
ple. Hna R. To roll ; exultavit, to rejoice, to leap for joy, or be 
glad ; that is, to jump, or turn this way, or that way for joy. H^a m. 
n^a f. Exultatio, gladness, pi} To labour; exspirare, to pant for 
breath, to die, to expire. f]ia m. r*i£na f. R. *pa To strike against; 
corpus, a body, or the solid substance that resists striking; secludere, 
to shut to, as the doors in a city gate, or strike, or hold them that 
none may enter, R. "U To sojourn, or dwell ; peregrinare, diver- 
sari, habitare, timere, to fear ; has for its root To shrink, or draw 
back, fear, or a shrinking ; m. catulus, a lion's whelps, so little that it 
sojouftis with the dam. na Peregrinus, a stranger, or one who so- 
journed among the children of Israel, f. Hospitium, kindness^ 
or favours done to strangers, tijd hi. rrvjEi f. Formido, fear, metus; 
commoratio, a staying. rTViaiQ f. Granarium, a place where corn 
abides, or is kept, una m. R. mz Being close to ; strigmentum, filth, 
or being close to the dust, a clod. Chald. -ota Quaestor, a treasurer; 
from t:j To treasure, to lay up ; and -n Pure. ?a To take off, R. 
na Tondere, to pluck off; abscindere ; m. U Vellus, a fleece of wool 
that is plucked, or shorn off ; secta herba, mown grass, or rather that 
which has been eaten down, r- na-f. Idem, the same. rrtJ f. Caesio, 
^ D 



a cutting ; lapis caesus et politus, a stone cut and smoothed. To 
oppress ; rapuit, to take with violence ; diripuit, to snatch ; m. rapina, 
plunder, nbu f. Raptum, the thing snatched, rapina. u ?tu m. 
Pullus, the young of pigeons, and of eagles, from their rapacity. 

To cut short; m. eruca, a caterpillar, or locust which is furnished 
with sharp teeth well adapted for cutting short. #U To cut, cut off ; 
m. truncus succisus, a stock, or root that hath been cut down. 
Secuit, to divide ; abscidit, to cut off ; decidit, to snatch ; decrevit, to 
appoint, or cut short a controversy ; m. a segmentum, a segment, or 
the part cut off. r*TH3 f- Decisio, a cutting off ; segmentum, excisio, 
septum, a division. Chald. decretum, a decree ; and y^)} NjnTJ Ha- 
ruspices, soothsayers, from their cutting up the entrails of animals 
and inspecting them. rni3fi f. Serra, a saw ; securis, a hatchet, from 
their power of dividing. nJ To break, burst, or thrust forth ; hence 
a deliverer, or burster forth, To glow. nbru f. Pruna, a 

lighted coal, from its shining, To bow down, fall down flat, or 
prostrate. |iru m. Venter, the belly, or lower part of the body of 
those creatures called reptiles. *j X' j m. R. pita To rise ; vallis, a 
valley, or rather a rising ground ascending to the adjoining hill. 
Ti m. R. "U To assault ; nervus, a nerve, or that part which is as- 
saulted by the mind in volition. j m* R. To roll ; similitudo, 
likeness, same age, or condition of the same sort ; that is, according to 
the same term, revolution ; continuance, to exult, rejoice, or turn this 
way or that way for joy. «p R. To hit, to shut to, as the doors 
in a city gate, or to hold or strike them so that enemies cannot enter. 
"VJ m. R. niM Arabic, hath drawn; calx, lime, chalk, because drawn 
from the earth. Chald. hffHJ Idem, the same, To roll ; m. cumulus, 
a heap, or many things rolled together ; scaturigo, a spring, or rolling 
of water. r~hi f. Lecythus, lenticula, a vial, or bowl from its 
round form, sbj m. Tonsor, a barber, or shaver, bald, or shaved, R. 

Arabic, rasit, to shave, ibj To congeal, to condense, to crust 
over ; m. cutis, pellis, the skin, from its use, &c. in the body, mbj 
To remove, migravit ; abductus fuit captivus, to go into captivity ; 
revelavit, to discover, r-bu tnhl f. Chald. KnV?a Deportatio, a 
transmigration, or removing from one country to another, oyv^a 
m. p. specula, mirrors, from their discovering objects to us. rbl Ra- 
sit, abrasit, to grave, to shave, ^rhi the same as To roll ; volvit, 
to roll; con volvit, to roll much; devolvit, volutavit; m. stercus con- 
volutum, dung, or the fceces, from their round form ; Chald. devolutio, 



a rolling; marmor, marble, or stone for rolling ; to a particle H>b a 3. 
Propter, on account of ; occasione, because, or that the thing has so 
happened, or rolled about. H^a m. piVba f. Limes ; confinium, a 
limit, confine, or boundary, from its turning about. S'WJ Idola 
quasi stercorea, or gods of dung, always a term of abhorrence. jvba 
m. r"6a» f. Volumen, a roll ; liber, a book, because rolled in ancient 
times. H'aba m. Rota, a wheel; sphaera, a globe, from its round or rolling 
form, mbaVa f. Calvaria, cranium, caput, a head, or skull, from its 
rotundity, aba To twist round ; convolvit, involvit, wrap, or roll ; 
m. massa rudis et informis, an embryo, from its being rolled in the 
womb, aiba Pallium, toga, a cloak, a wrapper, from the manner in 
which the body is inclosed with them, n^ba Very hard, or sterile ; 
solitarius, solitary, or not productive ; in the Arabic the word signi- 
fies a stone which is not very productive, yba To meddle ; immis- 
cere, to mingle. tt6a To shine ; glister, glisten ; detondit, to sheer, 
or make to shine from baldness ; deglabravit, to make smooth, or 
shining. CDJ To be full ; as a particle, etiam, also ; denoting fulness. 
KEa To sup up; absorpsit, to drink; exsorpsit, to swallow; m. j uncus, 
a rush, or reed, from its absorbing water, hollow or spungy, absorb- 
ing water, a wave. rmaD f. Haustus, draught of water ; absorbitio, 
a drinking up of water, ma To be contracted ; m. cubitus, a cubit, 
or span, fist, hand, from their contraction when necessary, ancj 
Gammadei, Gammadims, Ezekiel xxvii. 2. perhaps so called from the 
place of their habitation projecting into the sea in a contracted form. 
u ma Retribuit, to recompense, or return ; rependit, to wean ; educavit, 
or render the child fit to be returned to the father ; maturavit, to 
ripen as fruits when they recompense their owners, abluctavit ; m. 
camelus, a camel, from the revengeful temper of that creature. 
Sina nbitta Hman Retributio, or recompense. y»a ^Eia Syriac, to 
dig ; m. fossa, a ditch, or place dug. ma To consume ; perficit, to 
finish; deficit, to fail; desiit, to be a wanting. Chald. "VEa Perfectus, 
finished ; perfectio, complete, a a To protect ; m. hortus, a garden, or 
a place protected with a fence. Daa To hide ; furatus est, to steal ; 
surripuit furtem ; m. fur, a thief, r- oaa f. Furtum, stealing. f:a m. 
Thesaurus, treasure, Arabic, to collect ; hence ^aa Gazophylacium, a 
treasury. |aa To protect, protexit. y m. naa f. Hortus, a garden. 
r ^a» m. Clypeus, a shield, from its protecting. r~ua» f. Obtegumen- 
-tum, a concealing, or protecting, ya To touch, R. jna. r~U?a To 
low, bellow, or roar, mugiit, boavit. u 7j;a Fastidire, to reject, abhor, 



28 



miscarry, or reject the seed ; m. fastidium, a loathing, njtt Increpa- 
vit, to reprimand ; compescuit, to stop. pmya f. Increpatio, a chid- 
ing, or blaming. mpatt Increpatio, perditio, exitium, destruction. 
ltfj?a Concuti, to tremble ; commoveri, to be moved. fp m. R. *pa To 
strike ; ala, a wing, from its striking the air ; corpus, a body, some- 
thing able to be struck; hence, to adhere, to shut, inclose, R. fpa. 
^sa f. Vitis, a vine, from its striking, or flapping. l|?a m. Gopher, 
cedri species, gopher wood, a kind of cedar; perhaps, says Parkhurst, 
a general name for such trees as abound with resinous inflammable 
juices as the cedar, cypress, pine, fir, &c. ; hence mSJ f. Sulphur, 
brimstone, or burning stone, or that inflammable matter which God 
rained upon Sodom and Gomorrah, -tf To move, R. *na also naa To 
pour out. 2"\i m. Psora, scabies maligna, scurf, or scab; in Syriac, to 
be leprous. r~rtf"tf f. The throat; from rnj To stir up, because the 
throat in animals, in which is the wind pipe, is continually moving, 
na To scrape ; scalpere, to scratch, mj To excite, to fight ; miscere, 
suscitare lites. p- nan f. Conflictus, a contention, na exscindi, to cut 
off. jna m. Securis, an axe, from its power of cutting off. '-Ttou A 
bason, see ,( T£"ia?S. '"VU m. Sors, a lot, or stone cast into the 
urn to end the strife; from ->a To move; and Kb Not; p. mVna. 
dna To make bare ; m. os, a bone, because it is bare ; fastigium, top, 
or ridge, or bare part of the stairs ; exossare, to pluck out the bones, 
pa f. R. To strike; area, a threshing-floor, from the agitation of 
the grain. D"iJ To break ; comminui, to wear to pieces ; hence una 
Comminutum, broken into small parts. J7"ti Subtraxit, to subtract ; 
minuit, to lessen, detraxit. *— njnaE f. p. Contracture, contractions ; 
diminutiones. *pa To roll, convolvit; everrit, to sweep ; m. a fishing- 
net, from its catching fish. sp-tfK m. Pugnus, the fist, or hand, from 
its catching what it holds, pnsnan f. Gleba, a clod, or a concretion 
of earth. -via R. To excite ; dessecuit, to cut in pieces ; rumina- 
vit, to chew, or cut, or raise the cud from the rumen, or first stomach ; 
hence ma f. Rumen, the cud of beasts ; cibus ruminis, the food of the 
stomach. ^na m. Guttur, the throat, or rather the wind-pipe through 
which the air is continually moving backwards and forwards, 
nana m. Granum, a grain ; bacca, a berry, or fruit left at the top of 
the branch, and consequently tossed or agitated by the wind. rmaE 
f. Serra, a saw, from its power of cutting. ,— nana mJU f- Faux, the 
throat, or neck, ana Expulit, to expel ; m. extrusum, wheat, or corn 
driven out of the ear. ttnjD m. Expulsio, a driving out; suburbium, 



TOT 



29 



a suburb, from its being without the city. munJB f. p. Suburbia, 
suburbs. CS&i To lie, or lean hard upon ; m. imber, a shower, from 
its heaviness in eastern countries. Chald. Corpus, the body, R. 
To feel, a palpable substance, tfrjj Palpare, to feel, or grope, nna 
riJ Cutting, beating, pounding ; f. torcular, a wine-press, a large ves- 
sel in which they used to press their grapes by treading. rrfU f. A 
musical instrument which perhaps gave out its sounds by pressure. 

i 

The fourth letter of the alphabet ; it receives the name and partly 
the shape of a door. Xl Chald. Haec, ista, this ; hoc, iilud, that ; a 
pronoun corresponding to ni This ; and changed from it, placing 
as is common in Chald. 1 for t and k for n. 3K1 Dolere, to mourn, 
mcestum esse, to be sorrowful, flow, die by famine. ^381 m. natn 
f. Moestitia, sadness. Jtfi Solicitus fuit, to be anxious, to be in pain, 
a fish, m. R. m. n:iKi f. Solicitudo, care; anxietas, anxiety. nKl 
Volitavit, to fly ; f. milvus, a vulture, from sailing in the air with ex- 
panded wings, a fly. ^i for p To judge, isn To dwell, 31 To 
murmur, mutter, grumble, to speak, loqui ; c. ursus, a bear, from its 
growling, or grumbling. r~Dl To tremble, to quake ; m. stercus, 
dung ; from Chald. 31 To flow ; hence r»^31 m. Sermo, a speech ; ro- 
bur, strength. 331 Loqui, to speak ; the same as 31. ri31 f. Fama 
mala, a bad report. Chald. ri31 Sacrificavit, to sacrifice. |T!31 
Chald. Sacrificia, sacrifices. KrDlQ f. Altare, an altar for sacrifices, 
131 To place or lay in rows; m. iau Paries, a wall, from the stones 
being placed in order ; ordo, a lay of stones, from their order, or re- 
gularity. S3! To dry up, or wither, nboi f. Palatha, a lump of 
dried compressed figs. p31 To. cleave to ; adhserere, cohaerere, con- 
glutinatum esse, join, solder, to pursue, or endeavour to join with a 
person ; m. adhaerens, joining ; conjunctus, joined ; glutinum, fastened; 
junctura, a joining ; commissura, the joining of any thing. 131 To 
drive, or bring forward ; loqui, to speak, or bring forward one's sen- 
timent; m. sermo, verbum, res, a word, a sentiment expressed or 
brought forward, a thing that has been produced, or brought forward; 
pestis, the plague, that which brings, or drives men to their graves . 
ductus, a pipe for bringing water ; ovile, a sheepcot, or place into 
which cattle are driven. T31 m. Adytum, the oracle, or speaking- 



30 



mm 



place of the temple, rirdl f. Ductus apis, a bee, from the admir- 
able order in which they go forth, csnai p. Verba, words ; rates, 
rafts driven by oars. Chald. i^nann Gubernatores, governors, or 
those who lead, or bring forth others. 13170 m. Desertum, the de- 
sert, or barren country into which cattle are driven to be fed. 
To conglutinate ; m. mel, honey, from its adhering in lumps, or 
bunches ; palma, the hand ; from To carry, not used now, from 
the hand carrying ; dactylus, a date, the fruit of the palm-tree, from 
their sweetness like honey. r~ itP31 f. Gibbus camelorum, a camel's 
back, with the bunch of flesh and hair found thereon, man To mul- 
tiply, n m. A fish from its wonderful prolific power, to fish ; f. in- 
crease, also a fishing-boat ; also y~\ m. Corn, from its power of multi- 
plying. Sji Vexillum erigere, to raise a standard ; m. vexillum, a 
standard, from its being raised, m To sit on eggs, or young ones, 
as a bird, to warm, to heap, or draw together for the sake of warm- 
ing; collegit, congregavit. m m. R. it Arabic, To love; uber, 
mamma, the breast, or the seat of affection, or love. *n To urge ; 
thrust forward, Psalm xlii. 5. m To flee, R. ma. rffl To go soft- 
ly, to go before ; incedere, gradi sensim et leniter. 3m m. Chald. 
Aurum, gold ; also N53m Idem, the same ; from Hebrew 3HT Shining. 
n3rn» f. Aurea, golden ; auri cupida, fond of gold, m. Instru- 

ments of music, am To come upon a person suddenly, to stupify ; 
obstupescere, to fright, nm Plaudere, to shout, noise of galloping, 
mm f. p. Plausus, shouts, imn m. Teda, a torch, or rather a song 
at a wedding, an To fish ; piscari, R. ai To multiply, an Ml man 
Piscis, a fish, from it wonderful prolific power • m. piscator, a fisher, 
man f. Piscatio, a fishing, m To thrust forward, R. m% m m. R. 
m The breast, as the seat of affection ; dilectus, beloved ; amicus, a 
friend, or one loved; patruus, an uncle, or one beloved, from the 
relation which he bears ; m. canistrum, a basket for carrying bricks, 
perhaps from its being carried on the breast ; sporta idem, the same ; 
lebes, a kettle, from being the form of the breast ; pelvis, a bason, for 
the same reason, mil f. Amita, a father's sister, a^tnn Mandra- 
gorse, mandrakes, from their delightful, or beloved smell, (see Bates' 
Critica Hebrea.) nn To be languid ; m. also m Languidus, dull, 
m m PTniO m. Languor, dulness ; debilitas, weakness, nn To 
cleanse; abluit, to wash, cast out; dispulit. "jh To bruise. in a mor- 
tar ; tudit, contudit. ns^n Gallus silvestris, vel attagen, a wood- . 
cook ; from in A cock ; now not used, and Syriac KflO A rock, from 



hi 31 rbno 

the place of abode of these birds. mann f. Mortarium, a mortar. 
C211 Siluit to be still ; obmutuit quievit. C21 m. Quies, rest. nnn 
f. Silentium, silence; sepulchrum, the tomb, or place of silence, 
onn Silentium, silence; silens, quiet. jn Judicare, to judge, con- 
tend, strive, n m. Judex, a judge, jn jn m. Judicium, judgment; 
causa, a cause of judgment ; sententia judicata, the opinion consider- 
ed.; also Chald. t>::n run Idem, the same, jnn m. Contentio lis, 
strife, yrt Exsilire, exsultare gaudio, to leap for joy. in in Arabic, 
To encompass; habitare, to dwell, or encompass a place with tents; 
m. an age. n iEtas, generatio, a generation, or the time of men 
dwelling together, a race, in m. minn fl Pyra, rogus, a funeral 
pile, from its round form. Chald. inn Habitatio, a dwelling, urn 
To thresh corn, trituravit. ttm m. nunn f. Tritura, a threshing, or 
beating small, jwn m. Pygargus dama, a fallow deer, from its ti- 
midity; (see Simon's Lexicon.) nm Impulit, to impel, to throw 
down. *m nmn m. Impulsio, a driving forward. Chald. jim 
Mensa?, cantiones, instrumenta musica, instruments of music played 
on by impulse. Chald. mm from Hebrew mm Timere, to fear, 
'-rm Terribilis, dreadful, fearful, yn m. Milium, white millet, R. 
mm To impel, from its pressing forth such a quantity of grains. 
s)m To press forwards, impulit. msma f. p. Impulsiones, precipi- 
ces, from their impelling forwards, pm To oppress; arctavit, to 
straiten; pressit, to bear down, n m. Sufficientia, sufficiens, enough; 
Chald. qui, quae, quod, who, which, that ; quia, because, nttf Omni- 
potens, almighty; of cr for new Who; and n Sufficiency, mn f. Mil- 
vus, a kite, from its blackness ; hence in m. Attramentum, ink, from 
its colour, mpnn f. Silence, R. mm. jn m. judge, from jri or jn 
To rule, a province, or the jurisdiction of a judge, pn m. Munitio, 
a fort ; propugnaculum, a tower; from pi To beat small, from their 
power to overcome their enemies, pi Chald. Hie, is; iste, he. 
Chald. pi Hie, iste, haec, ista, this. K31 Attrivit, to bruise, contri- 
vit ; m. contritus, worn, or bruised. mDI Atteri, to be worn, «5ft 
m. Contritio, a wearing, or the roar of the sea, or the waves, or 
breakers, 'pi m m. Attritus, worn; pauper, poor, worn, or afflict- 
ed. *pi m. The Upupa, or Houp, about the size of a lapwing. 131 
Chald. Recordari, meminisse, to remember ; m. aries, a ram, or mule, 
because it causes the race to be remembered, being continued. 
m:nDl f. Chald. Memoriale, an affair to be remembered. N?*»:iD1 
Res memorabiles, affairs worthy of rememberance. mi To exhaust; 



32 



m. tenuis, slender ; exhaustus, worn out ; pauper, poor, &c. j^n To 
dance ; saliit, subsiliit, transiliit. To draw water ; hausit, ex- 

hausit, to lift. jyi m. Urna, situla, a bucket, from its drawing water. 
r—r?"i f. A curl, or hair, from its drawing its juices, or support from 
the body, lace, or appendages to their garments. nvVi f. p. Propa- 
gines, shoots, drawing their support from the parent stock ; palmites, 
Idem, the same. nVl To trouble the water. ^—hl Attenuatus, 
weakened; exhaustus fuit, to be weakened. r~hl f. Attenuata, 
weakened ; peniculamentum, a part of a garment, from its slender 
fabric. sp~\ Stillavit, to pour out, drop ; perstillavit ; m. stilla, a drop, 
or dropping, phi Accendi, to inflame ; ardere, to burn ; insectari, to 
pursue as in anger. r~ipS"l f. Febris ardens, burning fever. r~hl 
"-n f. Janua, a gate; porta, R. nbl To draw, to be thin, which 
though thick is, when compared with the posts, thin, a leaf, or rather 
the columns of writing into which the ancient volumes, or scrolls were 
drawn. CD"! m. Rest ; see run to be equable, to be quiet ; similem 
esse, to be like ; assimilavit, siluit, quievit, cessavit. CD! m. Sanguis, 
blood, from its wonderful power of being assimilated to the body, 
cr from czn&t To be red, death, or quietness ; imaginatus est, cogita- 
vit, to think, or form an image of any thing in the mind. ">En m. 
Rescissio, a cutting off, or reducing to quietness, the life being taken 
away ; also r"V»H f. Silentium, silence, czn jvm m. mm f. Simi- 
iitudo, likeness. a'm Idem, the same. riftE! f. Silentium, silence. 
rcn To pollute; m. stercus, fimus, dung. r~tfjlD f. Fimetum, a 
dunghill. j?En To ooze out; lachrymatus est, to shed tears; f. a 
tear, from its oozing out, liquor, for the same reason; lachryma, 
liquor. rnj?En f. Lachryma, a tear, p'&xn m. Angulus, a corner ; 
latus, the side of a hill; from rixn To cut off; and the Arabic, ppu 
of the same meaning. 31 To judge; also R. y\i. r~ ui Chald. Ille, 
iste, this, that, in Soft, yielding ; m. cera, wax, from its yielding 
nature, jn Knowledge, &c. R. pjn To quench ; extingui, to be 
consumed, nsn ?fin m. Infamia, reproach, a backbiter, R. fp: To 
drive, or hurry away one who rashly reproaches another. p£H To 
drive, to beat ; pulsavit, bruise, break. y-| To exult, leap for joy, 
become joyful, R. yn. ppl pi To beat, or be beaten small ; commi- 
nuit, comminutus fuit; m. minutus, thin; gracilis, slender; res minu- 
ta, an atom ; aulaeum, a curtain, or thin cloth, cortina. npl Transfixit, 
to thrust through ; transfodit, to dig. mpio f. Transfossio, a dig-; 
g'mg through, -n To encompass, to dwell, R. Tn Parium marmor; 



33 



Parian marble, from the round shape which it assumes when formed 
into pillars ; aut lapidis pretiosi nomen, or the name of a precious 
stone or pearl, from its round form ; also m. a generation, R. "1H. KTJ 
jKTt m. Contemptus, despising; fastidium, loathing, R. N5n Arabic, 
Repulit, to drive back. am ym m. R. 2~n To sharpen; stimulus, a 
goad; aculeus, any sharp thing, j-n To proceed gradually, to ascend 
a steep place ; m. precipice, runa f. Gradus, a step ; praecipitium, 
a steep place ; praeceps gradatio, a steep ascent, thi A thistle, from 
its liberty of growing, or encompassing places at its pleasure. ft\ 
To go, to come ; calcavit, conculcavit, to trample ; ivit, tetendit ar- 
cum, to stretch the bow ; c. via, a way ; iter, a road ; mos, a custom, 
consuetudo. m. Calcatio, a trampling; vestigium, a track. 

^:mti Drachma, a dram ; from yn A way ; and TUD To distribute, 
because necessary for the traveller, cm CZ3m m. Meridies auster, 
the south, from the Arabic, to shine, from the splendour of the meri- 
dian sun. ]m JTHK f. Chald. Brachium, the arm ; the same as Heb. 
JHT The same, th m. Libertas, liberty; hirundo, a swallow, a turtle, 
a sparrow, from their liberty of going about where they please ; from 
Tl To encompass, am Quassivit, to enquire ; inquisivit, to search, 
to seek, perquisivit. cms m. Commentarius, a commentary, or en- 
quiry ; historia, a history, an or urn To tread out corn. Kun To 
produce grass, herbascere ; m. herbula, tender herb. To fill up, 

to fatten, saginatus, fattened, pinguefactus; fuit redegit in cineres, to 
reduce to ashes, or to take the oil, or fat from it by burning ; m. pin- 
guis, fat ; pinguedo, fatness ; cinis, ashes. r~n To appoint ; f. lex, 
edictum, a law, an appointment by a superior, custom, statute. 
N5sm f. Chald. Herbula; tender herb; from Heb. NMn Grass. 
Chald. Knam Legis periti, skilled in law, counsellors ; from r~n A 
statute ; and ~o To declare, or make plain. 



n 

Is the fifth in the order of the alphabet ; it is reckoned a vowel, and 
is one of the servile letters, as such it is prefixed, being one of the 
Eamentic letters to nouns, from N5n To behold; it then signifies, 
that, the, this; as, upk A man; ttr«n That man, the man, or this man. 
It is used as an adverb of calling, from s^n To behold ; as man O 

' E 



34 



no 



daughter. It is interrogative, or expresses a doubt, perhaps from 
p- 1» What, nnsn Art thou my very son, Genesis xxvii. 21. It is 
employed in forming the conjugation hiphil, and its passive hophal; 
the active voice having h inserted before the last radical, as, TpSfl He 
has caused to visit, "ipsn He has caused to be visited. Prefixed to 
n they form the hithpael conjugation, as, npsnn He hath visited him- 
self. It forms feminine nouns from nth She. riE^n f Wisdom; 
from G3n To be wise : it forms the third person singular, preter fe- 
minine, as mpfl She visited ; when affixed to a noun, or verb, her, 
as, mps He visited her. rTP Her hand. To words of time or place, 
to, towards, as, p- fifiK In the earth, Genesis xix. 1. Sometimes to a 
noun, his, as, nbnK His tent, Genesis xii. 18. the reason of this is, 
the root of the whole is N5in Permanent existence, or, to behold, and 
is common gender, hence paragogic, or expressive of intensity of the 
idea; as, p-ittW Very quickly he shall hasten, Isaiah v. 19- Affixed to 
a noun, it denotes deliverance altogether, as, rTBTUP* Psalm hi. 3. 
To a particle, as, riD'K Alas ! how, by what woful calamity. To a 
pronominal affix, as, p- dijjp K 1 ?! They will not answer the repeated 
cries, Jeremiah vii. 27* 



Nil 



Chald. Heb. En, lo; ecce, behold, nsn Aha, ah! nnan Offering 
gifts, nn To give, R. h?V. Hon To emit vapour; vanum fieri, vel 
effici, to be made, or become vain ; vanescere, to disappear ; m. vanitas, 
vanity, or a vapour, an idol, or vanity, jan D\nn m. p. Ebena lig- 
na, ebony, or elephants' teeth, R. 3n Dusky, which is the colour of 
the teeth of that animal, nan To cut off ; contemplari, to contemplate 
the heavens, by observing and dividing them as astrologers do who 
pretend to know the future destinies of men, observare ; m. astrolo- 
gus, a star-gazer. r~un To bring, or carry forth ; meditari, to muse, 
or propose any thing to the mind ; mussitare, to mutter, to complain 
as doves, to growl as lions; m. loquela, speech; gemitus, a groan, 
.ran ?VJn man Meditatio, contemplation ; f. a tale, or any thing pro- 
posed to the mind, a song, Psalm xcii. 4. ^jn rwn Recta, conve- 
niens, direct, fit, elegant, mn TPn "in m. R. r~ nn To dart forth, or 
stretch forth the hand ; immisit, extendit, celeusma, the shout of a 



35 



■oin 



mariner, acclamation, or extending the voice, -uin m. Rulers, R. 
-nn To lead. *pn To crush, bruise; contudit. cznn ann m. R. 
Arabic, To be round ; scabellum, a footstool, from its rotundity, a 
piece of any thing that is round ; Chald. membrum, or a part of any 
thing ; frustum. D"in m. Myrtus, a myrtle, rpn Impulit, to push, or 
thrust ; deturbavit, to expel ; expulit, to cast out by force, -nn Ho- 
noravit, to adorn, decorate ; m. r~ nm f. Chald. N$-nn Honor, decor, 
majestas, honour, &c. rnn Ah, alas! in Ol woe, R. rnn: To la- 
ment, alas ! u ?'«m To fix. Kin Permanent existence, or the thing 
existing ; ille, ipse, he. Tin m. Decus, glory ; decor, honour ; gloria, 
renown ; majestas, grandeur, R. r- nn To dart forth, or make conspi- 
cuous, nm To be, fuit ; also Chald. tsjin Idem ; f. iErumna, care ; 
pravitas, crookedness ; also substantia, substance ; opes, wealth, nn 
in Heu, alas ; hei, ah, &c. Chald. Yin Proficisci, to go, ire. am Di- 
vexavit, to vex many ways; turbavit, to shake. noma f. Divexatio, 
trouble; strepitus, a noise; tumultuatio, a swelling noise. jin To be 
prepared ; m. substantia, substance ; opes, wealth ; sufficientia, enough, 
ntn Stertere, to snore; somnolentum esse, to be drowsy, to rave, dream, 
sleep, in Heu, alas ; vse, wo ; planctus, lamentation. Nrn NJin f. 
Ilia, she ; p. ^n. r~on for "on plural of |n To be present, ^nn To 
begin, To happen; fuit, to be. *>n Hy, ho! r"Vn the same as 

nm To be. *jn To go. yn Quomodo, how. jm To be ready, pa- 
ratus fuit ; m. hin, a liquid measure, ready for the purpose. *]n To 
go, R. yn To go. *-?Dn Si'n Large, roomy, spacious; m. palatium, 
a palace ; templum, a church, from their extent, -on To know again; 
obfirmavit, to resolve. r~ ran f. Obfirmatio, firmness, insult, impu- 
dence, or a forward knowing of people again, 'rp To shine, R. 
^-hn. l^bn msbn To remove, or cast to a distance, far off ; ultra, 
beyond ; ulterius, farther. fSn This, that. *f?n Ambulavit, to walk; 
ivit, abivit, to depart ; adivit, accessit, to approach ; m. itio, a walking, 
ambulatio; fluxus, a flowing as of the sea; Chald. m. Vectigal, a tri- 
bute, tributum. y^n m. i—p^n f. Ambulatio, incessus, a travelling. 
Y?nn m. Iter, a road; profectio, a journey. mobnn f. p. Progres- 
sions, journies, &c. H^n To move quickly, to be foolish, or move 
one's self with pride ; insanire; laudavit, to praise, to move quickly in 
song; splenduit, to shine. W^n m. Lucifer, the morning star. 
^yhn W^nn m. mSnn f. Laus, praise. mibSin rrV?in f. Insania, mad- 
ness. |— VlV?n Laudate Dominum, hallelujah, praise the Lord, mbnn 
f. Lux, light, from its brisk motion; splendor, shining ; laus,. praise; 



rtnn 



36 



atultitia, foolishness, obfi Tudit, to beat ; eontuclit. asVin Tusio, a 
clipping. CZibn Hue, hie, there, here, thither; that is, wherever the 
foot strikes. aribrP m. Aclamas, a diamond, from its extraordinary 
hardness, niobn £ Malleus, a hammer ; tudes, a bruiser. rriE^no 
Contusiones, bruises, ncn Tumultuari, to be noisy, strepere, per- 
strepere. man f. Strepitus, a tumultuous noise. ay»n m. p. Stre- 
peri, noisy fellows, thrasones. jieh m. Strepitus, tumultus, rough ; 
turba, a crowd, from their noise ; copia, plenty, rrEn Strepitus, tu- 
multus. To speak, R. To separate, as sounds. f-fcton 
nb»n f. Strepitus, a noise ; tumultus, noisy. a:En Quassavit, to shake ; 
contrivit, to wear ; profligavit, to waste, jnn Multiplicari, to be numer- 
ous, or noisy, R. T\T-7\ To be tumultuous. DEH Arabic, To break; 
m. a^Dttn m. p. Stipula?, straw, from its being broken ; cremia, dry 
sticks for burning, being broken for that purpose; melting liquid, R. 
mora To melt, break, or dissolve, ddh To impel, or break, micnn 
f. p. Scrobes, fovese, ditches, or pits, where the earth is broken. y\ 
To be ready ; en, lo ; ecce, behold. pun Idem, the same ; si, if; sive, 
whether ; particles denoting the presence of an object ; also hue, 
hither, &c. r~iDH Siluit, to be quiet. Vertit, to overthrow ; mu- 
tavit, to change ; versus, turn ; m. diversum, [contrarium, different, 
musn pH33no f. Subversio, an overthrow. "7333ft Versatilis, change- 
able. nDSnn f. cippus, a pair of stocks. n33nn f. Perversitas, 
frowardness. p-Y?¥n f. Freedom, R. ]¥n Ferrum, iron; m. 
currus falcatus, a chariot, being made of iron. jnn Occidit, to kill, 
interfecit ; m. also p-unn f. Occisio, slaughter, p-nn To protuberate, 
concepit, to conceive; f. gravida, pregnant. r~mn m. Genitor, a fa- 
ther; f. genitrix, a mother, jinn |vnn m. Conceptus, conceiving. 
Chald. nmn Cogitavit, to think, or have many conceptions, "nmn 
m. Cogitatio, thought. arm m. R. an To be lifted up ; pala- 
tium, a palace, from its height. D"in To destroy, overthrow, destru- 
xit, demolitus est, subvertit, perrupit ; also m. PTiDnn f. Destructio, 
a pulling down, -nn mm. R. p- nn To protuberate; mons, a moun- 
tain, rnbnnnn f. Chald. Celerity, R. Snn. mronnn f. Society, R. 
"inn. ^nn To jeer, ludificavit; to sport, illusit. mbnnE f. p. Lu- 
dificationes, sports, mnn Prava moliri, to contrive mischief, machi- 
nari ; also to rush violently, R. Hhn To hasten. 



37 



11 



1 



The sixth letter, and the third vowel; it has the name and shape of 
a hook, whence it is derived. When used as a connective it is ser- 
vile. As a prefix it is the conjunction, and; from n To connect; 
in this state it may, and occasionally has the following meanings ; 
even, therefore, on this account, but, indeed, for, when, if, that, so, 
then, also, not, neither^ that ; when it is prefixed to the future. In- 
serted after the first radical it denotes the participle of the present 
tense, as, ipia Visiting; also nouns implying present action, as, nniD A 
merchant, or one who is trading. Inserted before the last radical it 
denotes the participle passive, as, Tips Visited ; also nouns implying 
an action past, as, WW Wealth acquired ; from i£/31 To acquire wealth; 
affixed from j^in to a noun, his ; to a verb, him ; it forms the third 
person plural of verbs : in the imperative second person plural, and 
then is the latter part of the pronoun in postfixed ; and for the im- 
perative 1 is the middle part of the pronoun |irOK You, (see Ro- 
bertson's Lexicon, p. 42.) It is paragogic, after verbs, nouns and 
particles, and in all these instances, the imperative excepted, it may 
be reckoned a contraction of in the pronoun they, or these; postfixed 
with n it forms the plural termination feminine for the most part. 
1 And, et, R. n To connect ; hence m. uncinus, a little club ; uncus, 
a hook, from its hold'; a chapter. 3 HI perhaps the name of a place, 
nbl A child; for "iV 1 Which see. 



The seventh letter, and fourth consonant in the alphabet. 3KT To 
hasten, to be impetuous ; m. lupus, a wolf; a leopard ; a panther, 
from their impetuosity, yxt To tremble, R. yr. nKT R- nT This 
or that, this, she. 3T To flow, R. 5if. 331 m. 3131 Musca, a fly, 
from their issuing from the eggs. 13T Donavit, to endow ; m. dona- 
tio, a dowry ; donum, a gift. ri3T Mactavit, to slay ; sacrificavit, to 
sacrifice ; m. sacrificium, a sacrifice ; mactatio, a slaying. p- trial f. 
Sacrificatio, offering sacrifice. rt3T» m. Altare, the altar for the offer- 
ing of the sacrifice, a victim, a feast. H3T Habitavit, to dwell; cohabi- 



pt 38 Siat 



tavit, to dwell improperly with a woman. ^-TDT m. r~\Sl2T f. Habi- 
taculum, a dwelling, a city. Chald. pT Emit, to buy ; redemit, to re- 
deem; vendere, to sell. l] To join; m. cortex, bark joining the 
wood ; cutis uvarum, skin of the grapes, inclosing, or connecting its 
parts, stone of the grape. IT To swell, proud, &c. R. TH. nT see IT 
c. more frequently than, m. Hie, here ; iste, istud, this. nT To scat- 
ter, R. rif:. 2HT To be clear; m. aurum, gold; aureus nummus, gold 
coin ; aurea lux, clear light, clear water, fine sky, from their shining. 
TT R. TIT A post of a door. cznT Fastidivit, to lGath ; detestatus est, to 
abhor, to defile, nauseate. "inT Splenduit, to shine; monuit, to warn, 
or convmce by enlightening, to foresee, or be cautious, arising from 
more knowledge, or light; m. splendor, shining. Chald. ^TnT m. p. 
Moniti, warned. nT Fluxit, to flow, profluxit ; m. fluxus, filth, pro- 
fluvium. 3T Fluens, gonorrhoea affectus, affected with gonorrhoea. 
■PT To swell, or boil full of anger and pride, it Superbus, proud, or 
swollen with pride. ^n? m. Superbus, superbia, pride, rut To 
verge, to incline ; f. angulus, a corner. CDV]12 m. p. Anguli, corners ; 
promptuai'ia, store houses, or granaries where the articles are laid. 
TIT To move to and fro, f. ; also, r- tfW f. Postis, a door post on which 
the door moves to and fro. w m. Fera, a wild beast, from its roving 
backwards and forwards, "tit To cast away ; vilum esse, to be vile, 
or worthy of rejection ; vilipendere. U ? 1 ?1T m. Vilis, nasty. r~b] f. 
Vilis res, an affair rejected. Chald. j!T To prepare ; pascere, to feed ; 
alere, to nourish, y ^va m. Alimentum, cibus, food, or that which is 
prepared for us; m. p. bene pasti, well fed, applied to creatures. 
rn:iT f. Caupona, a woman who keeps an ale-house, or rather a 
grocery, from the food therein contained. yiT To tremble, tremere ; 
movere, to move. nyiT !""- nj?T £ Commotio, a stirring. niT To compress, 
comprimere; to sneeze, sternutare; to estrange, alienare; from "\T To 
cast out, to cure, or compress, to wound from -wo To be corrupt, or 
rotten. -\T Alienus, a stranger. n*-»t Nausea, a loathing. TITO m. 
Vulnus, a wound; sanatio vulneris, the healing of a wound, nnt 
Tolli, to take off, to loose. Htu To skulk, or fear ; repere, to creep. 
^ To be bright; hence Chald. vt m. Splendor, brightness; also, it No- 
men mensis Aprilis, April, so called, because at that time of the year 
the splendour of the solar light is great beauty, p? m. Splendour, 
also an animal, p i^T Chald. but Heb. in the p. m:T and c:TK 
Arma, arms, R. mJT To encompass ; hence arms encompassing the 
body for defence. p*»T m. R. pt To strain off ; scintilla, a spark, flame, 



HJtf 39 rw 

or burning matter straining off, fetters made of metal which has 
been strained off. r~VT c. R. ">T To be bright; olea, oliva, olivetum, 
the olive tree, from its splendour, r- Purum esse, to be pure, "pf 
Idem, the same, "or not f- Chald. Puritas, purity. *jt Purus, pure. 
. — J3T f Idem, the same. nODl f. Gemmae nitidissimae nomen, the 
name of a very beautiful gem; glass, from its clearness or trans- 
parency, or rather crystal. -ot To remember, meminit, recordatus 
fuit; odoratus est, to search out by smelling; m. memoria, the me- 
mory ; memoriale, a monument, or that which causes any thing to be 
remembered; odor, a smell; mas, masculus, a male, or one who 
continues the memory of the family. "VDT m. Masculinum, mas, of, 
or belonging to a male, yroi m. Memoria, remembrance. PTQTK f. 
Suffimentum, a perfume offered to the gods at vintage time. To 
scatter and sow. Si? St To flow, R. H>N. fit Curvature. m. 
Fuscina, a flesh hook, a fork, from their bended form; p. r—yufoffc 
To let go ; m. commessator, a glutton, a debauchee, from their pro- 
fusion. a^T^T m. p. Flagella in vitibus, vine shoots, nsybt f- Pres- 
ter, procella, a storm, a tempest, horror ; from ybt Arabic, To burn ; 
and To be angry, mbt nViT Praeter, except ; nisi, unless ; ex- 
cepto ; from H 1 ! To let go ; hence they may be reckoned nouns, a 
letting go, a neglect. CUT To think, R. at'. a:ET To devise ; cogi- 
tavit, to think, either in a good, or a bad sense ; molitus fuit, to en- 
deavour, to contrive ; also, m. nET nETE f- Molitio, an endeavour, 
or contrivance ; cogitatio scelerata, a wicked thought, wickedness, a 
plot, because they are the consequences of device. Chald. To ap- 
point; parare, preparare, to be ready, to prepare, m. ; also, J>JJET 
Tempus designatum, the time appointed. "TOT Putavit, to cut off; 
prascidit; psallere, to sing, or prune, or cut off all discordant notes ; 
camelopardalis, an animal of the goat kind, from its browsing on the 
twigs of trees. "VET m. rriTOT f, Cantio, a singing. Chald. *TOT Can- 
tor, a singer. K"TOT Musica, music, rrTOT f- Palmes, surculus, the 
shoot of a vine, from its being pruned, d^to m. Psalmus, a song, 
mmia Falces vinatoriae, hooks for vines, y m. Food, R. ^T. ^T 
Chald. Species, a variety, R. ;-"UT To vary, d:? To attack the rear; 
m. cauda, the tail, or extremity. fYDJT p- P" U? To encircle; scortari, 
to encircle, or embrace unlawfully, or for hire. p-UH f. Meretrix, a 
harlot, from her unlawful embraces. m:T r~\UTn f- Scortatio, the 
state of whoredom. arJGT m. p. Scortationes. rtiT Deseruit, to cast off; 
abjecit, rejecit, to reject. p:t To leap up ; exsiliit, subsiliit. nj7T To 



40 



move ; see tfft nj7T f. Sweat, R. &\ To cut off ; extinguere, to 

be extinct ; extingui, to shorten. Indignatus, to be indignant ; 

detestatus fuit, sprevit, to despise ; m. indignatio, resentment, to con- 
temn, to threaten. *)j?T To be troubled, perturbatus fuit ; indignatus, 
to be displeased ; m. indignabundus, very angry ; indignatio, anger, or 
displeasure. pj7T Clamavit, to cry ; exclamavit, assemble. npjft £ 
Clamor, a noise, njn Little. -$td Paulum, a little ; pauculum, pau- 
lisper, the same. Chald. Tj;? Parvus, small. m'H f- the same, 
r" is: Arabic, To flow ; f. pix, pitch, from its flowing, pf To strain 
off, R. ppT. jpT Senuit, consenuit, grown old ; c. barba, a beard, 
from its belonging to years ; m. senex, an old man ; also, rn:pi D'JipT 
Senectus, old age. *)pt Erexit, to lift up, crucify. ppT To pour forth, 
fudit, effudit ; liquavit, to melt ; purgavit, to cleanse ; defecavit, to 
purify. cpt m. p. Catenae, compedes, fetters made of cast iron, or 
copper. CPpTK Jeremiah xl. 1. nt &c. ; see mT- ZHT Diffluere, to 
grow warm, melt, run out. p-nt To scatter, sparsit ; ventilavit, to 
scatter with the wind ; cingere, to surround, as the ornaments scatter- 
ed around the ark. IT m. Limbus, a border round a garment ; venti- 
lator, a fanner, or that which scatters corn, To separate, R. 
r~ nt*3 m. Ventilabrum, a fan ; m. a circle, a girdle, a crown, rpm 
f. Irrigatio, stillatio, a dropping, a moistening ; of r-r\T To scatter, 
and *)n Chald. To drop. THT m. Accinctus, bound, a greyhound, 
horse, strong loins ; of rnt To gird ; and -»T A limb, mi To be dif- 
fused ; oriri, to appear ; exoriri, to arise ; m. ortus, the east, or rising 
of the sun. m*E m. Ortus, oriens, rising. mTK m. Indigena, a na- 
tive tree, diffusing its shoots and branches. CTT Inundavit, to pour 
forth ; m. inundatio, an inundation, to carry away with a flood, 
naif f. Fluxus, a flowing, an issue, jni To spread abroad ; semi- 
navit, to seed ; sevit, sow, m. ; also, Chald. Semen, seed ; m. legumen, 
pulse, from their power of increasing^ or extending, Locus 
consitus, a place sown, ynt m. Sativum, the thing sown, or planted ; 
also, yriTK Brachium, armus, c. more frequently, f. the arm, which is 
capable of being spread abroad, or extended, pi] Sparsit, to sprinkle, 
aspersit, conspersit. pniE m. Crater, phiala, a cup, or vessel for 
sprinkling. r~Ttf m. R. m? To scatter, or expand; spithama, a 
span, or the hand extended. rvT An olive ; see n. 



ffl 



41 



n 

Is the eighth letter, and fifth consonant of the alphabet, an To be 
bound. N53H Occultavit, to hide. NJanE m. Absconsio, a hiding 
place ; hence an m. A bosom, hiding or cherishing place, a retreat ; 
or, aan To hide, embrace, love, or chuse, dilexit ; or, nan Latitavit, 
to conceal. |van m. Absconsio, a retreat. toan To shake down, de- 
cussit; beat out; excussit, thresh. San To bind; parturivit, to bring 
forth, or be bound with labour pains ; pignoratus est, in pignus acce- 
pit, to give or receive a pledge, or be bound to do so ; corrupit, per- 
didit, to corrupt, to destroy, that is, to take any thing upon pledge, 
which being not redeemed, is to the former owner as corrupted, de- 
stroyed ; (see Parkhurst on the root.) m. corruptio, corruption ; funis, 
a rope, by which we bind any thing ; funiculus, a small rope ; pars, 
portio hereditatis, tractus, a part, an hereditary portion, a tract of 
ground which used to be measured by a rope or cord, as it is now 
by us with the chain ; turba, cater va, a band, or string of persons 
following one another ; m. pignus, a pledge ; dolor gravissimus, se- 
vere pain, as if bound ; tormina quasi parturientum, gripes, or pains, 
as if of parturient women ; a mast of a ship, from being bound with 
ropes ; nauta, nauclerus, malus nauticus, rope-man, or sailor employ- 
ed in handling the ropes, the man at the helm, from his binding him- 
self to direct the vessel ; also, riban f. Pignus. Chald. js&an r~6ian 
Corruptio, corruptum, spoiled. filSiann f. p. Solertise, prudentia, 
consilia, advice, so wise that we are bound to follow it. ^2T\ nbtfan 
f. Rosa, a rose, a lily; from nan To love; and Stf The shade, as a 
flower loving the shade, pan Amplexus fuit, to fold, to embrace ; 
m. amplexus, an embrace, nan Sociatus, joined ; consociatus, con- 
junctus fuit; m. incantator, an enchanter, or one who joins words for 
the purposes of incantation; sodalis, a companion ; consociatio, society; 
incantatio, enchantment, man f. Sodalis. man f. Sodalitium, 
fellowship, mi an f. Vibex, tumor livens, a contusion, a bruise in 
which the blood is collected, miianan f. p. Livores, the black spots 
of the leopard, so called from their resemblance to contusions, or 
bruises on the human body, nnannn f. Consociatio, fellowship, 
rvonn f- Junctura, a joining, uran Ligavit, to bind ; alligavit, ob- 
ligavit, accinxit. nan To be flat, or plain; sartago, m. a frying-pan, 
or flat plate, nanio Idem, the same, an Circularity of motion or 

F 



form ; m. festum, a feast ; sacrificium festi, a religious feast, because 
they who then celebrate it dance round in circles ; see, Jin. Njn m. 
Titubatio, a staggering, the consequence of being drunk at these 
feasts. 3JH m. Cicada, locusta, a grasshopper, a locust ; from the 
Arabic, 3Jn To veil, because these insects are at times so plentiful 
as to veil the light of the sun as they fly along, jjn the same as jn 
To celebrate a feast, &c. hence, ,— nn CTJH m. p. Fissurae, openings 
for the circulation of air, &c. -nn Cinxit, to gird, accinxit, accinctus 
fuit. 11311 m. Accinctus, bound ; also, TTVUn f. Cingulum, a girdle, 
nurw f. Cinctura, a belt. Tin "in To penetrate ; acutum esse, acui, 
to sharpen ; m. acutus, sharp, mn f. Idem, the same, "in One, R. 
"ins. crnn m. p. Acumina, stings. r- nn To brighten ; laetari, to 
rejoice, sing, rnnn f. Laetitia, joy. Chald. nn NSHn Pectus, the 
breast, the seat of joy. u ?tn Cessavit, abstinuit, to cease, abstain ; m. 
cessans, ceasing ; mundus, the world, from its transitory nature ; tem- 
pus, time, from its passing away, pm To be sharp; m. spina, a 
thorn, or brambles from its prickles, mn To encompass, to inclose; 
m. cubiculum, a bed chamber; penetrale, a private place, from being 
inclosed, nnn Conclavia permeans, entering into the secret cham- 
bers, tinn To renew, innovavit ; also, m. *i£nn m. Chald. mn No- 
vus, new ; novilumum, the new moon ; mensis, a month, or the time 
of the moon, ain m. R. 3n To be bound ; debitor, a debtor, or one 
who is bound in duty to pay ; debitum, debt. Jin R. Jn Circularity 
of motion, or form; circinare, to encircle; m. ambitus, a going round, 
nmn f. Circinus, a pair of compasses, mn R. "in To be sharp ; 
enigma loqui, to speak enigmas, or riddles, from being sharp, or dif- 
ficult to be understood, rrvn f. Enigma, a riddle. Chald. yrnK 
Enigmata, riddles, mn Chald. Km ^n Indicavit, to declare; annun- 
ciavit, to show, mns f. Indicatio, a declaration, fin nntt m. R. in 
To cut, to indent ; portus, a haven, or indentation of the shore, fit to 
receive ships, mn m. R. nn To catch ; spina, a bramble ; hamus, a 
hook ; uncus piscatorius, a fish hook, from their power of holding. 
Bin m. R. on To fasten ; filum, a thread ; funiculus, a small rope, from 
their power of binding ; to sew. a^bin m. p. Pipers, R. Sbn. Sn 
R. t—jn To make a hole, or opening, to suffer from a hole or wound; 
dolore affecit, to grieve ; dolere, parturire, to bring forth as in child- 
bearing ; to tremble as a woman in labour ; m. arena, sand, R. HiT 
To remain, sand, from its remaining in its place. S'n m. n^n f. 
Dolor, pain, p-bin f. Dolorificum, very painful ; parturiens, bring- 



43 



rhnhn 



ing forth. rn^nSn £ Dolor vehemens, extreme pain. Din Pepercft, 
misertus fuit, to spare, to pity. CZJin m. Heat, R. o»n also, brown, 
yin m¥in Foris, foras, abroad, in opposition to be at home ; prseter- 
quam, prseter, except, mifin m. p. Plateae, streets which divide the 
houses in a town. y2*n Exterior, exterius, without, or separated, 
pin m. Sinus, a bosom, R. pm the same; Psalm lxxiv. 11. nm Pale; 
albescere, to grow white; m. Chald. album, white; also, nn Foramen, 
a hole which admits the pale light ; p. liberi, children ; nobiles, 
nobles ; illustres, clari, great persons, &c. from the white robes they 
used to wear, win Festinavit, to hasten ; m. thoughts, or agitated 
cogitations of the mind. i£Pn Cito, ready ; celeriter, quickly. QWfl 
m. p.. Celeres. Kin R. in To fasten ; Chald. vidit, aspexit, prospexit, 
to see, or fasten the eyes upon an object, to provide, or lay hold upon 
any thing ; hence, mm To see, vidit ; m. videns, seeing ; propheta, a 
seer, or prophet ; provisio, a providing ; m. pectus, the breast of an 
animal, from its being so strongly fastened, or compacted ; p. mtn 
|1TH f. P"Un» m. mm Visio, a seeing. minD f. Prospectus, a view; 
fenestra, a window, or medium of fastening the eyes upon external 
objects. Chald. s^Sim miTn Visio, a vision ; species, an appearance^ 
Tin wn m. Fulgetrum, nubes, a cloud, or rather light, R. m To indent, 
from its zigzag or indented appearance, pm To bind hard ; vali- 
dum esse, to be strong ; roborari, bound hard ; lay hold, prehen- 
dit; apprehendit, to take; m. invalescens, healthy; validus, strong; 
fortis, brave, arising from strength ; also, rnpTn Firmitas, robur, 
strength, ntn To encompass, n^n m. Porcus, sus, a wild boar, from 
his round shape, arising from his corpulency, nn To catch hold ■ m. a 
clasp, or hook; see mn. ttn To fasten; see torn. i*<ttn Errare, to de- 
viate from ; aberrare ; peccare, to sin; m. r~ iKIDn f. fHWR Peccatum ; pu- 
nishment of sin, poena peccati ; sacrifice for sin, sacrificium peccati ; 
peccator, a sinner, or one who deviates from the command of God, 
which is the path of duty. Chald. yxmn m. p. Peccatores, sinners, 
mtan £ Wheat, R. "»ton Chald. Tender, from its superior delicacy 
when compared with oats; or from to:n Protulit, to bring forth. 
Psalm lxxxi. 17. Psalm cxlvii. 14. Dton Amputare, to cut out, hew, 
as of wood. tbDfi To restrain anger, or literally, to muzzle ; prolon- 
gavit, distulit. «pn Rapuit, to catch; diripuit, to snatch, or take by 
force, nton To move this way or that way ; also, m. niton Virga, a 
rod.; baculus, a staff, from their being easily moved. r~vn Chald. 
KTI Vixit, to live ; revixit, to repair, or as it were, to live again ; f. 



Si 44 vm 

vivens, living; vita, life; animans, any thing living ; bestia, a crea- 
ture ; fera, a wild beast ; ccetus, a company ; caterva, a band, from 
their living together, R. Arabic, ?m To be gregarious. Chald. H^n 
m. Pain ; see u ?in. Krn NtfflSfl rnvn Bestia, a creature, nvn f. p. 
Vivaces, living creatures, vividoe ; f. vita, life. rrnn Villa?, towns, 
from the beings endued with life to be found therein, rrrra f. Vic- 
tus, provision, or that which sustains life ; vitalitas, the principle of 
life, urn Quickly ; see *jnn. Tl Vixit, to live ; vivens, living, vivum. 
u "? , n m. R. Hri 1 To remain; also, }mm m Robur, strength, from its con- 
tinuance ; virtus, bravery, from the strength displayed in the exercise 
of it; exercitus, an army, from their strength ; opes, wealth, or power, 
which riches give ; propugnaculum, a fortress, or place of strength ; 
antemurale, an outwork, yin m. R. r~OT To divide ; paries luteus, 
a mud wall, from its dividing, or forming a division between places, 
p'n m. R. pn To describe, or to surround ; sinus, a bay ; gremium, a 
bosom, from their being surrounded. *pn To scratch. *p m. Pala- 
tum, the mouth, the palate, from its roughness, nun To wait, ex- 
pectavit ; hamus, a hook, from its rough barb. ^JP! m. Sparkling 
red. "h^Dn m. Rubicundus, very red. mb^n f. Rubedo, redness. 
ODri Sapere, to be wise, sapientem esse ; Chald. sapiens, wise. r~ lEDn 
f. Sapientia, wisdom. u - ;n To perforate, R. r"Y?n. l^bn To wear 
away, rtKbn f. Spuma, foam, scum ; aerugo, rust, from their power 
of wearing away, or corroding the metal. aSn To be soft, or unc- 
tious; m. lac, milk; adeps, fat; pinguedo, fatness. r~ti2bn f. Galba- 
num, a kind of gum, from its unctious qualities, ibn To come on 
sensibly by degrees; m. aevum, an age; tempus, time ; w terra, the 
world, from its transitory nature, "l'^n Mustek, a weasle, from its 
creeping, insidious manner. r~V?n To be, or make faint; iEgrotare, 
to be sick, to be sorry, or grieved in mind ; precari, to pray in a sor- 
rowful manner; m. a disease, rn'^PTO c. Morbus, a disease or 
sickness, aegritudo; also, ornamentum, an ornament curiously wrought 
with great labour and pains. r*vbn Monile, a necklace. nbrWD The 
name of a sacred song, or musical instrument, ttbn Praecise cogno- 
scere, to catch at, or up, to seize eagerly, or hastily. *|bn p-obn m. 
Pauper, poor; afflictus, harrassed. c^ioVn from.— To make faint, 
and r— itf:D To beat down. Hbn or Hti To make a hole, or opening, 
to profane, or violate, or as it were, make a hole to wound ; perforari, 
vulnerari ; tripudiare, to dance, or rather to sing ; tibicinavit, to play 
on the pipe, or flute, being the instrument with the opening; m. pro- 



ion 



45 



tanum, commune, any thing common, or profane. O^in m. p. Ti- 
bicines, flutes or pipes, or those who play upon those instruments. 
W^n Confossus, a hole, or opening. mSSn £ Profana, any thing 
common. u rbn m. Tibia, fistula, a reed. nb^n f- Profanatio, be it 
not, that is, it would be profanation to do it. mSn f. Placenta, a 
cake ; collyra, a small loaf pricked full of holes, to prevent fermenta- 
tion, ^hu c. Fenestra, a window, or an opening to admit the light. 
,( -7ina m. rnVina f. Chorus, a company of singers; f. p. fossae, ditches; 
cavernae, caves, r~bur\ f. Initium, the beginning, or the opening of 
any thing. zhu To break ; somniavit, to dream ; Chald. somnum ; 
also, aiVn m. A dream, which usually consists of imperfect or 
broken images of what we have seen while awake ; Chald. convales- 
cere, to be robust, healthy. miaVn f. Vitellus ovi, the white of an 
egg, ft. zzhn Chald. To be solid. nabnK f. Amethystus, an amethyst, 
or the breaker, from its hardness, or power of breaking other stones, 
ttpo'jn m. Rupes durissima, a very hard rock, or flint, from its hard- 
ness, fpu Mutavit, to change ; mutatus, innovatus fuerit, to renew, 
or gather strength ; preteriit, to pass by ; concidit, to pass^ drive, or 
strike through ; m. mutatio, a change : as a particle, pro, for ; vice, in- 
stead of. *|V?n m. Transitus, a passage, ns^n f. Mutatio. shuts 
m. p. Cultri mactatorii, stabbing knives, for killing the victims. 
niS^rra f. p. Cincinni, locks of hair on the head which are continually 
changing or renewing, ybn To free ; liberavit, draw out ; exuit, ex- 
trahit, eruit, subtraxit, to discover, or draw out from obscurity. 
!~tf ,l ?n f. Extractio, a drawing out ; exuviae, spoils drawn from an 
enemy, m. p. Lumbi, the loins free from the ribs, and more 

flexible than the upper part of the body. mitfbna f. p. Mutatoriae 
vestes, loose garments, pbu To be smooth, or equable, to divide, 
partitus est, distribuit ; laeve, blandum esse, to be smooth, pretty, or 
polished ; m. Chald. pars, a part ; portio, a division ; m. mollis, soft ; 
blandus, polished. m\hu f. Pars, portio, lae vitas, smoothness ; blan- 
ditiae, kindness, or polished manners; partitio, a division, S'p'^n 
Laeves, bright, laevitates. nvpbpn f. p. Lubricitates, slipperiness ; 
blanditiae, kindness, npbna f. Partitio ; to flatter, or give polished 
words, ttfbn To throw, or cast down ; debilitare, to weaken, or de- 
feat ; m. debilis, weak, or defeated, rnttnSn f. Debilitas, weakness. 
2n To be hot, R. arv. Kan To agitate. rntfan man f. Butyrum, 
butter, made by the agitation of the milk in churning, .—naana f. 
p. Butyrina, buttery words, or words of flattery, nan To desire, 



□Ton 



46 



Tans 



desideravit ; also, m. TOMB rtlOtl f. Desiderium, desire, men m. 
Oesiderabile. the thing worthy of desire, rittn To protect ; also, en 
m. Socer, a father-in-law, from the protection due to the son, or 
daughter-in-law. n^n f. Socrus, a mother-in-law. !— flDTO f. Mu- 
ms, a wall, from its protecting property; the sun, R. CTfV To be 
warm, from his power of warming, toon To bow down, depress, 
prostrate. Dttin m. Umax, a snail; testudo, a tortoise; lacerta. a liz- 
ard, from the shortness of their legs, being, as it were, prostrate. 
U ?E>H To be soft, tender j pepercit, to have compassion, r*i7l0n f. 
dementia, kindness, or softness. ^Eiitt m. Indulgentia, clemency, 
or allowance. CTEn To be warm, incalescere, calefieri. cn Calidus, 
warm, on m. Calor, heat ; sestus, summer, from its warmth ; fuscum, 
brown colour, arising from heat, r- ron f. Sol, the sun ; calor, heat, 
dr^n Statiue subdiales, images dedicated to the sun. D^n To cast 
away ; abripuit violenter, vim fecit, to use violence; m. violentia, vio- 
lence: injuria, wrong; rapina, plunder, from its being taken away 
violently. DEnn m. Avis rapax, a ravenous bird. ^Dn To ferment, 
to sour, fermentari ; m. aeetum, vinegar; also, r~ WEnE f. Fermenta- 
tum, the thing soured. f&\T\ m. Violentus, violent, or an angry man, 
from his passion fermenting, or rising. Wflon m. Conspersus, sprin- 
kled ; oppressus, or being in a ferment, y*En m. Farrago mera, a 
sourish mixture to assist the stomach of animals. r-^'En f. Fermen- 
tatio, a souring, p^n Discessit, to withdraw, turn aside, go about. 
pTOOn m. Ambitus, a going about. "Ten Turbidum, to disturb, to 
trouble, to be turbid ; lutosum esse; m. lutum, clay, or cement; cae- 
mentum, from its being produced by a turbid effervescence from the 
earth; bitumen. Chald. also, ro.En Yinum meracum rubens, red 
wine, from its effects in disturbing both the faculties of body and 
mind ; hence the adage, u when spirits are in, wit is out." m^n m. 
Asinus, an ass, from its turbulent, or refractory nature, when put in- 
to a passion, or influenced by the desire of continuing its kind ; acer- 
vus, a mass, or the mire of the street, from its fermenting. -iEn A 
homer; or measure wherein things are jumbled together. m^iT m. 
Dama, a deer ; bubalus, the buffalo, from their turbulent disposition. 
wTH To array, set in array ; f. also nt'tn m. Quinque, five; this word 
was first used for the fifth day of the creation, when the world was 
arrayed, or set in order for the reception of man and other animals ; 
m. quinta pars, the fifth part. cz'w'En Quinquaginta, fifty; also quini, 
by fives ; quinto ordine, in the fifth rank ; accincti, bound, or set in 



D2Dno 



47 



wan 



order, iron m. Quintus, fifth, rwnsn f. man c. R. crn To be 
hot ; uter, a bottle ; lagena, a stone bottle, from their being hardened 
by heat. rn:n To fix, settle, dwell ; residit, to remain ; castrametari to 
encamp; c. a camp. n'JTl f. Hasta, a spear; lancea, ahalbert, which, 
on account of their length and weight, are usually pitched, or rested on 
the ground. nv:n f. p. Cellulas, places of confinement. r- i:n» c. Acies, 
castra, an encampment. n'JHn f- Metatio, ameasuring of land for plant- 
ing. &:n To embalm, to put forth, or prepare the body for embalming ; 
aromatibus condivit, to pickle ; protulit, to bear fruit, as the fig tree its 
figs, which embalms, or fills them with juice ; hence rHBTl f. Triticum, 
wheat, from its being laid up; p. Chald. MOT* "pfl Initiavit, to initiate, 
to dedicate, or initiate as a temple or house of God.; instruxit, to instruct, 
or initiate into the knowledge of the true God. f-tMfl f. Dedicatio, a 
dedication. CM'Jn m. p. fnstructi, taught. L 7S3n m. Grando ma- 
jor, great hail, or ice, from H'En To cut off, because very destructive 
to trees. ^:n Gratiam facere, to favour, beseech; gratiosum esse, to be 
gracious ; misereri, to pity, in ^n m. r~ tf s :n f. Gratia, favour. nan 
m. Misericors, merciful. EMfl Gratis, for favour; immerito, unde- 
servedly ; frustra, in vain. njnn f. Precatio, an entreaty ; deprecatio, 
prayer. uZ'JWTW m. p. rtJUfin f. p. Preces, deprecationes, prayers, 
rpn Contaminari, to pollute, profanari, aduiari hypocritice, to be a 
flatterer; insinuare, to dissemble ; m. profanus, polluted; hypocrita, 
a dissembler; also FhfflflT! f Hypocrisis, hypocrisy. p:n Strangulavit, 
to strangle. p:n» m. Strangulatio, strangling, ncn Succulent, abun- 
dant, swelling out ; m. benignitas, goodness ; beneficentia, kindness, 
beneficium ; misericordia, pity ; probrum, detestation, worthy of an- 
ger in abundance ; to be affected with disgrace, probro afficere. Ten 
m. Benignus, kind; beneficus, good willed; misericors, sanctus, holy, 
or set apart, as Christ was for his people, rrvDn f. Ciconia, a stork, 
from its remarkable affection to its young, r— en To shelter one's 
self; speravit, to hope ; confidit, to trust ; confugit ad aliquem, to fly 
to any one. mien f. r-,Dn» m. Perfugium, a hope, or refuge. ^rcn 
Consume, consumpsit; absumpsit, to gnaw. '-rcn m. Rruchus, 
a worm in corn, from its destructive power. CTu" Obturavit, to shut 
up; capistravit, to muzzle; m. robur, strength; opes, wealth, crcrm 
m. Capistrum, a collar. Chald. jDfl To be strong, fortem esse. 
KJDn Robur, strength, yzn yen m. Robustus, strong., spn To 
pound; also Chald. K£cn Argilla, clay, or potter's earth, because 
beat, pounded, or trampled by the feet to prepare it for use. crcri 



rtpn 



48 



m. Rotundum, any thing round, made so by beating, non To abate, 
diminish ; deficere, to be wanting, carere, indigere ; also jnDPl noiTO 
m. Inopia, defectus, a want, a failure ; also Chald. TOPI Carens, want- 
ing; egens, needy from want, rnsn Texit, to cover; obtexit, to 
clothe; f. an alcove, from its covering, obtectio ; thalamus, a marriage 
bed, from its covering, ran Festinavit, to hasten ; trepidavit, to trem- 
ble, from being put in a hurry, jirsn m. Festinatio, haste, ^sn |£>in 
m. Pugnus, R. r~i2n To cover ; handful, hollow of the hand, because 
it covers what it holds. *]3n Texit, obtexit, protexit, the same as 
nun. *pn m. Portus, a haven where ships are covered, or protected. 
*|n m. Nitidus, clean ; mundus, clean, or rather protected secure, ysn 
To bend, incline, voluit ; to desire, desideravit ; delectatus fuit, compla- 
cuit, to be pleased ; m. volens, desiderans, voluntas, will ; desiderium, 
desire ; delectatio, a pleasing, nan Fodit, to sink ; effodit, perfodit, 
to dig ; perscrutatus est, to search out by digging ; erubuit, to blush, 
or to sink with respect to the countenance, as when ashamed of any 
thing, or confused, nnsnsn f. p. Talpa?, moles, from their power 
of digging. WSF\ To set at liberty, libertate donari ; perscrutatus est, 
pervestigavit, to search by stripping, or uncovering, and then setting 
at liberty ; to examine; dissimulare, to disguise, or put one's self at 
liberty to conceal then sentiment; m. libertas, liberty; perscrutatio, 
an investigation. I'&sn m. Liber, free; manumissus, set at liberty. 
♦Ttfsn f. Libertas. 3¥n Caecidit, to cut ; excidit, to cut out, hew. 
USnfi m. Excisio, a dividing, or the divider. r~ttin To divide asun- 
der, dimidiavit, divisit, distribuit ; m. an arrow, a dart, from their 
division of the body when the wound is inflicted, ^n-m. nisn 
r-ttnE f. Dimidium, the half, from being divided, ysn To 

cherish, or defend ; also »¥in m. Brachium, the arm, from its power 
of defending the body ; a garment, from its cherishing, or warming 
the body ; the breast, or bosom, or the folds of dress covering it. 
p]¥n Chald. Acceleravit, to hasten, y^n Discidit, exscidit, to cut, di- 
vide ; m. sagitta, an arrow ; lapillus, a precious stone for cutting 
others. O^TO m. p. Sagittarii, archers, njfn To surround, to con- 
fine ; c. more frequently f. atrium, an open court fenced around, but 
open at the top. onsrn nni'n Atria, villae, courts, villages, or 
rather tents, though fenced, yet at pleasure can be removed. "Vtfn 
m. Gramen, grass; porrum, a leek. JTT^n f. Tuba, a trumpet, 
from then' tubular form; p. tubicinantes, trumpeters, pn To de- 
scribe, mark, or trace out; a bosom, m. R, pTt. m. also rtpn f. statu-* 



ann 49 npn 

turn, an appointment; decretum, a decree; pars statuta, the part, or 
portion appointed; modus, a measure, from its being appointed by 
a superior, for the regulation of an inferior, rnpn Imprimere, to 
engrave ; exprimere, to press, ppn Descripsit, to mark out; exaravit, 
sculpsit, to engrave, insculpsit, exsculpsit ; decrevit, to appoint ; p. 
m. statuta, decrees, npn Investigavit, to make diligent search ; scru- 
tatus est, to enquire ; m. pervestigatio, an enquiry ; a recess, from its 
difficulty of being explored, onpno m. p. Pervestigationes, en- 
quiries, nn m. A hole, or opening, R. Tin. ann To waste ; vastari, 
to destroy, consume, or ravage ; to dry up, siccari, exsiccari ; m. siccus, 
dry; desolatus, destroyed; siccitas, dryness; sestus, summer heat; de- 
solatio, desolation ; f. gladius, a sword ; culter, a knife, from their 
power of destroying ; also, malleus, a hammer ; scalprum, a graving 
tool ; rutrum, a shovel, mann f. Siccitas, vastitas, destruction, de- 
solatio. O^mn m. p. Siccitates. nn Horruit, contremuit, to 
shake, or quake with fear ; to tremble. u ?:nn m. Locusta, a kind of 
locust, from nn To shake, and Hsn The foot, from the nimbleness 
of its motion, "nn Tremuit, to move quickly, to fear, to tremble, 
trepidavit, trepide cucurrit ; solicitus fuit, to be anxious ; m. tre- 
pidus, fearful. mtn f. Trepidatio, tremor, trembling; sollici- 
tudo, care, p- nn To inflame, arsit ; exarsit ira, accensus fuit ira, to 
burn with wrath, nn m. JEstus, heat, jnn Adustum, burned; 
ardens ira, burning with anger, nn To put in order. CD^nn m. p. 
Torques, a necklace of pearls, a collar, from the order or regularity 
with which they are placed, tann To work, or make into a long 
round form ; m. stylus, a pin to write upon wax tables, from its 
shape; m. p. obtain Loculi, female ornaments. Chald. CDHOin m. 
Magus, a fortune-teller, from tann A pen, and an To perfect, that is 
complete, in drawing their diagrams and unfolding them. Chald. *pn 
To burn ; adussit, inussit, to singe, roast. *pn To inclose. u2\Dnn 
m. p. Clathri, grates ; cancelli, ballustrades, from their property of 
inclosing, Hnn u -?nn m. Urtica, a thorn, a thistle, a nettle, from 
Tin To be burned, and L - pi 1 ? Sharp, from their sharpness and fit to be 
burned, cam Total separation ; anathemati devovit, to curse ; con- 
secravit, to separate, or set apart ; devotum effecit ; m. anathema, a 
curse ; devotum, the thing set apart ; rete, a net, from its power of 
separating the fishes from their native element; to prohibit, or separ- 
ate; to forfeit, or lose by separation. snn m. Curtus membris, 
mutilated, maimed, who has entirely lost a limb, or some part of his 

G 



50 



body ; simus, flat-nosed, Vftnti m. Falx, a sickle, from ann To se- 
parate, and p"WO To remove; from its cutting or separating the 
grain. DTI A burning itch, prurigo, rnonn m. Sol, the sun, from 
its warming power. fPDnn f. Solaris, pertaining to the sun. rpn 
To strip, make naked, divest ; to reproach, or strip of honour, probro 
affecit ; hiemavit, to winter ; m. hiems, winter, or that season of the 
year in which the vegetable kingdom is strip t of its foliage ; juventus, 
youth, or the autumn, being the time of the perfection of the fruits, 
and anciently the beginning of the year, ;— t-nn f. Probrum, dis- 
grace, yin To shorten, cut short; praecidere, to move, or bring to 
a point, movere. ynn m. Excisus, cut off ; sedulus, diligent, that is, 
cutting the busines short by activity ; tribula, a cart used for thresh- 
ing corn ; fossa, a pit, from its being cut, or dug ; aurum, gold, being 
found as it were cut in small masses ; a grape stone, from its being 
cut or mashed by pressing. C^nn m. p. Casei, cheeses, from being 
pressed; tribulse. Chald. p2f"ffl m. p. Lumbi, the back, or loins, 
from Heb. yVn the same. r* nD^Tl f. p. Nexus, a binding; vincula, 
ehains ; from ^nn A lump, or piece cut, and r~U¥ To swell, from 
their knots or sAvellings. cr^nn m. p. Nuclei acinorum, the dregs, 
or refuse of grapes which have been mashed, or cut to pieces, as it were, 
by pressing, p^n Frenduit dentibus, to gnash, or crack with the 
teeth, mn Exarsit, exustus fuit, to burn, iimn m. Inflammatio, 
inflammation ; febris ardens, burning fever, cnin m. p. Siceitates, 
places parched, or burnt up with heat. *#nn Silent thought, or at- 
tention ; to devise, fabricavit ; aravit, to plough, from the attention 
necessary to perform it well ; expressit, insculpsit, to engrave, or to 
make devices upon wood, brass, &c. machinatus est ; surdum agere, 
obsurdescere, tacere, to be silent; m. faber, a workman, artifex; surdus, 
mutus, deaf, dumb ; silentium, silence ; aratio, ploughing ; sylva, a 
wood, or perhaps rather ground newly ploughed; m. testa, an 
earthen pot, from being made by art. r^nn f. Fabrefactura, any 
thing formed by art. n v i?nn f. Silens, still, rrtfintt f. Rutrum, a 
shovel, nitfino f- Vomer, a ploughshare, or coulter, ntl Exara- 
vit, insculpsit, to engrave. yft\ &c. to hasten, R. pin. 3U?n To add, 
superadd, or number; putavit, to impute, or reckon to one; reputavit, 
to esteem, or make account as highly possible ; cogitavit, excogitavit, 
to think or reckon ; m. cogitans, thinking ; artifex, a workman, from 
the art which he displays ; angula artificiosa, a curious girdle, from 
the embroidery, or figures, added to it. juarn m. Cogitatio, a series 



inn 



51 



of thoughts ; supputatio, a reckoning, ratio. niJ3'Jn m. p. Idem, 
the same. naipno fQ'tfrra f. Cogitatio. rrtfn Forbearance of 
speaking or action ; silere, to be silent. Chald. n^n Opus habuit, 
there is a necessity. nini?n f- Necessarium, necessity, yyr\ To im- 
pede action, to restrain ; obscuratus est, obscurum esse, to darken ; 
m. also r"Wn f. Chald. >0'#n Tenebrse, darkness. ^icra Idem, 
the same; tenebricosus locus, a place dark. a'Otyn m. p. Obscuri 
homines, obscure mean persons. Chald. L -?srn To wear out, debili- 
tare; debilitans, wearing out. a^'tfru Debilis, weak, fatigued, 
tired, u ?»tt/n m. Pruna ignita, a lighted coal ; amber ; also a mixed 
metal of silver and brass, and gold, from Chald. urru Brass, and 
Gold. |»tcrn m. Primas, a legate, a lord. Arabic i^nn Having many 
servants, and a^urn Great, jtcrn To be rough, rugged ; m. pectorale, 
a breastplate, rugged, or rough, with the scales, or thin plates of 
metal, placed upon one another ; the ornament of the high-priest being 
rough with the twelve stones set in it. fjitfn To strip, or make bare ; 
nudavit, to uncover, denudavit; hausit, to draw water, from the un- 
covering of the place in which the fluid was. o^s'icrn m. p. Greges 
nudi, rari, small flocks, from their pasture being bare, purn To con- 
nect, join, link together ; amare, to love ; desiderare, to desire, to 
cleave • cingere, to surround ; m. desiderium, desire. a^pwn m. p. 
Fasciae, cincturae, bands, a^p'tf n m. p. Canthi, the spokes of a wheel 
connecting the nave and the ring. T#n To collect, anifffl m. p. 
Radii rotarum, the spokes of a wheel, being collected, as it were, in 
the centre, r-nttrn f. Colligatio, a collection, as of water, vwn To 
hasten; m. quisquiliae, the sweepings of a place; gramen torridum, 
burnt grass; gluma, chaff, from its being easily driven from place to 
place. r~in To break in pieces, or hurried from place to place, 
nnn To keep fire alive, or burning ; capere, to take. nnntt f. Acer- 
ra, a box for holding incense ; forceps, a pair of tongs for incense, 
inn Decisum est, to be decided, determined, cut out. Hnn Fasciis 
involvit, to swaddle, or wind round, '-jinn m. nbnn f. Fascia, a 
swathe, a roller, ann Signavit, to close, to seal, obsignavit. anin 
m. rranin f. Sigillum, a seal, ^nn To contract alliance by marriage, 
amnitatem inire; m. socer, a father-in-law; gener, a son-in-law; 
sponsus, a bridegroom, j—tfnn f. Socrus, a mother-in-law. Ufin f. 
Desponsatio, a betrothing; sponsalia, espousals. *jnn Rapere, to 
take away by violence ; m. rapina, plunder, praeda. inn Fodit, to 
dig ; effodit, perfodit, to dig downwards, to plough ; remigavit, to 



52 



mnno 



row, to dig hard in rowing, mmfl f. Effossio, a digging. r*tift) 
To break, fregit; conteri, to be worn; tereri, consternari, to be fright- 
ened, nn nnn nnn rrnn nHhn f. Terror, dismay ; consternatio, 
dread. QYYinn Contritiones, sorrows. 

D 

Is the ninth letter, and sixth consonant; it is a radical letter, except 
when it is used for n in the hithpael conjugation, of verbs beginning 
with ¥ as "FS3frt for T^r.n He has made himself to hunt ; the o and if 
being transposed. This letter is an aspirated dental. 

To be good. NJ080 Everrit, to sweep. NiOKOO m. Scopa?, besoms. 
30 To be good, R. 30'. fna Mactare, to butcher, to slay ; m. co- 
quus, a cook, or one who kills animals for food, {33^30 m. p. Satel- 
lites, attendants, or rather executioners, or slaughter-men. mn30 
f. p. Coquae, female cooks. H30 H30O mn30 f. Mactatio, a slaying. 
l — ?30 Intingere, to dip, immergere. JT30 Immergi, to sink as in wa- 
ter, submergi; infigi, to drive down ; figi, to swallow up. ij?3t3 f. An- 
nulus, a ring into which the finger is put, or dipt. *— DO Swelling, 
m. December, on account of the swelling of the waters by the rains 
which fall in that season, mo To decline, R. rnOJ. "into Purum 
esse, to be pure, clean. TirtO m. Mundus, clean; pure, purely, -into 
TlOO m. r- nno f. Mundicies, cleanness ; nitor, shining, arising from 
parity; purgatio, cleansing, or approaching to purity. 310 Chald. 
3X0 Boniun esse, to be good; m. Chald. 30 Bonus, good; pulcher, 
fair ; utilis, useful. r~GiO Bona, bonitas, goodness. 310 m. Bonitas, 
bonum, fit, pleasing, sweet ; these meanings are evident from the 
maimer in which it was at first used by the sacred historian Moses, 
as recorded in the first chapter of Genesis : in that portion of the di- 
vine testimony it is employed by the Holy Spirit to denote that 
change which the chaos underwent when it was put into beauty, or - 
der, and usefulness, mo Nere, to spin, moo m. Netum, thread, 
from being spun, mo To cover ; levit, to anoint, or cover with oint- 



53 



ment ; oblevit, to plaister. rrta m. Tectorium, a plaister, or rough- 
cast upon the wall. mntD £ p. Praecordia, the parts about the heart 
covering it ; renes, the kidneys, from the parts which cover them. 
Hnta Ejicere, to cast out ; jacere, to throw, injicere, projicere, R. Hta 
To cast out. -iit3 m. Ordo, order, regular disposition, regularity, R. 
"113 Order, &c. Chald. m. a mountain, from its orderly disposition; a 
range, a row. mmta £ p. Ordines, ranks, tenia R. itftsj To loose ; 
volavit, to fly, or let loose the wing. niB £ Chald. Jejunus, fasting, 
no To overlay, R. miD. mnSD To impel, or drive forward; jaculari, 
to shoot, or dart. |nt3 Moluit, to reduce to powder, to grind, com- 
moluit. r™unt3 f. Molitio, digestion of food. n^nta Molares dentes, 
molitrices, grinders, so called from their office, omnia m. p. Maris- 
cae, haemorrhoides, piles ; haemorrhoids, from Chald. nna Constrinxit, 
to press, or constringe as the piles do. «]t3l3 To fix, fasten. nifltatD 
f. p. Frontalia, frontlets, that is, scrolls of parchment with portions of 
the law written on them, which the Jews were enjoined to bind on 
their foreheads; ornamenta, ornaments, to^ta m. Lutum, clay, the 
earth, mire, ^ta m. Chald. Lutum. *vt3 rrvta £ Palatium, from -113 
To order ; regularity ; a palace, from the regularity to be found in the 
palaces of royalty ; castellum, a castle ; arx, a tower. Ht3 R. H>1t3. 
N?Vi3 NJibta Maculosum, spotted ; m. also r— ibta Agnus, a young lamb, 
so called from its being spotted, W^ta Tegere, to cover; obtegere, 
Chald. from Heb. W?¥ the same ; obumbrare, to darken, ^ta To 
cast, or send forth ; m. ros, dew, which drops, or is cast down upon 
the earth, rnbta^ta f. Contectio, a covering ; projectio, an arch, porch, 
or something of that kind, which in its formation is thrown or cast 
by the artificer, nse'j Immundum, to pollute, defile ; impurum, pol- 
lutum esse ; m. pollutus, defiled ; impurum, nasty. n$W3t3 Impuritas, 
uncleanness; res immunda, a thing impure. |Et3 Abseondere, to 
hide. ^ntO m. Absconditum, hidden. |inia» m. Thesaurus, treasure, 
which is usually hidden, or covered up. NJJta m. Corbis, a basket, 
a vessel, a granary, or something containing fruits. *pt3 Inquinare, 
fcedare, to be foul, or dirty, rtyta To seduce, or cause to err, errare. 
Opta Gustavit, to taste ; m. gustus. a tasting ; ratio, a reason ; consi- 
lium, counsel ; judicium, a judgment ; sententia, an opinion, or in 
general a trial by experiment. OTOJHDJD m. p. mW3E f- p. Cupidia?, 
sapid, savoury meats, from their fine taste. |y?3 Confodit, to thrust 
through ; oneravit, to load, or prick or goad the beasts of burden. 
*)ta To be nimble, R. sjim. sjta To be nimble ; m. parvulus, a child, 



54 



from its nimbleness in walking. natD To spread out, extend ; m. also 
naiE Palmus, the measure of a palm, or the hand extended ; to stretch 
with the hands, palmis distendit ; palmis gestavit, to carry with the 
hands ; educavit, to bring up. a^nBtt m. p. Educationes, upbringing, 
as mothers do to their children, that they may go straight. .nriSOD f. 
Ventrale, a kind of loose garment worn by women. ^stD Cbnsuit, 
to sew ; concinnavit, to join, to forge, or join lies together. iDStO To 
make quiet, or reduce into order ; m. princeps, dux, a chief, a prince, 
or one who commands, or reduces into order. *]*)to or fp To be 
nimble ; m. parvulus, a little child ; incedere incessu parvulorum, to 
walk like children. i3B Chald. jsansita Unguis, a nail, or claw, from 
Heb. -iDtf To move quickly, to rush hastily, as a bird upon its prey ; 
hence a nail, or claw, with which they fasten upon their food or prey. 
itf3tD Obesari, pinguifieri, to become thick, or fat. T£ R. "into Order. 
ntD to keep, R. -RM. "HE Assiduum, continuum esse in opere, impul- 
sive, impetuous, or continual ; Chald. to drive away, depellere. mt3 
nno f. New ; humidum, fresh, inflamed, purulent. mts Laborare, 
to be weary ; fatigare se, to wear out one's self; m. fatigatio, weari- 
ness ; labor, fatigue, ona To fill, fill up ; ante, antequam, before ; 
that is, the time is filled up, or terminated ; necdum, nondum, not 
yet, or the time to be filled up. 2 Kings ii. 9- fpto Rap nit, discerpsit, 
dilaceravit, to tear, or pluck, to hunt, to prey ; m. raptum, torn ; de- 
cerptum, plucked ; folium, a leaf, from its being plucked ; rapina, 
plunder, or that which is torn from an enemy ; cibus, food, from its 
being torn by the teeth in eating ; to feed, to nourish, to supper. 
Ftp-© f Laceratum, the thing torn ; raptum, the thing seized. r~\E 
Chald. Jejunus, fasting, R. j—Yitfl. 



1 



Is the tenth letter of the alphabet; it is one of the servile letters, and 
is prefixed to the third persons masculine, future tense of all verbs, 
and is then a contraction of the pronouns N^n The being, or person ; 
and a> for cm They; as npfli He shall visit. Hps' 1 They- shall visit. 
It also forms some appellative nouns and proper names, being then a 
contraction of SnSTI That, or the ; and is perfectly the same with this 
use of the contraction in forming nouns, that Bishop Louth ob- 
serves concerning the English language, when he asserts that every 



few 55 2D1p^ 

word that makes sense after the definite article the, is a noun, as wpy< 
A scrip ; from top**? To collect. pftgp Isaac ; from r=ip¥ To laugh. 
Inserted it forms many nouns, if inserted before the second radical, 
as, from m To breathe, comes nH An odour, or exhalation ; also, if 
after the second radical it forms many nouns, as *V¥p Harvest ; from 
msfp To cut down. It also denotes the hiphil conjugation, as Tpsn 
He has caused to visit. Postfixed it denotes the name of a people, 
as, nop A Hebrew ; perhaps from c the plural termination : also 
the ordinal numbers, as yefatt the third, likewise the second person 
future and imperative, as Hpfln Thou shalt visit. Hps Visit thou. 
The » in these examples of the verb, is a contraction of the pronoun yik 
Thou; also the plural masculine in government, orregimine, as c^Kn 
HUW O the blessednesses, literally, of the man. Psalm i. 1. postfixed to 
a noun, my, as nm My word ; to a verb, me, as Hps He has visited 
me ; it is then a contraction of *0K I. It is also paragogic where it in- 
creases the meaning of the word to which it is affixed ; perhaps from 
isSTi The being, or something remarkable. It is postfixed to fe- 
minine adjectives, as ">mm After the most excellent order. Psalm 
ex. 4. ay \nm She that was swarming full of people. It is also 
annexed to the affixes, as "OJip Thy vast iniquities. Psalm ciii. 3. It 
is also annexed to verbs, as WffiD Put carefully on ; it is also added 
to participles and infinitives. It is also postfixed, as iqi Their ; from 
r"ran They. For a more particular account of this letter see Gram- 
mar. 

Desideravit, to desire ; cupidus fuit, to long for, R. riSK. riK* Is 
fitting ; decere, to become ; pulchrum esse, to be fair ; dignum esse, 
to be worthy. u - Voluit, to will, resolve, determine, undertake, 
to be content ; aequavit, or the mind willing what it possesses ; to be- 
gin, or v attempt to execute the purposes of the will; to act foolishly, 
stulte agere, or resolutely, or obstinately, to adjure, or resolve to do 
by an oath, to fix. m. R. IK To flow ; rivus, flumen, a river, a 
channel, to flow, Desperare, to despair. f—\8P iEquiavit, con- 

sensit, to agree, consent, R. nnK To come together, ±# Vocifera- 
tus est, to cry out. So* 1 Attulit, adduxit, abduxit, to bring, or carry 
along, to bear fruit, or that which the earth brings, or carries along 



mn 



56 



with it ; to bring, to flow, nm 1 u ?ia m. Proventus, provision, or 
that which the earth brings forth. Ho* nDlK ns 1 m. Fluvius, a 
river ; aquaeductus, an aqueduct. U ?3T | c. more frequently f. Aries, 
a ram ; jubileus, the jubilee, so called from the blast of the ram's horn 
with which it was celebrated, nb^ f. Verruca, verrucosum, a tet- 
ter, or spreading eruption, fluxus. en 1 To marry ; to marry a bro- 
ther's widow, fratris absque liberis defuncti uxorem ducere ; m. levir, 
a husband's brother, nttIP f. Glos ; uxor fratris, the wife of a bro- 
ther. Aruit, arefactus fuit, to be dry ; m. siccus, dry. ntf 
niK 3P f. Arida, dry ; terra sicca, dry land ; exsiccatio, dryness. 99> 
m. R. 2J Prominentia, ager, a field, or ridges of earth, from their pro- 
tuberance ; agricola, a husbandman, or one who turns up the land in 
ridges, na* To be afflicted with sadness, mcestitia afficere. jir m. 
T~Wi} f. Mceror, sadness, sorrow, anguish. SEP Laborare, to labour ; 
fatigare, to weary. ff>33 m. Lassus, wearied; labor, fatigue. PTSW 
Fatigatio, weariness, *)& Metuere, to fear; Chald. m. acervus, a 
heap, or an evidence of terror. mi* Timens, fearing. H c. more 
frequently f. R. ,— rp To cast forth, to hold ; manus, the hand, from 
its casting forth, or holding; ripa, a bank, from its restraining, or 
holding the water ; ktus, a side ; tractus, locus, a place, being as it 
were cast forth, or placed. TP Projecit, to cast forth. TT Dilectus, 
beloved, R. n The breast, the seat of affection. mTT f. Dilectio, a 
choice, pit Projicere, dejicere, jaculari, to throw. Hiphil ► JJtll 
Confiteri, to confess ; celebrare, to celebrate ; agere gratias, to give 
thanks, that is, to put forth praises, nun f. Confessio ; laus, praise. 
niTn f. p. Celebrationes, praises, nnrp Chald. Tirr Jehuda, Judah. 
*Tirf Judeus, a Jew. rVTTP Judaea, Judea. JTP Chald. Scire, to 
know, nosse, cognoscere ; experiri, to try. JTPB Notus, known ; fa- 
miliaris, well known, jn m. n>n f. n;n Scientia, knowledge ; sen- 
tentia, an opinion, jnfi Chald. jru» KJTCO Scientia. jrra m. No- 
tus, familiaris aflinis, allied, or known by affinity ; cognatus, a relation, 
njnw f« Cognatio, kindred ; affinitas, alliance by marriage. jm?D 
Quare, wherefore, a question, the answer of which should increase 
our knowledge. ^jjrP m. Ariolus, a soothsayer; sciolus, one who 
pretends to knowledge. PT m. R. FTfl To be; Jah, the name of 
God, from his essence. 3fy Chald. Dare, to give ; tradere, to deliver 
up, to supply. 3n Da, give thou ; m. onus, a burden ; cura, a care. 
C^anan m. p. Dona, gifts ; donaria, supplies, or those things allotted 
to us. nrp T»rp m, R. mn To heat, to burn ; arrogans, proud, or 



burning with pride, av m. Dies, R. czs*» Tumultuous motion, a day, 
from the tumultuous motion of the light or heat. ZZW Interdiu, 
daily, or day by day. ^rm. Ccehum, R. Fir To press; mud, from 
its pressure; lutum, clay. r~r:v f. A pigeon, or dove, because parti- 
cularly defenceless, and exposed to rapine and violence, car Cogita- 
vit, to design, to think, y Armed, R. rut To encompass, the body 
encompassed with defence. j?r m. rnj7T f. Sudor, R. To move, 
agitate, sweat, from its being forced out of the body by motion, 
&c. in* Adunare, to unite, to join; together, una. Tt"P m. Uni- 
cus, unigenitus, only-begotten, miT nrp Una, together ; simul, at the 
same time; pariter, equally. ^-JIV Exspectare, to wait; sperare, to 
hope, u rrP m. Exspectans, waiting, nbmn f. Spes, hope ; exspec- 
tatio, a waiting upon, -nnrp m. A buck ; see nnn. Orv Calere, to be 
warm ; incalescere, to grow hot ; concipere, to conceive, to lust. p- ncrp 
f. Indignatio, wrath, or indignation. men Nttfn f. Chald. iEstuans ira, 
burning wrath ; venenum, poison, from its burning, or corroding na- 
ture. *]?v To have the foot or hoof smooth and worn by walking ; to go 
barefoot, discalceatus. wrv To reckon up, according to genealogy, 
or family ; m. genealogia, genealogy ; genus, a family. Hithpael, 
ttrirnn Recenseri, to reckon up ; recensere per genus, to reckon by 
families. Bonum esse vel videri, to be or to appear good. a^tOJQ 
m. Bonum, good ; optimum, best, y m. Vinum, R. !*t* To squeeze; 
wine, from its being squeezed from the grape. rD 1 To be plain, 
manifest, evident; disceptavit, to argue, or make manifest, to reprove; 
increpavit, dijudicavit, to discern, or judge between two. j—irDin 
nrDin f. Increpatio, a chiding, or blaming, correptio. Chald. 
Posse, to be able; praevalere, to prevail, n'w Potestas, power. 
Ho^tt Rivulus, a river, so small that it is able to be forded, "lb 7 Ge- 
nerare, to procreate, or breed young; parere, to beget, or bring 
forth ; also yh % Natus, a son ; puer, a boy. m 1 ? 1 Puella, a girl. 
Tib* m. Natus recens, a new born child, or rather son. nn 1 ? 1 f- Ju- 
venta, youth, rrb f. Partus, a bringing forth. mVn Obstetrix, a 
midwife. mSia f Nativitas, nativity ; cognatio, kindred. nnSin 
f. p. Generationes, successive productions, or occurrences. ^ Ivit, 
to go ; abivit, to depart. W?"' Ejulavit, to cry, to shriek, to howl ; 
m. nbS* f. Ejulatus, howling, or crying ; m. an owl, from its cry. 

Hei, alas ; vae, wo ; a particle of howling, or expressive of sor- 
row. tf?i To stick fast, na 1 ? 1 £ Scabies saniosa, a scab full of 
bloody matter, from its adhering to the skin, toipb 1 m. A bag, R. 

H 



rap 58 opS 

top 5 ?. OQ* O" 1 To be tumultuous ; m. mare, the sea, from its tumul- 
tuous motion ; occidens, the west, or the Mediterranean sea, from its 
situation with regard to the land of Judea; lacus, sive vas templi, a 
lake, or a vessel of the temple, a*!^ m. p. Muli, mules, or rather 
the name of a people ; also days, R. av. ^2" ^° ^ e steac ty ; C 
dexter, a, urn ; -dextera manus, the right hand, from its constant em- 
ployment in work ; dexterum latus, the right side ; auster, the south, 
which, when one turns his face to the east, as it is probable our 
first parents did, to behold the rising sun, would then be to the 
right ; also days, R. CSV. »3B* m. Dexter, the right. rv:»* f. y&r\ 
m. Auster, ventus australis, the south wind. jv^n Hiphil, Dexteram 
petiit, to desire the right hand, rU 1 Oppressit, to press, oppress, 
defraudavit. run f. Columba, a dove, because exposed to violence, 
ru* To rest, to lay, posuit, deposuit, to place ; reliquit, to leave ; sivit, 
to permit, nru Depositum, the thing laid up. pj» Suxit, to suck, 
riprtt f. Nutrix, a nurse, or one who gives suck. p:v m. Sugens, 
applied to plants, a young twig, r— \psv f. Ramus, a branch, or 
sucker. mp^" 1 f p. Rami tenera, tender branches. Rpffti m. A night owl, 
R. pjira. ID 1 Fundare, to found, to appoint, ordain ; consultare, to con- 
sult, to settle ; m. fundator, a founder, tid 1 m. r^nw f. 1D"0 IDIO m. 
7— f. Fundamentum, a beginning. *]D^ Ungere, to anoint, to smear 
over, or pour out as with the oil in anointing. sp> Addere, to add ; 
adjicere, pergere, to hasten. no s Castigare, to chastise, to bind, to in- 
struct, or put under proper restraint, erudire. sniD* Castigationes, 
discipline, tid 1 m. Eruditio, instruction by discipline. noi» m. Casti- 
gatio, eruditio. anwn mnom Vincula, chains. i&* Condixit, to ap- 
point; constituitcertum locum vel tempus, to constitute or appoint a 
certain place or time ; desponsavit, to betroth. ni> f. Congregatio, 
con ventus, an assembly ; solennitas, a yearly feast according to appoint- 
ment. p-nyiJD f. Conventus. my To remove; everrere, to sweep away. 

m. p. Scopae, shovels, or brooms, from their removing the ashes 
of the brazen altar of the tabernacle, or temple, on a heap. TJT Ro- 
bore preditus, to strengthen ; m. fierce, strong. tDJF Amicire, to cover ; 
Chald. consulere, to counsel ; from Heb. yjr To counsel, yvjp Con- 
silarii, counsellors. Nttoy Consilium, counsel. H>jr Prodesse, to profit 
utile esse, to be useful. H?jr» f. Rupicapra, wild goats, R. F*h$ To 
ascend, from the climbing disposition of these creatures. Hjp^a 
quam, nought, good for nought. | Propterea, because ; propter, on 
account of; eo quod, quia, because, R. r~UJ7 To act upon some person, 



59 



or thing, syp Lassum esse, to be weary ; to dissolve, melt, dissipate, 
defatigari ; m. lassus, weary; fessus, fatigued; m. lassitudo, weariness. 
niSinn £ p. Lassitudines. yyi Consulere, to advise, to propose, con- 
silium inire. yjn' Consilarius, a counsellor, r~ i¥y f. Consilium, an 
advice. ni¥jnr> f. p. Consilia. 3ip]T m. Fraudulent, R. 3pp Jacob. 
-tf7» m. Sylva, R. r- njr To bare, to empty, a forest ; favus sylvestris, 
a honey comb emptying, or pouring out of honey, a wood, or rather 
a marsh where trees and plants flourish, or where they are diffused, 
or poured out. {HIS* Pulchrum esse, to be fair, beautiful ; m. pulcher, 
fair. ttytTTT^ Speciosissima, very fair, *ffl m. Pulchritudo, beauty. 
ns 1 Anhelare, to breathe ; suspirare, to moan, or pant ; m. spirans, 
breathing; conflator, a puffer, w Splenduit, to irradiate; illuxit, 
to shine forth. ,— lya** f. Splendor, shining ; lux, light, ns 1 To en- 
tice, to persuade. nsiZ) m. Prodigium, a wonder ; ostentum, a sign 
or prodigy, or persuasive fact, or event. iNi^ Exire, to go out ; to be 
born, prodire. Xtf m. nS'i f. Excrementum, feces, or that which 
cometh out. CD-XV m. p. Sordidi, vile, or those persons or things 
which on that account are rejected. MtflE m. Exitus, a going forth; 
prolatum, an offspring ; pronunciatum, declared, or sent forth by 
words. a'R¥itt? a^^'D m. p. Prognati, those who have descended 
from their forefathers, begotten, born ; propagines, descendants. 
mJWiD f. p. Exitus, departures. Chald. Verum, but; Veritas, 

truth; certitudo, certainty; from 3* 1 Statuit, to appoint, constituit; 
m. ntfj Prefectus, a governor, from his power of appointing rules, or 
laws. 31»D Statio, a military station, stativa; castra, a camp. r~Dttn 
f. Idem, the same; also n3i'S Statua, the rules that are appointed. 
W Idem, the same. J7¥"» Stravit, to spread under; stratum posuit, to 
make a bed. pv^ jrtfE m. Stratum, a couch, jpjf m. Substructio, 
an under building for support ; solum stratum, a bed on the floor. 
p2P Fudit, to pour, effudit, infudit; effundi, effluere, to fasten, as me- 
tals do when melted and allowed to cool ; durescere, to harden, or be 
stedfast. pijp pM p^*n Fusum, melted; firmum, solidum, strong. 
mpw nptfin f. fusura, the article to be melted. nip¥i» f. p. Infun- 
dibula, funnels for pouring liquor out of vessels, -tf* Finxit, to 
form, formavit; arctari, to straiten; angi, to be straitened, is^v 
m. Formans, making; figulus, a potter, or one who forms vessels. 

Figmentum, any thing formed. anS' m. p. Membra, parts, 
from their being formed, m^ 1 Exuri, to burn ; succendi, flagrare. 
3p* m. Torcular, R. Dp: To make hollow; a wine press, or vat, from 



60 



its being hollow. ip*> Ardere, to burn, urere; m. ardor, burning, 
np'' npia m. focus, a fire, r-npitt f. Adustio, a burning, i^mp 1 f. 
Chald. Ardens, burning, mpi nnp^ f. Associatio, an association; 
obedientia, obedience; Arabic, the cognate root npl signifies To 
obey readily. CDip 1 m. Subsistence, R. CDip. JJp 1 To strain; luxari, 
to disjoint, hang ; suspendit, pluck from. *jpi To cut round; circura- 
dedit, compass about, circumegit. yp' Evigilare, to awaken; exper- 
gefieri. np"» To be bright ; pretiosum esse, fieri, videri, vel habere, 
to be, to be made, to seem or to be accounted precious ; pretiosus, 
rarus, rare ; m. res pretiosa, a thing valuable ; honor, respect, from its 
worth, Vf>i Chald. KVp* Pretiosus, gloriosus, famous for its value ; 
blessed, or shining, urp* Laqueum tendere, to stretch a net. tppv 
ttnp' 1 m. Auceps, a fowler, a birdcatcher. a'ttrpv m. p. Irretiti, those 
who are ensnared, tppia m. Laqueus, a net, a snare. K-p Timuit, 
to fear; reveritus est, to be feared; m. timens, fearing; timidus, afraid. 
nKT f. NJUtt r~n)72 m. Reverentia, dread ; timor, fear, sacred. TV 
Descendit, to descend, -ni» m. Descensus, agoing down; locus de- 
clivis, a steep place, rrv To direct, to shoot, to cast, jecit, dejecit ; 
jaculis petiit, to throw the dart ; docuit, to instruct ; instituit, to ap- 
point as a law. mv m. Pluvia tempestiva, the former rain, from its 
causing the corn to shoot, mm f. Doctrina, lex, a law, from its 
teaching and directing the people, nv Chald. m. Luna, the moon, 
or rather the light of the moon ; mensis, a month, or the revolution of 
that luminary. tDT Declinavit, to pervert; divertit, mislead. TV 
Extended in length. r- dt» f. Femur, the thigh, or rather the thigh 
bone, from its length ; latus, the side, from its extension, jrv Broken, 
afflicted, grievous ; malum esse, is bad. njPV f. Auleum, a curtain, 
a distinct or separate piece of cloth, or stuff used in forming a tent, 
or tabernacle. pv Spuit, exspuit, to throw out something liquid, or 
moist, to spit ; m. olus, the moist tender shoot of a plant, or tree ; vi- 
riditas, greenness; olus viride, green herb. pw Idem, the same, 
^lpv m. Rubigo, a mildew, a disease of corn; aurigo, a disease, a 
sallowness, a yellow livid paleness. p"ipV m. Subviridis, intensely 
green, inclining to yellow. Psalm lxviii. 14. urv Possedit, to inherit, 
possess ; to disinherit, possessione expulit, or cause another to possess ; 
depauperavit, to make poor. j—WV f. P"WYHD {Z5TW m. Possessio, 
a possession; hsereditas, an inheritance, ttnvn m. Mustum, new 
wine, from its strong intoxicating quality, taking, as it were, posses- 
sion of the drunkard. Sedit, to sit ; habitavit, to dwell, mansit. 



61 



raw 



f. Sessio, a sitting ; residentia, a staying. 310110 m. Habitation 
a dwelling, 3£nn Inquilinus, incola, a sojourner, nan bp «W Est, is ; 
sunt, are. rrttnrt f. Essentia, essence ; virtus, bravery, or worthy of 
existence ; lex, a law, sapientia, wisdom, rw To abase, bow down ; m. 
depressio, a bearing down, up* Porrexit, extendit, to stretch, to ex- 
tend, atn Desolatus fuit, to be desolate. |1DUP m. Solitudo, a 
waste, desert, wilderness. Dormivit, to sleep, obdormivit; inve- 
terascere, to grow old, or approaching death; m. dormiens, sleeping; 
vetus, old. r— f. J—QW Somnus, sleep. JK£P Salvavit, to save, ser- 
vavit; m. also njJlitfn f. Salus, safety; auxilium, help. 

mjWiJO f. p. Salutes, health, sypi rrSW m. Jaspis, onyx, jasper; 
from Chald. rnsrff To wear down, from its power of wearing down 
other stones on account of its hardness. "W Rectum esse vel videri, 
to be or to seem straight ; dirigere, to direct ; complanare, to make 
plain ; m. rectus, straight ; equus, equal, or right ; rectitudo, rectitude; 
equitas, equity, nirn Idem, the same ; planicies, a plain, a place 
straight. anp'O m. p. Rectitudines, recta, things straight. WW 
ttPtEP m. Decrepitus, old, or one who has existed long ; from w Exist- 
ence. Hf 1 Chald. article of the accusative case. 3JV Chald. Se- 
dit, to sit ; mansit, habitavit, to dwell. To thrust ; f. Paxilus, a 
stake ; clavus, a nail, from being thrust, or driven, cn 1 aw m. 
Pupillus, an orphan; Arabic, single, solitary, a child deprived of pa- 
rents. Ht* To exceed; to leave, reliquum fecit; abundavit, to abound; 
excellentem fecit, to excel ; m. residuum, the remainder; excellentia, ex- 
cellence ; restis, a cord ; nervus, a string, from its power of extension, 
mv Excellentia, excellence ; emolumentum, profit, or that which re- 
mains to us ; magis, plus, more, r~ TW f. Residuum, the remainder. 
^l"W "W» Emolumentum, praestantia, excellent things, r- nnv f. Re- 
ticulum hepatis, the caul of the liver, or the redundancy of it. 
CDmvn Funes, ropes; nervi, strings. 





Is the eleventh letter of the alphabet ; this is one of the serviles ; when 
prefixed it signifies, as, or like as, as it were ; it is then a contraction 
of r~Q Thus ; aa here ; when used as an affix to a noun it means, 
thine ; to a verb, thee, as "pan Thy word. *ppa He has visited thee. 



62 



3*0 



3*D 

To mar, or spoil ; dolere, to grieve,, the consequence of being spoiled ; 
dolore affici, to be affected with grief ; also 3183E m. Dolor, pain, 
sorrow, sorrowful. PiiO To bruise, attrivit; m. attritus, worn, af- 
flicted, the consequence of being bruised. nK3J f. Attritus, aeger, 
sick, from ill usage. CiO: m. p. Attrita. ^K3 As if nothing, R. y&. 
1K3 To pierce, to penetrate, R. ntt A lion, from its power. 133 
Grave esse, pondere, to be heavy, weighty ; m. gravis, heavy ; numer- 
osus, many ; dives, rich ; jecur, the liver, from the weight of that vis- 
cus, or part of the body ; gravitas, weight ; multitudo, a great num- 
ber ; copia, plenty. m33 Gravitas, gravity. 1133 m. Honor, re- 
spect ; gloria, renown. m33 f. Honorata, respected ; gravamen, a 
grievance. 133: Honoratus, honorabilis, honoured, worthy of ho- 
nour. rt33 Extingui, to extinguish. ""733 To bind; m. compes, 
fetters, from their binding. D33 Lavit, abluit, to wash. D313 D33Q 
m. Fullo, a fuller, or washer. #33 To stop, keep off. J7313 m. Ga- 
lea, a helmet, from its power of defending the head. 133 Multipli- 
care, to multiply ; a particle, jam, now, or already ; time past, or fu- 
ture. T33 "V3K3 m. Validus, strong, from number ; pulvinar, a bol- 
ster of a bed, or a kind of network. ni33 133£ m. cribrum, a sieve, 
or gauze, from the many holes in it; m. stragula, carpets, hangings, 
from the many devices or figures upon them ; f. milliare, a mile, or a 
thousand paces ; jugerum, an acre, or rather a good way, or distance. 
UT33 Subigere, subjugare, domare, to tame ; m. clivulus, a side of a 
hill, a foot path upon which we tread ; m. ovis, a sheep ; agnus, a 
lamb, from their subdued disposition. ^33 Fornax lateraria, a fur- 
nace, or rather a lime-kiln, wherein stones are subdued by the force 
of fire, to a yielding friable substance. 13 To propel, shoot, or dart 
forth ; f. a cask, a pitcher whence the liquor is propelled, or emptied 
into another vessel. 313 Chald. Mentiri, to lie, to fail. Chald. 
ri313 f. Mendax, a liar, or one who fails in telling truth. 113 
Arabic, To dart forth. iiT3 m. Scintilla, a spark, from its darting 
forth ; pyropus, a precious stone, from its sparkling, or flashing. 
113 Arabic, To be turbid. 1H3 1VT3 m. Pila, a ball ; pilata acies, 
a line of battle armed with missive weapons, military tumult, an at- 
tack, onset, charge. nn3 f. Restriction, constriction, contractum, 
contractio ; caligare, to darken or contract the eyes ; contrahi, stringi, 



TfTO 



63 



rugari; hence r~0 a particle of restriction; sic, thus, ita; hie, here; hue, 
hither. *~ir\D Chald. Posse, is able ; potens, powerful. r~lD To strike, 
R. r"OJ. ^HD Sacerdotem agere, to minister; m. sacerdos, a priest; 
prefectus, a prince, from their office as ministering for the benefit of 
others in the exercise of their duty. Chald. ?s::ro r— unD f. Sacerdotium, 
the priest-office. mD Uri, aduri, to burn ; hence Chald. KID Fenestra, 
a window, from its admission of the heat and light. *>D m. J—VD 
r-YG» f. Ustio, adustio, a burning, rro m. R. nD To be strong, vigor- 
ous, firm ; m. vis, vires, power ; virtus, bravery, arising from power 
or strength ; robur, strength ; lacerta, a species of lizard, remarkable 
for their power in destroying serpents. Sd To hold, contain, com- 
prehend, to sustain ; hence u - ?id Complecti, to embrace ; sustentavit, 
to support ; sustinuit, continuit, to hold ; moderatus fuit, to contain ; 
disposuit, to place. ^D or jiD To make ready; disposuit, prepare ; apta- 
vit, fit; establish, stabilire; firmari, to strengthen; as a particle, rectum, 
right, recte ; sic, thus, ita ; basis, a base. r~UD f. Surculus, planta, a 
shoot, a scion, a set. |VD Basis, idolum, an idol, R. ma To burn, from 
the supposed glory of the image. CD'JID m. p. Liba, cakes of honey 
prepared for the moon, under the title of the queen of heaven. jsso 
m. ruiD^ f. Basis, a base ; sedes, a seat, or place prepared, locus. 
m:i3n f. Apparatus, a disposition of parts ; sedes parata, a place of 
residence. DID f. Calix, R. nDD To cover ; a cup, from its covering 
what it contains ; bubo, an owl, from its constantly hiding itself in 
the day time. niD m. Catinus, a furnace round and hollow; catinum, 
a vessel for refining metals ; fornax, a furnace, or oven, R. tid Syriac, 
To burn. -o Corus, a large measure, from its shape. ttnD Cush, 
the name of a man, f. Ethiopia. DTD Mentiri, to lie, or to fail ; in a 
moral sense, to deceive ; m. mendacium, a lie. DTDK Fallax, deceiving, 
mendacium. itd To break with force or violence; also -\TDK m. 
Crudelis, cruel, breaking through all restraint or opposition. mnTDK 
f. Crudelitas, cruelty. nD m. Vigour, R. niD. "HID Abscondere, to 
hide ; exscindere, to cut off. r- nnD Once, R. "intf. SnD Fucare, to 
paint. i^riD To fail; mentiri, to deceive, to lie ; emaciari, to be made 
lean; m. mendacium, a lie; macies, leanness. "O Quia, because; nam, 
for; quod, that; quamvis, although, R. r~inD To restrict, no m. Per- 
nicies, R. id To propel, to shoot forth, or dart ; destruction, jno m. 
Lancea, hasta, a spear, from its power of destroying, or of being pro- 
pelled ; scutum, a shield, from its power of keeping the body from 
destruction. TiD m. A spark, or a flash of fire darting forth. "ilTD 



64 



m. An army, a camp. ^ ?3 To hold, contain, comprehend. u ?'3 ^3 
,; ?3 A varus, greedy, covetous, stingy, or one who would wish to hold 
all. so p- rao f. Pleiades, the seven stars, R. r"TO3 To be warm, or 
rather the warm part of the year. d*3 m. R. riD3 To cover ; marsu- 
pium, a purse or bag. rp3 Chald. N5£T3 m. R. j—tfD To curve, bend, or 
inflect ; petra, a rock, grave stone, or rather a cave in the earth, &c. 
T3 1193 m. R. A circuit, a laver ; labrum, a caldron, from its round 
shape ; foculus, a fire-pan for melting metals, from its form ; sugges- 
tus, a scaffold. OT3 m. dual, Testus, an oven, r™\V3 f- p. R. rin3 
Restriction, reins. *p ;— 03 Sic, thus ; ita, so. 333 To glitter, or 
shine ; also m. 3313 Stella, a star. 133 A flat roundish form ; f. mas- 
sa, a heap ; frustum, a fragment ; tracta, planicies, a plain, or tract of 
country surrounded with hills ; a cake, from its round shape, a mor- 
sel, or part of a cake , talentum, a talent, from its round form. Kb3 
Claudere, to shut up ; m. also N5ib3 Career, a prison. rnS3lQ f. Caula, 
a sheepcote, from its restraining or shutting up the cattle, crSj 
m. d. Heterogenea, different kinds of earth. 3*73 To clap close to- 
gether ; m. cards, a dog, from the fast hold of his teeth, and tena- 
ciousness in biting. 3V?3 Corbis, a twig basket, from its holding its 
contents; cavea, a cave, from its containing its possessors. nb3 To- 
tality, completion, to finish, also to pluck out, Psalm lxxiv. 11. ab- 
solvi, finiri, to consume, consumi; deficere, to fail; confidere, to trust; 
exspectare, to wait; m. deficient ; f. n i b3n f. Perfectio, complete; finis, 
the end. jvbo Consumptio, a wasting; consummatio, completion. 
^3 Vas, a vessel finished for the use of man ; instrumentum, an in- 
strument, nvbo f. Renes, the kidneys, so called from their prepar- 
ing the urine for excretion. nb3 Arabic, To be of a crabbed, wrin- 
kled countenance ; m. senium, senectus, old age. W*?3 Perfecit, to 
perfect, absolvit ; m. H* 1 ^ Perfectum, finished ; absolutum, released ; 
totum, altogether ; holocaustum, a sacrifice which is entirely burnt on 
the altar. T"t>D f. Sponsa, a bride, or one whose betrothing is com- 
pleted ; nurus, a son's wife. ni%3 f. p. Sponsalia, the espousals. 
H3 Omnis, all, omne, totum, universum, not deficient. ^biJO W?3JQ 
m. Perfectio, being completed. ob3 To confound ; erubescere, to 
shame. p-inSs r~ HEiho f. Ignominia, pudor, shame. rp2 To impel, 
urge, msbo f. p. Mallei, hammers, from their power of breaking^ 
&c. nE3 To be warm or hot with desire ; desiderare, to desire, f »3 
To gather or compress into a roundish form. tni3 Cingula, pendula, 
vel bullata muliebra, a girdle, bracelet, necklace, from their com- 



65 



pressing, ijm As, R. 172. jftD To hide, lay up ; m. cyminum, cum- 
min, from its being laid up. CTJDJn m. p. Recondita, thesauri, 
treasure, from being hoarded or laid up. Recondere, to depo- 

site, to lay up. 1M To convolve, contract, contrahi, to yearn as the 
bowels do in compassion, as it were, rolled together ; sestuare, to heat, 
or be shrivelled or contracted by heat, to blacken, or be scorched ; 
calefieri, or contracted. OHM m. p. Sacrificuli atrati, certain offi- 
cers in the idolatrous worship, from their being scorched by their 
fires in performing the rites of their religion, idolatrici. cnnm m. p. 
iEstus, thick convolved darkness, even to blackness, nigridines. nn3» 
niJMO m. r-HMD f Rete, a net; rete jaculum, a net drawn together, 
p R. jia To make ready, to fit, adapt ; hence p-ua f- A plant, a vineyard, 
from its being adapted to the soil. r~U3 Cognominare, to surname ; 
titulo appellare, to compliment by way of flattery. p- vua f. Chald. 
Societas, a company surnamed from some person. NtE33 Chald. Hu- 
jusmodi, of this kind, of p Thus, and X» What. ^3 C2^3 m. p. Pe- 
diculi, some winged insects, gnats, or musquitoes, from their fixing on 
the body, and being troublesome, R. ^3 To be ready ; \also GJD c. 
Lice. ftf:3 f. Companies, from their being named. D33 Colligere, 
to gather; comportare, to carry. G*M3» m. d. Femoralia, breeches, 
or rather a bandage that wrapped the body close. «03 Idem, the 
same. #:3 To lay down, depressit ; place on the ground, prostravit ; 
to humble, abjectum reddit. ^JN3 m. Mercator, a merchant, from the 
wares or merchandise being placed on the ground to the view of the 
purchaser ; negotiator, a trader between the different parties. 
f. Merx, any kind of merchandise, Fp3 Extremity, c. more frequent- 
ly f. manus, the hand ; ala, a wing, or the extremity of the body, a 
sail, or as it were, a wing ; ora, a coast, or the extremity, a skirt, or the 
extremity of a garment. us ->i:3 m. Cithara, a lute, a harp. t^D3 
To sit, settle ; m. also r~iD3 D3 Thronus, a throne ; solium, a chair ; 
also m. tempus statum, at the appointed or settled time ; novilunium, 
the new moon. rHD3 Tegere, to cover ; operire, to conceal ; occul- 
tare, to hide. *1D3. mDDtt m. mM f. Tegumentum, a covering; 
operculum, a cover. HD3 Succidere, to pluck, cut up. miD3 f. 
Succisum, cut. So3 Stiffness, rigidity, c. loins, from their stiffness, 
in a mental sense ; stultescere, to be stupid ; stultum fieri, to be fool- 
ish, '-tdj m. Stultus, foolish ; Orion, a star, from the coldness of the 
season when it was supposed to exert its influence. r*t?D3 f. Stulti- 
tia, foolishness ; spes, hope, or steadiness of mind, in a good sense ; 

I 



66 



folly, the same in a bad sense. r~ ^DD Stoliditas, stupidity. V?d:d 
November, from the stiffness or coldness of the month. To 
have long hair ; in an opposite sense, to shave round, tondere, or to 
be deprived of the long hair. r'VSDD f. Spelta, a kind of wheat, from 
its long hair, p. ODD Numerare, to reckon ; m. r~\DD72 f. Nu- 

merus, a number; summa, the whole. r\DD To be pale, wan; to long 
after, appetere ; m. argentum, silver, money of silver, from its colour 
being paler than gold. riM ninDD f. p. Pulvilli, small pillows, or 
cushions. y?D Chald. Jam, already ; nunc, now, perhaps from D As, 
and from To answer. DpD Indignari, to be angry, enrage, 
provoke, grieve, the consequence of being provoked ; m. also wyD In- 
dignatio, indignation. r~\2D To curve, bend, inflect ; extinguere, to 
extinguish as anger, or to bend it back ; subigere, to subdue. ^12D 
Duplicare, to double ; m. duplum, the double. r-bzDlD f. Duplicitas, 
the being double. ^z>D To be hungry, to shrink in consequence of 
hunger ; colligere, to gather, as from necessity, aggregare ; m. fames, 
hunger. D£D To connect, fasten together, also D'SD m. Tignum, a 
beam, or rafter/ from its power of fastening the parts of the building. 
v\2D Incurvare, to bend, bow down, «p f. Curvatura, a bending; 
cavum, hollow, or bended ; vola manus, the hollow of the hand ; 
planta pedis, the bend, hollow, or sole of the foot of man, or beast ; 
manus, the hand, from its curve ; acerra, a chest. j— 'JD f. Ramus, a 
branch, from its bending. -|£D To cover, to expiate or annul a cove- 
nant, from its being covered, or obliterated, expiare ; picare, to pitch, 
or cover with bitumen ; m. pix, pitch ; expiatio, expiation ; vicus, a 
village, or place of shelter ; Cyprus, the cypress, from its covering 
clusters ; pagus, a village, or canton. T£D Leo juvenis, a young lion 
when he begins to hunt, and forsake, for the first time, his coverts. 
niSD Pruina, hoar-frost, which covers the ground ; crater, a cup, or 
covered vessel ; m. p. expiationes, expiations. msD Operculum, a 
cover, wsd Deprimere, to plunge, or cover ; operire, to feed, or 
cover one with food. r-\ED Chald. Vincire, to bind. nn£D m. Po- 
mum, an apple knob ; sphaerula, a little globe, or ball, from p- im To 
bend, and in To turn, from their form or shape. D"\D from 3~> Great 
in power, and D Like as. arc Cherubh, cherubinus, a cherub, (see 
Parkhurst on this root, to whom we have been much indebted in en- 
deavouring to trace the connexion between the primary and second- 
ary meaning of the words.) -\D To know, R. 1D2. "D m. A circuit, 
or pasture ; a lamb, from its running round and round in wantonness 



Snso 67 



and sport, also a ram ; a captain, from his going his rounds in the 
exercise of his duty ; a letter, from its power of conveyance round from 
place to place; also m. a measure, R. TO. H>2-D Amicire, to clothe; 
tegere, to cover, from Arabic 2"\2 To bind more straitly, and ^722 of 
the same meaning Hebrew. H?3"0 f. Chald. Operimentum, a cover- 
ing; cucullus, a hood. rro To cut, cut up, penetrate, fodere; pierce, 
by cutting ; convivium, apparare, emere, to buy, or pierce the ear as 
a token of servitude. r~T\2 f. Convivium, a banquet, from its being 
prepared; f. p. fossurae, parts that are dug. pvDE m. Fodina, a 
quarry, a mine, from its being dug. Chald. t"D Proclamare, to cry 
aloud. NWD Praeco, a herald, from the nature of his office. 
*p"On To involve, to cover; m. involucrum, a cover ; stola, any loose 
garment, from its power of covering ; pallium, a cloak. 2212 m. R. 

Chald. To encompass, and 222 Ethiopic, the same. m. 
Crocus, saffron, from rro To cut, and r~\722 To be hot, from its cor- 
dial and warming nature. CZTO To prune; m. vinea, a vineyard. 
O'ma Vinitores, vinedressers. H'XTO m. Carmel, a proper name, 
from CTO To cut off, and To fill ; arvum, a field, from being 
full of grain ; spica virens, stalk or ear full of corn, m. Cocci- 

neum, crimson, from the colour being found near mount Carmel. 
'hrro Carmelita, a fruitful field, or country. D"D m. Chald. }^D"D 
Thronus, a throne, from njdj the n being inserted. DD"0 Suffodere, 
to ravage, to waste, from ctd Chald. To cut off, and Z2D2 Syriac, 
He hath shorn. jriD Incur vavit se, to bend, bow down, procubuit in 
genua. CJTD f. d. Crura, the legs, from their bending. *p3 osro 
m. Carbasinum, lawn, or fine linen, perhaps it is from the Arabic 
word D212 signifying Cotton ; viride, green. 112 Saltare, to dance, 
subsilire, from "D A circuit, from the circles they form in dancing. 
nro-D f. p. Veredarii, messengers or soldiers who go their rounds. 
12 m. Pascuum, feeding ground ; agnus, a lamb, from its running 
round, wo To contract ; m. ingluvies, the throat, from its power of 
contracting, rro Scindere, abscindere, to.cut off, to chew ; pangere 
fcedus, to ratify a covenant, from the cutting in pieces the purifica- 
tion sacrifice used at these times. mjV"D f. Repudium, a divorce, 
from being cut off. 2V2 being transposed, from W22 To be sub- 
dued ; m. also r~Oitf3 f. Agnus, a sheep, from its subjection. TiO 
*H£D t< < ilW2 Chaldeus, Chaldean; divinus, divine, or a soothsayer. 
J""W3 Obduci, to cover ; operire, to be covered with fat. ^ttO Im- 
pingere, to stumble ; offendere, corruere, to fall, labi. 't^d m. Se- 



np&S 68 jVwa 

curis, bipennis, an axe, from its power of causing to fall. ^lb'JD m. 
Lapsus, a falling. SvtfDE m. Offendiculum, offensio, a stumbling- 
block. nWaa f. Ruina, destruction, or the consequence of falling. 
vm2 Prestigiari, to discover, or enchant; prestigiis uti, to use divina- 
tion, to discover unknown things ; reveal, or attempt to reveal the se- 
crets of futurity. Prestigiator, a magician. mSiPDO f. the 
same. G'flttD Prestigia?, soothsayers. "W3 Rectum esse, fit, right; 
m. rectus, rectum, straight, jitjs m. Rectitudo, rectitude; equitas, 
equity. "flgpa Verticulum, a spindle or turning pin, which regulates 
the position of the thread from the distaff. r*Vnsrp f. p. Compe- 
des, fetters, also righteousness. r~D To bruise, R. r— DJ. aro Scri- 
bere, to mark; describere, exscribere, rescribere, prescribere, to 
mark, or engrave, or draw the representation of any thing ; to 
write, to decree, or rather to delineate the outlines of the decree, also 
ansa m. r- oro l*WO f. Scriptum, any thing written ; scriptura, 
the writing. foro f Inscriptio, a writing placed upon any thing. 
*~?ro To confine, restrain; Chald. m. paries, a wall, from its confining 
whatever it encloses. X^bro p. cro To mark with an engrav- 
ing tool, impression, stamp, or the like ; m. aurum insigne, pure gold 
stamped, as an evidence of its purity. Aureum, of or be- 
longing to gold. Ofpi Inaurai, auro obduci, to be covered with 
gold, jrb To adhere, stick closely, also r~ 0H3 f- Tunica, a vest, or 
coat, from its adhering to the body. nWO p. *]]"□ To bind together, 
to bind hard ; f. humerus, the shoulder ; latus, the side ; scapula, the 
scapula, also the arm, back, &c. from the connexion of these parts 
with the body, and with one another ; litus, a shore, a side, or bord- 
er. VO Cingere, to surround, enclose, compass about, to invest; to 
attend, exspectare ; f. corona, a crown, from its encompassing the 
head. mn3 f. Coronomentum a chapiter, or circular crown, ipna 
Timdere, contundere, to bray, pound, beat to pieces, to bruise, 
ttrron m. Mortarium, a mortar for bruising ; cavum, a hollow place fit 
for bruising; cavitas. mro Idem, the same. rVDD m. Tusum, 
bruised. nron f. Contusio, a bruise. 

The twelfth letter, is of the class of serviles, prefixed from To, 
unto, in. With an infinitive, to, for to, as npJD 1 ? To visit, or rather 



orr? 69 nth 

literally, for to visit. This letter, as a prefix, has the following 
meanings, to, or for ; it is prefixed to the dative case of all the pro- 
nouns ; as a prefix to nouns, it signifies, according to, nigh to, after, 
before, under, about, concerning, towards, for, by, on account of, 
within, from, at, near, in, between, with, nxb To be weary ; hence 
the particle, Nil 1 ?. Chald. Non, not, from defect or negation 
of something positive. Nsbn T~bn Annon, is it not. 2vb To be dry. 
ni3it6n £ p. Siccitates, droughts, nvb Mgre ferre, to bear any 
thing ill, or to be weary, defatigari. ni6n f. Defatigatio, weariness ; 
labor, toil, bj6 Obvolvere, involvere, to hide, involve ; also quietly, 
R. BK. *]ab Arabic, To send ; also m. Legatus, nuncius, ange- 
lus, a messenger, from his being sent. f \l3i6ft £ Legatio, an em- 
bassy. ?—oj6n f. Opus, a work, or message ; functio, artificium, ars, 
an art, employment, work, business, affair. In the power of. 

Genesis xxxi. 2Q. ZD$h To meet together ; to coalesce, agree, or the 
like ; m. a nation, a people, from their associating together, tsjab 
N^sb Arabic, To milk ; c. leo immanis, a great lion ; a lioness, pro- 
perly, when giving suck. 22b 2b H3 1 ? f. Chald. m. R. 2b To vibrate, 
move to and fro, up and down ; cor, the heart, from its motion ; ani- 
mus, the mind ; medium, the middle or inner part of any thing. 
maD 1 ? f. p. Mattyae, pan-cakes, from their being tossed or fried in a 
pan ; placentae, cakes. 22bl Cor datum fieri, to be endued with heart, 
or courage. 12b Besides, except, R. 12. U2b Corruere, to stumble, 
to fall ; conturbari, to be troubled ; vapulare, to be beaten, ntsa 1 ? 
Confidently, R. noa. yh Albescere, to whiten, make white, deal- 
bare ; m. albus, white ; album, albor, whiteness ; lateres formare, to 
make bricks, from their whiteness when burned. r"03b f. Later, a 
brick, pavement, a floor laid with bricks ; luna, the moon, from her 
whiteness ; m. populus alba, the white poplar ; f. thus, frankincense, 
which is of a whitish colour. CD^sb p. ^133*? m. Libanus mons, 
mount Lebanon, from the snow with which it was perpetually cover- 
ed ; fornax lateraria, a furnace for burning bricks or tiles. W2b In- 
duere vestes, to clothe; vestire se. wis 1 ? tcnabn m. Vestis, cloth- 
ing, a vesture, s-wa'jn f. Vestitus, clothing. 2T\b To flame ; m. A 
measure, R. vb. "6 To beget, &c. R. "ft*. tn27\b r~\2T\b ir\2rhw f. 
Flamma, a flame ; mucro flammans, a shining dagger, a raging flame. 
rrrDnVttr Flamma Dei, a very great flame. ar6 m. Lectio, studium, 
meditation, study, mrh Furere, insanire, to be mad, or to sport like 
a madman, tsnb Flammare, ardere, to burn up, set on fire ; m. flam- 



nnS 70 anS 

ma, a flame; lumina flammans, a sword blade, from its shining. 
iZSrh Blandiri, to be soft, mild, gentle ; contundi, to be bruised ; to 
insinuate, to enchant, pfe Chald. Quamobrem, wherefore ; nisi, un- 
less ; praeterquam, besides. pnb Increasing, growing ; also npnb f. 
Ccetus, a concourse of people, to assemble, or gather together. nib 
To join, add, associate, to borrow, or join one's self to a person by 
borrowing ; to lend, or allow a person to borrow from us : as a parti- 
tide, lb N5ib Utinam, O that ; quseso, I pray ; fortassis, perhaps, all 
expressing the adhesion, attention, or cleaving of the mird to any ob- 
ject. Klb Not without, from Nib Not. Jib from Arabic, jab Deep ; 
m. sextarius, a measure of liquids, from its depth, nib f. Adjunc- 
tio, a joining. nvb f. Adjectiones. |JVlb Leviathan, balsena, a 
great fish, from Coupled, and y\ A large serpent, *ib Levi, Levi- 
ta, Levi, a Levite, hence the mother of Levi, when he was born, said 
that now she would be joined to her husband. jib Decedere, rece- 
dere, to turn aside, to depart ; m. corylus, the hazle, or nut tree, from 
its flexibility, or readily turning any way. m?b f. Pravitas, perver- 
sion, or turning from the path of duty. Tib: m. Perversus, froward. 
nib Smoothness ; m. tabula, a table, from its smoothness. tOlb Operi- 
re, obvolvere, to cover, to hide, abscondere ; m. Stacte, the purest 
kind of myrrh ; mastiche, a kind of gum. lib m. Absconsio, hiding. 
Gab Q^tsnb m. Incantationes, conjuring secrets, or tricks. nb To 
wind, or deviate, hence also c^bib Cochleae, shells, from their wind- 
ing form. msbb f. p. Laqueoli, loops, or ouches, from then- wind- 
ing form. nib m. A winding stair. Nibib ^blb particles, unless, from 
J<b or ib Not, and lb If. "jib To lodge, pernoctare ; murmurare, to 
murmur, or dwell in a discontented manner upon a subject, ^b Per- 
noctans, staying. ^ibn m. Diversorium, a place to lodge or stay in. 
p-tiibn f. Tugurium, a lodge, hovel, a shade, n:ibn f. Murmuratio, 
a grumbling. yib Absorberi, to lick up ; to swallow, deglutiri ; m. 
gula, the throat, the jaws ; fauces, the gullet, because that with it we 
swallow, yib Ludificare, to mock ; deridere, to deride, to interpret 
or explain in a scoffing manner, yb ytfib m. Derisor, a scoffer, jixb 
m. Derisio, scorn. y»bn m. Derisor, interpretes, one who explains ; 
orator, or declaims in a scoffing maimer, ns^biQ f. Interpretatio, ex- 
planation in a scoffing maimer, unb Depsere, to knead, or mix flour 
with water, nib Chald. a particle, Ad, to ; apud, at. ?b To decline, 
turn aside, hence jbfl mbn libn c. Ille, ilia, iste, ista, he, she, that ; 
spoken of as an object to which one turns himself as present, nnb 



r\sb 71 nS 

Smoothness, rb nrb m. Virens, green ; recens, fresh ; viror, green- 
ness ; humiditas, moisture, grass, from its smoothness. Tb f. Maxilla, 
the jaw bone, the cheek, from the smoothness of the bone. *]rV? Lin- 
gere, delingere, to lick up. en 1 ? To insert ; vesci, to feed, or place 
food for the body; pugnare, to fight, or place a battle; m. panis, 
bread ; cibus, food, because taken into the body for nourishment ; 
Chald. convivium, a banquet ; m. oppugnator, an enemy. cinS m. 
Cibus, caro, flesh. r- ticr&B r~\»nb^ f. Bellum, war. yh thsrh f- 
Chald. Concubina, a concubine, from Arabic. yh To be abominable. 
^nS Premere, opprimere, to oppress ; m. oppressio, oppression, or 
bearing down, wrb Mussitare, a low hissing, whistling, or whisper- 
ing sound ; incantare, to whisper ; mussitatio, a whispering ; oratio 
submissa, a low talking ; incantatio, an enchantment, from its being 
delivered in a low tone, ^vrh Amuleta, ear-rings, so made that by 
the motion of the head they might give a low sound, or hissing noise. 
vh To involve, R. toi 1 ?. NitO 1 ? To adhere, or stick close to. ntftO 1 ? f. 
Stellio, lacerta, a lizard, from its adhering closely to the ground. 
VJvh Acuit, to sharpen ; polivit, to polish ; erudivit, to instruct. L - ?"•'? 
m. R. W? To wind, or turn ; nox, the night, from its deviating or be- 
ing different from the day. Chald. r^V^ Idem, the same. r m \' l h'h 
f. Strix, a screech owl, or bird for the night, hence to make to howl, 
or to waste. Psalm cxxxvii. 3. Xpb m. R. ^ To knead, or trample 
upon; leo vetus, an old lion, from his trampling upon his prey. *f? R. 
■jVn To walk, id 1 ? Capere, to take, occupare ; m. captura, a catching, 
as of prey. m^J3 f. Decipula, a trap, a gin. To accustom 

discere, to learn ; docere, to teach ; that is, accustoming ourselves or 
others to acquire knowledge ; also IE 1 ? For them, see IE. "HE 1 ? Doctus, 
taught; eruditus, skilled; assuetus, accustomed, T»bn m - Discipulus, 
a scholar. ixhn m. Stimulus, a goad or stimulus, by which cattle are 
accustomed to labour. |S To stay, R. yh. To laugh, mock, subsan- 
nare. Irridere, idem, the same ; subsannatio, a mocking; subsanna- 
tor, a mocker. \%h fjri 1 ? m. Barbarus, foreign; barbari sermonis, of a 
foreign tongue ; f. S Of, and ft? Violence, alluding to the violence of 
the Egyptians to the children of Israel, toy 1 ? To swallow down 
eagerly, to taste ; gustare, to eat. yh To reject, detest. ;— UJ7 1 ? f- 
Absinthium, wormwood, so called because animals reject it; bitter. 
*f? m. A scab, R. tp\ is 1 ? TS 1 ? m. Lampas, taeda, a torch, a fire- 
brand ; perhaps the ideal meaning is to shine. nSjb To turn aside, 
hue et illuc vertere se, apprehendere, to lay hold ; complecti, to em- 



72 



brace. R. fh To scorn, np 5 ? Capere, to take ; receive, accipere ; 
auferre, to remove; sumere, assumere; ra. disciplina, doctrina, or per- 
suasive speech. npbn m. Captura, any thing taken by violence; 
faux, the jaws, which take hold on food, crnp^o m. d. Forceps, 
tongs, so called from taking hold, npo m. Acceptio, a taking or re- 
ceiving. mnpJD f p. Merces venales, things to be received for use, 
wares, merchandise, tap 5 ? Colligere, to glean, or pick up ; m. Collec- 
tio, a gathering or picking up ; spicilegium. raip^ m. Pera, a scrip, 
or satchel, into which things are gathered. ppS Lambit, linxit, to 
lap, to lick. p*?i m. Locustae species, a kind of locust, from its lick- 
ing, as it were, and destroying vegetables, itfpb Colligere seros fruc- 
tus, to gather the late grapes, vindemiare ; m. fsenum scrotinum, after 
or late grass, ttnpba m. Pluvia serotina, latter rain, so named from the 
time of falling being late, wh To knead, R. urh* m. Humor, wet, 
moist, liquid, radical moisture ; from the Arabic, Id 1 ? To suck, •yah 
7~\y&b f. Cubiculmn, a chamber ; cella, a room. SIP 5 ? m. from Ethio- 
pic, anb To bruise ; n being changed to v. Cyanus, vel topazius lapis, 
a kind of precious stone, a ligure, from its hardness, ytf b To turn 
about; calumniari, to calumniate, lingua detrahere. yjah c. more 
frequently f. Lingua, a tongue, from its great power of motion ; ser- 
mo, a speech ; slander, because it is spoken with the tongue ; a wedge 
of gold, from its being of the form of the tongue, nnb Arabic, To 
make to adhere ; hence rnnnbtt f. Vestiarum, a wardrobe, or the 
place of clothes which adhere to our body, ^nb m. Semihomer, half 
an homer, from Syriac, ^rb To agree, because there ought to be a 
harmony among all the measures, prh Commoli, to break, grind, 
pull out, grinding the teeth, nijjnba £ P- Molares dentes, the 
grinders. 



Is the thirteenth letter, is a servile; it is prefixed from p- To 
distribute, and then signifies, from, by, of, at, near or near to, against, 
for, on account of, between, before, after, besides, towards. It forms 
the participles of hiphal, huphal and hithpael ; it forms many nouns 
signifying the instrument, means, or place of action, perhaps from 
r~l»n Multitude, (see Simon's Lexicon.) as j:q A shield, from :j To pro- 



73 



tect : it is prefixed to the infinitive, as ipsa From visiting ; it also marks 
a simple degree of comparison, as £D^:3» nron naitt Good is wisdom 
before pearls, that is, better than pearls. It is also postfixed, from 
can Their, to a noun, as q-qi Their word ; to a verb, them, as CznpS 
He has visited them ; with l forms some nouns, as ains Redemption ; 
also some adverbs, ann Daily, or day by day, Psalm i. 2. 

ca^Diaxn m. p. Granaries, R. D13K. "IKE Valde, very strong; ve- 
hementer, keenly; vehementia, force, or might; vehementissime, 
very keenly ; to be strong, copious, always. CaiKE m. A fault, R. cam. 
C3«UttD m. p. Desire, R. p-ntt. "V>K» m. Light, rrflffl f. A den, &c. 
R. UK. H8B To extend, dilate ; Chald. centum, a hundred. tan 
Thence, R. TK. CD^Tttn m. p. Scales, R. ;|TK. O'nWQ m. p. Two 
hundred, from the number being extensive. O'jflDXTD m. p. Fortifica- 
tions, R. Y»K. -toko m. A speech, R. -i»k. C2K» m. cz»Kn m. nniKQ 
f. Something, from the Arabic, CDlK To evaporate as smoke. yviQ From 
nothing, R. ?*& SaKO m. Food, &c. R. Satf. J«n Chald. Vas, a 
vessel, from the Hebrew, p-U» To distribute, because vessels are em- 
ployed in distributing what they contain, ysn Renuere, to refuse, 
despise ; m. renuens, despising, j— iSKE f. Boiled or baked, R. nsK. 
SsKE m. Darkness, R. SsK. DKE from Arabic, To be dilated, as a 
wound ; spernere, to despise ; aver sari, to reject as vile, as a wound, 
to melt, Psalm lviii. 3. perhaps for on. "itftt To grow sore again ; 
pungere cum dolore, to rankle, to fret, to prick, is stubborn, or is 
not easily healed. ansn m. Snares, R. 31K. mann Dolorifica, 
causing much pain; pungens, pricking. Mian f. Entrance, R. Mia. 
naian f. Perplexity, R. 313. noian f* A trampling, R. D13. npian 
f. Vacuity, R. pia. TDB m. Select, R. -ina. Mtoan m. Pronounced, 
R. 1030 m. Expectation, R. oaj. ntoan m. Faith, R. ntD3. 

PTVaan f. The firstborn female, R. 133. Sinn m. A deluge, R. 
Saj. nj&an Except, &c. R. ySa. ruan f. A building, R. p-ua. 
n¥3n m. A fortification, " R. -i¥3. o»rna» m. p. Fugitives, R. ma. 
O'ttran m. p. The pudenda, R. aria. SttOB m. p. Things baked, R. 
Swa. Jn To dissolve, Psalm lxv. 1 1. R. jm. mbajn f. p. Bounds, R. 
HaJ. mjDJO f. p. turbans, R. paa. "U» To excel, exceed in glory, 
praise, or honour ; m. pretiosum, res pretiosa, any precious thing. 
Sun m. A tower, R. SlJ. maun f. p. Fructus pretiosi, valuable 
produce, "run m. Fear, &c. R. "yij. p-ntao f- A saw, &c. R. iu. 
mbjn Sjn m. R. Sj Rotundity of motion, or form ; falx, a sickle, 
from its round form ; facula, a little torch, perhaps from its shape. 

K 



&\q 74 rhio 

,—■ bm f. A volume, R. Hkj. rnojtt f. Absorption, &c. R. ttfOfc |J» 
m. A shield. nJJO f. A covering, R. y. To pour forth with 

profusion ; tradere, to deliver up. rn:JO f. Tradition, that which is 
handed to us from our ancestors. naiiE f. A stroke, R. *p:. mi'JQ 
f. Rebuke, &c. niJTUO f. Contractions, &c. R. nyj. n:o Dejicere, 
to throw down; detrudere, to fall, destroy. rnsnJO f. A turf, R. *pi. 
r-RJD f. A saw, R. nnj. rnnjft f. p. Lurking places, R. nnj. isrvan 
m. Expulsion, &c. R. ttru. !>:n3n» f. An altar, R. nsno m. A 

desert, R. nan. {—Olio f. Golden, &c. R. nan. nno Metiri, dimetiri, 
to measure. no m. Mensura, a measure ; vestis, a garment, commen- 
surate with the body, nm f. Mensura, dimensio, a share ; tributum, 
a share or measure of the produce of the land for tribute. Chald. 
also rrUE f. Tributum. ppfftia m. p. Repulses, R. nnj. JH» m. 
Mensura. OHM m. p. Mensura? , measures, nno m. Languor, R. 
nn. njna f. A mortar, R. nn. m. Contention. uhd f. A 

province, R. nn?3 m. Chald. A habitation, R. nn. rnnnD m* 
Impulse, R. nnn. niama f- p. Precipices, R. «fn. 0»n» f. A 
dunghill, R. pn. npno f. A stab, R. npn. r- u-n f. A step, &c. R. 
m. fTO m. A trampling, &c. R. m. A commentary, 

&c. R. em. riBTIW £ Trituration, R. JPH. HQ Quis, qua?, quod, 
who, which, what; a word of extensive use, when any of the single 
letters, as particles, are prefixed, as rffi' 1 ? For why, or wherefore ? 
ffBgg How long? no 1 ?; On what account? &c. rnntt Morari, to de- 
lay, tarry by asking questions, no What ; c. nno Miscere, to min- 
gle, nmo Mixtum, mingled, no™ f. Noise, &c. R. crip. nSno 
m. A way, R. n/?n. W?no m. Praise, R. nbn. mobno f. p. Contu- 
sions, R. cdVh. mnono f. p. Ditches, R. T»fr. nasno f. Subver- 
sion, nasno f. Strokes for punishment, R. *]rn. nu^'po f. p. An- 
gles, R. Jfifp, nno To haste, hasten; dotare, dotem constituere, to 
endow, or to give a dowry, from its going before, and hastening the 
marriage ; festinare, accelerare ; m. festinus, in haste ; festinanter, 
hastily ; dos, a dowry. tpo m. Festinus, also rash, foolish, because 
precipitate or hasty, rnV?nnn f- p. Sports, &c. R. nnn. 10 is a 
syllable expletive postfixed, and when it has any meaning it is a pro- 
noun, as For them ; it appears to be the remains of an old pro- 
noun, for the most part obsolete, or not used, R. non. Jio Dissolvere, 
diffluere, liquefieri, dissolve, melt, liquify, nio m. R. nno To wipe 
clean or smooth ; medulla, marrow, brain, from its filling and wiping 
out, as it were, the different interstices of the body ; fatlings. tDio 



-woo 



75 



Movere, to move, stagger ; nutare, to fall, declinare ; m. dimotio, a 
removing; vectis, a lever or pole to carry things between two; ju- 
gum, a yoke ; temo, a beam, or cross bar of the yoke. m. An 

entrance, R. K13. im Tenuem esse, attenuari, depauperari, to be- 
come poor, decay, Circumcidi, to cut off, or round, succidere, 
exsindere. riftlfi f. p. Circumcision es, a cutting round, as in cir- 
cumcision; also Hkie. 1 ? Coram, before, or around us; contra, against, 
or opposed to us on every side. mSiE f- Nativity, 11. £21*0 
m. as if from czdke The least thing ; vitium, a fault ; macula, if a 
spot," Simon says, "which ought to be washed out, and then by me- 
taphor applied to the mind," as denoting a moral blemish, or spot, 
which has not the least good or virtue in it. yi2 n:^n f. R. r°0» 
To distribute ; imago, an image, similitude, or likeness, or distribution 
of parts ; lineaments and colours which raise in the mind an idea of 
the object represented. 1D"£> m. A foundation, R. id\ -.DlQ m. A 
chastisement, &c. R. ID 1 or idk. "ijriE m. Time, R. ip\ mvjWQ'f. p. 
Counsels, R. fjK nam ni. A wonder, R. ns'. m. Gone 
forth, R. tetf*. yiE m. R. p- To squeeze, press ; gluma, chaff, 
from its being pressed or squeezed from the corn, npm m. Fire, R. 
"lp\ ttrpm m. A snare, R. urp\ nppiB f. Construction, R. pip. piE 
Contabescere, to waste, ma To be bitter, disagreeable to the taste ; 
mutare, to change, or make one to change from its bitterness ; m. 
myrrha, myrrh, from its bitter taste. rniDH f. Commutatio, a 
change, or alteration. aanfc m. A habitation, R. w. r"flJNTtfiB f p. 
Deliverances, R. ipfe Recedere, to remove from place to place, 
R. mttTO Dimoveri, amoveri; Palpare, to sooth ; contrectare, to touch, 
from warn To feel, mis m. Emolument, R. "tnv nifi Mori, to die; 
m. mors, death • also nni» f. the same, rio m. Mortuus, dead. 
CTniBO m. p. Mortes, different kinds of death. r~ iniEn f. Occisio, a 
slaying, jm To mix, or mingle; m. mixtio, a mixture; liquor, from 
its being mixed with spices, &c. mm To consume, to burn, ex- 
haustus, consumptus, m. exhausted. nm From this, R. mi* C3HS 
m. p. Corners, R. mi?. rtTiTO £ The post of a door, R fit; m. 
Food. c:tb ni. Armed, R. jiti mm m. A wound, R. iif. :h>m m. 
A flesh hook, R. 1% miSm f. p- The planets, R. S?:. nria f. A 
wicked thought, R. ti»t» m. A psalm, R. -n&T also r" miCTtt f. 
p. Pruning hooks. nj?m A little, R. nyi- mm m. A fan, R. mi. 
mm m. The east, R. niT. jnm m. Seed time, R. jp% pnm m. A 
cup, &c. R. pnT. im To be corrupt, or rotten ; also m. imtt Spurius, 



76 



rrnro 



a bastard, from his being corruptly born ; a star, from its supposed 
blighting or corrupting power, rn HID f. p. The planets, R. "US 
}<-ra To reach, or clap hands, percussit, complosit manus ; pervenire, 
to arrive, tendere aliquo. tons m. A hiding, &c. R. xan. • I4JIIU 
f. A joining, R. art* mama £ A frying pan, R. iron. 15mm R. 

run Delere, to wipe away ; put out, abstergere. nm m. Per- 
cussus, a striking or sweeping away ; aries, a battering ram, from its 
destructive power. Psalm lxv. 15. S*trc IZ';<"" -*2 m. p. Medullata 
pinguia, things full of marrow or fat. rtsirra f. A pair of compasses, 
R. m PTOQ m. A harbour, R. rn. rtinn f. A view, &c R. rmn. 
rmB f. Food, &c. R. rm- mbnn c. A disease, mbnof The name 
of a musical instrument, R. 1—fcn. "" T i n s m. A band, &c. R. --jfcri. 

m. p. Knives for slaughter. r~nsbnB f. p. Locks of hair, R. 
tpn. I H B tWlB f- p. Garments to be changed, R. y*?rw : yfalll f. Di- 
vision, R. pbn. 1 W B affi f. p. Butter, R. nt:-. ^JiUiB m. p. De- 
sirable things, R. "ran. Scrra m. Indulgence, R. — nr.. rwcna f. 
Fermentation, R. p-. i—urn c. A line of battle, R. n;ru p:nc m. 
Strangulation, R. port rnDRB m. A refuge, R. r~on. m. 
Round, R. — -— : m. Want, R. -en- " n - To ^ound, dip, or 

imbrue ; frangere, to break ; percutere, to strike, intingere. 3Qtn n 
m. A cutting off, R. am . emu f. The half, R. rutn. f*rtB m. An 
arrow, R. WTU "tSfiTE m. Sounding the trumpet, R. -&7l. prn To 
cut off; abscindere, to take away, shave; abradere. nprra m. An 
investigation, R. -vpn. "rra To exchange one thing for another; m. 
also r— ~~ Posthac, hereafter ; eras, to-morrow, or time exchanged 
for this day,- hence yfm m. Pretiiun, the price, or that which is 
exchanged for any other thing ; riches. r~WTriE f. A pick-axe, &c. 
R. trrv r- ;2*Jnt> f. Thought, R. asn. -tfrra m. A making bare, 
R. cjarn. rnnnrra f. A digging, R. -,r,ru nnnc f. Terror, R. rviru 
x::n To come to, or upon ; advenire, to approach ; pertingere, to 
reach to. Chald. — un Idem, the same, c. R. rrj: To stretch ; a 
bed, from the person stretching himself upon it ; a staff, from its 
being stretched out for the support of man j a yoke, or the stretch- 
ing bars of a yoke ; a tribe, or family, from their extension ; to 
come, or bend one's self towards a place. naoo m. A slaying, R. 
-■JZ. -run m. Pure, R. ma. BSC Demoveri, to shde, or slip, dilabi. 
~~12!D Arabic, To hammer, forge ; m. TOD Vectis, a bar, from its 
being forged; palus, a stake of metal. •mura ro. A treasure, R. jet:. 
— 'K^z*2 m. p. Immoderate desires, R. r~>u- r~r£un f. An apron, 



CD^D 77 nfiD 

R. nso. r- ne» f. A prison, &c. hnton the same, R. ntM. jrv» m- 
Known. jn» Chald. jruo m. Knowledge, jm» m. Relation, &c. 
yn» Wherefore, R. J7T. a^tt m. Good, &c. R. nto 1 . m. A 

brook, R. Ho'. mVfi f- A midwife, R. np:'n f. A verse, R. 
p}\ Quis, quae, quod vel quid, who, which, what. qpfta m. 
Aqua, water, R. a* To be tumultuous, as the great water, or the sea 
is oftentimes. m. R. r~GE To distribute ; species, a kind, from 
the distribution or classing of the objects, ipn m. Pressura, pressure. 
OW¥TO m. p. Descendants, &c. R. K¥\ w» m. Equity, R. -w\ 
W m. A nerve, R. "in». m. Pressor, a squeezer ; chaff, from its 
being pressed from the straw, R. r—tfEi To squeeze, &c. pm To 
melt, R. pn To be dissolved. *p To decay, R. -p» hence -pE Atte- 
nuari, to decay, to be depressed, -do Vendere, to sell; tradere, to 
deliver up; m. venditio, a selling; res venalis, a thing which may be 
sold; pretium venditionis, the price of selling. rTTDD f- Negotiatio, 
traffic, riron f. p. Pactiones, bargains, -ona m. rvDEE f. Vendi- 
tio, a selling. 2MHD12 m. Pain, R. 3*0. m. A washing, R. D33 
"DDE m. A sieve, &c. R. 123. ™a f. Burning, R. pro. jo» m. 
A seat, R. mb^tt f. A sheepcote, R. rib::. ^bpE m. Perfection, 
R. Hb-D. m. A treasure, R. ys2. -UDUE m. A net, R. -WD3. 
•pDDE f. A number, R. DD3 also a covering, R. mou. pnbiDn f- Du- 
plicity, R. H»£3D. ran m. A grove, R. rTQ. S'lttOD m. An of- 
fence, &c. R. SiCD. «]ttO» m. A fortuneteller, R. s)ug. aron m. 
Written, R. 2H3. mran f. A contusion, R. nrD. ttrra» m. A mor- 
tar, R. ttTD. To circumcise, R. u -?'>». N5b» Plenum esse, to fill ; 
implere, to be full ; impleri ; m. plenus, full ; also ibn Plenitudo, a 
fullness ; multitudo, a great number. N$ib» m. Munitio, a strong 
place, or full of strength for defence, mxhn f. Impletio, a filling, as 
of the wine press. *\vhT2 m. A messenger, &c. R. *]Kb. pb» m. An 
oven, R. yh. ttrabfc m. A garment, R. wab. jib» m. An inn, &c. R. 
^lb. nbn To dissolve; m. Chald. sal, salt, from its being easily dis- 
solved ; salivit, to salt ; evanescere, consumi. rtfan m. Herba salsila- 
ginosa, herbs abounding with salt. r* inbft f. Salsugo, a salt liquor 
found at the bottom of salt pits. C^nbio m. p. Evanidae, frail gar- 
ments ; nautae, sailors, men of the salt water, rvzrbxi f. War, R. 

f—tt^bn f. Interpretation, R. yib. toblO Liberari, to set free ; 
eripi, to escape ; evadere, to bring forth, as birds when they free 
themselves from the eggs ; m. argilla, clay ; cementum, mortar, or 
rather a hiding place, or vault, perhaps formed of that substance, 



78 rvrafyp 



Snriate £ A -snare, R. lib. ^ba Regnare, to reign; m. Chald. KsSa 
Rex, a king, r— oba Chald. isaroba f. Regina, a queen, KD^a Con- 
silium, counsel; also E3D7JD Molech, an idol of the Ammonites. 
r-Dibn r-naba ?^pb»» rvobaa f. Regnum, a kingdom. i-vpsSo 
nisbaa plural. W^a To separate ; loqui, to speak, signifying to se- 
parate sounds distinctly, nba f. Verbum, a word; sermo, a speech. 
nWa f. p. Spicae, ripe ears of corn which are separated, as it were, 
into a number of cells, or grains. nbpDba f. High, R. ;-Y?j7. -taba 
m. A stimulus, R. T$b, yba Smoothness ; dulce esse, to be sweet, or 
pleasant, -fcfba m. Promus, a steward or clerk of the kitchen ; it is 
commonly reckoned a proper name, Buxtorf. pba To wring off, 
break the neck ; ungue secuit, to break the claw ; discerpsit, to pluck 
or tear in pieces, npba m. A seizing, R. rip 1 ?. ttnp'?a m. Late rain, 
R. tfrpb. f-tf^nba f. p. The molares, or grinders, R. ynb. CDa m. A 
fault, R. Cia< r~nKaa Painful, R. C2Haa m. p. Measures, 

R. ma. CTKnaa m. p. Medullary substances, R. ma. a'naaa m. 
p. Deaths, R. ma. "ttaa m. Spurious, R. -wo. -oaa m. A selling, 
R. °oa. r- obaa f. A kingdom, R. *f?72. ^Daa m. A drink-offering, 
R. *pa. naa m. Bitterness, R. ma. JTtfaa m. Anointing, R. rwa. 
^SSBSDO m. A rule, R. hltya- pttfaa m. A place forsaken, R. p\c?a. 
O'pnaa m. p. Pleasures, R. pna. ^03 m. An adulterer, R. 
p-pa f. A stripe, R. rr©3i nan To distribute; numeravit, to num- 
ber ; supputavit, to reckon ; paravit, preparavit, to prepare ; consti- 
tuit, to appoint; prsefecit, to sit over. mja f. Rest, R. nu. DUa m. 
A flight, R. DiJ. rmua f. A candlestick, R. -yi:. anna m. p. 
Crowned, R. p s ja A, ab, de, e, ex, of, out; pra?, magis, rather; 
propter, on account of; Chald. quis, qui, which, what; m. numerus, 
a number; copiae, plenty; all carrying in them the idea of distribution, 
r—ua n:a m. Mina, a pound; f. pars, a part; pars constituta, the part 
appointed for distribution, a gift; munus, an oblation, also nma G^run 
m. p. Vices, changes. ja Manna, or the miraculous bread distribut- 
ed to the children of Israel, ma m. Chald. Numerus, a number, 
ma m. A son, R. m. -pa p-oaan f. Torques, a wreathed or twisted 
chain, or collar, also hU'W f. Idem, the same, from the Persic m 
The moon, from its round form, pmja f. Absolution, R. pm;. yo 
Cpaa, m. p. Fides chordae, stringed instruments, so called from their 
regular disposition and adjustment to one another, oajaa ni. p. 
Musical instruments, R. jru. jaa Prohibuit, to forbid; cohibuit, to 
withhold. m:a m. from Arabic, nu To shine, or be of many colours; 



79 hjftQ 



jugum textorium, a weaver's beam, or rather a web of many colours. 
HlHO m. Shod. m. A lock, &c. R. Syj. C^y:a m. p. Plea- 

sant things, R. ayj. noa Liquefecit, dissolvit, to melt or dissolve; 
f. missy, vitriol, from, its power of dissolving, moa f. A trial, R. 
p- !DJ. now m. A tearing away, R. rtDJ. "pa Misceri, to mingle ; in- 
fundere, to pour in ; m. mixtio, a mingling, -paa m. Libamen mis • 
turn, a mingled drink-offering ; vinum mistum, wine mingled. Ni- 
phal, Daj Dissolve, liquetieri. Dan m. Liquefactio, a melting. 
,— Dioa f. A fence, R. Da m. Liquefactus, melted, also moa f. 

Tributum, a tribute or tax, or a part out from the rest for tribute, R. 
moa To melt. j—DDa f. A fusion, R. -jdj also r""ODa f. A weaver's 
beam, yoa m. A journey, &c. R. yDJ. DDa m. A going round, &c. 
R. DSD. nJDa m. A prison. rrUDa f. A shutting up, R. -ud. 
r-UVV»Da f. A porch, R. -no. mDa m. A covering, R. mo. *|DD 
*jD"ia m. f. ,—iDDa f. A covering, R. -pD. -DDa m. Poor. rmDDa £ 
Poverty, R. po. ^iboa m. A mound, mboa f. A way, R. ^Sd. 
naoa m. A nail, R. tod. 1D» Tradere, to deliver, handed down. r~niDa 
f. Traditio, a handing down. niiDQ Idem, the same, rmoo m. A 
chain, R. idk. ~iyDa m. A prop, R. nyo. n*13DP m. Fodder, R. 
JsJSD. isoa m. Lamentation, R. i,2D. nnSDa.f. A scab. mnSD» 
f. p. Robes, R. n£D. nnoa m. -nnoa m. A lurking place, R. nnD. 
CDHD'ya m. Deeds, R. -Dy. -oya m. j—roya f. A ford, R. "DJ7. 
ba a flpd m. Circular path, R. u uy. iy» Vacillare, to stumble, fail, 
fall. ttrtffi m. p. Delicacies, R. nj& -nya m. A rake, R. -ny. r~ iya 
To be lax. o*ya m. d. Viscera, the bowels, from their loose texture; 
Chald. the same ; venter, the belly, mya f. p. Scrupi, the small 
particles or grains of sand which do not cohere, but are loose from 
each other, jiya m. A cake, R. my. ^iya m. ;— uiya f. A habitation, 
R. ^iy. fpyo m. Darkened, R. spy. nya C2"Tya CD^tya m. p. 
Strength, R. ny. tDya To be diminished ; parum, a little ; parvum, 
small ; paucitas, few ; paulatim, by little and little, mtoya m. A 
robe, R. p-ttsy. *|ya Comprimere, to fix in the ground, crush, to 
press, squeeze, V-jyn Prevaricari, to decline, go aside; m. prevari- 
catio, a declining or defection from truth, 'rya m. R. mSj? To as- 
cend, or, be above ; pallium, a cloak ; toga, a gown, from their being 
over or above the other parts of dress, '-jyn m. r"V?ya f. the same. 
Sbiya m. Little, czpbbya m. p. Actions, R. Sby. naya m. A sta- 
tion, R. nay. rioaya f. A burden, R. Day. cpaya m. p. Depths, 
R. pay. r-uya m. An answer, rvjya f. A furrow, R. rn:y. *ya 



80 



To remain, dwell. jtfa yjrh Propter, on account of; ut, that, be- 
cause, for, R. n:i7 To act upon. mj«3 f. R. m; To make bare ; 
cavum, a cave, or a place made bare or hollowed out. p-Q¥.ya f. 
Pain, R. 3¥J7. m. A prohibition, R. -tf^. pippo m. The out- 

ward wall of a building, R. npy. ^pya m. Perverse, R. feapjr. 
O'ttrpjna m. p. Perversitas, R. wpy 31J7E m. Mixed, R. :nj? also 
,— my» f. The west. nya m. Nakedness, onjia m. the same, R. 
r-ny. nanya r-Qtya f. Order, R. -pp. ynya m. Fear. n¥iJ7a f. 
Violence, R. py. r-roa m. A work, R. r~W# nipttfjja f. p. Op- 
pressions, R. pary. na/j7a m. The tenth, R. nary, yan m. A ham- 
mer, R. yia. r" \ii6aa f. p. Wonderful things, R. tabaa m. An 
escape, R. aba. Ctt^sa m. p. Weights, R oba. r-tfbaa f. An idol, 
R. ipaa m. A command, R. -93. CTtfnsa m. p. Raptures, R. pa. 
npnaa f. The neck, R. pis. anaa m. Extension, R. una. njwaD 
f. The hip, R. yea. nnaa m. An opening. nnaa m. A key, R. 
nna. \>a m. A squeezer, R. ^a. t>«a Invenire, to find, to seize; to 
suffice, or find all that is wanted, sufficere, assequi. 3tf a m. A station, 
R. 3¥\ fj«D -ntfa m. miXB f. rrwa f. R. ms To turn away ; arx, 
a tower; propugnaculum, a fortress, from their power of turning 
away the enemy. r"tta Exprimere, to squeeze, to press, to suck, 
exsugere ; f. azymum, unleavened bread, from its parts being closely 
pressed together. r—ilbrtta f. p. Neighings, R. Snv. Ti¥a m. A net. 
i**f*ra» f. Hunting, R. h«r* H?wa f. Deep, R. u 7i!f. fri^B f. pw» 
m. Narrowness, .R. pi¥ also p¥ia m. Narrow, Ttfa m. p-TO5flD f. A 
fortification, R. n¥a c. R. rw To be white ; frons, the forehead, 
from its shining whiteness. r~tn¥a f. Frontale, a frontlet, or any 
thing applied to the forehead. p¥a m. Firm, R. p¥\ -wtn m. R. ttf 
To compress ; an Egyptian, from the oppressions which God's people 
suffered in Egypt. nbsfa f. Deep, R. a s nbtfa m. p. m^Q 
f. p. A ringing, R. Hftt. GHJBfa m. p. Steps, R. njtta m. Very 
small, R. iptf. nsxn m. ;— laifa f. A watch tower, R. rna¥ . OMiflJf n 
m. p. Hidden things, R. ^atf. *p¥» m. A vessel for fusion, R. fpjf. 
ppa pa Tabescere, contabescere, to be dissolved ; m. tabes, rottenness, 
or dissolution, anpa m. The holy place, R. anp. Q^bnpa m. p. As- 
semblies. nV?np» f. p. the same, R. Snp. mpa m. Expectation, 
&c. R. nip also fstfpa m. A thread. aipa c. A place, R. EMp. 
ntopn m. mtopa f. A perfume, nntopa f. p. Altars for incense, R. 
nop. abpa m. A refuge, R. abp. fwbpa f. An incision, R. j?Sp. 
n:pa m. A possession, R. rup. CTDpa m. Divination, R. Gspp. 



81 



riVpa f. A part, r-ttp SttpP m. An angle, &c R. J^ipa m. 

A convocation, R. Kip. mpa m. A floor, R. nip. nitfpa f. Solid 
work, &c R. nwp. ia To be bitter, to speak against, or be bitter in 
opposition, Psalm cxxxix. 20. m. gutta, a drop, from Arabic ian To 
impel, to pour out water, from its being poured out. Kin Extollere, 
to raise or swell up, to lift up, to fatten or swell. Ntfia m. Sagina- 
tum, fattened; pingue, fat. Chald. also ia m. Dominus, a lord, a 
master, from being elevated, nKia c. A vision, R. piKl. m^Kia 
m. p. Dignities, R. term. anai» m. p. Tapestries, &c. for a bed, R. 
131. rn3ia f. Great, &c. R. y— oi. J73ia m. fourfold, R. j?31. piD 
m. A bed, R. pi. p3ia m. A stall, R. p3l. Jia To impel, drive 
forward ; m. tribula, a threshing instrument for corn, from its being 
driven over the grain, mbpa f. p. Coverings for the feet, R. mp. 
PTOJia f A sling, R. cnn. pipa m. Rest, &c. R. yp. na Rebellare, 
to rebel ; m. also miia f. Rebellio, rebellion ; contumacia, obstinacy. 
N?mia Rebellis, rebellious, ma Idem, the same, nira m. Nova- 
cula, a razor, R. rrv To descend, go or come down, which in being 
used is directed, guided, or pointed forward by the hand, pa m. 
Rebellio, rebellion, o^nia f. d. Rebelliones; it is also the proper name 
of a place, inn m. Separated, R. m ma m. Lamented, R. ip. 
aia m. High, R. an. yna m. A running, R. yn. npa m. Man- 
slaughter, R. np. ma To apply plasters ; conteri, to bruise, or per- 
haps rather to dress the bruise, contundere. nna m. Attritus, worn, 
or bruised, pma m. Length of time, R. pm. toia To make or 
wear smooth ; glabrare, to rub, pluck off the hair, or make the part 
smooth or free of hair, piios evellere, expolire, extergere. 33ia m. 
r"Q3ia f. A chariot, R. 331. "pa m. Softness, R. *p. nb3ia f. A 
market, R. m31. nana f. Falsehood, R. ntti. Daia f. A tram- 
pling, R. oai. 2Pa m. A friend, R. njru X3ia f. nsia f. A cure, 
R. N531. WSIO m. Disturbance, R. D31. nxia m. Manslaughter, R. 
n¥l. nstfia f. A pavement, R. *)¥i. yia Roborari, to be strong; 
acre, forcible ; vehemens esse, violent, pia Tergere, to scour ; expo- 
liri, to clean, reject, or wipe off ; m. jus, jusculum, broth, or liquor 
boiled with meat, and impregnated with the finer parts washed off in 
boiling, crpna m. p. Mundationes, cleansings. pnnn Mundatio, 
strigilis, pm*ification, an instrument such as a comb, or a towel used 
for cleansing the body of filth or sweat, npia f. An ointment, R. 
Ttpl. lia Amarum esse, to be bitter ; m. also ia Amarus, bitter ; 
amaritudo, bitterness, also mipa f. Amaritudo, also iaa m. Idem, 

L 



82 



OHIO 



the same. anna ama» anruon m. p. nnna f. p. Amaritudines, 
bitter things, yno f. Fel, gall, nna m. Amarus, bitter. nyuna £ 
Wicked, R. jwn. mara Extrahere, to draw out. too m. Sericum, 
silk, because the matter of it is drawn from the bowels of the silk- 
worm; or rather, as Mr. Parkhurst justly observes, fine linen, or cot- 
ton cloth, from the fineness with which its threads can be drawn out. 
nsniera £ Devastation, &c. R. rvw also ^xu/a m. ntKwa f. p. ma^a 
f. p. the same. mVKttra f. p. Petitions, R. n*W. nwa f. A 
kneading trough, R. "W. ntfOPa f. That part of a ring where the 
stone is set, R. \2V. nowa m. Matrix, R. r&p, owa m. A lofty 
place, R. 3W. nowa £ Aversion, R. aw. tawa m. An oar, R. taw. 
no wa f. A fence, R. *]W. nnwa f. A measure, R. nw. ttrwo m. 
Joy, R. vjw. rwa Unguere, to anoint, nwa m. Unctus, anointed; 
Messias, the Messiah, or the anointed; Chald. oleum, oil. nwa m. 
Pictum, painted, or rather anointed with paint, rwaa m. Unctio, an 
anointing ; unctus, the anointed, nrwa £ Unctio. prwa m. Sport, 
R. prw- nrwa m. The dawn, R. -irw. nwa nrwa f. Corruption, 
&c. R. nrw. IB?Q mtOttno m. Expansion, R. nottr. natawa f. 
Odium, R. cataur. TBWD m. Rule, R. -osr. *wa Trahere, to draw, 
protrahere, extrahere ; m. tractus, a drawing ; tractio, protractio, a 
drawing out, hence seed, because it is drawn forth by the sower, 
oo-tf a m. A bed, R. oottf. noit/D f. An image, R. now. '"TOWa m. 
A song of instruction, R. nottf. nca Dominari, to rule, to reign, 
to be weighty, to compare, or use a weighty saying, parabolice loqui ; 
m. parabola, similitudo, proverbium, a similitude, a proverb, or 
weighty saying, nitfaa Parabolarum artifex, a former of parables, 
also nbwaa nb^aa f. Dominatio, dominion, rule, rkttno m. Exten- 
sion, R. rbw also mbttra m. A sending, jawa m. Fatness, R. jaier. 
nyawa f. Hearing, &c. R. paiET. nattTD m. A prison, &c. R. naw. 
nwa m. Duplicity, R. nw. njwa m. An aspect, R. njW. 
nwa m. A foot path, R. njW. p^a m. A staff, R. jjw. nn-wa 
f. A family, R. nflttr. ta=wa m. Judgment, R. BSttr. O^nattfD m. d. 
Two bundles, R. now. pttfa ptf/aa To forsake, leave, R. pip To run, 
move, or push forward ; m. locus derelictus, a place forsaken. np'tf D 
m. Drink, &c. R. npltf. npttra m. A weight, R. npttf. *pp«ra m. 
The lintel of a door, R. Jjpttr. pwa m. A running up and down, R. 
pp\p. nwa f. Chief power, R. rnrw. NUvpvwa f. A pipe, R. pnw. 
uwa Palpare, to feel ; contrectare, to touch, search, niWD m. A 
banquet, R. nn». na m. Dead, R. nia. Jna m. Fraenum, a bridle, 



83 



from its being gnawed. Arabic jn» To give to be gnawed. nr"U3n» 
f. Disposition, R. pn. &$hr(Q m. p. Arrayed in scarlet, R. ybrv 
also ntybfiJD f. p. The molares, or grinders. Oin» m. Perfection, R. 
onn. am O'na Homines, men, R. na To die, man, considered 
as mortal, mssifitt f. p. Women playing on timbrels, R. «pn. nna 
Extendere, to extend, to stretch, nnnast f. Saccus, a bag or sack, 
which is capable of being distended by filling, nn To die, mori. 
^na Quando, when, from ria What? W Shall it be? or, when shall 
it be? jna To be strong. Q'jna m. d. Lumbi, the loins, reins, from 
their strength, pna Dulcescere, dulce esse, to be sweet, is pleasant ; 
m. dulcedo, sweetness, pma m. Dulcis, dulce, sweet. G'pnaa m. 
p. Dulcedines, pleasant things, myna m. Mixed, R. 3117. 

Is the fourteenth letter, a consonant, is servile, except when followed 
by K n l n J7 or when the second radical is repeated. } is servile 
when prefixed, perhaps from nu To be established, forms the prseter \ 
of Niphal. It forms the first person plural of verbs from the pro- 
noun i:m We. It forms some Eamentic nouns both proper and com- 
mon, from Niphal, (see Simon's Lexicon.) as -n£i Nimrod. jjn: A 
whisperer ; inserted before l the accusative of the pronoun, him ; for 
the sake of a pleasant sound, (see Wilson's Grammar, p. 224.) affixed 
from jn&C Them, their, feminine ; it also forms nouns with l preced- 
ing, as jnDW Drunkenness ; it sometimes makes the idea more intense, 
from To increase ; sometimes less. 

To fail, to be deficient, fall short, to render ineffectual, Psalm xxxiii. 
10. as a particle denoting some failure, now, nunc; of desire, I pray 
thee, quasso, obsecro. P18U Idem, the same. IK: To be moist, 

in Arabic, m. uter, a bottle or bag of skin, from its being moistened 
with the liquor, nnw p. ;— KO p" nso Pulchrum, fair ; decens, comely; 
decorum, decere, to be comely, or proper. obiO To be dumb, from 
obs. SiU To be resolute, obstinate, foolish. nbiO Rotten, from 



84 



pfrtt 23K: Dicere, to speak; dictum, the thing spoken. r\x: To sa- 
tiate one's thirst by dririking ; m. adulter, one who takes unlawful 
venereal gratification, (see Parkhurst on the word.) C2^£Kj ZZ'ZTiO 
Adulteria, adulteries, yia Contemnere, to cast off, reject, despise; 
irritavit, to provoke, mock, ni's: f. Contumelia, contempt. pK: 
Gemere, to groan, r— ,ps: f. Gemitus, a groan. n><: Detestari, to ab- 
hor, cast off, reject. 22 To bud, R. 3t3t N!22 Propketare, to prophesy. 

Chald. r-K'z: m. Propheta, a seer ; f. prophetissa, a prophetess. 
rnmSJ f. Prophetia, prophecy. m. Empty, R. it. yen Per- 

plexed, R. *]12. "i; r*" CT2- Chald. Honorarium, a salary, a reward, 
from the Chald. ?2T2 To expend, being the money spent or employed 
in paying public men for their services, re: Latrare, to bark. 02J 
Intueri, to look ; m. exspectatio, a looking for any thing. u3*33J m. 
p. Depths, R. r~ 22. *~732 Cadere, to fall ; decidere, to fade, emar- 
cescere; stultescere, to be foolish; m. stultus, foohsh, or a vile person; 
nequam, naught ; uter, a bottle or earthen vessel, from which the 
water was poured or made to fall ; lagena, a flaggon, a stringed musi- 
cal instrument; instrumentum musicum, so named from its belly re- 
sembling a flaggon. r*&3J mbn3 f. Stultitia, folly ; flagitium, wick- 
edness; cadaver, a dead body, from its falling to decay. *-7ian De- 
luvium, the deluge, R. L_ ?2 To mix, or confound, from the power 
which a flood has of confounding all things. p2J Scaturire, to flow 
forth, to speak fluently. POT Scaturigo, a fountain, or spring. 
fr-tnBTGG Chald. Candelabrium, a lamp sconce, or chandelier which 
holds the burning lamps, from 12: JEthiopic, To be placed aloft, and 
Chald. NJTitoK Fire, that is, fire placed on high. 2:; A dry place ; m. 
auster, meridies, the south, or the desert or dry place. TO To stand, or 
show one's self above or before others, to declare; coram, before; 
contra, against ; ante, before ; Chald. manavit, to flow, t:: m. Ante- 
cessor, a prince, or one who is before others ; antistes, a ruler ; dux, a 
leader ; praesul, a chief priest. :— i;: Splenduit, to shine, to be bright ; 
f. Chald. b-SlU Splendor, brightness, ttU Ferire cornibus, to strike 
with horns; m. petulcus, apt to butt or strike with the horns, &c. y: 
Pulsare instrumentum musicum, to strike or play upon musical in- 
struments. nMJ r^:'::^ f. Pulsatio fidium, pulsatio musica, a playing 
upon musical instruments. Tangere, to touch ; attingere, to meddle 
with ; pertingere, laedere, to hurt, or wound ; percutere, to strike vio- 
lently ; m. plaga, a stroke, or plague. Percutere, to strike against, 
impingere ; m. also mr:?2 f. Plaga. n;: Difluere, diffimdere, to flow 



85 



down, to spill ; m. -tf Fluxus, a flowing ; accola, a neighbour, from 
To sojourn, because our neighbour dwells near us; m. a flood, or tor- 
rents of waters flowing down, en: Accedere, to come nigh ; appro- 
pinquare, to confine, to press, to exact, or oppress ; m. exactor, an op- 
pressor. U To move, R. -pi. 21Z Sponte, voluntarie dare, to give ge- 
nerously. 3HJ m. Spontaneus, liberalis, munificus, willingly, freely, 
generously; princeps, a prince, from his liberality. r~Q"i: f. Volun- 
tarium, willingly; voluntaria oblatio, a free-will offering, -n: Vagari, 
to wander ; fugere, to fly. OHIJ m. Jactationes, tossings, or wander- 
ings, rru Elongare, to remove ; expellere, to separate. r°nj f. Se- 
paration the thing separated on account of its impurity; impuritas, 
impurity, or what ought to be removed; m. merces meretricis, the 
hire of whoredom. a'ru Pretia, rewards, m: Impellere, to push, 
depellere, dispellere ; expellere, to expel, to force. CDTTnE m. p. De- 
pulsiones, things that are expelled, pj m. R. i: To move, or remove ; 
Vagina, a scabbard, sheath, or th.>t into which the sword is placed or 
moved. Chald. r~U"U Idem, the same ; corpus, a body, from its hold- 
ing or containing the spirit. ?p: Dispellere, to drive away ; impel- 
lere, to force, hence <»n m. A stumbling-block, Psalm 1. 20. -fU Vo- 
vere, to vow, to promise ; m. votum, a vow. jn: Ducere, to lead ; 
abducere, to conduct, or lead, or govern. jrGE m. Ductus, a driving, 
or marching. ; — in: Lamentari, to lament. TU ^ r~U m. Lamentum, 
lamentation, plaint. r*"rn2 Lamentabile, heavy, grievous. '-jru 
Duxit leniter, to Lead gently, to tend, carry, educate, or lead forth 
from ignorance. C3!"G Rugire, to grumble, to roar; -gemere, to 
groan ; m. rugitus, a bellowing, r~lEn: f. Fremitus, a roaring. pru 
Rudere, to bray as the wild ass, to groan, or make a doleful cry, to 
cry. nn: To flow, or run, confluere; Chald. splendere, to shine. 
;— nn: f. Chald. *<-nni WIJ f- Splendor, shining, in: m. Chald. also 
hOTtt mru Fluvius, flumen, a river, from its flowing. rrnnJE f. p. 
Specus, dens enlightened by a hole or aperture, or rather places of 
refuge. Mij Rupit, to break; irritum fecit, discourage, disannul, 
msun f. Abruptio, a breaking, R. To fail, to be deficient. 31: 
Provenire, to come or to go forth ; fructum proferre, to blossom, to 
increase; eloqui, to be eloquent; to put forth, bud, shoot, ger- 
minate, or produce fruit. r— oi:n f. Proventus, fruit, tij Vagari, 
To move or wander, shake, fly, grieve ; dolere, the consequence of 
former acceptations ; errare, to pity, to have compassion at the dis- 
tress occasioned by the distresses of moving, &c. m. vagatio, wander- 



rrnra 



86 



ing. TJTi:nm. PTVJ f. Commotio, agitatio, a stirring ; motus, amov- 
ing. *u m. Acervus, a heap, ciunulus ; vagus, wandering. To 
be obstinate, resolute, foolish, rn: Inhabitare, to dwell ; m. habita- 
tio, a dwelling ; habitatrix, a female possessor ; m. habitaculum, a 
resting place ; caula, pascuum, a sheep-cote, nu or m Quiescere, re- 
quiescere, residere, to rest, to settle. H>ltfn: Weak, R. u -?wn m. also 
nru f. Quies, rest, mrw m. Quies, res grata, any thing pleasant. 
m:» m. nniJfi nran f. Quies, requies, rest ; a place of rest, quietis 
locus. tDU or rno: Nutare, to nod or shake. Si: Chald. Inquinare, 
to foul, or rather to give a present liberally. <hii f. A gift or present. 
CDU CM Dormitare, to slumber. m»U npun f. Dormitatio, sleep. 
^M y Augescere, to increase, to propagate ; m. filius, a son* DU DJ 
Fugere, to have fled, aufugere. di:» m. nDi:» f. Fuga, a flight; ef- 
fugium, perfugium, a shelter. Agitare, to shake; vacillare, 

vagare, to wander. a'JHJHD m. p. Sistra, instruments of music, the 
brass wires of which, when shaken in cadence, gave a shrill and loud 
noise. «p: *p Stillare, perstillare, to drop, or extend, to reach out, 
stretch forth; agitare, to agitate; m. tractus, a stretching forth. 

Distillatio, a dropping ; favus, as of a honeycomb, R. n3 To 
divide or separate. j—iSJ f. Agitatio, agitation ; cribrum, a sieve, by 
which the grain is agitated and purified in passing through it, trac- 
tus. n£H f. Idem, the same. naiJn f. Agitatio, oblatio agitata, the 
offering agitated, or stretched out. ntfJ Germinare, to put forth ; 
flos, a flower. CD^tf: m. p. Flores, florentia, flowers, things flourish- 
ing. TO t»3 *"0 To separate, or divide ; m. lucerna, a lamp, a candle, 
from their dividing the light from darkness, also KTU m. Chald. Ig- 
nis, fire. PTTOa f. Candelabrium, an instrument for holding lamps. 
TU Coquere, to boil, R. Tt To swell, Ttf m. Decoctum, the thing 
boiled; pulmentum, pottage or broth, rm To leap, leap out; as- 
pergi, aspergere, to sprinkle. Fluere, effluere, to flow ; stillare, 

to drop. rTv??o f p. Planetae, the planets, or rather the streams or 
light coming from the planets. Connecting closely with a clasp; 

m. monile, inauris, a ring to be worn on the ear, or on the nose, 
Chald. Nocere, to damage, to hurt ; m. damnum, loss. TQ Separare, 
to separate, to exempt; m. separatus, separated; Nazareatus, one se- 
parated; coma, the hair, which was long of the Nazarenes; corona, a 
crown, or any mark of separation worn upon the head by the Naza- 
renes. onwn m. p. Coronati, crowned, as the Nazarenes were* 
mTjE f. p e Planetae, the planets, or rather the comets, from their 



87 



hairy tails, r— in: To rest or settle, or lead gently after toil, ducere, 
deducere. nnJQ f. Munus, a gift, from its resting or abiding with 
the person to whom it is presented. L -?n: Possidere, to inherit, 
nbn: f. Possessio, an inheritance, hereditas, but m. vallis, a low piece 
of ground between mountains ; torrens, a rapid stream ; flumen, a 
river, come from '-jn Hollow, from the form, of the ground in which 
they are placed, mSTU f. p. The name of a musical instrument, or 
of the song to be used with it, perhaps from the relation which 
the song has to the heavenly Canaan, the inheritance of all God's 
people, on: Change of mind or affection ; to comfort ; consolari 
alium ; to repent ; m. pcenitentia, repentance, n^n: f. Consolatio, 
comfort, or that change which the mind feels in passing from grief 
to joy. C»m CDTOimn m. p. Consolationes, joys. y nJ V ,nJ Urgens, 
hastening ; acceleration, quickened, nru To snort, cvru ni. p. d. 
Nares, the nostrils, -im mru f. Ronchus narium, the snorting of the 
nostrils, tyru To view, to conjecture, augurari, experiri, to divine, 
to view as a prophet, to search, observe ; m. conjectio, a viewing; au- 
gurium, an eyeing ; incantatio, a reconnoitring ; serpens, a serpent, 
from its piercing sight, a magician, or one who searches or views 
some natural appearances, as the migration of the feathered tribes, 
the viscera of animals in order to divine futurities ; chains made of 
brass, its colour being that of the serpent, j—tttrnJ c. Ms, aerugo, 
brass, anna ywra m. iEreus, brazen, nru Descendit, to descend, 
lie in ambush j m. descensus, a going down. OTiru m. p. Demissi, 
persons let down. p-tlM Inclinare, extendere, to stretch, to lean upon 
as a bed, which is stretched out to seduce or cause one to turn aside ; 
divertere fecit, or stretch from the path of duty or rectitude. ntDE 
m. Perversum, perverse or crooked, or rather somewhat spread out, 
or a place where men are stretched or reclined ; f. lectus, a bed, or 
rather a mattress ; feretrum, a bier, on which the dead are reclined 
and carried out to burial; c. more frequently m. virga, a rod or 
branch stretching out ; scipio, baculus, a staff ; tribus, a tribe, as 
branching from the same original stock ; infra, under ; inferne, down- 
wards, to which every thing by its gravity tends, '-jim Imponere, 
to impose, or lay on ; to lift, levari ; tollere, to bear up, or impose a 
burden upon one's self ; m. onus, a burden; pondus, a weight. CD'^IM 
m. p. Portatores, carriers; bajuli, bearers. JKM Plantare, to fix, to 
plant, also m. Planta, a plant. «pJ Stillare, to drop ; instill, to 
declare, or drop words; m. stilla, a drop; gutta myrrhae^ a drop of 



88 



myrrh, from its distilling from the tree. rv»3BJ f. p. Myrothecidia, 
drops, jewels, or ornaments in the shape of drops. ->$a Custodire, to 
guard, keep, servare. man KUDO f. Custodia, career, a prison; sco- 
pus, a mark, uris: Demittere, to leave, to depart, or leave a place, 
deserere, omittere, permittere. f. p. Propagines, the branches 

of a vine thus stretched out, or luxuriant ; sarmenta, twigs ; pinna, a 
shell-fish, a Wailing, *K Shall break, Psalm cxli. 5. R. To fail, 
be deficient, or Rupit, to break, y: m. R. To propagate, also 
Filius, a son, an infant, from being the offspring, .p^ Lactavit, 
to milk, t: R. "U To separate ; grubbed, newly ploughed ; novella- 
vit, to plant vines ; m. no vale, land that rests a year after the first 
ploughing. "OJ Posterity ; m. nepos, a grandson, a nephew ; nepo- 
tes, posteri, those who come after us. r~\D2 Percussit, to smite, to 
strike, to lame ; cecidit, to slay, to wound, diffudit ; m. percussus, 
struck. 0\3J m. Loripedes, bow-legged, r~OJD f. Plaga, a stroke, a 
plague, POJ Straightness, m. also rnroj iEquitas, rectitudo, rectum, 
equity, right, rectitude ; as a particle, coram, before, in presence. 
Ho3 Machinari, to devise, conspired craftily, calide agere ; m. ma- 
chinatio, a device. ^Di: Deceptor, a deceiver, nana f. Rectitude, 
R. n:o To establish, or be right. DDI m. R. 02 To number or count. 
a^DDJ Chald. <pD3J m. p. Opes, facilitates, possessions, riches, from 
the power of numbering them, -dj To estrange, alienate ; aliena- 
vit, to know, agnovit ; aliene se gessit, to carry one's self to a person as 
to appear strange to him ; tradidit, to abandon, or alienate ; m. also 
nDJ Alienus, another; m. alienum, alienatio, an abandoning. rT-QJ 
f. Idem, the same, -d» Notus, known, in order to be avoided. 
rrOH f. Agnitio, a recognizance. n:J r"tiO: m. R. j— id To pound ; 
aromata, spices, from their being pounded ; thesauri gazae, treasure, 
or something as valuable as the spicery. r~l?3»J f. Contemptible, see 
r~il3. rnfrj Perficere, to finish, to cease, from the work being completed, 
to defile. C2: To slumber, R. 213. n'^M m. Absolutio, a discharge. 
U -?E3 Circumcidit, to cut off, R. H'E the same. mfosM f. Formica, the 
ant, from its form being much insected, or, as it were, cut in its shape. 
cViM p. To variegate ; m. pardus, the leopard, from its spots. 
DJ A quick waving, or tremulous motion ; m. a standard, from its 
tremulous motion. Amovit, to depart, to recede, to take a de- 
parture, apprehendit. r~lD3 To try, prove, tollere, tentavit; to 
tempt, periculum fecit; f. tentatio, trial, or proving, to depart. nM 
To transport; pull up, avellere, evellere; destroy, extirpare; m. 



Vtt 89 -pi 

evulsio, a plucking or drawing out. "JDJ Fudit, to spread abroad ; 
effudit, diffuse; effuse, pour out; to anoint, inunxit; obtexit, 
to cover; m. fusio, a pouring out; libamen, a drink-offering to be 
poured out; tegumentum, a covering. yoi *pEi» m. Libamen. 
cyD'DZ m. p. Principes, prsefecti, chief men, princes. n^DS m. Fusio, 
fusile, melted, tegumentum. n^DQ Jugum textoris, the warp in 
weaving. m. R. as A quick waving, or tremulous motion ; 

Nisan, month of March, from the flight of God's people from Egypt. 
d: To prove, R. DU. DDJ Vexillum erigere, to raise or lift up a stand- 
ard. r~i3as f. Invirons, R. 33D. DDU Signifer, a standard-bearer. 

Proficisci, to proceed, to remove from place to place, recedere ; 
m. profectio, a journey; telum, a dart, or missive spear. £0 To move, 
R. JFO. nys f. Profectio. pas Scandere, to ascend; ascendere, to mount. 
H>jW To fasten, to shut, or fasten with a bolt, clausit, obseravit, alsof. 1- "?^:^ 
m. Calceus, a shoe, or rather sandal, from its being fastened to the foot. 
'-JIJNQ m. Sera, a bolt, pessulus. Amcenum, pleasant; jucun- 

dum, to be agreeable ; m. amcenitas, pleasure ; jucunditas^ hilarity. 
£D\J»J7J C^JHE m. p. Amcena, res amcenae, pleasant things. yjjj To 
fasten, yrtyi m. Virgultum, a twig ; vepretum, a thorn, from its 
prickles fastening in the flesh, njtt To agitate, to move briskly, to 
shake, excutere, to roar or bray as a young lion, rudere ; m. puer, a 
young person, from the activity of that time of life, pueritia, juyentus, 
adolescentia, youth, or childhood, snip nilipj f. p. Pueritia, 
childhood. rm#3 f. Stupa, the coarse part of flax, nyj m. Puer ju- 
dicio, a child in judgment, simple, foolish. «p R. To brandish, 
H3J To breathe, flavit, efflavit, perflavit, sufflavit, to flow as the breath, 
to grieve, or pant for breath. nSJQ m. Follis, a pair of bellows, ex- 
piratio, a puff. 33: R. "pa To be red, chrysoprasus, smaragdus, a 
carbuncle, from its colour. H>3: To fall, cadere, dejicere; slain, con- 
cidere ; ruere, laid ; m. abortus, abortivum, that which falls from the 
mother dead; immature, and imperfect, CD^S: m. p. Gigantes, 
giants, or those who have fallen from the worship of the true God. 

m. Quisquilias, naughty, vile persons ; deciduum, that which is 
cut down, nban f. Ruina, ruin ; casus, a falling ; cadaver, a carcase, 
dead, or fallen to the ground. ysi Spargere, to scatter, spread, 
break, also m. ^310 m. Dispersio, a breaking in pieces; malleus belli- 
cus, a warlike instrument, a mace, a club, p3: Egredi, to go forth. 
Chald. ?s$np33 f. p. Sumptus, impensaa, expense, disbursement, btsj 
To breathe ; respirare, breathed ; c. more frequently f. anima, animus, 

M 



90 p 

the soul, or spirit; halitus, breath; vita, life; corpus, the body; ca- 
daver, a dead body y: m. R. nv: To shoot away, see yi: ; Accipeter, 
a hawk, from his rapid flight, or shooting away in flying. 3^3 To 
stand. m. Statua, a pillar ; statio, a garrison or military station ; 

praefectus, an officer, or rather one of the garrison. Chald. £*&\32£3 
Firmitas, strength, p-tW Volare, to shoot away by flying ; avolari, 
vastari, to lay waste, or rather to shoot out, as ruined cities or build- 
ings do with spontaneous vegetables ; f. pluma, pennae, the plumage, 
or feathers of birds, which shoot out of their bodies. fttO msn f« 
Jurgium, strife. rtfl Praeesse, to be superior, pra?fectum esse; vincere, 
to conquer; solicitare, urgere, to press; m. eternitas, superior or 
bound time ; robur, strength. n?$Q m. Praefectus, a governor ; prae- 
centor, a leader of music ; victor, a conqueror. Htt J Eripere se, to 
take away, to steal ; to spoil, spoliavit ; to escape, or take one's self 
away, r* fovn f. Liberatio, a freeing. yiM Scintillare, to sparkle, 
ytt: m. Scintilla, a spark or flower, from its shining. "CO Custodire, 
to preserve, to guard ; custodiens, guarding ; custos, a keeper ; m. 
surculus, a branch, from its being preserved when the parent tree is 
cut down, apj Perforare, to make hollow, pierce ; to express by 
piercing, exprimere ; or impressing some mark, expresse nominare ; 
to curse, maledicere, exsecrari, or blaspheme, to pierce, in a meta- 
phorical sense. G^spj m. p. Fistula?, pipes, or hollow instruments of 
music. ri3p2 Fcemina, a female, whether with regard to man or the 
lower animals. r~Qp» f. Perforatio, a hole, or cavity, excavatio ; malleus, 
a hammer so formed as to hollow brass, iron, &c. np: To mark with 
spots; m. pastor ovium, a shepherd, from his marking his flock. 
r~np: f. Punctum, a spot, mp: Punctatum, spotted. CDHpJ m. p. 
Mica?, specks, cakes marked with small spots ; bacullata, little pieces, 
rip: To cleanse, mundum, purum esse; innocentem esse, clear away. 
Chald. N5pj m. Mundus, pure ; innocens, clear of guilt, ^vp: m. 
Munditia, purity ; innocentia, not guilty, r~ wpjiQ f. p. Scopula?, 
small besoms, or rather broad shallow bowls, or dishes. C3pJ Ulcisci, 
to avenge ; vindicare, to punish, or take vengeance, to defend or keep 
vengeance, m. n»p: f. Ultio, vengeance ; vindicta, revenge, yp: 
To be alienated ; laxari, to be loosened ; divelli, to be torn asunder ; 
recedere, to fall back, R. yp^ To strain, stretch, distend, rjpj To go 
round, cut off, concidit, excidit, amputavit ; or cut round ; m. decus- 
sio, a cutting. r~i£)p3 f- Dissolutio, a dissolving, pp: m. R. rip: To 
clear away, also p^p: Foramen, a hole ; caverna, a cavity in a rock, 



91 



the earth and stones being cleared away., npj Perfodit, to bore, dig 
or cut out, effodit. J—np: f. Foramen, caverna, from the earth, &c. 
being dug out. ttrp: Illaqueare, to ensnare ; Chald. collidere, to dash, 
clash together as the knees in terror, from Heb. ptttt To clash. *U m. 
A lamp, R. TO. TO m. Nardus, spikenard, seems to be from the 
Arabic TO Comam emisit, to send out hair, from its sending forth 
several ears, or spikes, hence the name of spikenard, kim Levavit, 
to lift, to bear, tulit ; to pardon, condonavit, or bear sin in a vicarious 
manner instead of the sinner; sumpsit, sustinuit, to take, to support; 
pepercit, to spare. ts$ v ttfj m. Princeps, a prince, or an exalted person- 
age ; vapor, nubes, a vapour, a cloud, which is elevated, or raised. 
fKM f. Donativum, a present. K^tcr Excellentia, elevation, exulta- 
tion. nKtir Idem, the same ; tumor, an elevation of the skin ; con- 
donatio, pardon, or an elevating or bearing the burden for another. 

Onus, a burden, from its being elevated when laid upon the 
animal to be carried ; prophetia, a prophecy, or a burden ; elatio, an 
elevation; m. acceptio, a receiving. mtPJD f. Onus, incendium, a 
burning or raising vapour; donum, a gift; Hiphil, decepit, to deceive, 
or to elate or puff up ; seduxit, to seduce. VftKffXi m. Deceptio, deceit, 
to forget; f. forgetfulness, Psalm lxxxviii. 13. atw Perflare, to blow, 
efflare, difflare. atw To hold, overtake ; attingere, to reach, antr m. 
Insectatio, an overtaking. ;—WJ Laxit, oblivisci, to forget, or allow 
the mind to forget ; to lend, mutuo dare, to remit, or to allow any 
person to take our property by way of loan ; fcenerare, to lend money 
upon usury ; exigere debitum, to demand a debt ; exactorem agere, 
to exact ; m. creditor, a person to whom money is due ; exactor, he 
who demands it; m. mutuatus, lent; m. laxatus, loosened, or lame. 
t<W72 m. mKWE f. 'tttt m. Mutuum, a loan ; debitum, a debt. VKM 
f. Oblivio, forgetfulness. vm Dismissed, R. t<m To lift, to pardon, 
Psalm xxxii. 1. CPtM f. p. Fceminae, women; uxores, wives, from 
their imbecility in comparison of the male sex. Mordere, to bite; 
in usuram dare, to give for usury ; m. fcenus, usura, usury, from it's 
biting, or severity, as in compound interest, nDtM f. Cubiculum, a 
chamber, for r^Jiffb An open place. Decussit, to drive off; de- 

ficit, to throw down ; ejecit, to cast off. aw To breathe, also rmiM 
f. Anima humana, human life; halitus, breath. O'lM f. Women, 
from imk To be mortal. notMH f. Monedula, a daw; talpa, a mole; 
vespertilio, a bat, from their manner of breathing. «]tw Flare, to 
blow, sufflare. «]V# j> m. Noctua, an owl, or bird of the night, or 



*pD 92 pBtt 

rather some water fowl, from its manner of blowing, such as the bit- 
tern, (see Parkhurst.) p'JZ Osculari, to kiss, clash, smack; arma- 
mentarium, armour ; arma, arms, from their crackling noise, r^.^uz 
f. p. Oscula, kisses ; to burn, accendere. Ttf : To lacerate, or tear in 
pieces ; Chald. m. aquila, the eagle, from its tearing its prey in pieces, 
also ivtfio m. Serra, a saw, from the manner of its cutting ; serra dis- 
secare, to cut with the saw. nutt Perire, to perish ; deficere, to fail. 
yr\vn Chald. Epistola, a letter, from the Persian fHlBia To write. 
2r\i 2T\Z m. riDYU f. Semita, a foot-path, or a track worn by the 
feet. Arabic Di"U To elevate, to be high, from the raising of the 
foot-path. nrJ Divisit in frusta, to cut in pieces as an animal body ; 
m. frustum, a segment, or a portion cut off. *|nj Fundi, to pour out, 
effundi. fun m. Fusio, a pouring out. jru Dare, to give, reddere ; 
to put, ponere ; apponere, to place, exponere ; permittere, to grant, 
jnn I—UHE nno f. Donum, a gift. CDDTn: m. p. Nethinei, Nethinims, 
public servants given for the service of God. oro Diruere, to break ; 
destruere, to destroy, yru Idem, the same, pro Avellere, to draw 
away ; evellere, to pull asunder ; disrumpere, to break asunder, break 
or pluck up ; m. porrigo, a scall, or leprosy, from its drawing off the 
hair. p\n« m. Peristylium, a place surrounded with pillars, as it 
were, drawn or separated from the rest of the building, in: To 
move loose ; saliit, to leap, or move nimbly ; m. nitrum, nitre, from its 
detersive quality, twu Evellere, to pluck up; exstirpare, to root out. 



D 

Is the fifteenth letter, and is of the class of radicals, is sometimes used 
for w. r- ikd To measure, to mete; f. satum seah, a sort of dry measure. 
riKDKD f- Mensura, a measure. ^KD Syriac, To shoe, or cover the feet ; 
conflixit, to fight with the feet ; m. conflictatio, a battle, or rather the 
grieves used by the warriors in battle, violence, a dart. KDD Mero se 
obruere, to overwhelm one's self with wine. j^did m. Ebriosus, drunk, 
alsom.merum, vinum, wine. 23D Circuire, to surround; cingere, cir- 
cumdare, pass by round about; vertere se, to turn one's self. 3'2D m. 
Circuitus, ambitus, a going about; circum, about; circumquaque, 
every way. rH3D r~GD: f. Causa, a cause, or a turn, a change. DDE 
m. Circuitus, a going about, or places round about ; accubitus, a sit- 
ting down as at table. "pD Implexum, perplexum esse, to wrap or 



93 



fold, also *ptf m. r"D3D f. Perplexum, folded ; perplexitas, perplexity. 
N5D3D Chald. Sambuca, a kind of harp, thick strung with 

cords. ^-720 Portare, to carry or bear * m. bajulus, a porter, or carrier of 
burdens; onus, a load. n'^DD f. Idem, the same. |3D m. A napkin, 
a towel, R. 3D To turn round, from their power of surrounding or 
girding. 12D Chald. Cogitare, putare, opinari, to believe, think, 
hope, expect. JD R. HID To fall back, -ud Adorare, procumbere, to 
bow down and worship, to ask as in worshipping, ^tjd To appro- 
priate. r~hlD f. Peculium, a peculiar property, or treasure. r~l3D 
To be great. Chald. hence yo S'JJD m. p. Chald. yno. Ni^JD Antis- 
tites, great men, princes, nobles, a royal habit. Clausit, to shut ; 
conclusit, occlusit, tradiclit. tud Inclusum, an enclosure; shut up, 
clausura ; aurum, gold, from the closeness of the texture, -mo m. 
Claustrum, close confinement. maD Imber vehemens, a strong 
shower which causes men to shut themselves up, or rather a day 
when they shut themselves up from the cold. ud» m. Career, a pri- 
son where men are shut up ; faber ferrarius, a locksmith, or an en- 
closer. nuDE Clausura, fascia, an enclosure, a border, no To ob- 
struct ; m. compes, cippus, stocks, fetters, because they obstruct the 
motion of those who are affected by them. y\o To loosen. y~\o m. 
Sindon, satin, or fine linen, or rather a loose kind of garment, mo 
To order; m. ordo, order, rank. rwiDO f. Procceton, a lobby 
which leads or directs to the house or room. nriD m. Rotunditas, 
being round ; career, a prison, from the round form of the building, 
no A trial, R. riDJ. mnD m. Luna, the moon, from the round 
shape of that luminary, aunnw m. p. Lunala?, ornamenta, orna- 
ments shaped like the moon, aiD Retro cedere, avertere se, to recede, 
backslide, no m. R. id To obstruct ; secretum, a secret, arcanum ; 
consilium, counsel, from some obstruction to its being generally 
known ; ccetus, a company, or secret assembly. r~DD To veil ; m. a 
covering ; m. also moid Velamen, velum, a covering. *pD To over- 
spread ; ungere, to anoint, cover. *jd m. Turba mixta, a base crowd. 
"]1DK Lecythus, a cruse, a vial, a pot for oil. |1D ^VD m. Sivan, month 
of May, R. mo Chald. To rejoice, because in that month, as it were, 
all things appear glad, and seem to rejoice. DTD DD To be brisk, ac- 
tive; m. equus, a horse, from his activity; grus, a crane, or swallow, 
from its swift motion. riDlD f. Equitatus, cavalry. fpD Deficere, to 
finish, consume, accomplish, desinere, consumi ; m. finis, extremitas, 
the end; alga, a sea- weed; j uncus, a reed, from tp To be hollow 



"DP 



94 



f. Turbo, a whirlwind, from n-)D To scrape, a sweeping wind 
or storm. r~ IDD To turn aside, Psalm ci. 3. for rniattr. no nD Rece- 
dere, to decline ; turn aside, declinare, divertere ; m. fastidiosus, dis- 
dainful, mo £ Aversio, a turning away; apostasia, apostacy. 
amD m. p. Degeneres, those who are unlike their ancestors, p- mo 
f. Recedens, falhng back. niD Incitare, to excite; seducere, to se- 
duce, or excite to depart from the path of rectitude; avertere, to turn 
aside. 3nD Trahere, to draw, to tear, nuns f- p- Abjectae et la- 
cerae vestes, garments torn and cast away. nnD Abrasit, to sweep, 
to scrape off; expurgavit, to purge. TID m. Abrasio, a scraping; pur- 
gamentum, a purge; sordes, filth, dirt, from its being swept away. 
fjilD Everrit, to sweep away; inundatione abripuit, to take away by a 
flood, to drive, to draw. "inD To move to and fro, circuire ; negoti- 
ari, to traffic; m. negotiator, mercator, a merchant, or one who moves 
to and fro for the sake of trade, also TIDE m. j—nnDE f- Negotiatio, 
trade; mercatus, merchandise, merx. nTE f. Parma, a shield, 
which is moved every way for the defence of the body. mnD f« 
Lapis praestans, finely variegated marble, from its streaks running 
to and fro. urno W1W rn. Sponte renatum, corn that groweth with- 
out culture. "PD m. R. jd To recede, go or turn back; scoria, dross, 
as of metal, from its receding or withdrawing from the purer parts. 
•vd c. R. tj To decline, turn aside; olla, a pot which removes meat 
to and from the fire; spina, a thorn, from its irregularity or turning 
aside in growing; hami, hooks, or rather perhaps fishing boats, from 
their form being like a pot. rvo no To incite. *p To pour, R. 
*p:. *pD "par Texit, to cover, obtexit. *p "jltf m. r~DD f- Tugurium, 
a booth, a tent, from its covering or defending. mDD f. Tabernacu- 
lum, a tabernacle. *pE "pm m. riDDE f. Tegumentum, a covering; 
operimentum, a cover for a bed. *p m. A multipede, Psalm xlii. 
5. from their covering the ground. Hod Infatuavit, to pervert, to 
turn aside ; m. stultus, stolidus, foolish, also mbjD ryhDV f- Stulti- - 
tia, folly. ^20 To lay up, lay in store ; prodesse, to be profitable ; m. 
praefectus aulae, a storekeeper. ^dde m. Indigus, pauper, frugal, 
thrifty, laying up in store, also praefectus, a storekeeper ; assuefactus, 
one accustomed to be frugal. nTUDDE f. Penuria, frugality; f. p. 
promptuaria, armamentaria, thesauri, storehouses, repositories, trea- 
suries of grain. 1DD Clausit, to shut, inclusit; tradidit, to deliver up 
for the purpose of shutting up. -O'tf Clausura, an enclosure ; excipu- 
lus, an instrument to catch anything, as a net for fish, in which they 



95 



are enclosed. J—DD To be silent, and of consequence ready to hear, 
attendit. J^D Estimari, to compare, to value, taxari. -|Sd Obdures- 
cere, to harden, aestuare ; orare, to pray, or be fervent in application. 
mVo To tread under foot, conculcare ; sternere, prosternere, to strike 
down, also a musical word, denoting a pause and elevation of the 
voice, (see Wilson's Hebrew Grammar.) rho To loose, to spare ; to 
pardon, condonare ; m. condonator, one who forgives, &c. nn ,l ?D f- 
Condonatio, pardon, ^iho Aggerare, to raise up, contumulare. 
nSbo f. ^lboE m. Agger, a mound, or raised earth. H'D m. Canis- 
trum, a basket in which articles are raised up, or laid straight. j—frDB 
f. Strata, trita via, a way where the earth has been properly raised 
up. mi^obiS f. p. Corbes vindemiatoriae, large baskets in which 
many things are heaped together. zzho To lift up ; m. scala, a lad- 
der, from its lifting up. To be sharp. yho m. Spina, a thorn, 
from its sharpness, ybo To cut, to break ; m. petra, a rock, from its 
being cut or broken. aj^D m. Bombyx, a grashopper, from %ho 
To cut, and ~J7 Contiguity, so called from its rugged or craggy form; 
to gnaw as a grashopper. rpo Pervertit, to pervert, to overthrow; 
m. perversitas, wickedness, pbo Chald. Ascendit, to mount. r~bo 
To cleanse, to scour ; f. simila, fine meal, from its being purified. C2D 
To smell. c»D m. p. Aromata, sweet spices, from their odour. 
TTOD m. Uva prima, tender grapes, from cziD To place, and -n Round, 
from the form of their growth round the stalk. *pD Niti, to sustain ; 
inniti, to support, fulcire; incumbere, to lean upon; imponere, to lay 
upon ; accedere, appropinquare, to approach. ^ED Arabic, To be 
like ; m. simulacrum, an image, or likeness, an idol. y2D Signari, to 
mark, sealed. fpD PVJiflnD f- Chald. Symphonia, harmony ; a word, 
Buxtorf informs us, borrowed from the Greeks. -ft2D To be rough, 
sharp pointed; the hair to stand on end with horror, horrere. 
anEDtt m. p. miODD mnttitfE f. p. Clavi, nails, sharp pointed 
spikes of iron. r~\2D m. Rub us, a bramble bush, from its wounding; 
Syriac, to turn away, because from it we would rather turn away 
than be wounded by it. TUD m. Caecitas, blindness, from fe To pour 
forth, and *»13 Light, blindness arising from being dazzled. jDJD m. 
Ramus, a branch ; palmes, a palm tree, R. |D To pour forth. "VSJD 
m. Pinna piscium, the fin of a fish, from r~UD A thorn, and r® To 
break, because the rays of the fin are divided or broken into parts. 
DD To be brisk, active, sprightly, to exult ; m. tinea, blatta, a moth, 
from its agility. riVD f. A journey, R. J7DJ. "l^D Suffulcivit, to sup- 



96 



"WOO 



port ; refresh, juvare. nj?DO m. Fulcimentum, a support. r\$D To 
split, divide, rive, rfyo m. Ramus, a branch of a tree, from its di- 
viding itself from the parent stock ; scopulus, a rock, or what may be 
cleft from the rock. Q">2J7D crsjflff Cogitationes, m. p. vain thoughts, 
or men of vain thoughts, or rather of violent, or tearing, or rending 
thoughts; collucare, to lop trees, -ijjd nj?t£r To be turbulent; 
m. j—njjD mj/ttr f. Tempestas, procella, a storm or whirlwind, 
from its turbulence ; procellosum esse, to be stormy ; proturbare, 
to disturb, sp Cavity ; m. threshold or hollow covering before the 
door of the house ; a bowl, from its cavity, also to take away, R. *pD. 
l^SD To scrape, or sweep together. frsiiaDtt m. Pabulum, provender, 
from the several parts of which it is composed being swept together, 
viz. chopped straw, barley, and beans. 12D Plangere, planctum 
agere, to mourn, beat the breast as an evidence of mourning. ~\SDE> 
m. Planctus, beating the breast ; luctus, grief. n3D To scrape, 
sweep, to finish or scrape off, to add or scrape together ; perdere, to 
destroy, or sweep away as with a violent storm ; consumi, to con- 
sume ; deficere, to fail ; addere. n2D Aggregavit, to join, add ; asso- 
ciavit, to chuse or adhere to any thing. fVSD Sponte nascens, corn 
rising of its own accord. nn3D nnSDE f- Scabies, the itch ; aposte- 
ma, a tetter adhering to the skin, f iSETJfi m. Suppuratio, suppura- 
tion; accumulatio, a gathering of earth about the roots of trees. 
ninSDE £ p. Pepla, tiarae, close veils, or coverings for the head. ^SD 
m. Simpulum, a vial, a bowl or cup, a dish ; Arabic, to scatter, or 
pour out, the drink-offerings being poured from the cup. jsd Texit, 
obtexit, to cover, cieled. jiso m. Tegumentum, a covering. n^SD 
f. Navis tecta, a covered ship. r\2D *p m. Limen, a threshold ; pelvis, 
a bowl, pso Plaudere, to strike, smite, to wring or clap the hands, 
mourn, or applaud ; applaudere, from the striking of hands ; m. suf- 
ficientia, sufficiency, from the striking of hands as an evidence of it. 
pBtir Explosio, a clapping of hands. 120 Numerare, to number ; re- 
censere, to recite, narrare ; m. also Chald. N*-\£)D Scriba, a writer ; can- 
cellarius, legis peritus, juris peritus, a notary, one skilled in the law ; 
m. enumeratio, a reckoning up ; liber, a book, from the enumeration 
it gives of what is contained in it ; an epistle, epistola, also m. mDD 
f. Numeratio, a telling. *V£iD Sapphirus, gemma, a kind of precious 
stone, a sapphire, so called from the number of gold coloured spots 
with which it is beautified. n£)D» m. Numerus, a number. Chald. 
f«^£)DK Celeriter, quickly. '-jpD Lapidare, to pelt stones ; to cast or 



97 



mo 



remove stones, elapidare. j—r© m. Vinculum, a chain, Psalm ii. 3. 
R. -OK To bind, also from the same root no m. Vinculum, a chain, 
Psalm cxvi. 16. ID To turn aside, R. *m 3*10 To refuse ; m. refrac- 
tarius, rebellious, S^3"lD m. p. Chald. Pallia, mantles; texit, to 
cover; a mantle, from its covering the body. r~X~\D |V1D m. Lorica, 
a coat of mail, armour, brigandine, from id To turn, because it turns 
offensive weapons from the body. niD Redundare, to stretch as 
a luxuriant vine, to spread, hang over ; luxuriare, to abound ; m. redun- 
dantia, superfluity. *po j^3"ffi m. p. Chald. Eparchi, princes, from 
ID or -\W A prince, and 3 As. po yr\D m. p. from -w To rule ; sa- 
trapa?, princes; tabulae, records, or the laws of princes. DID To 
serve, to minister, to attend. D'lD Eunuchus, a lord of the bed-cham- 
ber, cubicularius ; aulicus, a chamberlain, eunuch, &c. PTSJHD f. 
Ramus, ramusculus, a branch ; f. no To decline, and f|J? To move, 
from the easy moving of the branches by the wind. *pD To burn, 
also fpDE Vespillo, a bearer of dead bodies to the grave, or to be burn- 
ed ; ustor, a burner, an uncle, or rather a beloved friend, a crier, or 
rather one who anoints the dead body and prepares it for burning, 
or to be interred, isn® m. Paliurus, a nettle, from *vd A thorn, and 
"131 To spread, a wide spreading thorn or nettle, -no Refractarium 
esse, to decline, or rebel, that is, to decline from the path of duty ; 
m. refractarius, a rebel. r~\D To stir or raise up. WD m. Hiems, 
winter, the boisterous part of the year. anD Obturare, to shut, seal. 
inD Abscondere, to hide, also inDE nnoE m. r~nnD f. Absconsio, a 
hiding place ; latebra, a den ; occultum, hidden. Chald. NimnDE f. p. 
Abscondita, places concealed. Chald. nnD Destruere, to destroy, de- 
molish, dissolved, demolished. 



P 

Is the sixteenth letter of the Hebrew alphabet, is of the class of ra- 
dicals, its name signifies an eye, of which perhaps it is a symbol. 
3J? m. A thick cloud, R. Dip. 33S7 m. p. R. r~QJ7 To be thick or 

gross; trabes, beams, or planks, from their thickness. 13J7 Servivit, to 
serve ; coluit, to cultivate the ground ; operatus est, to labour ; Chald. 
fecit, to make ; m. servus, a slave, or servant ; opus, a work. Chald. 
PTOJjf. Servitus, bondage; ministerium, service; opus, cultus, labour 
of the ground; faraulitium, attendance. nvi3X7 Servitus. KT3J? 

N 



98 



XrfQJ? f- Chald. Opus. C3H3J7J0 m. p. Facta, things done, m3J? 
Densum, to be thick; obesatum esse, to be gross. *3J7 r"i3J7E m. 
Densitas, thickness, B*t03j7 m. Densum lutum, thick clay, from r-,3j7 
Thick, and jp?$ Clay. t03y To turn aside, divert ; pignora cepit, to 
take or rather turn aside his pledge ; to borrow by giving a pledge. 
ID13J7 m. Pignus, a pledge. -13J? Transire, to pass over ; prseterire, 
transgredi, to die, or to finish this life by passing our appointed 
time, to conceive ; semen maris in uterum transire facit, et non evomit. 
What, saith the Poet, would offend the eye in a good picture, the 
Painter casts discreetly into shades ; to oppose by bars passing across, 
to enrage by passing in our anger over the bounds prescribed to us ; 
m. vadum, a ford ; transitum, a passage ; cis, on this side ; ultra, be- 
yond ; Chald. transitus, a passing over ; trans, beyond ; Heber, the 
proper name of a man. naj? Hebrews, an Hebrew, from Abraham, 
who during his pilgrimage passed from place to place. "YI3J7 m. 
Proventus, food, which comes or passes from the land, corn of last 
year. TQJ73 Propterea, on this account ; ut, as, &c. rroj? f. Ponto, 
navis, a passage boat; excandescentia, flashes of fire, from their sud- 
den passing away. -V3JJ33 rTOJJO f. Vadum, a ford. W2p Mucidum 
fieri, to become rotten or mouldy. r"\3p To wrap, to twist, contor- 
quere. m35? m. Contortum, twisted ; densus funis, a thick rope, a 
shell, nroj? f- Densa, thick; implexa, complicated. 3JJ7 To be 
joined, or set upon one, to dote ; adamare, to lust, or desire strict con- 
junction of love or affection ; m. amator, a lover, amasius, also 3J1J7 
Organum, an organ, from its lively sound. Jj? R. :nj7 To prepare 
cakes. r"OJJ7 f. Adamatio, a doting upon a person. r~lJj7 f. A feast, 
Psalm xxxv. 16. Huym. Rotundum, round; m. vitulus, a calf, 

from its fitness for the waggon, or to tread out the corn with a circu- 
lar motion. H'JJ? m. Inauris, an ear-ring, from its roundness. nSjy 
f. Plaustrum, a car, or waggon, which is rolled forward on wheels, 
vitula. ^ityft Plaustrorum ambitus, a waggon way, orbita, circles, 
a trench, or place marked by the rut of wheels, a path, from its 
turning about, Psalm lxv. 11. CDJj; Anxium esse, to be grieved. 

Retardare, to tarry. TUJ7 m. Arabic, Togo to, returning; hi- 
rundo, a bird of passage, a crane, a swallow, To assemble, R. "1J7\ 
nj7 Statuminare, to support. PTU7 To pass on without limitation, 
transire ; ornare, to adorn, or cause to put or pass on, to support, 
confirm, or carry our thoughts beyond what is apparent or present, 
to some distant or further matter or thing ; Chald. transivit, to pass. 



99 



Ornatus, adorned; os, the mouth, or rather testimony, (see 
Parkhurst.) OHJJ m. P- Remotiones, things which may be removed, 
as ornaments. Ij; Beyond, further, besides; as a particle, usque, 
even; donee, till; dum, whilst; adhuc, as yet ; eternitas, eternity ; se- 
culum, an age, from being time to come ; praeda, spoil, from its pass- 
ing or being taken away, to take away, Psalm cxix. 6l. y\y Oblec- 
tare, to live delicately ; m. voluptas, pleasure, r~ Uiy Oblectatio, de- 
light, nny Voluptuaria, pleasant. Voluptas. CSUnpa m. p. 
Deliciae, pleasures, NirtJJ Chald. 1 empus, time, R. mj? To pass 
without limitation, rpy To be superabundant, redundare, super 
esse. TIJ7 Ordinare, to separate, sever, set ; disponere, to place, to 
fail, or setting apart in one place causes a failure in another, disposed, 
or set apart, weeded, or dressed as a vineyard, by separating the 
clods of earth ; m. grex, a flock, because separated or set apart at the 
will of the owner. TiJflD m. Sarculus, sarculum, a rake, a spade, &c. 
from their separating the particles of earth in digging, any Arabic, 
To feed; m. lens, lentils, a kind of pulse. 317 Obnubilare, cloud- 
ed, or covered, from r~oj7 To be thick, or gross. aiy }p Placentas 
coquere vel parare, to bake, puny puy f. JiyjD m. Placenta, a cake, 
"my Dispoliare, to spoil ; testari, to witness. ny m. Testis, a witness ; 
testimonium, a testimony, pny Piny pmyn f. Testimonium, ny 
Adhuc, as yet ; amplius, more ; deinceps, then. priy Perverse agere, 
crooked, done wickedly, to pervert ; m. perversitas, wickedness ; per- 
versus, wicked. PViy f. Chald. Iniquitas, iniquity, |iy m. Iniquitas, 
perversitas. fiy Congregare, to gather, to assemble. Hny Inique 
agere, to act wickedly, from p"6y To ascend, or exalt one's self in 
arrogancies ; m. infantulus, lactens, foetus, a young child, from its as- 
cending in years, PTiby f. p. Lactentes, fcetae, sucklings ; m. H>iy 
PV?iy f. Iniquitas. pinViy Pinby f. Summa iniquitas, the greatest 
iniquity; nequitia, naughtiness, To dwell, puiy f. Tempus, 
time, as of marriage, ^yn m. puiyo f. Habitaculum, habitatio, a 
dwelling. *]iy »jy To vibrate, to move with a vibratory, or tremu- 
lous motion ; volare, avolare, evolare, convolare, to fly ; m. avis, vola- 
tile, a bird from its flying, pu^y Obscuritas, darkness, or corruscu- 
tion of light so dazzling as to make darkness, pins^y Obscuritas 
maxima, the greatest darkness. Q^sysy m. d. Palpebral, the eye lids, 
from their vibratory motion. *pya m. Obscuritas. yiy Consilium 
inire, to purpose, piy Premere, to press ; arctare, to restrain, pipy 
pipyiD f. Constrictio, a binding ; pressura, pressure, "iiy ny To raise, 



zzp&dj; 100 



lift up, excitavit, restauravit, suscitavit ; evigilare, to awake ; m. 
Chald. "VJ7 Vigil, a watcher, from his being raised to take care of the 
affairs of men ; inimicus, an enemy, or one raised up against us. "V)J/ 
Chald. Gluma, chaff, from its being easily raised by the wind ; m. 
caecus, blind, from Tij; To make bare ; where the 1 is radical and im- 
mutable, ^mj? m. Caecitas, blindness, that is, bare, or deprived of 
sight. To assemble, convenire, from ;— TO To make, or to form 

as an army, itfj; m. Arcturus, a constellation, from the assem- 
blage of stars of which it is composed, ni; Pervertit, subvertit, to 
bend, to subvert, rnmj? f. Perversitas, wickedness, or bending from 
the path of rectitude or duty. TJ7 R. TJT To be strong. Reliquit, 
to leave ; deseruit, to forsake, leave off, dismiss, to help, as the bur- 
den of an ass, that is, to dismiss it from him, or assist him with it, 
to repair, as the building a wall, to fortify. C^:UTJ7 m. p. Nundinae 
fairs, or market places where goods are left for sale. ]]J7 Corroborare, 
to strengthen. ?y m. Fortis, brave, arising from strength ; robustus, 
strong ; durus, hard ; robur, strength. tip TO Robur, robustus ; f. 
capra, a goat, from its strength. H>TKTJ7 The name of the goat sent 
into the desert with the sins of the people, from tj? A goat, and '"iiK 
To go away. r"PJl$7 Haliaeetus, an eagle of the marine species, from 
its great strength. Tips m. Robur, arx, a tower, from its strength. 
CWlfla C^JOT m. p. Munitiones, castles, or places of strength, 
Circummunivit, circumsepsit, to surround, fenced round. Chald. 
N^npTJ/ f. Annulus signatorius, a ring which surrounds the finger. 

Juvit, to help ; m. also r~nT# Auxilium, help. rimTS? Omnimo- 
dum auxilium, help of every kind ; atrium, a court, or rather a square 
work raised above the pavement, from helping or causing the king, 
when he dedicated the temple, to be seen and heard by all the people ; 
diazoma, broad footsteps in the stairs ; projectura, a jutting out upon 
which the priests stood when they sacrificed, from the assistance, 
or help they derived from them, prominentia, toy To move, remove, 
or cast away with velocity; m. stylus, calamus, a pen, from its ve- 
locity moving along in writing, ntDJ7 Obvelare, to cover ; amicire, 
to dress ; amictus, dressed, opertus fuit, operuit. ntDJJE m. Amictus, 
clothed; pallium, a cloak. f]b?DJ7 m. Vespertilio, the bat, from t3J7 To 
fly, and s^J7 Darkness, from its flying in the twilight. ^tDJ7 ^tDJ? m. 
Mulctrale, a milk pail, from riEy To involve or cover, from its in- 
volving or holding the milk. f)tDy Operiri, to obscure, to cover ; deli- 
quium pati, to overwhelm or to cover with affliction. a^SBj; Obruti, 



101 mfl&yD 



overwhelmed ; serotina, late, arising from weakness. mstapD f. p. 
Amicula, mantles, or rather mufflers, from their covering the faces of 
the ladies when they appeared in public ; pallia, cloaks. noy Cir- 
cumcingere, to encompass; circumcludere, to gird; coronare, to 
crown, r- ntoy r~ntOJ7 f. Corona, a crown. p$p the cognate root in 
Arabic Dtoy signifies To sneeze. pittPtDp f. Sternutatio, sneezing, 
jry iy iyi2 m. Cumulus, a heap, from Arabic «y To erect, from its 
being raised up. tOBS? Involare, irruere in aliquem, to fly upon any 
person, m. Avis rapax, a bird of prey, from its seizing its prey. 

To collect, to gather together, consociate. m. Robur, 

strength ; fortitudo, bravery or strength, arising from associated num- 
bers, &c. c. more frequently f. Oculus, the eye, R. nap To act 
upon some person or thing ; the eye, from its returning or reflecting 
the images of external objects united upon the retina ; fons, a foun- 
tain, from its resemblance to the eye, or because it returns to the sur- 
face of the earth that water which it receives from the clouds; superfi- 
cies, the surface, or that which appears to the eye ; color, the colour of 
objects, pj; Oculans, viewing with the eye. Chald. Kry Oculus. 
yyi2 m. Ions. To vibrate, to flutter. «pp Lassum esse, to be 
weary ; m. lassus, wearied, swooned, thirsty, or fluttering or panting 
from fatigue, fear, thirst, np To raise up, lift up one's self, or be 
raised, -pp f. Urbs, a city, from the bustle or stir to be found in it ; 
m. pullus asini, the foal of an ass, from its being more sprightly than 
its parents. m. Mus, a mouse, from Chald. Hoj? To eat, and 

13 A field. W22y m. Araneus, a spider, from Arabic 3Dp Nimble, 
and W23 To subdue, from the spider dispatching its prey quickly. 
DDp To confine; m. compes, tinkling ornaments for the feet; ire, ac 
si compedes pedibus alligatse essent, to go, or dance as if the feet 
were bound with fetters. Turbare, conturbare, to trouble. 

2WDf! m. Aspis, an adder, or asp, from Arabic, to bend, and 3W 
To return, from its bending, or returning upon itself, jbj? To stam- 
mer, or stutter ; m. balbus, a stammerer ; balbutiens, stuttering. r~ 6j7 
Ascendere, to mount up. nj7 m. Chald. i^bj? Excelsus, elevated, 
excellent. Super, above, supra ; contra, against, adversus ; 

coram, before ; propter, eo quod, on account of ; ad, to ; apud, at ; 
juxta, nigh to ; secundum, according to ; in, in ; per, by. yhft m. 
Excelsus, supremus, very high, rvby f. Superius, higher ; Chald. 
caenaculum, a parlour, or upper room. r~vby Idem, the same, nblj; 
f. Ascensus, a burnt-offering which ascends in flame ; holocaustum, a 



my 102 \by 

whole burnt-offering. yh$ f. p. Chald. Holocausta, whole burnt- 
offerings. r~by m. Folium, a leaf, from its ascending or shooting 
from the tree ; ascensus, a rising ; gradus, a step, which raises us some- 
what higher, 'by m. Pistillum, a pestle, which by moving up and 
down brays things in a mortar, Elevatio, a raising. Sj?»» 

Pt^JflO nbjroS rnbj^D^n Supra, superne, above. mbjflD m. Ascensus, 
suggestum, a pulpit, from its elevation ; gradus, dignitas, high rank ; 
excellentia, excellence. r~hyr\ f. Aquseductus, a place where waters 
may ascend or rise, a place to hold water ; emplastrum, a plaster to 
lay on a graff when the bark is gone ; curatio, a raising up, or heal- 
ing. Exsultare, to rejoice ; m. also vby m. Exsultabundus, to re- 
joice very much. ®h& To be gross, thick. nvhy f. Tenebra?, dark- 
ness; caligo maxima, very thick darkness. *-?by P. r~\by To ascend; 
fecit, to do ; operatus est, to effect, mock, contrive ; racemavit, to ga- 
ther grapes, (see Parkhurst.) ^y m. Jugum, a yoke, which as- 
cends, or is put upon the neck of a beast. H^ip Parvulus, puerulus, 
a child, or a young one, from his ascending years, &c. ^b^ya Par- 
vulus. ^rby m. Catinus, a furnace, from the ascending of the fumes. 
mb'by T~\^b'by f. Actio, opus, v facinus, an action, or an arriving at an 
action. r<by r~by f. Chald. Occasio, an occasion; causa, a cause. 
ryhbty f. p. Racemationes, gleaning grapes ; racemi, bunches of grapes. 
Hflrfo m. Nequitia, wickedness, from Not, and Profit. ZD'bbyn 
m. p. Actiones, deeds, rvbibyn m. p .Facinora, actiones, ludificationes, 
sports, ^nby Wj; Chald. Accessit, to enter, intravit. 'byz> Chald. Occa- 
sus, a setting as of the sun, a going off of the solar light from one 
hemisphere to another, ttby Latitare, to lie hid ; occultum esse, to be 
dark ; m. adolescens, a youth unmarried, nvby f. Adolescentula, 
an unmarried young woman, from the retired state in which, in east- 
ern countries, they lived before marriage. O'EibjJ m. p. Adolescen- 
tia, youth, or the time of youth, mwhyn f. Absconditum, hidden, 
or secret. ablJ7 ZDlb'y Chald. zzhy t<chy m. Seculum, an age, or 
time concealed from man, whether bounded as time, or unlimited as 
eternity. uby Exsultare, to move quickly to and fro. yhy Sorbere, 
to swallow ; lambere, to lick, yyby m. p. Chald. Costa?, the ribs, 
from Heb. $?5f A rib. rf?y Tegere, to cover; animo deficere, to faint. 
Tishy m. lassum, wearied ; defectum, faint, yby Exsultare, to exult, 
leap for joy. rtwby f. Exsultatio, leaping for joy. pby Arabic, To 
adhere, fiphy f. Sanguisuga, a leech, because the leech clings fast 
in sucking the blood. 1EJ7 Stetit, to stand ; substitit, to halt ; mansit, 



103 



peimansit, to remain. iray m. Columna, a pillar which stands, or is 
sustained itself, and supports other things. rrray f Constitutio, a 
station, as of a commander with his army, noy from -ray To stand, 
and i me, that is, in my standing,, or mecum, with me. "rayD m. Sta- 
tus, a state ; statio, a station, constitutio. u ?»y Laborare, to labour ; 
molestiam afFerre, to bring toil ; m. laboriosus, toilsome ; molestus, 
troublesome ; labor, toil ; molestia, trouble. CUE]; Tegere, to hide, 
abscondere ; obscurare, to darken, to cover. cuy To collect, gather ; 
c. more frequently m. populus, a people, a collection or society of 
men. Chald. XEy ri^y Idem, the same ; cum, with ; juxta, prope, 
near ; apud, at. DEy ttray To lift, bear, or hold up. ;— f. Onus, 
a burden, any thing born, p^y Profundum esse, to be deep ; deep- 
ness, profundity, pray m. Profundus ; vallis, a valley, from its low- 
ness, abyss. "ray To press, squeeze ; manipulos facere, to gather 
sheaves ; gomer, an omer, or dry measure, from its being the smallest 
or most compressed measure of things dry known to the ancient He- 
brews ; Chald. lana, wool, from its great power of being compressed, 
iray m. Manipulus, a handful, from its being held or squeezed. 
r*ray A particle, over against, near, according to, R. ay To collect, 
gather together. jrftSjJ Socius, a companion ; proximus, a neigh- 
bour, from their associating together. 3jy m. Uvae, grapes, from 
their growing in clusters, for the Rabbinical writers use the root for 
connecting, joining. ::y Delighted, delicious, deliciari. juy m. De- 
licatus, delicate. n:yn Delicise, dainties, uy Alligari, to bind, annectere. 
J"~uy To act upon some person or thing, to sing or to answer ; respondit, 
to humble, oppress or afflict ; exaudivit, to hear perfectly ; cantavit, af- 
flixit, humiliavit ; m. an answer, uy m. Mansuetus, humilis, humble, 
gentle. IfTOJJ f. Mansuetudo, gentleness; humilitas, lowness. s jy m. 
Afflictus, harrassed ; pauper, poor, from oppression, also rruy f Afflic- 
tio, affliction ; paupertas, poverty. |*jy m. Occupatio, any troublesome 
business. ;— UJT f Ulula, an owl, from, the manner of their crying or 
answering one another. p-qjSffl m. Responsio, an answer ; sermo, a 
speech; f. jugerum, a furrow, from its being acted upon by the 
plough, m. r- u:y f. Nubes, a cloud, which arises from the earth 
or sea in vapour, and returns back again from the air or heavens in 
rain ; prognosticare, to foretell from the clouds, CTay Praestigiatores, 
those who pretend to foretell destinies by the clouds. r"U:y f Prae- 
stigiatrix, an auguress. spy To shoot, send forth shoots ; m. ramus, 
a branch ; ramosus, frondosus, full of branches or leaves, pjy To en- 



104 



compass ; m. torques, a buckle, a collar ; Anak, the name of a giant. 

Mulctavit, to fine ; punivit, to punish ; m. mulcta, a fine ; poena, 
a punishment. DDJJ Calcare, conculcare, to tread. D^DJJ m. Succus, 
juice ; mustum, sweet wine, the juice pressed from the grapes by- 
treading ; sweetness. To vibrate, to flutter. t<B$ Chald. iflp K'fljr 
Ramus, a branch ; frons, a leaf, which are waved to and fro by the 
wind, nap f. A mountain which melts, or wearies the traveller, R. 

To melt. ^Sj? To be elevated, raised up ; m. clivus, the ascent 
of a hill, high place, tower, haughty, to dare, to lift up. a^Sj; m. 
p. Haemorrhoides, painful swellings, emrods, or piles. *T3J? To com- 
minute, reduce to dust or powder ; m. pulvis, dust ; hinnulus, a fawn, 
from its skin being, as it were, dusted or covered with white spots. 
r~ nay f. Plumbum, lead, from its power of being reduced to powder 
or dust, yj; m. R. r~ TO To fix, to plant, lignum, wood; arbor, a tree, 
a plant, from its being fixed or placed in the ground, also m. counsel, 
R. 3^J7 Dolore afficere, to labour, to grieve, to afflict; m. dolor, 
pain; molestia, trouble; labor, toil; idolum, an idol, from the pains 
taken by their deluded worshippers in forming and decorating them. 
J13tfp m. r~D¥J7» f. Dolor, labor. Chald. DTO Dolens, grieving. 

"TO To cut, cut off, also "TOE m. Ascia, securis, an axe, or hatchet, 
from their power of cutting off; a file. r" TO To fix, make firm or 
steady, to fix the eye so as to devise froward things ; connivere, to 
dissemble ; m. spina dorsi, the back-bone, from its strength or firm- 
ness. HTO To be lazy ; m. piger, a sluggard. mb^I? m 1 TO f. Pi- 
gritia, sluggishness. ZD'Jy Potentem esse, to be strong ; c. more fre- 
quently f. as a bone, from its strength ; corpus, a body. QTO Ro- 
bustus, strong ; numerosus, strong from numbers. r-TOiftf f- Robur, 
strength. m»¥j7n m. Vires, powers, "TO To restrain, cohibere ; to 
stay, detinere ; to be closed, claudere, inclaudere ; m. imperium, re- 
straint ; occlusio, shutting up ; coarctatio, construction, j—ntt J? 2TTO 
f. Interdictio, a forbidding ; dies interdicti, a solemn feast day on 
which men were restrained from labour ; a solemn assembly, ccetus 
ferians. TTOE m. Prohibitio, a prohibition ; impedimentum, a hind- 
rance. "TOD m. Coercitio, restraint, imperium ; m. oppression, R. 
plj? To press. 3pj? The end, extremity, or utmost parts ; m. calx, 
extrema pars, the heel, sole of the foot with regard to its situation 
compared to the other parts of the body ; merces, a reward, or the 
consequence of any thing good or bad ; to support or hold the heel ; 
vestigium, a track, or place for the sole to tread. Dlpy m. Fraudu- 



105 



lentum, base ; curvum, crooked ; pravum, wicked, napj? m. Vesti- 
giata, supplantation, deceit.^ Sipjp Jacobus, Jacob; fraudulentus, 
fraudulent, from his deceiving his brother, apy Emolumentum, 
fructus, prsemium, the emolument, the fruit, the reward ; extremd, 
at last ; tandem, at length ; ad finem usque, even to the end ; pro, 
for ; propter, on account of ; quia, because ; eo quod, on that account, 
all particles denoting the end or consequence. "fpU! To bind, colliga- 
vit. npj; m. Cruribus varium, ring streaked, or, as it were, bound 
with stripes or streaks of a different colour, py To confine, npy 
j—ipJTQ m. Peribolus, a wall enclosing any place; septum, an en- 
closure, a battlement round the roof of an house to confine or keep the 
inhabitants from falling. To be crooked, perverse, also ^pyn 

Perversum, tortuosum, obtortum, crooked, perverse. jifV?pJ7 m. Tor- 
tuosus, crooked, rvhfhpy f. p- Tortuosa, things very crooked. -\py 
Extirpare, to cut, cut off, to wound, to root up ; enervavit, to weaken, 
to hamstring, or cut the sinews ; c. sterilis, barren, or made unfruit- 
ful ; m. stirps, a stem cut off the tree ; indigena, a native born in the 
same place ; Chald. radix, the root, stirps. a~ipJ7 m. Scorpio, a scor- 
pion, from p57 To pass, and at Great ; a kind of insect that with its 
snout fastens violently upon people so that it cannot be plucked oft' 
without great difficulty, tr/py Pervertit, to pervert; subvertit, to 
overturn ; m. perversus, wicked, mttfpp f. Perversitas, wickedness. 
CtfpyjD Perversitates, various crimes, f. Urbs, a city, R. -pj7 the 
same ; Psalm ix. 7« to awake, R.T157. any Miscere, to mix; spondere, 
to promise freely ; fide jubere, to be surety ; oppignorare, to pawn ; 
amcenum, suave, jucundum esse, to be pleasant; m. suavis, dulcis, 
sweet ; mixtio, a mingling ; miscellanea turba, a crowd ; vespera, 
evening, or mixture of light and darkness ; colluvies, vermin, or a 
mixture of insects ; corvus, a raven, from its dark colour ; Arabia, 
or the wilderness, affording a horrid mixture of rugged rocks. nan;; 
Campestris locus, desertus locus, a wilderness, also |13~1J7 m. Sponsio, 
arra, pignus, a pledge. D'aiy m. p. Salices, a species of willow 
whose leaves are of a mixed colour, green on the one side, and white 
on the other. mj7» m. r— DlJJD f. Occidens, the west, where dark- 
ness, as it were, mixes with the light; commercium, traffic, manyn 
f. p. Sponsiones, securities. 31$?, To stretch ; glocitavit, to cry as a 
stag, or stretch the voice, p- unp Areola, a little bed, or quarter in a 
garden, from its being stretched. -nj7 my Onager, a wild ass, from 
its braying, mj? To make bare ; nudare, naked, emptied ; evacua- 

O 



106 



rrny 



vit, discovered. r~ .ny f. Nakedness, nuditas, pudendum, my f. 
Retectio, retecta, nuda, naked. ny Cutis, pellis, the skin, from its 
pouring out perspirable matter, nviy f. p. Papyri, shrubs growing 
in marshes, nyny SS. Nudatus indiquaque, naked altogether ; myrica, 
a blasted tree quite naked, or stripped of its foliage. ny» m. Nuditas, 
nakedness, nijra m. Denudatio, a stripping bare; f. spelunca, a 
cave ; fossa, a ditch, a place hollowed out. cmpj m. p. Nuditates, 
literally, if we may be allowed to use the word, nakednesses, "pj; 
Ordinavit, to set in order; instruxit, taxavit, to reprove; m. or do, 
rank ; dispositip, order ; estimatio, value. ,— c-iyD f. r"Dny» Ordo, 
dispositio, acies, the order of battle. u ~ ny To be superfluous ; pras- 
putium amputavit, to take off the foreskin ; m. incircumcisus, having 
the superfluous foreskin. r-tny f. Praeputium, the foreskin, stop- 
page, or impediments or hindrances to men's receiving, believing, 
and obeying the will of God, having an allusion to the spiritual de- 
sign of circumcising, the word being transferred to the heart and ear 
to denote evil lusts and affections. OHP To be naked. Hiphil 
L*3 » frM Astutum esse, to be crafty. n*iy m. Astutus, cunning. 
rW1J7 f- Astutia, craftiness, as persons who wish to show great ac- 
tivity of body free themselves of every incumbrance, as of clothes, so 
it denotes great energy of mind, in a good sense as in prudence, so 
in a bad sense as in craftiness, or deceiving. r*QQnp f. Acervus, a 
heap, as of naked corn that is stripped of its straw and husks. ji^ny 
m. Platanus, the plane-tree, so called from the bark naturally peeling 
off and leaving the trunk naked. any Nudus, naked; nuditas, 
nakedness. tzhsi&Q m. p. Persons or things that are naked. ony 
To knead. rrnDny f. p. Massae, farinae, paste, or that which has been 
kneaded. «py Stillare, to distill, to fall down in drops ; decollare, to 
cut off or break the neck ; diruere, to break or pull down ; m. cervix, 
the neck, from the vertebras being like a succession of drops. C^-ny 
m. Ruina?, different kinds of ruin. H'-ny Caligo, darkness, from *py 
To flow down, and H'SK Thick darkness. yiy To agitate ; violentia 
uti, to use violence ; formidavit, to put in fear, yny m. Violentus, 
violent ; formidabilis, dreadful ; tyrannus, a tyrant. ymy m. Rup- 
tura, a fracture, a bruise. ynyD m. Pavor, fear, r- itfnyE f. Violentia, 
violence. p-\y Fugere, to flee, fled, apny m. Arteriae, the arteries, 
from conducting the blood purified from the lungs, -ny n^iy m. R. 
my To be empty; solitarius, alone, barren, or empty of children, 
ttny f. Arabic, To form an out-house or stall ; sponda, f. lectus, a bed, 



rtny 107 ivy 

from the particular part of the dwelling it occupies. Arabic, 
To germinate ; m. Chald. t<2VV m. Herba, an herb, or grass, rrtfp 
Facere, to make ; parare, to prepare ; acquirere, to acquire ; magnifi- 
care, to enlarge ; aptare, to fit. rro&Q m. Opus, opificium, a work, 
ytf J7 Fumare, to smoke ; irasci, to be angry ; m. fumus, smoke, calam- 
ity, or the consequence of violent smoke or anger ; fumigans, smok- 
ing. p&jj Opprimere, to oppress, also m. lis, strife ; contentio, con- 
tention, r-ipitfj? f- Oppressio, oppression ; fraus, fraud, pvtfj? m. Op- 
pressor, an oppressor. mp'Ji'Q f. p. Oppressiones, oppressions. 
TtfjJ Ditari, to grow rich, gather tithes ; m. divitia?, riches. Tipy m. 
Dives, rich, t^j? Decimas dare aut recipere, to give or receive the 
tenth part ; c. Chald. decern, ten. rrrtfj? m. more frequently f. De- 
cern, ten. n'itfj; Decimus, the tenth. nn ,, i?i' f. Decimatio, the 
taking a tenth, QHBTJ? c. Viginti, twenty, jnttry m. Pars decima, 
the tenth part. TtfpD m. Decima, the tenth, w?p Depasci, to cor- 
rode; contabescere, to waste, ttrj? m. Tinea, a moth, from its power 
of destruction, rrtfj? To shine ; nitidum esse, to be smooth ; m. ni- 
tor, shining, ryvp Chald. Cogitare, to think, nwj? m. Nitidum, 
tersum, clean, neat. Unus, one, from prtfp To make, and 

tys A foundation ; unity, from its being the foundation number, 
fnnttrj? f. Cogitatio, thought, or rather splendour, which makes ex- 
cellent sense. Daniel vi. 4. nnnff; f. p. Cogitationes, thoughts. 
?\£f&p f. Grex, a flock, from rrtf;? To make, and m A compass, or 
town, from the flocks going round in seeking their pasture ; it is also 
the name of an idol in the form of a sheep, which the Philistines and 
Zidonians worshipped. r"tf7 c. Tempus, time, my Paravit, to pre- 
pare. Tf\J7 m. Paratus. annj? m. p. Hirci, he-goats; duces, leaders; 
parata, prepared for sacrifice, &c. onj? To be burnt up, darkened, 
pnp To remove, withdraw, transferri ; consenescere, to grow old ; m. 
durum, hard ; durabile, lasting from age. p\-\j7 m. Antiquus, ancient, 
or permanent, that has long endured removal backwards and for- 
wards. nr\y To expand ; supplicare, deprecari, to supplicate, or ex- 
pand the heart in prayer to God; also rvtnp f. Abundantia, abun- 
dance, annp m. p. Supplices, those who petition. rW To speak 
seasonably. r~\V Tempus, time. \iy Tempestivus, seasonable, rnny 
Nunc, now; jam, already; modo, just now. 



108 



Is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet. is$£j f. A side, or extrem- 
ity, as a particle, here, or on this side. riKS f. Angulus, a corner ; 
latus, a side ; plaga, a part of a country ; m. a captain, from his being 
at the extremity, or head. 1K£3 Ornare, to adorn ; glorificare, to glori- 
fy ; scrutari ramos, to beat the boughs. r~llK3 f. Ramus, a branch, 
from its sending out the leaves and thereby adorning the tree, also 
.TiKan r~nxsn f. Ornatus, adorned ; decor, renown ; gloria, honour. 
TnK3 m. Elegantia, elegance ; nitor, splendour. 33 To fail, R. Jis. 
335 To fail, to faint. a^£5 m. p. Grossuli, green figs, from their ten- 
dency to fail, or fall off the tree. ^112 To pollute, defile ; m. also 
m. Abominatio, unclean thing, or abominable, pa Occurrit, to meet; 
incurrit, light upon ; irruit, to slay, or fall upon a person violently, 
so as to take the life ; to beseech, or to meet with a person to petition 
or intercede, intercessit ; m. occursus, chance, or meeting unexpected . 
casus, an accident. m. Scopus, a mark to shoot at. *U3 To 

faint, to be weak; piger, slow from weakness; lassus fuit, to be weary 
m. cadaver, a dead body, from its inability or loss of life. IMS Oc- 
currit, to meet, ma To separate, or deliver; redimere, to redeem 
or separate from evil. ^H3 m. Redemptio, redemption, or the price 
of redemption, ams S H3 m. r- >H3 ms f. Redemptio. p3 m. p3K 
R. ms To deliver, &c; a plain or country separated from others ; 
palatium, a palace or pavilion, or dwelling separated from others, a 
couple, or pair, because separated from the rest, jns Redimere, to 
redeem, &c. -na m. Adeps, fat ; intestina, the intestines, also the 
midriff, caul, &c. from the fat found on them, or near them. m3 To 
obvert, or turn inwards ; m. os, the mouth ; the n in this word in con- 
struction or government is changed into i ; acies gladii, the edge or 
the mouth of a sword. g*3 r~ TPS m^S plural. ^33 ^sby ^sh Juxta, 
nigh to ; secundum, according to. r- is NS3 Hie, here ; hue, hither. 
r"i3E 13D Unde, whence. ns'K Ubinam, for where. s>tt3'K 13K 
Nunc, now. 313 Cessare, to slacken, intermittere ; deliquium pati, to 
faint. r~Ul2 r-tflSn f. Intermissio, cessation, ms Afflare, to expand, 
to blow, spread out ; aspirare, to breath, to speak ; to entangle or 
snare, illaqueare. JT3 m. Favilla, a spark, or ashes, R. ruu To blow, 
from the necessity of air to the combustion, nfl Laqueus, a net. *pfl 



109 



To dissolve ; m. fucus, alkanet, an herb that dyes of a red colour ; 
carbunculus, a ruby, or rather some substance the colour of the ruby, 
which they dissolved, and with which they painted their eyes, hence 
to paint. m. R. r~h2 To separate, sever, divide, distinguish ; 

faba, a bean, from their growing separate in the pod, hence pulse, or 
seeds like beans, as C3 m. Os, the mouth, R. a«3 not used in the 
Hebrew, but in the Arabic it signifies, To fill, hence the mouth, be- 
cause filled with food. jig R. nJ3 To turn one's self ; haesitare, du- 
bitare, anxious or uncertain state of mind, dubious. |3 Ne forte, lest ; 
ne, not; ut ne, that not, a particle of doubt, y 13 *L m£3 To let 
loose, to open ; spargere, to scatter ; dispergi, to overflow. Mal- 
leus, a hammer, a club, from the power of breaking, or letting loose, 
msfisn £ p. Dispersiones, things that are broken or scattered, pis 
pS Vacillavit, to totter, to stagger ; protulit, to go forth, R. ps: To 
bring or draw forth, to produce, or bring into action, to bring up. 
p^S m. rnpia Titubatio, staggering, -yis R. rms To break, burst out, 
to bear fruit, disrumpi. i— nis f. Torcular, a wine press, from its 
squeezing the grapes. ni3 m. Sors, a lot, or a small broken piece 
put into the urn. tens R. r~\V3 To spread ; abundare, augescere, to 
grow, to increase ; m. W3 Abundantia, abundance. ni3 f. R. HS To 
part, to divide, a hinge, or rather flat pieces of gold of which the 
parts of the door were formed; m. pudendum muliebre. ts Solidity, 
compactness, strength ; aurum solidum, gold, from its solidity. H3 
Roborari, to strengthen, consolidari. fSiK The proper name of a 
place, which is called Ophir. -iT3 Dispergere, to disperse, ins Pa- 
vit, to fear ; m. pavor, fear, or shaking, ns To breathe, R. n3J. 
r~>ns m. R. ns To expand, also nrt3 Dux princeps, chief governor, 
from their power in ruling being extended, or expanded, ins To 
overflow; m. levis, light; instabilis, unstable from levity; swift, rapidi- 
tas. r-mna Levitas, lightness, CZ)n3 m. R. H3J To breathe, or blow 
with a blast of air ; carbon, pruna, live coal, where the fire is still, as 
it were, blowing, nnfl m. Chald. Figulus, a potter, in the Syriac 
the verb denotes, to form, to fashion, hence a potter, a former, &c. 
nns To dig, dig up ; m. fovea, fossa, a pit, or hole, because it is 
dug. r~\nns f. Corrosio, the corrosion, erosion, or inward, fretting of 
the leprosy. "itos rnofl m. Topazius, vel smaragdus, a topaz, or 
emerald ; in Arabic the verb denotes, to dig, or to search after, hence 
a topaz, &c. may indicate that it is dug for, or searched after. it33 
To open, let loose, laxare ; demittere, discedere, to permit, break forth, 



no 



slip away ; m. also p- HB3 f. Apertio, an opening, onios ra. p. Di- 
missi, sent away ; liberi, free ; apertiones, openings. t&tsa To strike, 
also m. ttPtOS m. Malleus, a hammer, from its striking. Chald. ^wdd 
m. p. Subligacula, turbans, or any covering for the head. T3 13 To 
die ; m. oppressio, calamity, infortunium, death. Cfta To be or grow 
fat, in Arabic, hence rn»'3 f. Plicatura, strigae, fat, or folds of fat 
To dissolve, disjoin, set loose, or poured, hence T~\DD Manare, to flow 
or set loose, effluere ; m. *]3 Lenticula, a vial, or small vessel, whence 
oil was poured or dropped in anointing. s»»ib3 To be extraordinary, 
high, marvellous, mirum esse ; occultum esse, hidden, or beyond one's 
expectation ; m. also ifhs m. Mirabilis, wonderful, mirum. r~n *6i)E 
f. p. Mirabilia, wonderful things. :bs Divisit, to divide ; m. rivus, a 
river, a stream, from being the division of land ; Chald. particula, a 
division, a half, pnaba f. Classis, divisio, a division. m^3 f. p. 
Partes, divisions ; rivi, rivers, classes, fleets, or divisions of ships. 
Chald. p-u^a f. Divisum, the thing divided. twVa ttttbs f Concu- 
bina, a concubine, from lbs To divide, and M To approach. Hs 
To fall, It. His- "hs mbs f. Taeda, a torch, or rather, perhaps, 
warlike preparations ; in Arabic, as a verb, it signifies to cut, hence 
the scythe, or cutting instrument with which their military 
chariots were armed, mbs Segregari, to separate, to select, separari. 
»3$3 Aliquis, some certain one, I know not whom, from Hs To 
keep secret, and *3 That is secret from me. nbs Dissecuit, to cleave, 
cut, split ; m. fragmentum, a fragment, or piece split ; Chald. servivit, 
to serve, or worship, coluit. ^nSs m. Ministerium, service, vbs 
Evasit, to escape; liberavit, to free; eripuit, peperit, to bring forth. 
whs Evasor, one who has escaped; evadens, escaping. rntD'bs f. 
Evasio, escaping; liberatio, freedom; reliquiae, remains. bSse m. 
EfFugium, a flight. "f?S To support, sustain ; m. scipio, a staff with 
which a man supports himself in walking ; colus, a spindle, or 
distaff, which supports the flax in spinning ; tractus, a country, be- 
cause measured by the staff or pole. L - ?*?a Judicavit, to judge, or se- 
parate between the good and the bad, in pronouncing judgment ; 
to intercede, oravit; supplicavit, to supplicate, h'bs m. Judici- 
arium, judgment; m. p. judices, judges. r~hhs f. Judicium, 
sentence. r~hDr\ f. Precatio, oratio, a prayer. 0^3 To make level 
or even ; libravit, to weigh, to make straight ; consideravit, to con- 
sider or weigh arguments; m. statera, a steelyard, or lever for 
weighing. ttwhsR m. p. Pondera, weights, yba Tremere, to 



mays 



111 



tremble ; to have tremulous motion,, contremiscere. mttbs ntfVsn 
£ Tremor, trembling, terror, horror, dread, fear. trffrjsfQ f. Idolum, 
an idol, from its shaking or trembling, vhs Volutare se, to roll one's 
self, to wallow, to cover. Lest not, a particle denoting an uncer- 
tain state of mind, from p-us Aspexit, to look, respexit ; vertit, to 
to turn ; avertit, to turn from, also ^3 f. Angulus, the corner, extre- 
mitas, the end ; turres, towers at the corners of walled cities ; prin- 
cipes, chief of the people. a*3S> m. p. Facies, the appearance, aspec- 
tus, the surface of whatever has several faces or aspects, cd^s 1 ? An- 
tea, before those things. c:£)b» Ab ante, from before. *jgf? Coram, 
before ; in conspectu, in the sight, ^sbn A facie, from the presence. 
^JStt Idem, the same. vjsV Coram eo, before him. C^J£) Interius, 
intimum, inward. riE*J3 D'JsSn nwssh r*i»*33fi Intro, intrinsecus, 
within. C31P3EI m. p. Margaritas, pearls, having many sides or faces 
turned to one for viewing them, jjs To be delicate ; m. an ointment, 
from its delicacy, p:a Delicate educare, brought up or fared delicately. 
D3 To diminish, or be diminished, hence t<DD m. A piece, or small 
part, palm, sole of the foot, being parts of the body small or diminish- 
ed in comparison of the whole. rnD£3 £ Idem, the same. JD2 To 
divide, to dissect ; extollere, to rear, lift up that it may be viewed for 
division. j—tiDS f. Collis, a hill, or broken or divided ridge. HD3 
Transire, to pass or leap over, transilire ; claudicare, to be lame ; m. 
transitus, a passage ; transilititio, a leaping over ; agnus paschalis, the 
paschal lamb ; festum paschatis, the paschal feast; m. claudus, lame. 
Hos Dolare, sculpere, to hew, chip, cut with a tool, also ^TDS m. 
Sculptile, an idol, or graven image. |nn:D3 ^"KOJDS Chald. Psalteria, 
a psaltery, from Chald. To touch, or rather from the Persic s*<:D3 
which denotes the striking of the harp, and in a common termination 
in that language signifying more. DOS Finished, or the labour in 
doing it being altogether diminished or done, deficere, imminui. 
O'Dfl m. p. Particular, frusta, varieties, or small shreds, coat of many 
colours. rnj?£3 Exclamare, to cry out, as one in labour. Ope- 
rari, to work ; facere, to do, operate, prepare, contrive ; m. opus, a 
work ; operis merces, the reward of a work. Impulit, to smite; 

agitate, agitavit ; pulsavit, shaking, amazed ; c. more frequently f. 
ictus, incus, an anvil, or that upon which we strike, a blow, vice, 
now, or that which strikes us at the time. CEJJS m. p. Vices, twice, 
or often it has struck us, incessus, gressus ; pedes, feet, or striking 
with the feet in walking, miEps f. p. Anguli, bases or angles, or 



jmsN 112 pqpa 

corners ready to strike against one; pedes, the feet, jflqfca m. Tin- 
tinabulum, a bell, which when struck has a tremulous or vibratory 
motion of its parts, and agitates the contiguous air so as to give a 
sound. ">jSQ To open the mouth ; to set free, distendit yr Dissipation, 
R. yr:. rt£a Aperire, dilatare, liberare, to open, expand, set free. 
n0f3 Fragorem edidit, to raise the voice, rejoice, to break; personuit, 
to cry aloud. L 73?3 Decorticare, to take off the bark, to peel, ryhta 
f. p. Decorticationes, cortices, the different barks or peeling cf them. 

Diffringere, to rive asunder. To bruise, crush ; vulnerare, 

to wound, nyr Instare, urgere, to compel, urge, persuade, to press 
hard, rTWfS f. Lima, a file, from its pressure or rubbing upon iron. 
p2 R. pi£! To vacillate, ips Yisitavit, to visit, to take notice or care 
of ; in visit, animadvertit, t© care or look for ; defuit, to be wanting, 
or to care for in vain, to punish, or visit in the way of punishment ; 
numeravit, to muster; praeficit, to oversee; com mi sit, to give in 
charge; deposuit, to entrust. TpS m. Praefectus, a chief, or head, 
from the care which he exercises, mpfi f. Prasfectura, superintend- 
ance; visitatio, oversight; recensio, a mustering; depositum, a charge. 
crnpS m. p. Mandata, commandments, or charges committed by God 
to man for his observance and regard. ^"ips m. Depositum, a trust 
mTp2 f. Praefectura. ipse Mandatum, a command; praefectura, 
census, a mustering, npr Aperire oculos, to open the eye, or the ear; 
m. apertus ocuhs, seeing, videns ; m. apertio, an opening, as of prison. 
>p3 To rive, cleave, or burst; m. colocynthis, coloquintida, bitter 
apple, from its bursting and throwing its seeds to a great distance. 
IS To break, to rive, shatter, beat, but. -\3 m. Juvencus, a young 
bull, R. j— TVS To bear or produce fruit, and r~ns f. Juvenca, a heifer, 
from their power of breeding. :>r\2 To run, also ms m. Onager, 
a wild ass, from its liberty, or power of running. "Ol3 m. Pars ex- 
terior, the outer part, from Chald. 12 To divide, and -q Without, out, 
outward. T\3 Separare, to divide; disjungere, to put out of joint; 
m. mulus, a mule, from its being the result of separation, or strange 
mixture, r— ITTHS f. p. Grana, grains of corn, from the change they 
undergo when sown. D"nr m. Paradisus, a paradise ; hortus, a gar- 
den ; sylva, a wood, from lis To separate, and di To hide, r— na 
Fructuosum esse, to be fruitful ; fructum edere, to bear fruit ; fcetifi- 
care, to increase. HU m. Fructus, fruit m. Thalamus, the 

marriage bed, or rather the litter which Solomon prepared for con- 
veying his royal bride to Jerusalem ; either of these might be so called 



113 



from its expected or wished for fruitfulness. "ins m. Suburbium, 
suburbs, from Chald. 13 A part, and ntq Without; being without the 
city. ns To disperse, or scattered, also ^H3 m. Pagus, a village, 
where the houses are dispersed or scattered, not so compact as in a 
city; paganus, an inn, or small village, ^ns m. Paganus. SpS 
N&T13 m. Chald. Ferrum, iron, from -|3 Bright, and H>U To fuse, 
ms Florescere, to blossom, to shoot forth; m. flos, a flower; germen, 
a bud, from their growing. r~ tms f. Pubertas, youth ; puberes, young 
females of a bad character. CZ^msK m. p. Pulli avium, the young of 
birds, tons Syriac, To cut or break off ; cecinit, to sing, as with a 
quavering or broken voice ; acini decidui, a cluster of grapes falling 
off. *p3 To break, to rend ; m. saevitia, fierceness, rigour, mms f. 
Velum, a veil, as of the tabernacle, which breaks or divides between 
the holy and the profane. ;zns Scindere, dissuere, to rend, to tear. 
D"i3 ttn9 Di visit, to part, to break in pieces as bread; m. ossifraga, a 
species of eagle, from his breaking the very bones of his prey. nois 
f. Ungula, a claw, from its dividing, as it were, the hoof. jr\3 To 
free, set free, or loose, to disengage, revenged, put away; nudare, to 
strip naked; retegere, to uncover; abstrahere, to take away; m. 
coma, hair growing loose and free, rtjna f. mjns £ p. Locks of 
hah- growing freely, tf/jns m. Pulex, a flea, from an Arabic word 
denoting to inflict a blow, from the biting of the creature, yns To 
overflow, break forth, rupit, erupit, irrupit, perrupit ; ursit, to press, 
institit ; irrumpere in multitudinem, to swell ; m. ruptura, a breach, 
eruptio, irrnptio. yis m. Irruptor, a robber, violentus, latro. 
O'ttiao m. p. Ruptura?, breaches, craggy rocks, or precipices by the 
sea shore, pis Rumpere, abrumpere, to break off ; pull away, eri- 
pere; deliver, dilacerare; m. diruptio, laceratum, rapine, pillage; com- 
pitum, a parting of a road or way ; frustum, a piece of flesh. nptSJQ 
f. Cervix, the neck, so called from the many breaks or divisions in 
the vertebrae, vis -i*n3 "Vr\K3 m. R. 13 To break ; olla, cacabus, a 
pan, a pot, from its brittle nature, or because what is contained in it 
is dissolved by boiling. ens To spread, separate ; explanare, expli- 
care, to explain by separating the parts under consideration, to stretch 
out, or extend; m. eques, a horseman, or one who rides distended or 
astraddle on a beast ; fimus, stercus, dung, or that which is separated, 
nuns f- Explicatio, an exposition, tcnsn m. Extensio, extension. 
Chald. ^uns hi. p. Exemplar, decrees, a copy, or declaration, from 
tins To declare, and Chald. 113 A form, or likeness, rrittnfl f. Po- 

P 



jns 114 vnb 

dex, the fundament ; excrementum, dung, from una Dung, and mitt? 
To pour out. T\£H3 To spread out, expandere, from «ns To spread, 
and fl Motion ; " how justly, therefore/' says Parkhurst, " applicable 
to the expansion of the clouds, which are perpetually moving or shift- 
ing." rvil f. R- r—na To be fruitful ; m. Euphrates, the Euphrates, 
or the river of fruitfulness. CEma m. p. Proceres, princes, from 
Arabic nxa High, and ST Spirit, that is, magnanimous. nwa Dif- 
fundere se, to spread abroad, diffuse, nitfa Discerpere, to tear in 
pieces, to hew, to dissect, rsvs Exuere, to strip, nudare, spoliare, 
irruere. yws To walk, or go, gradi; ingredi, to transgress, or pass 
over the bounds, rebellare ; deficere, to fail in duty, prevaricari ; m. 
passus, a step ; incessus, a walking ; defectio, a departure from duty; 
rebellio, a rebellion. njflPSto f. Coxendix, the buttock, that part of 
the body where the legs pass or diverge from each other. pitfa Di- 
varicare, to open or spread. Chald. "W3 Interpretari, to interpret ; 
m. also Chald. Knus f-TTtffl Interpretatio, interpretation, -wan m. 
Interpretans, explaining. rWD from oars To strip. nnW3 £ Linum, 
flax, from the stripping of the bark, filaments, &c. na To part, to 
divide. Kna czsiKna Subito, suddenly, R. J— ins m. Improvidus, not 
prudent, or not considering consequences, suddenly, or without 
thought ; repente, quickly. HTna m. Toga muliebris, a fine gar- 
ment, ribband, handkerchief, from ns m. A piece, and H>J To roll, 
because rolled round the body. czuna Chald. *<)Mf\S Verbum, a 
word ; narratio, a declaration ; negotium, a thing, from r~\a A piece, 
or a writing, or a declaration, and p-wm To respect, nna Seduci, 
to draw aside in a bad sense ; persuasit, to persuade ; decepit, to be- 
guile; pellexit, to allure, mma m. Simplex, easily persuaded to 
evil ; fatuus, foolish. s na m. Simplex, simple ; simplicitas, simplicity ; 
fatuitas, foolishness, nvns f. Simplicitas, fatuitas. Chald. j^na 
Latitudo, breadth, from nna To open, aperire ; solvere, to loose, rete- 
gere ; m. janua, a gate, a door, from its opening, ingressus. mrvna 
f. p. Gladii stricti, drawn or open swords, mnam. Sculptura, an en- 
graving. nna» |inna m. Apertio, an opening ; clavis, a key, from its 
power of opening, ^na To writhe, wrestle, to turn, luctari, con- 
torqueri, intorquere. u 7 i na m. Filum, a thread ; funiculus, a rope ; 
vitta, a ribband; fascia, a swathing band, from their being turned or 
twisted. ^inSns m. Contortissimum, very much twisted, o^inflj 
m. p. Luctationes, wrestlings, ^na To stir, move, disturb, or make 
a commotion ; m. aspis, a serpent, an asp, from its power of disturbs 



115 



ing the frame by its poison, yn3 To break in pieces, as a particle, 
repente, suddenly; momenta, in an instant, nr»3 Interpretari, to ex- 
pound, jnns m. Interpretatio, an explanation. m. Exemplum, 
exemplar, a copy, from Arabic wns To examine diligently, and jui 
Chald. A form, from its being an authentic form or copy, nns D3 
Frangere, to break, ns f. Frustum, a piece, or part broken off ; 
buccella, a little mouthful. m. p. Frusta, flat pieces or plates 
of gold. 

Is the eighteenth letter, it is like the eel-spear, or trident for striking 
fish, &c. R. To go forth. czj^Ktf m. p. Umbrosa, 

arbores umbrosae, shades, shady trees, R. To overshadow. jk¥ 
To be fruitful. r-ti¥ c. Oves, sheep ; grex, a flock, as of goats ; 

greges, flocks, from their being prolific. m. Pecorosus locus, a 

place fruitful in flocks. Chald. 3¥ A station, R. a¥:. Nia¥ ;— 13¥ 
Voluit, to will; optavit, to wish, i as* f. Voluntas, the will. N53¥ 
Militavit, ministravit, turmatim convenit, to assemble in bands, to 
war, to serve, also rna^'m. Exercitus, an army; militia, warfare; tem- 
pus militiae, the time of serving, from their assembling, or meeting 
together ; a fight, for the same reason. matf Intumescere, to swell. 
32f m. Tumidum, swollen ; tumens, swelling ; cameratum, vaulted ; 
bufo, a toad, from its swelling ; testudo, the tortoise, from the form of 
the shell. ^a¥ m. Decus, ornament ; gloria, renown ; caprea, capreo- 
lus, a roebuck, a wild goat, from their stateliness. E3¥ Porrigere, to 
stretch, reach, jjatt To form long lines or streaks ; pingere, to paint, 
to colour, to tinge, colorare ; m. color, colour ; tinctura, a tinging ; 
versicolor, of changing colours; the hyaena, from his variegated colours. 
yatfK f. Digitus, the finger, from its long form, naif Congregare, to 
collect ; congerere, to gather together, to heap, anax m. p. Acervi, 
heaps. in Arabic, To take hold, cnatf m. p. Manipuli, 

handfuls. To appoint, R. "n¥ itf m. Latus, the side, hence 
r~n¥ Venari, to lay snares, or catch one sideways ; quaerere, to seek. 
m¥ £ Industria, industry ; also a laying in wait ; propositum, a 
purpose, or the design of an insidious person. pi¥ Justificare, jus- 
tum esse, to be just, also pH'i m. r~ ip"tt f. Justitia, justus, just, jus- 
tice. m¥ R. mvj To go quickly, artt amtf To shine, glare, be re- 



runs 



116 



splendent; m. fulvus, yellow, bright. 3H¥» m. Fulgens, shining. 
SsiaS To cause or make to shine ; hinnire, to neigh as a horse ; jubi- 
lare, to shout for joy. mbvD f. p. Hinnitus, neighings. m3f To be 
clear, transparent; m. lumen, light; splendor, shining; fenestra, a win- 
dow that admits the light; oleum, oil, that makes the face to shine. 
QttTVtit m. d. Meridies, mid-day. -ns Venari, to hunt, to lie in wait, 
R. !Ti¥ To look sideways, to ensnare. TV m. Venatio, hunting ; 
esca, food, or game taken in hunting, commeatus. m¥ r" TVV f. 
Viaticum, food for a journey. TiVE m. Rete, a net, from its ensnar- 
ing. r~niV» f. Venatio, hunting ; sagena, a drag-net. rtl5{ Praeci- 
pere, to command, teach, permit. IV m. nxa f. Praeceptum, a pre- 
cept, mv Vociferari, to cry aloud. mrPHV f. Dry land, mmv f. 
Vociferatio, a crying aloud ; querela, a complaint. '"TiV n^lSS nblVE 
mbVE f. R. Htf To shade, overshadow, shelter ; profundum, deep ; 
profunditas, depth ; an abyss or extent, or shade of waters. a*)V CDV 
Jejunare, to be empty, to abstain from, fasted ; m. jejunium, a fast. 
*yi¥ R. rnBV To overspread, overflow, or overspread as water ; fluere, 
effluere, exundare, to swim or spread, or float upon the surface ; m. 
favus, a honeycomb, from the waxen cells spread over the honey. 
pi¥ ps Arctari, to press, press down ; compress, coarctari ; to straiten, 
arete cohaerere, to adhere, the effect of pressure, also npiv pi¥» 
npiVE f. Angustia, difficulty, or strait, arising from pressure by an 
enemy. pviE m. Angustum, narrow from pressure. CD'pwn m. p. 
Cardines, hinges, from their holding, or pressing of the gate or door. 
"Yi¥ TV To bind, ligare ; close, arctare ; enclose, or besiege, obsidere, 
to straiten, or bind ; m. angustus, narrow ; arctus, angustia, narrow- 
ness, strong, or bound ; hostis, an enemy, or besieger ; rupes, a rock 
or flint, whose parts are bound together ; acies, the edge of a sword. 
TTpS f. iEmula, a rival, or one who distresses, j—nis f. Forma, a 
form, R. To form. an'S m. p. Tormina, gripes ; dolores, pains, 
from their pressure ; imagines, idols, or compressors, idola. "iKlV "n¥ 
yny$ m. Collum, the neck or vertebral bones, from their firmness. 
-nXJQ m. miSB f. Obsidio, a blockading; munitio, a fortificatioii. 
nnx To be white, candidum ; nitidum esse, or clean, to shine, fair ; 
arens, dry, aridum. n¥ m. Candidus, white ; nitidus, clean ; serenus, 
calm. mn¥ f p- Nitida, neat ; elegantia verba, chosen words, rrntf 
m. Nitor, shining, nitidum ; arduus, difficult, or steep, as of a rock, or 
dry. r- lirnv f. Ariditas, dryness ; aridus locus, a dry place. mWlttf 
f. p. Siccitates, places dry. ?n¥ To stink, run* f. Fcetor, putor, 



putrido, rottenness, &c. pntt Arrisit, to laugh, or rather to move 
backwards or forwards the sides or lungs in laughter ; illusit, lusit, 
jocatus est, to rejoice, to mock, or in derision to laugh at a person ; m. 
risus, laughter, an ally, or one who rejoices with us, to encounter, or 
engage in scorn, nntf To be white ; m. candor, whiteness ; nitor, 
shining. "•2 To be dry. pV2f f. Siccitas, dryness ; siticulosus locus, 
a dry place. m. Zion; aridus locus, a dry place. m. Navis, 
a ship, from its carrying men and goods safe and dry. CD"tt m. Feri 
incolae, &c. wild inhabitants of the wilderness or dry places. jvtt 
m. Signum, a monument, a sepulchre, an inscription, from the dry- 
ness of the ground where these are to be found, prtf m. R. pstt To 
confine, pillory, stocks, from their power of confining, Flores- 
cere, to blossom, also m. niftt f. Flos, a flower ; lamina, a plate, or 
rather a flower ; penna?, plumage, feathers, or wings, riaPK f. Cin- 
cinnus, a tuft of hair like a flower ; peniculamentum, a part of a gar- 
ment, or artificial flowers worn on the fringes of the garments, -plf 
m. R. I5f To bind ; cardo, a hinge, which, as it were, binds or fastens 
the door ; legatus, a messenger, upon whom, as it were, the business 
turns as upon a hinge, rvtt Accendere, to burn, R. gfrpjp the same. 

To rescue, R. SttJ. t<btt p-fctf Chald. Orare, to pray, nbtt 
Assare, to roast, dress, as meat by roasting, 'hx ^lbtt m. Assum, 
tostum, roasted. fh)£ To pass on, advance, go forward> proficere ; 
transire, irruere, invadere, pervadere, prosperari, to prosper, or to go 
on according to our desires, rush on. rrrfejf f. Paropsis, a platter, 
a dish. r~ f. Scutella, a dish ; lebes, a pan ; manica, a sleeve of 
a garment ; sinus, the fold in a garment. nrfjS f. p- Gabatae, por- 
ringers, from their passing from hand to hand. u ? 5 ?^ Obumbrari, to 
shade; profundum petere, to desire the shade ; tinnire, to tingle, a 
word formed from the sound, to quiver, as a person in terror per- 
haps from the sound of something ; to sink, or be overshadowed ; m. 
also m. Umbra, a shade. L ~ m. Umbra densa, a thick shade . 
fuscina, a fish-spear, or rather a hut for the fishermen to hang up the 
skins of what they take, as an evidence of their skill and success ; 
m. locusta, vermes, the locust, so called from their numbers being 
so great as to darken the air. CD^J&Sf m. p. Cymbala, a kind of 
cymbals, from their tinkling sound. s^ttJO m. d. mbtfD f. p. Tin- 
tinnabula, bells, or rather warlike trappings, as of bells fastened to 
the mules or camels. *— Ofcbtt f. Umbra lethalis, a deadly shade, R. 
abtt To figure, to delineate ; m. also Chald. t<vh'J Statua, imago, an 



118 



image, or delineation, a shadow, or appearance of an image. jmVsf 
m. Caligo, a dark, shady, or faint image. To be or go on the 
side ; c. costa, a rib, or side bone ; latus, the side ; claudicatio, a halt- 
ing, or slipping aside ; cella, a side-room ; m. claudicans, halting ; 
cubiculum laterale, a board lining the side of a room. a¥ To be 
empty, meagre, thin, hence ootf rnntt f. Coma, crines, covered as 
with hair, or rather with something that is thin, a veil of gauze or 
the like covering the face. CD'jQSf m. p. Crinitus, hairy ones, or rob- 
bers, or half starved Arabs of the desert, who from necessity as well 
as desire, have ever been and are still prone to steal, praedo. 
Sitire, to be thirsty ; m. sitiens, sitibundus, thirsty, very thirsty, also 
m. ri8E¥ f. Sitis, thirst. Copulavit, to couple or join to- 

gether, to yoke, to unite, to pair; m. copula, a joining; jugum, a 
yoke. te¥ m. Copulatus, joined; armilla, a bracelet, the two ends 
of which, when worn, are joined. n»¥ Pullulare, to vegetate ; efflores- 
cere, to spring, or rise up ; provenire, to grow, or increase ; m. ger- 
men, a bud, spring, or rising up, rising sun. p£¥ Arescere, to be 
dry; flaccescere, to grow faint, c^pins m. p. Uvae passa?, bunches 
of dried grapes or raisins, massee uvarum. "WMf To be weak ; m. 
lana, wool, from its weakness, or softness. f. Surculus summus, 

the top or leading shoot of the cedar, so called from its softness. 
n»2f Exsindere, to cut off, destroy, consume, dismay, suppress. 
mrPJDtt f. Excisio, somewhat cut off. rnW f. R. |¥ Pointed, sharp 
pointed ; sheep, or cattle, from their sensibility to cold ; a shield, from 
the middle part pointed, which was of great use in repelling the 
sharp pointed missive weapons, rutf Desiliit, to throw, or drive 
downwards, leap down, fastened or fixed down, infixus est. To 
be hard, dry, also n»ij¥ f. Gracilis, thin, or slender, from want of 
moisture. jj¥ r- f. Clypeus, a shield ; frigus, cold. d^3*3S| 
m. p. Aculei, spinse, thorns. J7J¥ To be modest, modeste se gerere, 
humble, cyiw m. p. Modesti, persons who are humble. *p¥ Vo- 
lutare, to roll ; obtegere, to wrap, obvolvere. *p5? m. *— *£)J¥E f. Ci- 
daris, a turban, a tiara, from the head being covered with them in 
rolls. n3L' f. Volutatio, a circumvolution, nntttf f. R. |¥ pointed, 
&c. urna, an urn, a basin, or pot with a wide belly and strait pointed 
mouth, -otf Perhaps the radical idea is to fill. T0¥ m. A gutter ; 
canalis, a cistern, from being filled with water, rmnw m. p. Pipes, 
tubi, fistulas, from ^ Sharp pointed, and "in Round, from the shape 
of the pipes growing more and more pointed, To sparkle, R. 



pn 119 jgo 

yxi. iyt Gradi, progredi, to step, to walk, also m. my¥ f. Gressus, 
passus, a step. p- nj#K f. Periscelis, armilla, a bracelet, from the 
links or steps of which it was formed, a garter, for the same reason. 
OHjttn m. p. Gressus, steps, p-ytf To spread, stretch out, strew ; 
peragrare, to wander. G^ysf jflf m. p. Motiones, spreading, alluding 
to the cherubim. ^ To remove, to be removed, disrumpi, dissi- 
pari. Arabic, To be slender, weak. *\i&£ Peplum, a veil, from 
its slender texture, pj?¥ Clamare, to cry out ; exclamare, or to cry 
aloud. npJBf f. Clamor, noise. IJftf Minui, exiguum fieri, to be 
made small, anjtf m. p. Parvuli, few, or small, m. Parvus, 

small. r~rvj?i> f. Minima, the least; minor natu, less in years. nyUD 
m. Perexiguum, very small; res perexigua, a very small thing. 
•TPJOT f. Perparvum, very little. 13V Adhaerere, to adhere. nstf 
To overspread, to watch, look out, speculari, or to overspread, as it 
were, by the sight ; obtexit, to cover. "03¥ m. Obductio, a covering ; 
tectorium, the plaster or covering of a wall. rnSJf f. Coronamentum, 
a chapiter, a covering, or shell. prstf JTVSH f. Speculatio, a viewing, 
or watching. ri3¥E c. Specula, a watch-tower. r-iS¥S¥ f. Specula- 
tio accuratissima, very strict looking after. n3¥ from Syriac nsto To 
fill, also nnfl2t f. Ampulla, a cup, vessel, or cruse, because filled with 
their contents. rTIV£5? f. Placenta mellita, a honey cake, or a pitcher 
cake, a cake baked by spreading it on the inside of a pitcher heated 
for this purpose. |S¥ Abscondere, to hide, recondere. ysv f. Sep- 
tentrio, the north, from being less under the direct influence of the 
sun than places south of the land of Judea. Mifljf m. Aquilonaris, of 
or belonging to the north. ji3¥ m. Reconditum, hidden ; thesaurus 
reconditus, concealed treasure. y3¥ To cast forth or dart with vio- 
lence, also Wj?3¥ m. basiliscus, a basilisk, or serpent, from its violent 
darting upon its prey. ^yi3¥ m. p. Excrementa, dung, from its being 
cast out. my3¥ f. p. Nepotes, issue. *]3¥ *]5f3¥ Pipire, to chirp, 
pipe, or cry as a bird, from pT3¥ To overspread, from their twitter- 
ing noise when they spread their wings in looking about. n3¥ To 
move quickly, rush hastily, shoot away, evolare ; c. more frequently f. 
avis, avicula, a bird, passer. "V3¥ Hircus, a buck goat, from his rapid 
and nimble motion. pTVfljf f. Matutinum tempus, the morning, or the 
morning light darting upon the earth. ps¥ m. Unguis, a nail ; ungula, 
a hoof, by which locusts rush on their prey, stylus. jm3¥ c. Rana, 
a frog, from n3¥ Brisk motion of light, or heat, and jn 1 To feel, from 
their keen feeling. p¥ To pour, R. p¥\ p¥ R. pi¥ To restrain. 



{OfJ 120 Sp* 

SjaSC Arabic, to make light, also m. Gluma, chaff, or the husk 
of corn, from its being winnowed or rendered light. *i¥ &c. R. ntf* 
To form, also ti¥ To bind, amsj Aduri, to burn, friarst f. Adurens, 
adustio, burning. r- n¥ To flow, also n¥ m. Opobalsamum, theriaca, 
balm, from its issuing from the tree. m¥ To lift up the voice, cla- 
mare. prprM m. Propugnaculum, a tower, a fortress, or rather a hol- 
low place well adapted for sound. To be poor ; m. necessitas, 
necessity. jn¥ To smite, or strike, also jrn¥ jniSE m. Leprosus, a 
person smitten with leprosy, njrttJO f. Leprosa, a woman affected 
with the disease. njTW Lepra, the stroke, or plague itself, r- ijTtt 
f. Crabro, a hornet, or wasp, whose sting in the eastern countries is 
very venomous. «p¥ To melt, or refine, to defecate, or purge, pur- 
gare, conflare ; probare, to tiy, examinare ; m. conflans, conflator, 
aurifaber, a refiner of metals. «p¥» Fusorium vas, a coppel for re- 
fining metals. Sins* n¥ Ligare, colligare, to bind, to vex ; m. nn¥ m. 
Fasciculus, a bundle g loculus, a purse ; lapillus, a small stone. -tfD 
Angustia, narrowness. m@6 see mfc To set on fire. 

P 

Is the nineteenth letter, a consonant, and is one of the radicals. Nip 
To vomit. nKp f. The pelican, or bittern, from its vomiting up the 
shell-fish which is its food ; after these have lain a while in the stom- 
ach, shell and all, the heat of that viscus causes the shells to open, so 
that vomited in that state, as opening, the bird picks out the enclosed 
fish and swallows it. ap m. R. apj To make hollow ; cabus, a kind 
of dry measure, from its being hollow, hence map f. Ventriculus, the 
belly, from its being hollow, also natp f. Lupanar, a brothel, or tent, 
or hollow place for that purpose, hence aap Maledixit, exsecratus est, 
to curse, or pierce, or make hollow, Hop To receive kindly ; Chald. 
accepit, to receive, as a particle, coram, before ; ex adverso, opposite, 
or standing in our presence ; propter, propterea, on account of these 
things, yap To press down, depress, oppress, to pierce, or bear 
down ; rapuit, to bear down, or deprive by pressing down ; spoliavit, to 
spoil, to punish by pressing down, yaip m. Galea, a helmet, which 
by its weight of metal presses hard upon the head ; spoil, or that 
which is obtained by oppression. r~»J?ap f. Faex, dregs, or the lees 
of wine obtained by pressure, yap Congregavit, to gather ; contraxit, 



121 



to draw together, QWp m. p. Catervae, collections of people, com- 
panies. !"6Dp f. Congregatio, an assembly. -op Sepelire, to bury ; 
m. sepulchrum, a sepulchre, or place of burying. ,— nop f. Sepul- 
tura, sepulture, burial, Tip Incurvare verticem, to bow down the 
head, ipip m. Vertex, the head, R. Arabic np To cut, divide, the head, 
from its being so divided by the coronal and sagittal sutures, hence 
,— np f. Cassia, cassia, from its being stripped from the tree or shrub, 
mp Accendere, accendi, conflagrare, to burn, nmp f. Febris ardens, 
a burning fever, mptf m. Carbunculus, a carbuncle, from its spark- 
ling, or shining. onp Antevertit, praeivit, to go before ; occurrit, to 
present itself ; m. Antiquitas,' of old ; eternitas, eternity, or the time 
that is past ; antiquum, antique ; olim, antrorsum, time past ; oriens, 
the east, where the sun first appears, as a particle, Chald. mCTp Be- 
fore, coram, j-^mp Priores, former things, f^n^lp f. Prima, the 
first. CDHp m. Oriens, orientalis plaga, some eastern country ; Eurus, 
the east wind. CD'jQnp m. p. Antiquitates, ancient things, ''JEnp m. 
Antiquus, orientalis, ancient, east, "np Obscurari, to be dark, atrari, 
atratum incedere. nmp f. Atror, blackness, nvmp f. Grief; 
atrate, in mourning, unp Destinari ad aliquid, to separate, or set 
apart ; consecrari, sanctificari, for any purpose ; m. sanctitas, holiness, 
or the being set apart ; sanctum, holy, meritorius, one set apart to 
gain money ; cinaedus, a prostitute, whether male or female. nt£np f. 
Chald. urnp m. Sanctus, holy. unpE m. Sanctuarium, a sanctuary, 
mnp Obtusum fieri, to be blunt, set on edge, as the teeth, Snp 
Congregare, to collect, assemble, also r~ pnp f. Congregatio, an as- 
sembly, r^bnp Congregans, assembling ; Ecclesiastes, the preacher. 
Kip l*4p Vomuit, to vomit. Kp Kp m. Vomitus, an ejection. nKp 
f. Pelicanus, the pelican, see Kp. rmp To stretch, stretch out, tend, or 
extend, to wait, or extend hope, to expect, expectare. "ip m. Linea, 
a line, from its length, or extension. rr»pE) m. Expectatio, spes, 
hope, expectation ; confluentia, a pond for water, also i^ptt m. Ne- 
tum, filatum, any thing twisted, or made of thread, mpn f Spes, 
hope ; funiculus, a thread. oip top Fastidire, to loathe, to displease. 
Dp m. Fastidium, loathing, np Capere, to take, R. npb the same. Sip 
Sp m. R. rnSp To be light ; vox, a voice ; sonitus, a sound, from 
their lightness, alleviated, mbp p- Soni, sounds ; tonitrua, thunder, 
from the lightness or swiftness with which the sound moves or tra- 
vels, ap To vindicate, R. crp:. CDip Op Chald. Surgere, to rise, 
stare, to stand. a"p m. Substantia, substance ; Chald. Statutum, an 

Q 



mp 122 nop 

ordinance; stabilis, stable, ,—ra*p f. Surrectio, a rising up. nop 
f. Seges, corn, from its rising or growing. nmp OJMp f. Statura, 
stature ; altitudo, height, o*»p c<&?p m. p. Adversarii, those that 
rise up against us. rrr»»ip f. p. Erectiones, as if we should say, up- 
rightnesses. BSip? m. Subsistens, substantia viva, a living substance. 
Cipn c. more frequently m. Locus, a place. Olpbs Invictus, not 
conquered, or rather overcome, from Not, and Sip To stand. 
m»ipn f- Resurrectio, a rising again, a standing, jip jp Lamentatus 
est. r^TjP f- Lamentatio, mourning. Dip Dp Succidere, to cut off. 
«]ip *p m. R. f]p: To surround, encompass ; simia, an ape, from its 
antic gestures and frequent circumgyrations. r~lSipn Conversio, a 
turning ; revolutio, a revolution of time, yip yp Taedere, to weary, 
to afflict, to fret ; aestivare, to pass the summer, R. yp* To awake from 
sleep, because then all nature is, as it were, active or awake. y*p 
iEstas, the summer ; aestivi fructus, the fruit of summer. y<p m - 
Spina, a thorn, from its fretting, or wounding, nfiftp f. p. Capilli, 
the hair, the locks, or the extremities of the hair, from rrfitp To make 
an extremity, or end by cutting off. Tip *.p To spring up, or gush 
out as water ; fodere, effodere, to dig that the water may gush out. 
anipm. p. Tela?, webs ; emanations, liquors, juices, &c. -npn m. Fons, 
a fountain, profluvium. tcnp urp R. m p' To lay a snare ; tendiculum 
ponere, to place a snare, top R. tsip To loathe, atop To cut off. aitop 
m. Exitium, destruction, bite, plague, from their power of cutting off. 
u ?t3p To amputate, to slay by cutting off, interficere ; m. occisio, a 
cutting off. jt3p Parvum esse, to be small; little, less, parvus, minor; 
minimus, least. *]tsp Decerpere, to crop, or pluck off. TOp Adolere, 
suffumigare, to fume, fumigate ; suffitum facere, to make to smoke ; 
m. also mntop t fHKEtp f. Suffitus, perfume, from the smell thence aris- 
ing. "Vit^p m. Fumus, smoke; exhalatio, damp, nnvjp f. p. Ca- 
minis instructa, places built for fires, or forges. itspE m. mspO f- 
Suffimentum, thymiaterium, thuribulum, incense. PVntDpJD f p. Arae 
thurarise, suffitoriae, incense altars. Chald. nop Ligare, colligare, to 
bind, from the Hebrew ittrp. jntDp m. p. Nodi, knots; vincula, 
chains, or difficulties. Chald. B*p m. iEstas, summer, from Hebrew 
\ M P« JTp To cut down ; m. aestas, summer, from the fruits then cut 
down, m. R. r~ tf p To be hollow ; lancea, a lance ; hasta, a spear, 
from its resemblance to a cane which is hollow, hence p*p ivp^p no- 
Ricinus, a gourd, or palma Christi, from its being hollow in the stalk. 
■Vp m. R. nip To meet, join, or coalesce ; m. p. paries, murus, a wall, 



pp 123 r-hp 



as of a house which, as it were, meets and opposes his passage ; de- 
struere, to break down, or to meet one for their hurt. r~bp To be 
light ; assare, to fry, to burn, to make light by evaporation or burn- 
ing; torrefacere, to be vile, or light; vilipendere, destitute of worth, 
cursed, or declared vile, i^js K^p m. Tostum, burned, jibp m. Vi- 
litas, worthless; levitas, light; ignominia, shame, or the consequence 
of being vile, r6p Chald. To flow, flow out, flow down, mnbp f- 
Lebes, a kettle ; ahenum, a pot, because it pours forth its contents, 
tobp To contract, taibp m. Contractus, contracted, short; curtusmem- 
bro uno, defective, vhpfo m. Receptus, received; refugium, an 
asylum. Levari, to be light, to be vile, vilescere; to curse, 

maledicere; m. tersum, clean; politum, polished. n^p f. Maledic- 
tio, a curse, exsecratio. ^plbp m. Vilissimus, very low. H>p m. 
Levis, light; velox, swift, from lightness, vbp To extol, insult; lu- 
dificare, to sport ; eludere, despise, or extol in irony, also m. rtobp f. 
ludificatio, sport, j&p To hollow; sculpere, to carve, to grave; inci- 
dere, to hollow; funda projicere, to sling; m. funditor, a slinger, from 
the hollow form of the sling ; a curtain, double and hollow tapes ; 
the leaf of a wicket, valva. nybpE f. Incisura, engraving. u6p To 
be wasted, or slender, ywhp m. Furca, a fork, a trident, from the 
slenderness of the fork, op R. aip To rise, &e. nop To grind, 
or reduce to powder, seems to be the primitive meaning ; m. farina, 
meal, from its being reduced to powder. tD£p To lay hold on ; eor- 
rugare, to constringe, to wrinkle, to wither, as it were, from age, con- 
stringing us. '-jnp Syriac, to be infirm, to wither ; languere, to lan- 
guish, from infirmity, exarescere. y»p Colligit in pugillum, to gather 
in handfuls, to grasp ; m. manipulus, a handful, amp Arabic, Agitation, 
ttnop ttnn^p m. Carduus, a nettle, from the agitation or uneasiness it 
occasions when it stings, a thistle. a^WEp m. p. Cardui, thistles. 
NUp To eat into, corrode, as fire; zelotypum esse, to be jealous; m. 
zelotes, jealous, or one who is jealous. niup £ Zelotypia, jealousy; 
invidia, envy, emulatio. njp To hold, or contain, as any hollow 
thing ; to possess, possidere ; acquirere, to acquire ; emere, to pur- 
chase ; m. possessor, one who is in possession ; emptor, a purchaser ; 
m. canna, a cane ; calamus, a reed, ^jp m. rupo £ m. Possessio, a 
possession ; emptio, a purchasing. p"Upn m. Pecus, a flock, posses- 
sio. OJp V\172}p m. Cinnamomum, cinnamon, from s:p To emit a 
strong smell ; cinnamon, from its strong aromatic smell. |p Nidus, 
a nest, from holding its young, hence pp Nidificare, to build a nest. 



124 



SDp Divinare, to divine; presage, prognosticate, also m. C2Dp» Di- 
vinatio, divination, a diviner, nop m. R. prtfp To be heavy; atra- 
mentarium, an inkhorn, or ink, from its weight, yp To suspend, R. 
j?p\ &p$fp To mark ; m. stigma, a mark, or cut on the body, -»i?p 
mjjp £ Scutella, a hollow dish, or platter, in Arabic nyp To be deep. 
js$flp Coagulari, to be condensed, to coagulate, congeal. ^KSp nn 
Concretio, a growing together ; densitas, heaviness, from coagulation 
"Iflp To hasten, or hurry along ; praecidere, to cut off. msp f. Exci 
dium, a cutting off. nsp Noctua, an owl, or rather a hedge-hog 
from its hurrying motion, tap in Chald. To leap, nsp m. Merula, 
a blackbird, also a flying or darting serpent, yap To contract ; oc- 
cludere, to shut, shut up, restrain ; subsilire, to leap, from contracting 
the body, in order to take a greater spring. 3¥p Praecidere, to cut 
off; tondere, to shear ; m. praecisio, caesura, a cutting off. m¥p Sci- 
dit, to end by cutting off; abscidit, abrasit, to wear off by friction; 
m. finis, the end, extremitas. O'lifp m. p. Extremitates, the extrem- 
ities, nai^p f. Extrema, the last; ulterior, the farther, fttptt 
Chald. m¥p Pars, a division, finis, nvp m. from Arabic nip Seeds, 
or aroma, used for the seasoning of food, melanthion, coriander ; ni- 
gella, pepper plant. *3fp l'Stp m. R. m¥p To make an extremity or 
end ; dux, princeps, a ruler, or prince, so called from being placed 
outermost of the men he commands, yvp To cut or scrape off the 
extremity or surface, tectorium parietis abrasit. mjripno f. p. An- 
gulata, boundaries, or sides. fMJPtfp f p- Cassia, cassia, the bark or 
peel stripped off the cassia plant, jnvpo m. Angulus, a corner, or 
extremity, sjstp Effervescere, to foam ; spumare, to froth, to boil ; m. 
spuma, foam ; ira fervens, wrath, or foaming with anger, fervor. 
p"lS¥p f. Spuma. y¥p ¥p To fret, lacerate; amputare, to cut off; 
wound, mutilare ; m. finis, the end ; extremum, the last. G^jp m. p. 
nvp Abbreviare, breve esse vel fieri, to be short, to shorten ; imminui, 
to lessen ; metere, to reap, or mow, or cut down the fruits of the 
earth, demetere ; m. brevis, shor,t ; praeceps, hasty, short, or destitute 
of consideration ; brevitas, shortness ; imminutio, shortening, or lessen- 
ing ; angustia, shortening, or narrowing. T¥p m. Messis, a reaping, 
or fruits cut down ; ramus, a branch, from its being cut down ; war, 
or cutting off. NS^p To meet, occurrit ; to call, vocavit, or meet his 
ear by naming him; invocavit, to name, legit, invitavit, obvenit; 
Chald. clamare, to call out ; legere, to gather, to read ; m. perdix, a 
partridge, from its manner of crying, cz^np m. p. Vocati, called. 



125 



n«np f. Predicatio, a calling or declaration. jsiipE m. Convocatio, 
a meeting by proclamation • scriptura sacra, the holy writings, mp 
Appropinquare, to approach ; accedere, to advance ; m. propinquus, 
near, or is approaching us ; prcelium, a battle ; bellum, war, or ap- 
proaching in a hostile manner. riDlp f. Accessus, an approach. 
2np m. Propinquus, propinquum, prope, near,- m. medium, middle, 
or that which is near ; intimum, the inmost ; intestinum, inwards ; 
venter, the belly ; as a particle, in, inter, intra, in, between, within. 
ynp m. Oblatio, an oblation, an offering, a corban, which was to be 
brought to the house of Jehovah, amp m. Securis, an axe, from 
nip To meet, on happen, to join, to coalesce, and nJQl To level, 
from the power of the hatchet in making level, pilp E venire, ob- 
venire; occur, to happen; contabulare, to floor with boards; f. tig- 
num, trabo, a beam, or board, also np mpE m. Accidens, that which 
happens; casus, an accident; contignatio, a fabric, a building. nsnp 
f. Occursus, a meeting, nip mp Knp f. Urbs, a city, from the 
concourse of people, nip Glabrare se, to be smooth, to make bald ; 
m. calvus, bald ; gelu, glacies, frost, from the smoothness of the ice. 
PTHp f. Calvitium, baldness, nmp f. Calvitium, locus calvus, a bald, 
or barren place. Cip Superindere, to superinduce, bring over, or 
upon, cover over with, extend the skin, cover with the skin, pp To 
shoot forth, diffuse, as horns, or rays of light ; c. more frequently f. 
cornu, a horn, from its shooting forth ; robur, strength ; radiare, to 
shine ; splendere, splendour, of which the horn is an emblem, a ray, 
from its diffusing itself. Chald. isjjip Cornu. Dip Reflexum esse, to 
bend, to fall, or bend; m. ansula, a ring, from its bended form. 
nDlp m. Talus, the foot, from mp To meet, and To raise, or 
make a road or way, from the foot treading the way. jnp Rumpere, 
to break open ; lacerare, to tear. Crjnp m. p. Rupturae 3 fragmenta, 
fragments ; lacera vestimenta, torn garments, yip To move, or agi- 
tate, to wink, or twinkle, as the eyes, nictare ; incidere, concidere, to 
cut out ; excidi, to be cut off ; m. excidium, destruction, or cutting off, 
also Chald. NWip m. Accusatio, violent motion, a species of insect. 
Yplp Solum, fundum, a floor, from mp To meet, and ypi To ex- 
pand, because a floor not only meets in its several parts but expands, 
lip Frigescere, to grow cold, ip m. mp f- Frigus, frigidus, cold. 
mpD f. Refrigeratio, a cooling, unp in Chald. To coagulate ; m. 
asser, tabula, a plank, .a bench in a ship where the rowers sit, from 
the parts being joined together. X'&p To stiffen ; m. cucumer, a cu- 



unci 



126 



cumber, from its incrassating or stiffening qualities, f-wptt £ Cucu- 
merarium, a place where cucumbers grow, or where they are kept. 
2Wp Auscultavit, to listen ; attendit, to hearken, give ear ; m. attentio, 
a listening, r" Gttfp f. Intenta, keen to hear. r- wp Durum, hard ; 
difficile esse, to be difficult ; m. dufus, hard ; difficilis, difficult J scu- 
tella, a broad shallow vessel of beaten metal, n'tfp Obduravit, to 
harden ; duriter tractavit, to treat in a hardened or cruel manner. 
v tfp m. Durities, hardness. nttfptt m. Implexum, twined, a comb ; 
solidum opus, stiffened work. tOttrp To be true ; m. Chald. Veritas, 
truth, also rno^p f. Agnus, a lamb ; aut nummus agni, or a piece of 
money, from their being genuine, or sterling, ttrptrp nitrpttrp i Squa- 
mae, scales of a fish, from their rigidity, or stiffness. "Wp Ligavit, to 
bind, obligavit, colligavit ; conspiravit, to band together, or conspire ; 
c. more frequently f. arcus, a bow; m. conjuratio, a conspiracy. 
CSnttrp m. p. Alligamenta, bands, wwp Inquirere, to search; colli- 
gere stipulas, to sift, or collect. tpp m. Stipula, stramen, straw, 
stubble, which is thus collected, r~Utfp Arabic, To be bended ; c. ar- 
cus, a bow, a rainbow, from their bended form ; m. Sagittarius, an 
archer. onrvp m. Chald. Cithara, a harp ; from the same word, the 
name of the tree from which it is made. 



The twentieth letter, is a consonant of the class of radicals. ntn 
Vidit, to see ; perceive, praevidit ; aspexit, inspexit, to hear, or per- 
ceive with the ear, perspexit, respexit, invisit, expertus est, animad- 
vertit, percepit ; m. videns, seeing ; propheta, a seer, or prophet ; vi- 
sio prophetica, a vision; f. cornix, a crow, from its sharp sight. 'KH 
m. Aspectus, sight ; visio, a vision ; speculum, a mirror, mtn f- As- 
pectus, visio. im» c. Visio, aspectus, vultus, the countenance, from 
its being beheld ; species, an appearance ; ingluvies a turtle dove, or 
pigeon, from To raise, or swell, from their gormandizing 

powers, or gluttony. To be raised, or lifted up ; m. monoceros, 

unicornis, a unicorn, or wild bull, remarkable for his strength^ 
m?2&n R. oi To be high, wan Priority, or precedence, in respect of 
time, order, place, or dignity; m. caput, the head; vertex, the crown 
of the head; summitas, chief, or supreme in dignity; principium, be- 
ginning or priority in time ; praestantissimum, most excellent, or first 



hrs 127 p&m 



in dignity; venenum, poison, or chief, for its destructive power. 
y&Xl jwn jittPjn m. Prior, primus, first. nWHlin f- Princi- 
pium, beginning, primitive things, which, from their excellence are 
first, prestantissimum. nittfKi f. p. Primordia, the first principles of 
things, also nittfinn Cervicalia, pillows, or bolsters for the head ; m. 
p. dignitas, dignity. 221 Multum, copiosum esse, to be or become 
many, or great ; multiplicari, to multiply, to increase, magnify ; jacu- 
lari, to dart, or rather to increase with his bow. 21 m. Multus, 
many; magnus, great in number ; magister, a master, from his in- 
crease of power; multum, much ; satis, abundant; jaculator, an archer, 
or one who is prosperous with his bow ; multitudo, a multitude. 
Chald. 1*3*121 m. p. Magni, magnates, great men, first in dignity. 
Ntf3"i 131 Myrias, a myriad, ten thousand. r~ \22l f. Idem, the same. 
I^5*3»3"l m. p. Imbres, showers ; guttae imbris, drops of rain, from 
their abundance. 31 To contend, from number. -131 To bind, to 
cover; adornare, to adorn, or cover with ornaments, sternere. T31 
m. Torques, a wreath, a chain, anaiia m. p. Stragula, tapetes lec- 
torum, woven work, tapestry, carpets. r"l3"i m. Multum, much, 
plurimum esse, multiplicari, crescere, to increase. I31 mm Nnm 
Chald. Amplitudo, greatness; magnificentia, grandeur. r~QlK m. 
Locusta, the locust, from their number. r-Qin Multum, much, am- 
plitudo. n3"V0 f. Amplum, great. rT3i» f. Multitudo, a great 
number ; amplitudo, fcenus, usury, from the greatness of the sum re- 
quired ; soboles, young branches, from their number. JTQifi f. Tur- 
ba, a crowd, soboles. HSin f. Fcenus. *pi To bake or fry. 
IH331JQ f. Frixum, roasted, boiled, fried. 3731 To agitate, actuate, 
to couch, or be agitated with desire ; quadratum esse vel fieri, to be 
a fourth part ; coire, to copulate ; m. quarta pars, the fourth part : 
accubitus, a couching down, y\2l m. Quadrum, four square, 
quadrangular. 1^21 m. Quartus, the fourth. #318 f. rnjnnK m. 
Quatuor, four. G^JDIK d. Quadruplum, fourfold. ^21 Cubare, 
incumbere, succumbere, to lie, lie down, couch, as a beast, also y3l» 
m. Accubitus, a couching ; cubile, a bed, or that on which we lie 
down. p2l To tie, to bind, tie up, to fatten, from the calf being 
tied up, or fastened in its stall in order to be fattened. p3"WQ m. Sa- 
ginarium, a stall, or place for fattening cattle. 3J°i To clod, to ga- 
ther into concretions; m. gleba, a clod of earth, liri Contremiscere, 
commoveri, to move, to tremble ; m. trepidus, agitated ; Chald. ira, 
wrath, mil f. Commotio, agitation. ^~?ii To smite, to strike, to 



m 128 4m 

impress, to spy, or search out by the foot; explorare, to explore, to 
deceive, or rather to slander, or smite with the tongue, obtrectare ; 
c. more frequently f. pes, the foot, from its striking the ground, '♦bin 
m. Pedes, a man on foot, a foot soldier. ctSjto m. p. Spies. 
nr?3"is f- p- Stragulae pedales, coverings for the feet. a:n To heap 
up, heap together, accumulate ; lapidare, to throw a heap of stones. 
rtEJn f. Ccetus, an assembly, from the number of the people, p-awno 
f. Funda, a sling, or rather a heap of stones. Murmurare, to 
murmur, jj-o m. Murmurator, a mutterer, a whisperer, jm To still, 
quiet, stop motion, disrumpere ; m. momentum, a moment, imme- 
diately, or in the time that motion can be stopped. j?ia-WQ m. nyjnD 
f. Requies, rest, WT\ To meet together ; tumultuari, concurrere cum 
tumultu, to assemble in a tumultuous manner, or with rage ; m. fre- 
quens conventus, a confused assembly or multitude. r~ ittm f. Tu- 
multuatio, a tumult. "n To descend, R. *n\ m Extendit, expandit, 
to spread, expand, or cause to descend, subdidlt; stravit, to subdue. 
T"n m. Carbasus, fine linen ; peplum muliebre, a veil descending 
down to the feet, -nuo m. Diductum, any thing subdued, mi 
Dominari, to rule, or subdue, descend, come or go down ; capere, to 
take by subduing, to mourn the consequence of subjection, an 
To shut, close, stop up ; sopore obrutum esse, to be overwhelmed 
with sleep. nfiTin f. Sopor, sleep, from its closing, or stopping the 
action of the outward senses. *ni Persequi, to follow, or go after, to 
pursue eagerly. Dm To incite, excite, stir, or spirit up, extulit ; cor- 
roboravit, to strengthen ; m. elatio, a lifting up ; superbia, pride ; ro- 
bur, strength, proud, or high spirited, to deride, or behave insolent- 
ly to any one. nm Timere, to fear, to be weak, em To run. 
Bfll Ambulacrum, a gutter, or trough, for the flowing of water. 

m. Chald. Aspectus, the appearance ; forma, the shape, R. riKl 
To behold. an an Litigare, to contend, or plead. an m. n3?"l f. 
nanE f. Lis, contention. an 1 m. Litigator, one who contends, con- 
tendens, m "n Dominari, to have power, R. rm To descend; 
plorare, to mourn, the consequence of decending. the m. Ploratus, 
mourned, nn To be wet, soaked, saturated, or drenched ; irrigavit, 
drenched with liquor, inebriari, ubertim expleri. am f. Moist, irri- 
guum ; m. irrigus, watered, n m. Irrigatio, a watering, nn Re- 
spiravit, to breathe, R. m The action or breathing of the air in mo- 
tion; c. more frequently f. respiratio, breathing ; spatium, space, from 
the air found in it ; spiritus, the spirit, or breath ; ventus, the wind, 



am 



129 



or air in motion, mnn f- Respiratio. mm f. Vannus, pala, a van, 
or fan for winnowing corn, mjm f. Clangor, sound of a trumpet, 
R. yn To sound, Psalm xlvii. 6. an En Altum, high ; elatum esse, 
to be lifted up, elevari, ex al tare; m. elatus, lifted up ; altus, high. 
rmon f. Excelsum, a high place. Chald. an m. m»n f. nion 
r"u»»n f Altitudo, height ; exaltatio, raised up. mean £ P- Lapi- 
des pretiosi, precious stones now unknown, from their high value. 
n»»n f. Excelsa, a lofty place, high praise, ana m. Altum, high; 
altitudo, height; excelsum, lofty praise, mnnn f- Separatio, an of- 
fering ; oblatio, an oblation, PTEnn £ Oblativum, any thing that 
is offered, from its being heaved, or lifted up ; coral, from its being 
lifted from the rocks. J?n jn Malum esse vel videri, to be, or to ap- 
pear bad, or evil, break off, break in pieces, rend, destroy, is wicked, 
or breaketh in pieces the proper order of things, to afflict, or to act 
wickedly ; malum facere aut agere, to cry aloud, or to break the air 
by a loud sound ; m. malus, evil ; malitia, wickedness, malignitas. 
jnn m. Maleficus, mischievous ; malum, bad. fjn To bruise ; concuti, 
to shake, man f. p. Contusa grana, ground, or rather bruised corn, 
mann f. Sanatio, a healing ; curatio, a curing, R. rnsi To slacken, 
to relax, from the disease giving way. yn Currere, accurrere, 
excurrere, prsecurrere to run, to row, or run by rowing ; m. cursor, 
a runner, ynn m. Cursus, a running, pixno f. Cursus, concussio, 
a shaking from running, u/n Pauperari, is poor. Itftft m. Pau- 
per, poor, also urn m. Paupertas, poverty, n Chald. N?n Arcanum, 
a mystery, from nn Emaciare, to waste ; attenuate, make lean ; f. 
macilenta, thin jawed. >n j^n m - Macies, leanness, nnn f. Cu- 
pressus, the cypress tree, from its slender tapering top. nn To cry out, 
or shout for grief, or joy. nno m. Curator, an undertaker ; luxus fune- 
bris, grief at a funeral, a funeral, or cause of sorrow, a feast, or cause 
of joy. an Collimare, to wink, to stare, or cause another person to 
wink, To poise, or balance; m. also jin Princeps, dominator, a 
prince, a ruler, from their poising, or directing the affairs of their 
realms, am Dilatari, to be dilated ; m. latus, broad, or dilated ; am- 
plitudo, extension, also arn» m. p-Qm f. Latitudo, breadth ; c. pla- 
tea lata, a broad street, Hrn To bear patiently ; f. ovis fcemina, a 
ewe, or sheep, from its submissive temper, am Intime diligere, 
to embrace, enclose, surround closely ; misereri, to pity, cherish ; m. 
misericordia, mercy, bowels, from their embracing their contents, 
uterus, vulva. aim m. Misericors, pity. p-i»m am f. Puella, a 

R 



130 



am 



girl, a damsel, from the tenderness of her sex. cm Merops, a wood- 
pecker ; pica, a magpie, from their tender affection for their young, 
nrjtrn f. p. Misericordes, bowels of mercy, cm m. p. Mill-stones, 
the lower, from its being closely embraced by the upper mill-stone, 
a mill. «pi To shake ; commovere, move tremulously, waving, mov- 
ing ; incubare, to move in the manner of a bird, ym Lavare, to 
Avash, or cleanse the surface with water ; m. lotio, a washing. ; 00 VI 
f. Lavacrum, a laver, or that in which we wash ; Chald. Confidere, to 
confide, to hope, pm To remove, or be removed at a distance, pro- 
cul esse vel abesse longe recedere. pirn m. Longinquus, far ; procul, 
at a distance, pniD m. Longinquitas, length, "j m Ebullire, to boil, 
bubble, cast or throw up, fry, to indite. ni7rn» f- Ahenum, a ket- 
tle. 3B1 Madere, humidum esse, to be wet, green, or full of juice, 
men m. Humidus, moist, or wet. cm To tremble ; m. horror, dread; 
tremor, trembling. 8T3531 Recreari, to be fresh, tender, from 2121 To 
be wet, and ri*J3 To spread. 50*31 Allidere, to dash, or be dashed, 
throw to the earth, tvn Odorari, to smell ; m. odor, odoratus, smell, 
smelled. cm m. d. Molae, meal, R. m The action or breathing of 
the air in motion, from the breathing in smelling, jm Vociferari, to 
cry aloud, clangere, R. jn To break, the rest or quietness of the air 
being broken by the sound, to sound a trumpet, jn m. Vociferatio, 
a bawling out. i-iynn f. Clangor, the sound of a trumpet, vocifera- 
tio. pn pi Evacuare, to evacuate j effundere, exhaust, draw forth ; 
evaginare, extenuate, attenuate; m. vacuus, empty; vanus, vain; 
inanitas, emptiness ; frustra, in vain. cp*n Inaniter, vainly, vacuus, 
in m Salivare, fluere, to excern, ooze with ; m. sahva, spittle, from 
its oozing from the mouth • albumen ovi, the white of an egg. 231 
Equitare, to ride ; m. currus, a chariot, or vehicle of riding or con- 
veyance ; catillus, the upper mill-stone ; meta, the lower mill-stone, 
from their motion, or running, or the one riding upon the other, 
f" ian m. Patella, the knee-bone, so called from its being supported 
by, and riding, as it were, upon the os tibia?, or bone of the tibia. 
2131 m. ri32i?2 f. Currus. 2310 m. Ephippium, a saddle; stragula, 
a horse-cloth. Chald. ri23ltf f. Genu, the knee. *pl *p Molliri, 
mollescere, molle esse, to become soft, or tender ; m. mollis, soft ; 
tener, tender, also mo m. Mollities, softness. S21 To trade, traffic ; 
m. mercator, a merchant ; aromatarius, a seller of spices, an apothe- 
cary, a grocer. '-rai m. Detractor, detractio, a dealer in slander, 
slander, r- 631 f. Mercatura, a female trader, irbyrfc f. Mercatus, 



•»jn 131 . Dn 

a mart, a market. DDn Ligavit, alligavit, to bind hard or close, to 
join, connect. CDDn m. p. Salebrosa, rough places, from the rugged 
firm cohesive parts of which mountains are composed ; conspiracies, 
from their connection, or union. i£Ol Acquirere, to acquire, earn by 
kbour or industry; m. equus, a horse; mulus, a mule, from their la- 
bour to gain a livelihood, R. on To be high, nzn Jacere, 
dejicere, jaculari, to throw ; decipere, to beguile, or throw into a dis- 
agreeable situation by fraud. rv»n mnio n»"in rr»m f- Falsitas, 
dolus, guile ; f. vermis, a worm, or maggot, from its throwing, or 
projecting the fore part of its body, and drawing the hinder part after 
it. Q31 CD! Elevari, to be raised, exaltation, or praise, ran To 
stab, as with a spear ; m. Spiculum, lancea, a spear, a dart, from their 
power of stabbing. Equa, a mare, or dromedary, in Arabic it 
signifies, to be slender, from these animals possessing that quality. 
ysn JWl m. R. pim To project, &c. ; malogranatum, a pomegranate, 
from the strong projection, or reflection of light either from the fruit, 
or from the star-like flower with six leaves or rays at the top of the 
fruit. DEI Calcare, conculcare, to tread, trample, dehe f. Concul- 
catio, a trampling, umi Reptare, to creep, move along, move itself; 
m. reptile, a reptile, or creeping animal, r- in To vibrate freely, 
move to and fro, or up and down with quickness and freedom ; sonum 
edere, to give a sound, to cry aloud, from the motion of the air by 
the person causing the sound, cantare, exclamare, acclamare, clami- 
tare. p m. p- HlSTl f. Cantus, cantio, a singing ; clamor, a noise. 
CS'JJI m. p. Pavones, ostriches, from their peculiar and swift motion. 
^01 To bind with a rope; m. lupatum, a bridle; frenum, a rein. DD"i 
Dl Conspergere, to moisten, temper with moisture ; dilute, bedew. 
C*DDt m. p. Conspersiones, sprinklings ; fragmenta, drops of water ; 
scissuras, the partings of a stream, jn nn To break, break off, 
break in pieces. jnK $W? JPV?Q Chald. Infra, below, R. jnit Inferior, 
jn Evil, R. jrv. 3jn Esurire, to hunger, be hungry, to perish from 
want ; m. famelicus, one starved, also |l3jn m. Fames, hunger, -ijn 
Tremere, to tremble, mm f. Tremor, trembling, rnjn Pascere, 
to feed ; consociare, to unite, jn im njn JPWD m. Amicus, a friend 
with whom, as it were, we are fed ; socius, a companion ; proximus, 
a neighbour ; m. pasture, r-pjn £ Arnica, a female friend ; Chald. 
thought, cogitatio ; voluntas, will, mjn f Arnica, a female friend ; 
proxima, a neighbour; contritio, sorrow, jvjn m. Afflictio, affliction; 
Chald. cogitatio, thought, njnn rrjrw £ Pascuum, pasture, ^jn 



p 



132 4jn 



m. Pastor, a shepherd. Hjn Horrere, to shudder ; tremere, to trem- 
ble; m. r—tbjnn f. Horror, dread, mbjn f. p. Bracteolae, spangles, 
ajn Violent commotion, or concussion ; tonare, to thunder, from its 
violent concussion; perstrepere, to make a great noise, personare; 
commoveri, to tremble ; percelli, to be overthrown ; m. rnEJTi f- Toni- 
tru, thunder. jjn jjjn Virescere, to thrive, to flourish ; m. viridis, 
virens, green, flourishing. p- u:jn f. Idem, the same. Chald. 5; 
Frangere, confringere, to break. *jjn Stillare, to drop, to distil 
Yin Confringere, to break, urjn Movere, commoveri, contremiscere 
quick, or alternate motion, to shake, tremble; m. commotio, a shak 
ing ; motus terrae, an earthquake. >4sn Sanare, to heal, to restore, 
or reduce to a former state or condition. i>5£jn Sanans, healing ; me- 
dicus, a physician ; to pardon, to restore to former favour. mKSl 
P~Wi£n NS-nE nmn f. Sanatio, healing ; medicina, medicine. 0»K31 
m. p. Mortui, dead men, giants, the restorers of idolatry. "t£n Sternere, 
to strow ; substernere, to spread, to make a bed, to prop up, or make a 
bed for that purpose, p=TT£n f. Stratum, a bed. p*nm To give away; 
remissum, relax ; desidem esse, to slacken ; desistere, abate ; deficere, 
to assuage; m. remissus, slackened; debilis, weak. jv*n m. Remissio, 
forgiveness. Dm Conculcavit, to tread, trample; conturbavit, to 
trouble, or trample, to submit by prostration. \un m \72 m. Conturbatio, 
trouble, r— nom f- Ratis, a raft, from on To tread, and id To con- 
fine, timbers fastened together as a floor to tread, pm Associare, to 
associate, leaning, or cleaving to. To foul, or make muddy ; m. 

ccenum, lutum, clay, mud, dirt, dung. mm m. A bull ; bubile, a 
stall for oxen, in Arabic, to break, from the food being prepared, or 
broken in the stall. Currere, to run. -tfi To leap, exsilire, 

proudly insult, or run against a person ; exsultare, dejicere, to throw 
down, to lie in wait, 01 conceal one's self, that when the proper time 
arrives they may run against them, p- w> Velle, bene velle, to be 
pleased with; benevolum esse, bene vole accipere, acquiescere, to like, 
affect ; delectari re aliqua, delighted, willed, accepted. m. Volun- 

tas, good will ; benevolentia, beneplacitum, well pleased. ni*"i Intern- 
cere, to kill; m. occisio, murder sica, gladius, a sword, or the murder- 
ing instrument, rwra Homicida, manslaughter. Perforare, to 
pierce through, perforate, bore. JEME m. Subula, an awl, from its 
power of perforating. Sternere, to strew, or spread, paved, ns^i 
f. Pavimentum, pavement ; pruna, carbo, a live coal, from its being 
spread on the pavement. nsSPflQ f. Pavimentum. V 1 ^° run * 



133 



move, or ride swiftly; conterere, to beat, hurt, bruise ; confringere, 
concutere, to run, in a bad sense ; m. fragmen, a piece of any thing 
broken, pi Educere, to draw out, R. pn The same, Psalm xxxv. 3, 
Dpi Putrescere, to rot, to become rotten, putrid ; m. ^"Opl m. Putredo, 
rottenness, ipi Saltare, to leap ; subsilire, to skip, npl f. Temples 
cf the head, R. pi To attenuate, from the thinness of the os temporis, 
or bone of the temple, npl Condire, conficere unguenta vel condi- 
menta, to make a composition of perfumes ; m. unguentarius, apothe- 
carius, an apothecary, mpl m. Unguentum. r~tnplE nnpin f. Con- 
ditura, seasoning; unguentum, ointment. Dpi Acupingere, to em- 
broider, to be variegated. nttpl f. Acupictum, tapestry, or em- 
broidered work. niDpl f. p. Vestes Phrygionicae, embroidered gar- 
ments. j?pi Expandit, to stretch forth. jrpi m. Expansum, the 
heavens, from their being stretched forth, crypl m. p. Diductiones, 
divided into sundry parts, plates of gold, from the extension of the 
metal, ppi Thin, pi Spuere, to spit ; despuere, to spit out; m. sputum, 
spittle, from the tenuity of what is spit; tantum, only. nplf. Tem- 
pora, the temples, from their tenuity, p^pi m. Laganum, a thin cake, 
an R. icii To be poor, ten To possess, R. un\ nun To be able, to 
have power, ^vn m. Licentia, power, permission. Gttn Chald. 
Consignare, to make or impress a mark, to show, describe. DIP! 
m. Exaratum, engraved, jjbh Improbum esse, turbulent, unjust, un- 
fair ; m. improbus, wicked ; improbitas, wickedness, piJNCn f. Idem, 
the same. n#ttH» Improbe se gerens, to act wickedly, *]ttn To 
glow, or flash, as fire ; m. pruna, scintilla, inflammatio ardens, a live 
coal, spark, burning inflammation, wi ttn Depauperare, to lack, is 
poor, to impoverish, nun f. Rete, a net. ttrv To possess, from be- 
ing our property, or in our possession, nni Fervescit, to boil. 
CDTim m. p. Ebullitiones, the raising of bubbles in boiling, csm 
Ligare, to bind; jungere, to join; c. juniperus, juniper, from the 
toughness or tenacity of its twigs, pni Concatenari, to swathe, gird 
round, pim m. Catena, a chain ; funis, a rope, from their power of 
girding, nni ni To tremble, shake ; m. tremor, fear, dread. 



134 



Is the twenty-first letter, is of the class of serviles, and as such only used 
as a prefix, (see Schindler's Pentaglot, page 1777-) where it is either a 
contraction of TtfK Who, or of VP Is, whence, it signifies who, or which, 
the person, or thing, that, the conjunction that, for, because, the time 
that, when, t<& To carry, R. Haurire, to draw water. 

CMKBflO m. p. Haustra, places where water is drunk. Rugire, 
to roar as a lion. mJK'J f. Rugitus, roaring as a lion, niW To be 
confounded, confused, destroyed, or desolate by confusion ; wasted, 
vastari • wondered, or astonished in mind, stupere. riRW |WEr» m. 
rTKtf nKUr r~ !KVtf» m. Vastatio, destruction ; vastum, wasted, y&v 
Tumultuatio, tumultus, strepitus, tumult, noise. mtOttrn 
miwn f. p. Tumultuationes, tumults; acclamationes, shoutings. 
EK'tf Spernere, to despise, insult ; depopulari, to ravage ; m. depopula- 
te, ravaging ; contemptus, insult. Rogare, to ask ; petere, to 
seek ; quserere, mendicare, to beg. 'riirtf c. Sepulchrum, the grave, 
from its never being satisfied, but always, as it were, asking more ; 
infernus, hell, r-bxv Chald. JStt&lW f- Petitio, a request, nibwcno 
f. p. Petitiones, requests. ^Ktf Tranquillum esse, to be at ease. ^Ktf 
m. Tranquillus, calm, ^vbu m. Tranquillissimus, very tranquil, 
from ^787 To loose, and Excessive labour, .or grief, that is freed 
from labour, or grief. Haurire aerem, to draw in the air ; anhe- 
lare, to breathe ; absorbere, to draw, suck, or sup in, swallow up, or 
earnestly desire. isw Reliquum esse, relinqui, to remain, be left as 
a residue ; m. also j^K'tf Reliquus, the remainder ; caro, the flesh of an 
animal, which remaineth after life is extinguished j alimentum, leaven, 
or dough remaining from the lmnp and beginning to be sour, food ; 
propinqui, near, r- ntf'j Propinquitas, consanguinity, or kindred, 
every near relation, being, as it were, a remnant, or remainder of the 
same flesh and blood of which we ourselves consist. mJTJn f. Mac- 
tra, a kneading trough. n\XV f. Excellency, R. K'jj. 33'J 3'J &c. 
R. yjp To dwell, yo To breathe, R. 3iW. yj To turn from one 
place or state to another, to break, or change any thing to anothei 
state, shove out, or change its place ; m. fragmentum, a part broken 
off. 3*387 Chald. r<3'3Ur m. Scintilla, a spark, or rather a blast ol 
hot air returned from the fire. ?— Gtf Captivum cepit, to take cap- 
tive ; abduxit, to lead away ; detinuit, to keep back. i3ttr m. R. ya 



135 



To change; achates, agate; topazius, topaz, from the changing of 
their colour. '3ttr m. prat? rrattr nutf f. Captivitas, captivity; cap- 
tiva turba, a number of captives; captiva, a female captive, mitf 
Compescere, to sooth, to sing or sooth by praises, laudare ; reprimere, 
to repress, to restrain, or calm an angry spirit, to commend; m. lau- 
dans, praising. tD3ttf To extend, draw out in length ; c. more fre- 
quently f. virga, a rod ; baculus, a staff; sceptrum, a sceptre, from 
their length ; stylus, a pen ; tribus, a tribe, or branch of a family 
shooting from one common stock ; telum, a d,art. Chald. Ut£3& N^toattr 
Tribus, tribes. toater m. Januarius, from E3D Arabic, To be cold, 
from the nature of that month with regard to frigidity. X22W R. 
■pD Perplexus, perplexed, ■pip To implicate, complicate, entangle; 
m. a thicket, net, grates, from their entangling power. ^-12® To im- 
pel, thrust forward, also 'raw m. Semita, a path, against which the 
foot is impelled in walking. r m b2Vf f. Spica, an ear of corn, from its 
thrusting forward ; fluxus, a current, or stream, for the same reason. 
HnSa^ m. Limax, a snail, from its marking out its path, or thrusting 
itself forward. DSttT from Chald. waitf To fold. -CPDW m. p. Reti- 
cula capitis, ornaments for the head, from their being folded. J73ttr 
Sufficiency, satisfaction, saturity; f. septem, seven, or a complete 
number, because on the seventh day God completed his creation 
work ; septies, seven-fold ; saturari, to be full ; m. satur, full, satur- 
itas; m. njnitf m. Idem, the same. r- uyattr m. Septem, septies. 
OWattf m. d. Septuplum, seven-fold, o^jnttr Septuaginta, seventy. 
i]P2VJ m. Septimus, the seventh. yiaitf m. Septimana, a week ; jura- 
mentum, an oath. yaitfj Jurare, to swear. yaw To close, inclose, 
straiten ; tessellatum opus fecit, to make an embroidered garment with 
eyes like network, or rather a coat of enclosure, or a strait garment; 
m. occellata chlamis, an embroidered garment. r~l¥3ltfE> f. Occellatio, 
embroidery ; funda annuli, ouches, or sockets of metal. yattrn m. 
Occellata, an enclosing. pD'tf Chald. Reliquit, to leave, let alone, 
permit, remit, pardon, tlf Fregit, confregit, perfregit, to separate 
contiguous parts, to break, or tear in pieces; emit vel vendidit 
annonam, to break in pieces, or buy or sell by retail; m. fractura, a 
part broken off; contritio, sorrow, or breaking of the heart ; annona, 
corn, or victual broken for retail ; explicatio, the interpretation as of 
a dream ; sperare, to hope ; spectare, exspectare, to wait for, or to 
break out towards an object; m. expectatio, hope. y~\2W m. Fractio, 
a breaking, contritio. -D'tfO Matrix, the womb, or rather pains of 



136 onim 



the loins, as if they were breaking. cnattrJO Fluctus, billows, large 
waves, breakers, uour Obstupescere, to implicate, perplex, astonish, 
j— oar Quiescere, to rest ; cessare, to cease ; c. sabbatum, the sabbath, 
or day of rest ; requies, rest ; septimana, a week, also yr\2W r~OU>E m. 
Cessatio, quies, rest. W To touch, R. jua NUU? To expiate. Chald. 
miff Crescere, to increase ; multiplicari, to multiply. NTJff m. Am- 
plus, more; valde, much. 2l\ff To be lifted up, extolli. 2WT2 m. 
Locus editus, arx edita, an elevation, height, or place secure, from its 
height, iw miff To expatiate, luxuriate, run wild ; errare, to wan- 
der, to run wild from the path of duty, to err through ignorance, 
also to multiply, from >W the same, Psalm xcii. 13. mxff r~UiU/E) 
f. Error, or departing from the path of duty. *— f. p. Errores, 
errors, jvjut m. Cantio erratica, a wandering song. miff Prospexit, 
to view; consideravit, to consider. ^liff Concumbere, coire, vitiare, 
to lie carnally with a woman ; f. conjux regia, a queen, yjur To be 
distracted, to be mad. p:u>D Amens, mad ; demens, distracted. 
m. Amentia, madness, ysff To emit, send forth; m. foetus emissus, 
fruit of the womb, issue, offspring. "\iff To shatter ; vastare, to 

demolish, destroy, waste; m. daemon, a devil, from his power of de- 
struction ; Occare, to harrow, from its breaking the ground ; m. mam- 
ma, the breast, or teat, from its pouring out milk, nur m. Omnipo- 
tens, the Almighty, from his being the pourer, or shedder forth- o 
blessings, R. miiff To pour forth ; m. ager, a field, from its pouring 
its strength into the parts of plants and causing them to grow ; terra, 
the earth ; regio, a country ; f. symphonia, the harmony, or musical 
effusion, crw To choak, suffocate, particularly by excessive heat. 
noTi? f. Ager, a field, from its being burnt up by heat ; vitis, a vine, 
for the same reason, spur To blast, or blight, niflll? f. p. Adustse, 
things blasted, maiur f. ysrvff m. Uredo segetum, the blasting of 
fruit. niTitf R. "HD Order, mur Chald. Mittere, to send, to order, 
dispose, arrange, to strive, or exert one's self, to conspire, or exert 
one's self, in a bad sense. Chald. "vnnU'K Conspiratio, a conspiracy; 
rebellio, a rebellion, rnur To lend, R. mw. nu> c. more frequently 
m. Pecus parva, a small flock ; agnus, a lamb ; hcedus, a kid, small, or 
of little value, in Arabic the verb denotes, to remain as a residuum 
of no value, in'ff Arabic, To be present ; m. testis, a witness, from 
his being present. Chald. Krvnrw f. Testimonium, evidence. £3T# 
m. Sardonyx, Arabic, to be pale, a precious stone, from its colour. 
OStSringr R. nno Rotundity. kibt m. R. j^ur: To consume; vanitas, 



187 



vanity ; falsitas, mendacium, a lie, from tending to be consumed, de- 
stroyed, or taken away. 2W 2V Reverti, to turn from one place to 
another ; averti, to turn away ; recedere, to fall back ; reducere, to 
render ; requiescere, to rest ; canescere, to grow old, or return to the 
dust; m. canus, grey hairs. r~nw f. Reversio, a returning ; quies, rest. 
331^ m. Aversus, turning away. r~"QiP» f. Aversa, turned away; 
aversio, hatred. rnnwn f. Reditus, a return ; responsio, an answer. 
3*ttr m. r-Q'ttr f. Canities, hoary hairs, TV To shatter, demolish, 
destroy, waste ; linere, oblinere, to plaster ; m. calx, lime, or plaster, 
from its crumbling, or falling off. rnw Equalem esse, to make equal, 
plain, level, compared, estimated, like ; posuit, placed, nw TW In- 
clinari, propendere, to incline, bend ; meditari, to meditate, or bend 
the mind to the contemplation of any thing, to bring forth, producere, 
as a word ; colloqui, to speak ; eloqui, to speak out. *w R. "ViD To re- 
cede, tw m. rTPltf f. Meditatio, meditation ; colloquium, dis- 
course ; querela, a complaint, to incline, tow ttttr Itare, to decline ; 
circuire, to go about, turn aside ; percurrere, viewed around, also 
BDltfir Scutica, flagellum, a whip, or flail, from their motion when 
used ; m. remex, a man who uses the oar. tow OWE m. Remus, an 
oar, from its motion, ffif ytr Obsepire, to stop, assuage, check, also 
m. ruilPfi P"O^D» f. Sepes, sepimentum, a hedge, from its being a 
check. r~OW f. Ramus, a branch, or stake for forming a fence. 
CDOtP m. ry\2W f- Vepres, briars, or brambles; spina?, thorns; 
hami, hooks, '-jisr m. R. L "7W To loose, loosen, let loose; fimbria, 
the hem of a garment, from its flowing loosely, aw Ponere, to 
place; adhibere, to show; proponere, constituere, to appoint; m. al- 
lium, garlic, from the regular disposition of its integuments. riEWn 
f. Dispositio, arrangement, jjiar Vociferari, to open, as in bawling 
out ; m. clamor, a noise, vociferatio ; nobilitas, nobility, or that rank, 
which, from their possessing substance, ought to be liberal ; liberalis, 
open handed, or free ; dives, rich ; divitiae, riches, from their bestow- 
ing the means of being liberal, or open handed. t)W sp Tegere, to 
cover; abscondere, to hide; conterere, bruise, or overwhelm, pw par 
To move, run, or push forwards ; appetere, to desire ; m. platea, a 
street; forum, the market place, where men pass, or push forward; 
f. armus, the shoulder ; crus, the leg, the shin, thigh, the instruments 
of motion, or putting forward, nppittr f- Appetens, our desire, 
which pushes us forward, rnpwn f. Appetitus, desire, *w To 
regulate, direct, rule ; canere, to sing, from the regulation of the voice 

S 



tflP 138 Tip - 

in singing; contemplari, to contemplate, or regulate the mind in 
thinking; m. inimicus, an enemy, or one who regulates himself 
against us ; murus, a wall, from the regularity of its structure ; m. 
bos, a bull, from W To view, to behold, from the manner in which 
they attentively view objects. -nv# m. Inimicus, an enemy, rnwn 
f. Donum, a gift, or present to a person, for the liberty of beholding 
the person, great men in eastern countries both expect, and receive 
these presents, Principatum tenere, to hold the chief power, 

ittr m. Princeps, a prince, or one who holds the chief power. rmiP 
f. Principale, the chief, or governing part, the soul. niWO Men sura, 
a measure, from its regulating, the length, &c. of what is measured, 
to ensnare, or catch by snares, which are so named from their regu- 
larity, hence misr £ Chains, from their regularity, R. To regu- 
late, unw vnff To be brisk, active, sprightly, cheerful ; gaudere, to 
rejoice. jspnj tcrw» m. Gaudium, joy. jttnttr m. A lily, from its 
vivid cheerful whiteness, m. p. An instrument of six strings, 

perhaps from the lilies with which it was adorned, ni'i? HP Po- 
nere, disponere, imponere, to set, place, settle, dispose, constitute, ap- 
point, rvv? m. Ornamentum, ornament, or dress, from its being 
placed on the body, n? m. Nates, buttocks, from being the part of 
the body on which men place or set themselves, nirffi' f. p. Funda- 
menta, the lower parts of the body. Chald. nr'tf Liberare, to free ; 
eripere, to deliver, to save. s\w Contueri, to behold ; conspicere, to 
see. nut To twist, contorsit. -tftyn m. Contortum, twisted, inw 
Munus exhibere, to make a present; m. munus, a gift, a bribe, nniff 
Prostravit, to incline, bow, bend downwards, incurvavit se, depressit. 
nrw Idem, the same, ryw Natare, to swim, inter m. Natatio, swim- 
ming. TTViTVP rrvrw £ Fovea, fossa, a ditch, from its being depressed 
or hollow, r-nnntcrn f. Incurvatio, a bending, ntcr m. Demissus, 
humilis, low, or bended. flints m. Incurvatio, bending, ionics To 
extend, to shed, or drain off the blood of men or animals ; mactare, 
to slay, to press out juice, as of grapes, Binicr m. Ductum, led; trac- 
tum, drawn, r- ittTVtf rrt&W- £ Mactatio, a slaying. HTVtf To be 
dark coloured ; m. leo ferox, a fierce lion, from his dark colour, found 
in Ethiopia,, nhnp f- Onyx, an odoriferous shell, from its being of 
a dark colour. ^ni£7 Arabic, To be warm, hot. yrw m. Ulcus, apos- 
tema, an ulcer, from its being inflamed. DntP DTN7 m. Sponte nascens, 
that which groweth of its own accord tpW To waste, to consume 
away ; m. aesalon, a kind of hawk ; larus vel cuculus, the cuckoo, or 



139 



rather the seagull, from its leanness, or small quantity of flesh in 
proportion to its apparent size, nsnier f. Tabes, phthisis, consump- 
tion, also ryrvff m. tectorium, ceiling, or slender planks of wood used 
for the roof. yn'J Arabic, To lift up, be lofty; m. fera, a wild beast 
of the larger kind, from his size being high, or lofty, pride. pnur To 
conflict, collide ; contundere, to grind, beat, or wear to pieces ; m. 
pulvis, dust, formed by collision; ccelum, heaven, or the celestial 
fluid, from the motion of the air ; to contend, or sport with, ludere, 
which was often in the sands ; to laugh, or sport with, ridere, deri- 
dere, irridere, also pnttTO m. Ludus, sport; risus, laughter; derisio, 
scorn, -to Denigrari, nigrum esse, to be dark coloured, black, to 
rise early, or while the morning is dark, mane quaerere, also "TOE m. 
Aurora, the morning as yet dark ; f. Niger, black ; m. nigredo, black- 
ness, rrro ITrrTO f. Nigra, a female of a swarthy complexion, 
black. r-ynntP f. Juventa, youth, or the early part of life. r"TO 
Perdere, to corrupt, spoil, mar, destroy; interficere, to kill; m. cor- 
ruptio, corruption ; fovea, a ditch, or place for corruption. r-irPTO 
f. Chald. Corruptum, corrupted ; corruptela, corruption. r~iTOtt m. 
Corrumpens, perdens, corruptio, perditio, destruction. fTOE Cor- 
ruptum, corrupted ; corruptio, destruction ; corruptus, destroyed. 

To extend, R. tattr\ naw Declinare, to decline, go, or turn aside, 
also nBtf EMDttf m. Cedrus, a cedar, from the thorns with which it is 
furnished, making animals turn aside from meddling with it. ntbU7 
Expandere, to expand, ntttsro mtOttm m. Expansio, expansion, QtDttr 
Odio prosequi, to bear malice against, to hate. nEtOttfE f. Odium, 
hatred, ^qut Adversari, to oppose, to be adverse ; m. Satan the ad- 
versary, a foe to God and man. r-i:t3ttr f. Accusatio, an accusation. 
fpw Exundare, immergere, to cover with water, to wash, to rush, or 
overwhelm with water; m. inundatio, an inundation, outrageous. 
"tiD'tf Arabic, To be an inspector; m. moderator, gubernator, a gover- 
nor, exactor, an officer, or chief, from his office of inspecting his de- 
pendants; Chald. m. dominatus, he who rules. iBttTO Idem, the 
same. K»ttr m. Excellency, R. rvttf m. p-w To make 

equal, plain, level; munus, a present, or compensation for benefits 
received. iTitf m. R. rw To bend ; stirps, a plant, from its power of 
bending ; frutex, a shrub, m. Urina, urine ; urinare, to make 
urine. Chald. Perficere, to accomplish, to finish. Tttr 

f. p. Catenulag, chains, or bracelets for regulating the arm, from 
To regulate, m. R. w To be brisk, active, Sprightly, cheerful ; 



140 



marmor, marble, from its bright colour. rTttf m. R. rnitr To set, 
place, settle, dispose, constitute ; vepres, a briar, or bramble, or kind 
of thorn, from its stability or strength; vepretum, a place full of 
thorns or briars, "pur R. "pD To cover. 22V Jacere, cubare, ac- 
cumbere, concumbere, occumbere, to lie, lie down, to die, or lie down 
in the grave. n3 2V r~\22W f. Cubatio, concubitus, a lying down. 22U72 
m. Lectus, abed; concubitus, a lying down, sleep, or the consequence 
of lying down to rest. r~\2W Arabic, To be like, resemble ; aspicere, 
to see, to think, or behold with the mind, to paint, or form resem- 
blances. H^lffO f. Imago, effigies ; pictura, an image, an ef- 
figy, a picture, from their resemblance to some object. ^2W Intel- 
lects, mens, the mind, or imagination, from its power of framing re- 
semblances, rottf To fail, to relax, let go ; oblivisci, to forget, or let 
go the remembrance of any thing ; Chald. invenire, to find; m. obli- 
viscens, oblitus, forgetting. *]2W "jttr Sedari, quiescere, to assuage ; 
tendere retia, to stake as toils, or nets, neater R. Sdd To be foolish. 
HoiP Orbari, to deprive of children. X -T\2V m. Orbatus, deprived of 
children ; orbitas, the being without children. u -rottfK m. Botrus, a 
bunch of grapes ; bacca, a berry, from their being plucked off. Hour 
Prosperari, scite agere, intelligere, to direct one's self wisely, be wise, 
prudent, behave wisely, to understand, or direct, to prosper, or the 
consequence of directing one's self wisely, also u ?Dicrn m. Intelligen- 
tia, wisdom; prudentia, prudence, or fore sight; successus, prosperity. 
^TDttTO m. Carmen erudiens, an instructing song ; intelligens, under- 
standing; prudens, wise, L "? s ?3tt>' Chald. Perficere, to finish; absolvere, 
to free, from L -?bD To finish. CDDttr Readiness, forwardness, diligence, 
alertness ; mature paratum esse, mane se expedire, to rise early, or 
soon be ready ; m. humerus, the shoulder, from its readiness in bear- 
ing burdens ; dorsum, the back ; pars, portio, a portion, or a district 
of a country ; tumulus, agger, a portion of earth, par Habitare, to 
dwell ; inhabitare, degere, to live, or dwell ; m. vicinus, a neighbour, 
from his dwelling near us ; habitator, a dweller. pano m. Habitacu- 
lum, a dwelling ; tabernaculum, a tent, par ysvr m. R. y& To stop, 
assuage, check ; culter, cultellus, a knife, from its power of defend- 
ing, or checking the efforts of an enemy. -\2V R. "DD To shut up 
naar To satisfy ; inebriare, to satiate, to drink largely ; ebrius, drunk ; 
sicera, all manner of strong drink, |*n:>a> m. Ebrietas, drunkenness. 
"Daw m. Donum, a gift, a compensative present, from its power of 
satisfying the receiver, to satisfy, or give satisfaction for service, mer- 



141 rrwD 

cede conducere ; mercedem dare, to give a reward, also ni3l?D f. 
Merces, a reward, fpgp Mercenarius, a hired servant *~7t7 To 
loose, loosen, let loose, is the article said to be, but improperly of the 
genitive case, (see Robertson's Grammar.) from ig a contraction of 
-rtETK Which, and b To, for ; ^2 Propter me, literally in which for 
me. "»eWd Propter quem, on account of whom, literally, in which, 
for whom. r~\2rhw f. A flame, R. anb. sfef To be disposed, or put 
in order, to correspond, to answer, to joint. Gttizhm m. p. Gradus, 
steps ; scalae, ladders, from the manner in which the parts fitted, or 
were jointed with each other. To be bright, to shine ; m. nix, 
snow, from its brightness. vfytH Tranquillum esse, to be quiet, easy, 
secure, to be free, to be happy ; errare, to wander, or negligence of 
the path of duty, Error, or neglect, or being easy, or careless 

of the way of commanded duty ; imprudentia, a want of the fore- 
sight of the consequences of being careless of the path of rectitude. 
Y?ttr Chald. r~iW m. Tranquillus, calm, error, 'bur m. mW f. 
Tranquillitas, calmness. prW £ VtW m. Secundina, the after-birth, 
or rather a female child, from its ease, or apprehending no mischief. 
V?tP f. Coturnix, the quail, from its living in ease and plenty among 
the corn. nW Mittere, to send ; emittere, remittere, transmittere, to 
send off, send back, send over, to convey, accompany, stretch forth ; 
m. missile, a dart, from its being thrown, or sent forth by the hand ; 
gladius, a sword, or rather a javelin, from its being cast by the 
hand ; propago, a shoot, from its branching forth. m. Munus, 

a present, from its being sent forth. yt?\ff m. Mensa, a table, which 
is set out, or put forth to place provisions upon. rh'&72 m. Extensio, 
emissio, an extending, a sending forth, mbttfft m. Missio, a sending. 
vbiff Dominari, to be over, or before, either for protection or rule, 
ruled. E^ttf m. Dominator, a regent, a ruler. |ltoW Dominatio, 
rule ; Chald. dominator. m. Dominium, rule, or power. 

OnoW m. p. Scuta, shields, or arms for protection or defence, urn- 
bones. Jecit, abjecit, dejeeit, to cast, cast down, or away ; m. 
mergus, a cormorant, from its darting, or casting itself down on its 
prey. ndiVf Nomen porta? Hierosolymitana?, one of the gates of 
the temple, from the manner of its opening. U "?W Spoliare, depre- 
dari, spoiled ; m. praeda, prey ; spolium, spoil. W^ttf m. Spoliatus, 
plundered; amens, demens, frantic, mad, the consequence of being 
spoiled, R. Sltf To loose, &c. from being loosed, or taken from the 
captives, ckttr Compleri, perfici, to make whole, entire, complete, to 



142 



finish, perfect, be at peace; pacem habere vel colere, pacem precari, 
salutare, to wish well, or to agree ; m. integer, a whole ; integrum, 
entire, perfectum ; Eucharistum, a sacrifice, also Chald. Pax, 
peace; prosperitas, prosperity; integritas, integrity, also rn»W f. Vestis, 
an outer garment, from covering the whole body, also GiSltf m. rtJQiW 
f. Retributio, a recompense, from its being complete, zshw m. 
Chald. Perfectum, complete. Extraxit, to draw, or push out ; 

strinxit gladium, falcem, to draw a sword, or pruning hook, vhw 
whv f ntthiff m. HMr c. Tres, three. m. Tertius, the third. 

r-vwhvr f. Tertia pars, the third part ; trima, three years, or days. 
CZPltfbw Tertiani, tertiae generationis nepotes, descendants to the third 
generation. QNthv Nudiustertius, three days ago. itf'W m. Tri- 
bunus, a tribune ; dux, a leader, a tribune, or third man, a lord, from 
perhaps being below the king and the general ; triens, a sort of large 
measure, containing a third part of some other known and common 
measure, wbttf m. Tribunitius, any thing belonging to the tribunes. 
vhum Triennis, the space of three years, oitr To place, set, put ; m. 
nomen, a name, or articulate sound, which is placed for a thing as its 
sensible mark or sign, renown, or a name of fame, or reputation, as 
a particle, also ,— ucttr Ibi, illic, there ; illuc, eo, thither. OPO Inde, 
hence, whence, thence. Eypitf Chald. r*#»ttr Ccelum, cceli, the heaven, 
the heavens, or the disposers, the placers, hence the fanciful science of 
astrology; to astonish, to desolate. rvttW f- The lizard, from frequent- 
ing the walls of houses, or rather the spider, the placer, the disposer, 
as the spider is eminently curious in the exact disposition of the 
threads of her web. mttr Perdidit, to destroy, abolish, or dissipate utter- 
ly, disperdidit. TXQVT To move briskly, to move to and fro, or vibrate 
with a quick motion, as the heart in joy ; laetari, to be merry; dares- 
cere, lucere, to shine, from the oil with which their heads were 
anointed upon festival days ; m. laetus, joyful. rTHSV f. Laetitia, joy. 
taottf Intermisit, to let go, remit, to mire, or fall into the mire, amovit, 
to throw down, or to remit with violence to the ground, to shake, de- 
turbavit, the consequence of letting the thing fall; to smite, or throw 
down by a stroke. r~itoa*J f. Intermissio, release, remission, or a letting 
go. To recline, lie down, or along. j—QTOttr f- Stragula villosa, 

a mantle, rug, or mattress, from its being .something upon which we 
lie down. SfttP To surround on all sides. SKtttP m. Sinistra manus, 
the left hand ; sinistrum latus, the left side, from the left hand, &c 
being involved in the hyke, or garment, while the right was usually 



nw 143 ^aatr 

at liberty, 'bttnttr m., Sinister, left. nS»W f. Vestis, a garment, a 
vestment, a hyke, from its surrounding the body, &c. (see Park- 
hurst.) OEtcr Niphal, desolare, to desolate; obstupescere, to con- 
found; m. desolans, desolating; desolatum, desolated. yaav m. nai3iff 
f. Desolatio, desolation, nnv p"flDiP» f. Stupor, amazement; desolatio. 
|nicr Impinguare, saginare, to abound, superabound ; m. pinguis, opulen- 
tus, fat, rich; pinguedo, fatness; oleum, oil; unguentum, ointment, from 
their abundance in animals. r—tfttW f. nJlEttf f. Octo, eight, or the super- 
abundant number, jouro m. Pinguedo, fatness ; pingue, fat. ynw Au- 
dire, to hear, to obey, or to hearken ; attendere, obedire, to report, or to 
declare what we have heard ; exaudire, to hear perfectly, also JTOWID m. 
r~tf>l»U7f. Auditio, a hearing; rumor, a report; nuncium, a message; fama, 
sonus, a sound. rnj7EitfE f. Auscultatio, listening ; obedientia, atten- 
tion, mjwn f. Auditus, hearing. To mutter, murmur, whis- 
per; m. particula, pauxillum, a little. PTOttr f. Ignominia, a whisper; 
infamia, a report, or a thing contemptible, shame, nttltf Custodire, to 
keep; observare, keep safe, preserve, to guard, take heed; cavere, 
prevent, preserve. -p»ttf m. Sentis, senticetum, a thorn, or briar, 
which by its prickles is preserved from being plucked up ; adamas, 
the diamond, or adamant, from its engraving, or cutting other stones, 
from its hardness ; fajx, the dregs, lees, which are preserved at the 
bottom of the vessel, and preserve the strength and flavour of the 
wine, nw f. p. Vigiliae, watchings ; palpebral, the eyelids, from 
their watching, lam m. r-roP» £ Custodia, keeping; career, a 
prison, ttw Chald. Ministrare, to serve, minister unto ; m. Sol, Chald. 
^wnv Sol, the sun, the great minister, or servant to the solar system, 
which God causeth to rise on the evil and the good, which bringeth 
forth the precious fruits of the earth, and from the heat whereof no- 
thing is hid. j—utWDlP f. p. Fenestra, specula, a window through 
which the solar light- enters. nup Odit, to hate, ysm m. p. Chald. 
Osores, haters. r-\XM f. Odium, hatred. rW2V £ Exosa, the affair 
detested. Arabic, To be cool, also a:ttTK m. Fenestella, a window, 
from its power of cooling. risv To iterate, repeat ; secundare, iterare, 
do again, or a second time ; mutare, to change, yff To sleep, R. yw 
|U; c. Dens, a tooth, from its being renewed in men, as well as in most 
other animals ; ebur, ivory, or the tooth of the elephant ; scopulus, a 
sharp rock, from its resemblance to a tooth. Chald. m. Two. 
Q^ttr m. d. Duo, bini, two, two by two. aw £ Duse, two. W 
m. Secundus, second. j—Uttr f. Annus, the year, or the repetition of 



144 



the solar light, taff m. Dibaphum, double died coccineum, scarlet 
colour, from being twice dipt. m. Iteratio, a repetition. rwano 

m. Duplieitas, duplum, duplicity, double; secundus, the second, se- 
cunda pars ; exemplar, a copy in writing, yvr Acuere, to sharpen 
;— mar f. Dicterium, dictum acutum, a sharp saying. DM Accingere 
to gird up. rnD'tf Diripere, to rob, plunder, pillage, depredari. DD'tf 
Diripere. novm f. Direptio, plundering. $&ff Diffindere, to split, 
cleave ; bifidatum esse, to part in two ; m. fissura, an opening, or 
chink. «]Sttr Dissecare, to cut, or hew in pieces, pip &c. see T 
save, njn? Respexit, to regard ; attendit, to look, turn to and from, 
have respect to; Chald. f. hora, an hour, tpv R. *)J7D A branch. 
nj^D m. Aspectus, the countenance, from its being beheld. 
O'jTtfJJttr m. Oblectationes, sports, or turning this way or that way 
in sport. ojr# To stamp, or to rush forward, also ntOJW f- Strepitus, 
a noise ; plausus, a shout. ttttjflET m. Heterogeneum, linsey-woolsey, 
perhaps from tt? Which, To weave, and r*tff) To sprinkle, and 
so express a texture sprinkled, as it were, with different kinds of 
threads. To be hollow ; m. pugillus, the hand, or the hollow 

of the hand, handful. m. Vulpes, a fox, from his burrowing, 

or making holes in the earth. HnyitfE) m. Semita, a foot path, or a 
hollow, narrow way. yjy; Niti, to incline, recline, lean upon, to rely. 
jSTtfO m. f Bacillus, scipio, a staff, upon which we lean. 

njW To stand erect, or upright ; estimare, to esteem, or think a per- 
son upright; m. porta, a gate, from its being upright; janitor, a 
keeper of a gate ; mensura, a measure, from its being kept at the 
gate ; capillus, hair of the head, from its standing at times, as in hor- 
ror, upright ; horrendus, horrible, as if the hair were standing up- 
right. R. 1S70 A storm, rnnjw nnnjw nnnjw £ Res hor- 
renda, a dreadful affair ; horrere, to shudder ; m. horror, dread ; turba, 
trouble, or danger ; pillus, hair. m. Pilosus, hairy ; hircus, a 
buck goat, from its shaggy hair, mj?U7 f. Hordeum, barley, from its 
rough bristly beard. r~t£3^ To dash, crush, or break by impulse ; f. 
labium, the lip, from the breaking the air into distinct articulations 
in speaking ; ora, ripa, littus, sermo, speech, or talk, the border or 
edge of any thing, as the hps are of the mouth, lifted up, as on the 
edge of the tongue, 'sur m. Clivus, a hill, or craggy prominence ; 
caseus, cheese, from it being formed from pressure. nSitf To depress. 
rinD'tf f. Ancilla, a handmaid, from her being in servitude. rinflttTD 
f. Familia, a family, household, from being under the dominion of 



SDpPH 145 IttV 

the master ; genus, a race, as of birds, &c. bsip Any kind of regu- 
lation and disposal ; judicavit, to judge ; m. judex, a judge, B1SW m. 
Judicium, judgment, tssuro m. Judicium, jus, right; ratio, a reason; 
mos, ritus, modus, custom, or the judgment formed from time, law, 
or the declaration of the judge. *]SW EfFudit, to pour out, shed; m. 
efFusio, a pouring out. p-DStET f. Virile membrum, urinam et semen 
effundens. ^sitf To humble one's self, humilem, depressum esse, 
deprimi, to be humbled, brought low; m. humilis, humble, or low ; 
depressus, borne down, feeble, or deformed ; abjectio, a casting down. 
r-bsv f. Planicies, a valley, or low plain country, also ryhsv m. 
Demissio, a falling down ; humilitas, lowness. OSttf m. R. maw Ex- 
tremity ; mystax, upper lip beard, from being the extremity of the 
body, yw R. yo To cover, yv To hide ; m. cuniculus, a coney, 
or rabbit, from hiding itself in its hole, an Egyptian rat, for the same 
reason, ysnsr To flow together, be abundant ; m. abundantia, abun- 
dance. ;— i#3W f. Agmen, a band, from their abundance or number. 
pSW To clap, strike, or smite together, to suffice, from the clapping 
the hands as an evidence of it. *]3W y&sv m. Cerastes, a flying 
serpent, from Arabic «]3tp To make a puncture, from the bite of the 
animal, -fiicr Pulchrum esse, seemly, good, elegant, beautiful; m. 
elegantia, grandeur, -vstcr Chald. m. Pulchrum, fair ; locus elegans, 
a pavilion, from its beauty, nsw m. Buccina, tuba, a trumpet, from 
its majestic sound, nnsttr m. Tentorium, tabernaculum speciosissi- 
mum, a tent, from its beauty, htfisnsar m. Chald. Aurora, the morn- 
ing, from its beauty. TSPK m. Frustum pulchrum, a handsome piece 
of flesh. Mm Ordinavit, disposuit, to put or set in order, to dispose. 
tSyftSO Lapides focarii, fire ranges, rows of stones on which the cal- 
drons or pots were placed for boiling. a^nsttra m. d. Sarcinae duae, 
the divisions of a stall, sheepfolds. *]V«r m. Pauculum, little, a mo- 
ment, or a small portion of time, To move, run, or push forward; 
m. saccus, a sack, or bag, into which corn, &c. is moved, or pushed 
forward, sackcloth, pip To kiss, R. pwj. "ipttr Advigilavit, to awake, 
watch ; maturavit, to ripen, is ready ; festinus, quick ; m. amygdala, 
the almond tree, from its early awaking from its winter's repose, 
flowering in the month of January ; conjunctum, bound, rnpttr To 
irrigate, wet, moisten with water; potavit, to drink, irrigavit. ^pttr 
m. Irrigatio, a wetting ; potus, drink, mptff f. Aqualiculus, a water 
trough. mpttrtt m. Pocillator, a cup-bearer; potus, drink, epar 
Quievit, to be quiet ; quietus fuit, to be at rest, also opwn m. Quies, 

T 



fpp 146 Spfcr 



rest ; tranquillitas, calmness, ^pw Ponderavit, to weigh ; m. siclus, 
a shekel, a piece of money so named, from being of the standard 
weight, HpttND HipttTC) m. Pondus, a weight, r"V?pW» f. Perpendi- 
culum, a weight used to estimate perpendicularity, a plummet. Opltf 
m. Arbor sycomori, the sycamore tree ; Arabic CTpD Male habuit, to 
make sick, because the fruit of the tree is apt to bring on diseases, 
not being easily digested, ypu? Submergi, to sink, subside as fire, to 
drown. nvmppw f. p. Fossulae, running cavities, hollows, from 
jjp# To sink, and -n To flow. *\psr Spectavit, to look out, or turn 
towards ; m. Aspectus, the countenance, from beholding us. vMipur 
m. p. Prospectus, views. *ppU70 m. Superliminare, the frontispiece, 
or lintel, from its being exposed to view, ypw Abominari, to 
abominate, abhor, detest, to curse, y^pw m. Abominatio, an abomi- 
nation, ppw Discurrere, to run. pariD m. Discursitatio, a running. 
iplP Mentiri, to lie, speak, act, or deal falsely ; m. mendacium, a lie ; 
falsitas, falso, falsely j nutare, nictare, to wink, to deceive. j>nur To 
loose ; Chald. cepit, to begin ; habitavit, to dwell ; mansit, dissolvit, 
prevail. Chald. To scorch ; m. aestus, heat ; aridus, torridus lo- 

cus, a dry place, from the heat, &timt m. Sceptrum, a sceptre> from 
HD3U7 To extend, hence a sceptre, from its extension, ittr To saw, R. 

xiiff Implicari, to be wreathed ; m. palmes, the shoot of the vine, 
pliable, a basket, from its twisted construction., TW Superesse, to 
leave, or be left behind. *m& m. Superstes, residue ; residuum, rem- 
nant * amussis, a carpenter's rule, or rather the chalk or pencil which 
marks their work, and leaves the evidence of it behind | ministerium, 
clothes of service left, when not used, in the sanctuary. riTtf To 
direct; principem se gerere, to be strong,- send forth, dimittere; 
Chald. solvere, to loose, rnnttr f. jnter ^ V"W m. Lorica, a coat of mail, 
from its strength in defending the body ; £ a small dart, from its be- 
ing sent forth, or thrown from the hand. jniP Sharon, the name of 
a country. PTW» f. Maceratio, a soaking in water ; maceratum, the 
thing soaked in water ; m. principalis, rule, or power, arising from 
strength. or*W Caedere, incidere, to scarify, cut, or wound, also 
Srwsma m. Caesura, a cutting off. "par To twine, wind, or bend about, 
implicare. *]vw m. Corrigia, a shoe-string, from its being twined 
round the foot, jnw To be long, redundare. *]jrw m. Cogitatio, 
anxious thought, sorrow, from w Which, and rjjn To distil, thoughts, 
as if they were distilling from the heart, tpu Urere, exurere, incen- 
dere, to burn, burn up, burnt ; m. praester, serpens ignitus, fiery ser- 



147 



pents, from the burning the consequence of their bite ; seraph, from 
the glory or burning of its appearance. n£TW nsntm f. Incendium, 
ustio, burning, ptfr Abunde progignere, to produce, or increase 
abundantly ; reptare, to creep ; m. reptile, reptilia animantia, reptiles, 
from their abundance. pTtf To be yellow, yellowish, tawny ; sibilare, 
to hiss, whistle, also np"W f. Sibilus, hissing ; vitis generosa, a vine, 
from its yellow colour. tsiJVpTWE f. Chald. Fistula, a pipe, a flute, 
a flagelet, from their whistling. crp«w m. p. Balii, varii colon's 
equi, horses of various colours. O'pmtr m. p. Vites praestantes, ex- 
cellent vines. fMpnitf f. p. Serica praestantia, silken garments, of a 
yellow colour, yellowish, spoken of raw flax such as fishermen use. 
tW "W To regulate or direct, principatum tenere ; m. umbilicus, the 
navel string, whose use is to convey or regulate the blood ; a rule, a 
lord, from his power of directing, nww f. p. Sentential animi, 
thoughts which regulate the actions, tt?"W To root, take root, or 
cause to take root, to eradicate, radices agere, eradicare ; m. radix, a 
root, WW f. Idem, the same. Chald. Wlttf Eradicatio, a rooting up. 
mttTW mmnp f. p. Catenae, chains of a tapering form like roots, 
root work, rrw Personal attendance, or ministry ; ministravit, to 
serve; m. ministerium, ministry, or service. rrwE m. Minister, a 
servant, a minister, an attendant, service ; m. sartago, a frying-pan, from 
its service, or use in preparing food, vw To be brisk, active, sprightly, 
cheerful ; m. byssus, xylinum, m. fine linen, or cotton cloth, from its 
cheerful whiteness, also r-vsnp f. r~ \W m. Sex, six, this is applied first 
to the sixth day of exultation for the finishing of the creation, when 
the morning stars sang together, and all the sons of God shouted for 
joy. G'ttW c. Sexaginta, sixty. Wffl! m. Sextus, the sixth, nwur 
f. Sexta, sexta pars, the sixth part, p-wter Sextam partem obtulit, to 
take or give a sixth part, jttnur m. rnww f. Lilium, the lily, from 
being a six-leaved flower ; hexachordum, an instrument of six strings. 
"Wtf m. Color indicus, minium, vermilion, from ntiPK Arabic, To be 
ruddy, the colour of vermilion, rw for rnw Two. r"W Chald. 
Sex, six ; to place, R. nw. yr\W Sexaginta, sixty, nni? Chald. 
Bibere, to drink, to place, swallow liquid. '•rw m. Compotatio, 
drink ; stamen, a foundation. j—pfW f Potus, potio, drink. mriWJO 
Chald. Sl^nttHD m. Convivium, a feast accompanied with drink, potio. 
u ?rw Plantare, to plant, to settle. a^JW m. p. Plantae, plants, a 
grove, or collection of plants, anip Recludere, to shut, shut up, or 
out, in a privative sense, aperire, to open, irw Mingere, to make 



148 



water, pm Silere, to be still ; tacere, to be silent, or calm, nnw To 
hide, to be hidden. 

n 

Is the last letter of the Hebrew alphabet, is of the class of serviles; 
prefixed from r~iK The, very • it forms nouns, as TO^n A scholar, 
from "xch To teach. It forms particles, as nnn Under, from g-rmi 
To descend. It denotes the second person future singular and 
plural, masculine and feminine of verbs, also the third person singu- 
lar feminine ; affixed second person singular preter. It is put in 
government for n as rhstjb for ri¥J73 In the counsel. It forms many- 
nouns feminine, as fifdtoB A kingdom. It is paragogic, and i6 post- 
fixed to an infinitive, as r"W3' To be dry. To nouns feminine, as 
rvwsn Exquisite ornaments. To verbs, as nnmn Thou shalt en- 
tirely slay, from Very. Nin m. R. n«n To limit, bound, set or 
draw a limit, or bound ; thalamus, a chamber, or room bound by 
walls; insidious thought. Dsn To waste, to consume, pine away; 
desiderare, to long for, to abhor, or to consume with hatred, or dis- 
like. 3Kr\E Abominans, hating. m3Kn f. Desiderium, desire, nan 
Determinare, to limit. lan Km m. Bubalus, a wild bull, because 
these animals are caught in nets, mstn f. Terminus, border, limit, 
also £ desire, from riiK which see. cuxn To be connected, double, 
cohere, or embrace as twins in the womb. c^EKn CZwin m. p. Ge- 
melli, twins; gemellos parere, to bring forth twins. |Kn P" Uetn f. R. 
|X labour of body or mind ; ficus, arbor et fructus, the fig, or the 
tree and its fruit, or the grief tree, from the roughness or prickliness 
of the upper side of its leaf. JTJKH f. Sadness. r-tfKn £ An occa- 
sion, R. rTJK. inn Definire, formare, to delineate, draw, or mark 
out ; m. forma, beauty ; species, a kind. 3n Chald. To return, R. 
3in. nan £ Area, a chest, an ark, R. n: To be hollow, a hollow 
vessel fit for swimming. mwan £ Provision, R. :>tt3. £ R. 

l "73 To mix, or mingle ; orbis habitabilis, the habitable earth, com- 
posed of earth and water, Haia'ft £ Intelligent, R. |13. noian £ A 
trampling, R. D13. JT*?3n £ Consumption, R. p" 6a. ^an m. Con- 
fusion, R. H^a also ^TiSan m. Suffusion, ^an To cut, or shatter to 
pieces. pnD m. Stramen, palea, straw, chaff, from being cut, or 
broken to fragments. PTJan £ Structure, &c. R. rU3. n^an £ 



a"mn 149 • -un 

Burning, R. nj;3. nsn Frangere, to break, r- n^n f. Fractum, 
broken, brittle. Smjn m. Retribution, R. r~njn f. Conflict, 

R. r-m. "nn MTin Jugiter, continually, always, R. in To go round 
and round as revolving years, or as a continuance of time does. r~nn 
inn To be void, without form ; m. inanitas, empty ; res informis, any 
unformed thing, ann CDinn c. more frequently f. Abyssus, depth, 
from rn»n Tumult. n'obnn f. p. Progressions, R. "f?n. m^nn f. 
Praise, &c. R. S^n. r- osn f. Perverseness, R. ^sn. 3in nn Chald. 
Reverti, to return ; redire, render ; respondit, to reply, or return an 
answer. r~ Uin f- Sadness, R. rnr. min f. Confession, &c. R. nr. 
nbmn f. Hope, R. Sn 1 . msjnn f. p. Fatigues, R. mm Ex- 
pavit, trepidare, to tremble ; signare, to mark ; describere, make a 
mark ; circumscribere, to limit, in m. Signum, a mark, ^in *]H 
To be in the midst, between ; medium, middle, y^n m. rUD'H f. 
Medianum, middle, r— on Mediari, to be in the middle ; m. deceit- 
ful, or concealed wickedness. iron f. Blame, &c. R. na\ rrnVin 
f. p. Generations, R. nb\ niiWin f. p. Departures, R. xx\ nnn f. 
A law, R. r- 3£"in m. An inhabitant, R. ntcnn f. Essence, 

&c. R. nttr*. Tin nn To go round or about ; explorare, to seek, or ex- 
plore ; scrutare, to investigate ; m. ordo, law ; conditio, state ; turtur, 
a turtle, a turle-dove, from its cooing, mm f. Conditio, state, order, 
law. Tin* m. Exploratio, searching out. anfiK m. p. Exploratores, 
persons who search out. nn Amputare, to shake, or cut off, rese- 
care; m. a fleece, from its being cut off. m:tn f. Whoredom, R. 
mi- nn f. A piece, R. nra. r- 6nn f. A beginning, R. W?n. nnn 

NJnnn m. R. rinnn To surround, mix, contend, miscere, commiscere, 
to mingle, contend, compare ; lorica, a coat of mail, from its sur- 
rounding the body. nV?3nn f- p. Prudent counsels, R. nan. D»nn 
m. A rapacious bird, R. D»n. m^nn f. A setting of bounds, junn 
m. Prayer, R. ^n. ^-n m. The south, R. yz\ urnn m. Taxus, a 
badger ; melis, taxea, the skin of a badger, or rather a violet colour, 
R. Ethiopic, To rub, from the manner in which the skins are pre- 
pared for use. nnn Chald. r- nnn Sub, under; infra, downwards; 
pro, for ; loco, in the place ; propter, on account of, R. nnJ To de- 
scend, mnn m. mnnn f. ynr\r\ m. r-oinnn f Inferior, lower, 
m. R. vr\ To compress « hircus, a he-goat ; aries, a ram, because they 
are kept for breeding. *pn *jn *pn m. Dolus, fraus, concealed or in- 
ward wickedness, deceit, the primitive meaning denoting any thing 
in the middle, or inward. E2"3in m. p. Pavones, peacocks, from 



150 



ran 



their hollow cry. nan To join, set down, attach, ^an Blue, 
azure, skycolour also i—fran f. Hyacinthinus, hyacinth, from its blue 
colour, from f— 6a To complete a perfect colour, p-uian f. A seat 
prepared, R. yj. jan To direct, regulate, expendere ; perpendere, to 
weigh, ponder, dispose ; aptare, to measure, also n'JDn f. Demensum, 
mensura, dimension ; summa, the amount. njan» f. Summa, forma, 
shape ; dispositio, sentiment. rrnan m. A cloak, R. ^pa. naiitSn 
f. Dryness, R. 3kS. r- itf?n f- Labour, R. nsS. jrwsb.FT^ Garments, 
R. ttra 1 ?. J*?n Chald. Nix, snow, from Hebrew ypw Idem, the same. 
r~br\ Suspendere, to hang, hang up, suspend, nvs^n f. p. Ar- 
maria, armoury, from T~hn To suspend, and nva Edges, and there- 
fore denotes a place upon which edged weapons are suspended. 
r—Oibn f. Murmuring, R. jV?. <hr\ m. A hanger, a quiver, from its 
being suspended. W?n m. Aggere, accumulare, contumulare, to 
heap up. Hri m. Tumulus, a heap of earth; agger, a mound. 
S3*y?m m. p. Contumulatores, those who bury. B ,5 ?nSn m. p. 
Crispi pili, clusters, or strings of embryo fruit, from ,— 6a To 
suspend. cabn To break, break in pieces; m. porca agri, a 
ridge of land between two furrows, because broken in pieces ; 
aratio, ploughing, or breaking the ground. TJD'jn m. A scholar, R. 
in 1 ?. Jlfefl To split, cleave, also ySin m. Coccus, coccineum, crimson, 
red-worm, or cochineal, wormcolour, so called because made o1 
small worms found in the tubercles of a certain shrub. rnpbin nj&in 
f. Vermis, the worm thus found. a'jfrfiE m. p. Coccinati, clothed 
in scarlet, ffttgWvfi f. p. Dentes molares, the grinders, which split, 
or cleave the food. nSn Chald. ,— inbn Tres, three, thrice, yrbn 
Triginta, thirty, from Hebrew vhv Idem, the same, an To finish, 
or be finished ; m. upright, perfect, nan Chald. Illic, there ; illuc, 
thither. "i»n Continuance, or to hold up. T»n Jugis^ jugiter, con- 
tinually, daily, rnan Mirari, to wonder ; obstupescere, to be aston- 
ished, amazed. Jinan m. Stupor, astonishment. Chald. rn»n m. p. 
AdmirabiL'a, miracula, wonderful works, p-uinn £ A similitude, R. 
rsb, r-nian f. A change, R. -no. r—u-n»n f. A killing, R. nip. 
pnnn m. A cleansing, R. pna. "ti&n m. Bitterness, R. -nc I^n Sus- 
tentavit, apprehendit, tenuit, to lay hold on, to hold, hold up. ^En 
Htttn HinnK Heri, yesterday ; ante, before ; antea, before these things, 
from on To finish, and To cut off. can Absolvi, compleri, to 
finish, perfici ; m. can C3'»n m. Integer, whole ; integritas, upright- 
ness ; Thummim, perfections, as the precious stones put into the high 



nip 



151 



oina 



priests' breastplates were called lights, so the Thummim was named, 
from the completeness or perfection of the oracles never failing, but 
always accomplished. ODD m. Perfectio, finished, integritas. l»n 
To be straight, upright, also nmn m. m»n f. Palma, the palm tree, 
from its being straight, or upright, nnsn f. p. Columnae elata?, 
lofty pillars, D'TO m. p. Pyramides, pyramids, pillars, or 
8 columns. |n To give, R. jru. p- un To hire, mercede conducere, 
to comfort, or please with a hire, or reward; confabulari, to talk. 
;— OJlK f. j:nK m. Merces, meretricia, the reward, or hire of a 
whore, r-ittun £ A breaking off, R. ku. riaftah f. Provisions, 
R. 3i:. mayn f. Agitation, R. £s»»m3f» m. p. Consolations, 

R. CDHJ. m. Chald. Secundus, second, from Second. *pn 

To fail, to be soft, also 'pn m. Tenerum, tender ; imum auris, the tip 
of the ear, or the tender part of it. y:n m. R. rn:n To shriek, 
wail, bewail ; draco, a dragon ; balena, a whale ; serpens, a crocodile, 
also a sort of wolf, from the cry of these creatures, "ttn Ton m. R. 

To split, separate, divide; fornax, a furnace, from its power of 
melting, or dividing the parts of the metal. j—own f- A mole, &c. 
R. OM. 3j7n Abominare, to abominate. r~Gjnn f. Abominatio, a 
loathing, riyn Errare, vagari, to err, wander, go astray, rtmn f. 
Error, or wandering from the will of God. O'pnyrt m. p. Aberra- 
tiones, wanderings from the path of commanded duty, r™ myn £ 
Testimony, R. 1157. r-v?J?n f An aqueduct, R. r"6j7. O'Vbyn m. 
p. Sports, &c. R. S^y. r" i»V?j?n f Hidden, R. cbjN aupn m. 
Dainties, R. ay. mitten m. Powers, R. cptfy. nyn To divide, cut, 
cleave ; m. novacula, a razor, from its power of cutting ; vagina, the 
sheath or scabbard of a sword, from its cloven form. m:nj?n f. p. 
Covenants, R. 3"ip. nan man m. R. na: To breathe, blow with a 
blast of air ; malus, an apple, from the fragrance emitted by the fruit. 
&ysn m. p. Things boiled, or baked, R. na«. 'iSfi To be insipid, 
insulsum, insipidum. nban f. Fatuitas, inconsiderate, absurd. «]3r 
*jn To strike, to smite, beat, also *pn m. Tympanum, a drum, tabret, 
from its being struck, mssin fflflflrm f. p- Tympanistria?, wo- 
men playing on timbrels, m¥sn f p. Dispersions, R. yia. ?— 6an 
f. A prayer, R. Sba. r-tfSan f. Terror, R. pS. nan Consuere, to 
fasten, or join together, to sew. wan Capere, prehendere, to lay hold 
on, handle, to take, nan l^fifln m. p. Chald. Exactores, exactors ; 
justitise executores, executors of justice, R. PSl? To set in order, yn 
To break, R. yju pn To pull down, R. pra mpn f. Hope, R. mp. 



\r\i 152 mown- 

nmpn f. Resurrection, R. sip. Spn ChaR Ponderavit, to weigh. 
|pn Dirigi, corrigi, to direct, set in order, ordinare. ypft F%ere; t^" 
force, or drive one thing into, or against another, to fasten, or fix with 
stake , clangere, plaudere, eomplodere manum, to strike hands with 
one another, to sound, or strike an instrument ; m. clangor, a noise, 
jnpn m. Classicum, a trumpet ; urbs Tekoa, the name of a city. r\pn 
Praevaleri, fortem esse, to overpower, overbear, overcome, prevail, to 
be strong, s^pn Chald. K-rpn m. Fortis, brave; valens, strong, 
spin m. Chald. N53pn Robur, strength, in To remain, R. -irv. in 
To remove, R. in:, in To investigate, R. nn. nnm f p. Crowds, 
R. r~"Dl. u23in Chald. Interpretatus est, to expound, explain, inter- 
pret. |Uin m. Expositio, translatio Chaldaica, an exposition, a 
Chaldaic translation. nElin f- Separation. r~VEnn f. An offering, 
R. sn. nsnn f A cure, R. «]ii. nn rin vnm Chald. Duo, two, 
R. in To go round, or about, mm f. Trie cypress, R. mi- njmn 
f. A noise, R. j?n. pn To fix firmly ; m. malus, a mast of a ship, 
from its being firmly fixed, jnn NJ^in m. Chald. Porta, janua, a 
port, a gate, from Hebrew JTKD 1 Idem, the same. Tin m. Fir, oak, 
elm, cypress, R. rin To waste ; attenuate, make lean, famish ; these, 
from their slender or tapering form. rpn O'SIH m. p. Idola, ima- 
gines, an image, an idol, a representative image, from nsi To give 
way, or relax of religious awe and veneration, thus Jehovah is called 
the fear of Isaac, tsnn tP'ttnfi m. Beryllus, beryl, from in To go, 
and BTttr To be vivid, a kind of precious stone, urn To pluck out, R. 
tfrnj. nwtfn *m$wn f. p. Acclamations, R. n«W. njni:n f Safety, 
R. yw. Y3Ern m. A coat of enclosing, R. ysur. .— own f. An answer, 
&c. R. nvtf. npwn f. Desire, &c. R. pisr. jwn f. mwn m. Novem. 
O'JWn c. Nonaginta, ninety, ^jr'tfn m. Nonus, the ninth, nine, per- 
haps from n Formative, and nw To look, or turn, as it were, from 
units to a higher order of numbers, nnm m. Balista, a missive 
weapon, R. nm Arabic, To strike with a club ; lapides balistae, stones 
of the sling, nn the infinitive of To give. 



.* joni pn oSiyn nyi fihyno hmtr> vb* mm fro 



i 



11 



PSALM CXLVIII. CXLIX. CL. 

6 And he-shall make them to stand for a time, for ever, a statute he has given, 
and it shall not pass. 7 Praise Jehovah from the earth : dragons and all deeps : 

8 Fire : and hail, snow and vapour, the wind : of a storm ; performing his word. 

9 Mountains and all hills ; the tree of fruit, and all cedars. t 10 Beast ; and all cat- 
tle : reptile, and fowl : of the wing : 11 Kings of the earth : and all-people, princes, 
and all judges of the earth : 12 * Young men, and even virgins ; old men, with the 
-young. 13 They shall praise the name of Jehovah, for his name has been exalt- 
ed, for alone his praise upon the earth : and heavens. 14 And he shall raise the 
horn : for his people : praise ; for all his-chosen, for the sons of Israel, a people : 
near him. Hallelujah. 



PSALM CXLIX. 

1 Hallelujah, song for Jehovah, a new song, praise ; in the assembly of the- 
chosen. 2 Israel shall rejoice in his maker, and the sons of Zion— shall be-glad in 
their king. 3 They shall praise his name in the dance, with the tabret and harp 
they shall sing for him. 4 For Jehovah has been-kindly affected to his people : 
he shall adorn the-humble with salvation ; 5 His-merciful shall exult in giory, 
they shall exult upon their couches. 6 The praises of God in tneir throat, and a 
sword ; of many edges, in their hand :- 7 To make vengeance ; in the nations, re- 
bukes ; among the people.- 8 To bind their kings with chains, and their nobles, 
with fetters of iron.- 9 To perform against them the judgment written, this hon- 
our for all his-merciful. Hallelujah. 



PSALM CL. 

1 Hallelujah, praise God in his holiness, praise him in the firmament of his 
strength. 2 Praise him in his-strength ; praise him according-to the multitude of 
, his greatness. 3 Praise him with the noise of the trumpet, praise him with the 
nebel and the harp. 4 Praise him with the timbrel and flute, praise him with 
the stringed instruments and the organ. 5 Praise him with cymbals of sound, 
praise him with cymbals of the jubilee ; 6 Every spirit ; shall praise Jah, halle- 
lujah, strong. 



THE END OF THE BOOR OF PSALMS. 



jubetur in 
Deo Rcge 
ac Liber a- 
tore 6uo. 



PSALMI 148. 149. 150. Jp tDOp nop 

-rw *khn t majp kSi prpn dSi^S lyb dtojw 6 7 
inai : nionrrSm D^n pan-p mm » 
XV niyarSai mm trm mymyorm mt^pi 9 

♦ spa ma^i pot nona-Sai mnn ♦♦ DTurbai *na 1 
: pK ^sarSaV onp o^K^-Sai pana^o 11 
-na vhrv t vnyruy D^pr nbina-DJii omna 12 is 

* dwi pa-Sy inm nab iop ajistt-o mm dp 
Saot^ •oaS i^ron-SaS nSnn loyS pp rzm 14 

psalmus 1W - |T ^ DD p 5 nnbSn lanp Dy k 

Snpa mSnn cnn mp nirA 2 
iep fern ♦ oaSoa 1W1 fwnaa wya Ssnp^ 3 
mm riYrra nS-non ninai tjna Smoa* 
cdh^dh irSjn : njn^a ean^gr ioya n 
moon ♦ oniaapo-Sy w maaa e 
onja nop: nipyb : ora nwfi aim wnja 7 
Q^pD omaSo no^S ♦♦nmxba mnains 
awa dspo ona r\wjh t Sna ^Snaa omnaaai 9 
jp ♦ nnSn VTDn-SaS Kin nn 
psalmus ^p na ^iSSn rcnpa SanSn m iSn k 
ESS vvmn t ibxi ana imSbn vmiaja imSSn : iry 2 3 

liber dau- ^ 

|gst *]fia imSn msai Sma mi¥?n naip ypna4 
T yotenWjva imSn : ajjn o^oa iniSSn Sinai n 
• m SSnn nown Sa *njmn Wrea imSrre 

* nnSn 



dum verbis 
omnes ad 
laudes Dei 
dicendas 
excitantur 



vbnn on 



PSALM CXLVI. CXLVII. CXLVIII. 



Jehovah his God. 6 He hath made the heavens and the earth : the sea and 
which in them, who hath kept truth • for ever. 7 He executed judgment for the 
oppressed, he hath given bread for the-hungiy, Jehovah-causing to loose the 
bound. 8 Jehovah has illuminated the-blind, Jehovah has raised up the-bend( 
down, Jehovah has loved the-just. 9 Jehovah has kept the-stranger, the orphj 
and the widow ; he will support, and the way of the-wicked he will subvei 
10 Jehovah shall reign for ever, thy God, O Zion, for generation and generatioi 
Hallelujah. 



PSALM CXLVII. 

1 Praise-Jah, for good to praise our God, for pleasant, praise ; comely ; 2 Jeho- 
vah has built Jerusalem, the-outcast of Israel he shall assemble. 3 Who has c 
ed for the-broken of heart, and-causing to bind up their pains ; 4 He has nu 
bered a number for the stars, for all these he shall call names. 5 Our Lord gre 
and much of strength, for his understanding : not a number. 6 Jehovah-causi 
to lift the-humble,-causing to depress the-wicked to the earth : 7 Sing for Jeh 
vah with praise ; sing to our God with the harp. 8 "Who— causing to cover 
heavens with clouds, who-causing to prepare for the earth : rain, who-causing to 
germinate the mountains, grass. 9 Giving for the beast : his food ; for the sons of 
the raven that shall call. 10 Not in the strength ; of the horse he shall delight, 
not in the legs ; of a man he shall be-delighted. 11 Jehovah loving those- who 
fear him, who-causing to hope for his mercy. 12 O Jerusalem, praise Jehovah, 
praise thy God, O Zion. 13 For he hath strengthened the bars of thy gates, he 
has blessed thy sons in the middle of thee. 14 Who has placed thy bound peace, 
the fat of corn ; he shall satisfy thee. 15 Who hath sent his word, the earth : time 
quickly his word shall run. 16 WTio has given snow as wool, hoar frost as ashes 
he shall scatter.- 1 ? Causing to send his ice as morsels, for the face of his cold ; who 
shall stand. 18 He shall send his word, and he shall melt them, he shall cause to 
blow his wind : the waters shall flow.- 19 Causing to declare his words to Jacob, his 
statutes and judgments for Israel. 20 He hath not done so for every nation, and 
judgments they have not known them. Hallelujah. 



PSALM CXLVIII. 

1 Hallelujah, praise Jehovah from the heavens, praise him on-high. 2 Praise 
him all ye his angels, praise him all his army. 3 Praise him sun and moon, praise 
him all ye stars of light. 4 Praise him ye heavens of heavens, and waters upon 
the heavens 5 They shall praise the name of Jehovah, for he hath commanded, 

and they have been created. 



146. 147. 148. nop rop iop nbnr\ 
e -SrrnNi orrnN pan ttot? ntpy vnSa mm 

s rnm j oniDK mro mm n^jrh urh\r\) DpwyS 
♦♦ opn^ ana mm d^dim *pr mm amy npd 
'9 *yvn my mobm aim DnrnN nop nin^ 
•> mi nnb p^ "pbtf th)yh rnm^S^ : my Dijnsn 
k -6 mnbtf mot nitr^ m nSSn top : nnSSn 

excitantur: 

w proponun- 
* I J f tur, reduc- 

^ n m yy\ wnN 7m : anpi mot? d^wissdd 

*13>5Ttm J / f trios, ejus 

6 yb&Q mm onv up nSDD px m:^n7 n:> 

SI | erga haiic 

x7 ro mora mm? i^y p*my o^tsn 

> videntise 

8 ntoo p«7 ppon D*ojn q^dp riDDon : nuM opera - 

9 any nonS noroS pro w onn mason 
i •pitw pam didh rmnm * lanpi npx 
ii : nonS o^mon-nt* vani-nat mm msn : mrv 

is 12 prrr*o * yrhx rhn mrrnk dWit top 
14 diW "frDrDtrn j *pnp:> yii "jm 
id mno-ny pnx innoN nSirn : D^n nSn 

n is -pWo :n?^ nsjo mas nosrnbpjran mai pirn 
is noon rhw t noy ^ imp viaS^na:> imp 
19 vaapoi vpn apySnnn Tio t o^onSnmn at^» ^ r a ? 
3 Diyr-Sa e^a^oi •nrSsS p npy n 1 ? i ^ki^S 
n -to mm-rut Mn m Mn nop * m-Mn psalmus 

i \ n n cxLviii. 

, . . , . * . . , summas, 

. . . animes, ad 

n : iN^Mn m^ Nin m mn 1 ^ D^-nK Mm : own 



das Dei 
laudes, 
exhortatur. 



PSALM CXLIV. CLXV. CXLVI. 



the form ; of a palace. 13 Our gamers ;-full ^-producing fro- c o6d to food, our 
flocks : producing thousands : myriads ; in our streets ; 14 Our cattle loaded, no 
rupture, and none shall go forth, and no noise ; in our streets ; 15 O the-bless^- 
ness of that people : which so for it, O the-blessedness of that people : whose G i 
Jehovah. 



PSALM CXLV. 

1 Praise ; for David, I will exalt thee, O my God, the King, and I will bless thy 
name for ever and ever. 2 In every day I will bless thee, and I will praise thy name 
for ever and ever. 3 Great Jehovah, praised very much, and his greatness ; no in- 
vestigation. 4 Generation to generation will praise thy works, and thy-power ; they 
-will declare. 5 The honour of the glory of thy magnificence, and I shall speak of 
thy-wonderful things ; 6 And the strength of thy-terrible things ; they shall de- 
clare, and thy-greatness ; I will tell. 7 The remembrance of the multitude of thy 
goodness they-shall utter, and thy righteousness ; they shall declare. 8 Kind and 
merciful Jehovah, slow of- wrath, and great of mercy. 9 Jehovah good for all, and 
his mercies upon all his works. 10 O Jehovah, all thy works shall praise thee, and 
thy saints shall bless thee. 11 The glory of thy-kingdom ; they shall declare, and 
thy strength ; they shall telL- 12 To make known to the sons of men, his strength ; and 
the glory of the splendour of his-kingdom ; 13 Thy-kingdom ; a-kingdom ; of all 
ages, and thy rule ; in every generation and generation. 14 Jehovah has been a sup- 
port for all- who fall, and he has raised up for all-who are bowed down. 15 The 
eyes : of all shall wait upon thee, and thou hast given for them their food, in his time : 

16 Thou hast opened thy hand : and-causing to satisfy for every living, pleasure. 

17 Just Jehovah in all his ways : and merciful in all his works. ' 18 Jehovah near for 
all-who call upon him, for all who shall call upon him in truth ; 19 The will of 
those-who fear him he shall perform, and their cry ; he shall hear, and he-will save 
them. 20 Jehovah has kept all-who love him, and all the-wicked he shall destroy. 
21 The praise ; of Jehovah my mouth shall speak, and all flesh shall bless his holy 
name for ever and ever. 



PSALM CXLVI. 

1 Hallelujah, O my soul : praise Jehovah. 2 I shall praise Jehovah in my life, 
I shall strike the lyre for Jehovah in my time. 3 Thou wilt not trust in princes, 
in the son of Adam, who not for him salvation; 4 His spirit: shall go forth, he 
shall return to his earth ; in that day his thoughts ; have perished. 5 O the-bless- 
edness in his help, whose the God of Jacob, his hope upon, 



CXL V. 
Gloria 
Regnum 
Dei per uni 
versam 
ram 
sese diffun 
dens, cele- 
bratur 
jusque mise 
ricordia et 
atia mu 
> exponi 
tur. 



PSALMI 144. 145. 146. 10p nop nop 

tijw^f^a po d^o d^kSo mm thyn mesrs ^ 
pK tsbion win 1 ?** * wnnnna maano ms^KD 14 
oyn t wnanna rims pai naw p*o pa 
psalmus nop ♦ vhSk mmp cyn n^K naat? 
2 nanaw r?on wat noa*w nn 1 ? nSnn k 

peruni- • . 1 . . . 

r&r n77n*o nanaa DY>-Saa ttjfj bwjr? "P^ 3 

diffun- , . 1 . . . f . • 

| e _ mruTi *tno 77noi mm njn dtup -pp 3 
ss3" * ^ TnTDJi "p^yo nat^ inS nn : npn pK 4 

nun ♦ nrwie -pnabflj toti ^nn maa inn n * 
'Pinb™-|^to-nn nar j nnsoK ^fmS™ now ^jvik-m 7 
tzpflK -pa mm Dirm pan : raw -pp-m 1^ « 
nwjffl^r^j? vorrYi Sab mm-avo * non Svm 9 
TttD h frbr» , i ^yo-Sa mm "jW^i 

DiNn tisb'ynin^ troT *pnia:n now -piabo 12 
-ba niabo ^mabo : inobo Tin Traoi vnniM 13 
-bab nw -pio nn nn-baa -pb^ooi D^oby h 
•nat^ "pbtf ba-^y t D^iaan-bab ^pin CD^ain ^ 
*|T-nN nms : wjn dSdkt^k onb-pu nnto 
Tom wr^a Hot pm* $ pm vrbab jtopoi w 
nt^N Sab vjnp-Sab mm anp : wyo-baa w 
yots^ Dnjtttm*o n^ var-pm : now manpi 19 
-Sa nw vanwba-nK mm now jDjwma 
-Sa "pa*n *fi~OT mm nbnn : tdw D^enn 21 

*lOp : nyi obtyb IBHp Dt^ ibd 

psalmus ^ nin ^ n i ? L, nK . nvrrnK ^ 3 ^Sn n^ iSSn k 2 
fuSSet DTN-pD moan-Sat t mom s 

misencor- I 

iiH g - ^ inn moi^S inn K^n t nywn 17 pK^ 4 
hy nat^ mrya ap^ •ntsw. t vran^y naK n 



pnncipatu 
nominuin 
componit. 



PSALM CXLII. CXLIII. CXLIV. 
thou wilt recompense upon me. 



PSALM CXLIII. 

1 A psalm for David, O Jehovah, hear my prayer ;-listen to my intreaty; in 
thy faithfulness ; hear me in thy righteousness ; 2 And thou wilt not come into 
judgment, thy servant, for all living shall not justify for thy-face. 3 For the ene- 
my has pursued my soul : he hath trampled my life ; for the earth : he-has made 
me to dwell in obscure places, as the-dead long ago. 4 My spirit : in me will it- 
self fail, my heart within me shall itself be-desolate. 5 1 have remembered the 
days from the beginning, I have meditated in all thy work, in the work ; of thy 
hand : I will meditate. 6 I have expanded my hands : to thee, my soul : as a land : 
thirsty ; for thee, Selah. 7 Quickly answer me, O Jehovah, my spirit : has fail- 
ed, thou wilt not hide thy face from me, and I have been likened with those-who 
descend the pit.- 8 Cause me to hear in the morning thy mercy, for in thee I have 
hoped,-cause me to know the way : which I shall go, for to thee I have lifted my 
soul :- 9 Rescue me from my enemies, O Jehovah, to thee I have concealed. 
10 Teach me-to perform thy will ; for thou, my God, thy spirit : good ; thou wilt 
lead me in the land : of rectitude. 11 For the sake of thy name, O Jehovah, thou 
wilt revive me, in thy righteousness ; thou-wilt lead me from difficulty ; my 
soul : 12 And in thy mercy thou wilt disperse my enemies, and thou-hast de- 
stroyed all the enemies of my soul : for I thy servant. 



PSALM CXLIV. 

1 For David, blessed Jehovah, my rock, who-causing to teach my hands : for 
battle, and my fingers ; for war ; 2 My mercy, my tower ; my elevation, my deli- 
verer for me, my shield, and in him I have hoped, who has subdued the people : 
under me. 3 Jehovah, what is man, and thou wilt know him, the son of man, 
and thou wilt think upon him. 4 Man for vanity, like his days as a shadow passing. 
5 Jehovah, bend the heavens and thou wilt descend, touch the mountains and they 
shall smoke. 6 Enlighten lightning, and thou-wilt scatter them, send thine ar- 
rows, and thou wilt disturb them. 7 Send thy hand : from high redeem me, and 
-rescue me from waters-many, from the hand : of the sons of the stranger. 8 That 
their mouth has spoken a lie, and their right hand ; a right hand ; of falsehood. 9 O 
God, a new song I will sing for thee, with the harp, a decachord, I will sing for 
thee. 10 Who-has given salvation ; for kings, who has redeemed David his servant 
from the sword ; of evil ; 11 Redeem me-rescue me from the hand : of the sons of 
the stranger, that their mouth has spoken a lie, and their right hand ; a right 
hand ; of falsehood. 12 That our sons as plants which increase in their youth ; 
our daughters ; as corner stones j-cut ; 



luctam ani- 
expec- 
ne gra- 
tia? Dei 
poene fati- 
scentis, 



rum perse- 
cutionem 
efflagitan-J 
tis. 



143. 144. nop ^op vbnr\ 

k nnh *noto jap t by Sojin *f*JB 

-jraoN^ •ounrrSa riwm ^rtan ynv mm |f|§|- 

i i lucta 

8 Man :m tyn-o ph-Ho -p&S pn^ 

> J ejusque o- 

nmt^N y nwym -jSysrSaa to^h tznpo 
7 e nno t nSo ~\b n^y-paa ^Sk -*p wis 
•odd -pa -inon-S^ ^nii nnSa nin^ *03y 
s -*b yon npaa •ujrwn : ma Hm-Dy yrhvbn 
-pbx-o *f?N ir*pn ^nin ^nncon 

wnn navo ^nin vuSk nnx^ ^mn nwyS 
n-pip^a ^*nn mm y2ur\yoh *mfcA» p^^nn^ 
12 ma^m mo^n ^dhdi : ^s: rmo awn 
k nnS nop t "pay ^ i^sj n-nrba ^ s x A ^s: 

wiyas** nipS ^ nobon nre Nfm mna SfSSfi* 

, ' ,1 jus auxilio 

2 vjjio ib-t^soi r^tro wivoi non t nonbob KJit 

vcrat : ejus- 
que cur as 

s injnm ona-no mm win vjy nnnn won iai 

f l l sese, et po- 

4 naiy ?^a vo^ non TornonN : inairnrvi pu*qa 

mendat. 

6 n p-n pro : wy^ cnna nnm -pp-ton mm 

7 <m dvioo yp : oonni rh& D^ani 

8 kieman omsi new : ^a to D^nn d^oo '^b^m 

9 Sam ~|b toh tsnn mtr dmSk ♦♦ -iptr jv^ 

1 ftsnfln ooSoS n^i^n jnin : ^S-nnorx nwy 
ii nar^a n^o tnyn-wwMiyiM-rsx 



PSALM CXL. CXL1. CXLII. 



thou hast covered for my head, in the day of the clashing of arms : 9 O Jehovah, 
thou wilt not grant the desires of the wicked, his thought thou wilt not encour- 
age, shall they be-exalted, Selah. 10 The chief of those-who surround me, the 
perversity of their lips ; shall cover them. 11 Storms shall roll upon them in fire : 
he-shall cause them to fall into pitfalls ; they shall not rise. 12 The man of 
tongue : shall not be-established in the earth : the man of violence, evil shall 
come to him, for-precipitation ; 13 I have known, for Jehovah will perform the 
cause of the poor, the judgment of the-needy. 14 Truly the-just shall give 
praise for thy name, the-upright shall dwell, thy face. 



PSALM CXLI. 

1 A song for David, O Jehovah, I have called upon thee, hasten for me,-cause 
to hear my voice, when-I call to thee. 2 Thou wilt establish my prayer ; in- 
cense ; for thy-face, the gift of my hands ; sacrifice ; evening. 3 Place, O Je- 
hovah, a watch ; for my mouth keep upon the door ; of my ltps ; 4 Thou wilt not 
incline my heart to the word ef evil ; oneself-to work the works ; with the wick- 
ed, the men-who work iniquity, and I shall not eat of their dainties. 5 The just 
shall strike me, mercy, and he-shall blame me, oil capital shall not break my 
head, for still my prayer ; in their-evil; 6 Their judges have been cast in places : 
rocky, they shall hear my words, for they have been pleasant. 7 As cleaving and 
cutting in the earth : our bones : have been dispersed for the mouth of the grave : 
8 For to thee, Jehovah O Lord, my eyes . in thee I have hoped, thou wilt not 
pour out my soul : 9 Keep me from the hands : of the snare they have stretched 
for me, and from the nets of those-who work iniquity. 10 In his nets the-wick- 
ed shall fall, I alone whilst I shall escape. 



PSALM CXLII. 

1 Understand for David when-he has been in the cave ; a prayer ; 2 My voice 
to Jehovah I will call, my voice to Jehovah I will pray. 3 I will pour for his 
face my meditation, my distress ; in his presence I-will declare. 4 When-my spi- 
rit : itself in me shall fail, thou hast known my foot-path ; in the way ; which I 
shall walk they have hidden a net for me.- 3 Look to the right ; and behold, and not 
for me,-causing to know, refuge has perished from me, none seeking for my soul: 
6 I have cried to thee, O Jehovah, I have said thou my hope, my portion in the 
land : of the-living ;- 7 Attend to my cry ; for I have been-exhausted very much, 
-rescue me from those-who persecute me, for they have been-strong before me,- 
8 Lead forth from prison my soul :-to praise thy name, in the-just shall inclose,, 
for, 



PSALMI 140. 141. 142. 3Ep KDp ttp 

jnsn wiko w jnn-S*t ♦♦ p^3 Din ^>nS nniDD » 
JIL* iDTiaty W ^do tyjn : nSo iqvt psrrbtf loot 11 
rrnoniM *dS^ uhm omSy icw : ididd^ " 
jn Don-tcw p*o poHb p^S aw * toip^ij 19 
vjy p rnm ntrjr'o nyr : nan-roS ijtw 13 

p cx l li us N *°P * tostm tmw x 

psalmo vota f 1 I I I 

: n-yrnrao *i two imw map v-ran ran 2 

vario rerum I i I 

♦ tap Sv^y rrno mop mm nm 3 
mw>» n" 3 mS^y SSiynnb jn nmS nS ton-Sit 4 

•win ^p-Sk t^Ki pp wwwi non pm ■ooSm n 
ySD-vro \bdm :ammjro ^nSam ny^e 
ypm nSs3 loo : loyj "o "hok 1^0^ QmtD&tr 7 
mm "p 1 ?^ "o jSikp m^y nrsj pan* 
mi : ^{33 nyn-Sx won ron 9 
wodm iSd^ pNt bps rwpoi na 1 

psalmus S^po aop t TDjwry "oik nm D^n k 
2£c2t pyrN rftm-^K ^ip * nSsn myM miTQ thS 2 

in specum ' . ' . . 

S£t v-m irw vosS t pnna mm-7N* iTip 3 

giens Sau- • , ' } ' 

]em ' njm nasi inn % fpynna i wsH 4 
n*m p^ D^n j *6 na nod ^Shk imi»3 wra n 
nt^aaS mn pN ^00 D130 na.x tdd ^-p^ 
pnxn ^pSn ^ono nnst ^ni^K mrP -pSx ••npjn 6 
tno TiiSn-^ ^nirSx n^^^pn s a^nn 7 



PSALM CXXXIX. CXL. 



from far. 3 My foot-path ; and my lying down, thou compassest, and all my 
ways : thou art acquainted with. 4 For not any w5rd in my tongue, lo, O Jeho- 
vah, thou hast known it all. 5 Backwards and forwards thou hast environed me, 
and thou wilt place upon me thy hand ; 6 Wonderful knowledge ; from me, it 
lias been exalted ; I shall not be-able for it. 7 Whither shall I walk from thy 
spirit : and whither from thy-face shall I flee. 8 If I shall ascend the heavens, 
there thou, and I-shall make my couch, hell : behold thee. 9 I shall take the 
wings : of the morning, I shall abide in the extremity j of the sea. 10 Even there 
thy hand : shall lead me, and thy right hand ; will hold me. 11 And I have said, 
even the darkness shall swallow me, and the night has shone for me. 12 Even the 
darkness-shall not be-dark from thee, and the night as the day-shall shine, as 
the darkness so the light ; 13 For thou hast possessed my reins ; thou wilt cover 
me in the womb ; of my mother ; 14 I will celebrate thee, upon that,-fearful ; I 
have been organized,-wonderful thy works, and my soul : hath known them very 
much. 15 My strength has not been hidden from thee, that I have been made in 
secret, I have been-curiously formed, in the lower parts ; of the earth : 16 My 
mass thine eyes have beheld, and upon thy book they all shall be-written, days, 
they shall be-formed, and not one among them. 17 And for me, O God, thy 
thoughts have been-precious, how the-chief of them have been-multiplied. 18 I 
shall count them before the sand, they shall be-multiplied, I-have arisen as yet 
with thee. 19 Since, O God, thou wilt destro}^ the wicked, and the men of-blood, 
depart from me. 20 Who shall speak against thee for abomination ; thine enemies 
have been astonished for vanity. 21 O Jehovah, shall I not hate those-who-cause 
to hate thee, and when-they themselves rise against thee, I myself shall be-dis- 
gusted. 22 Perfection I have hated the haters, for enemies they have been for me. 

23 Explore me, O my God, and know my heart, try me and know my thoughts. 

24 And see if the way : of grief in me, and lead me in the way : of submission. 



PSALM CXL. 



1 To the conqueror, a psalm for David. 2 Rescue me, O Jehovah, from the man 
of evil, from the man of-violence thou wilt keep me. 3 Who have thought-evil ; in 
their heart, all the day they shall stir up wars ; 4 They have sharpened their 
tongue : as a serpent, the poison ; of the asp under their lips ; Selah. 5 Keep 
me, O Jehovah, from the hands . of the wicked, from the man of-violence 
thou wilt keep me, who have thought-to push away my feet : 6 The-proud 
have hidden a net for me, and cords, they have extended a net ; for the place : of 
the foot-path, nets they have placed for me, Selah. 7 I have said, for Jehovah my 
God, thou, O Jehovah,-listen to, the voice of my prayers. 8 Jehovah our Lord, 
the strength of my salvation ; 

L3 



139. 140. op vhp D^Snn 

4 s vd : nrvDon wsrhyi nnr •ym tvin pimo ss? 
n D7pi 7inK * nS:) njrr mm p nSo 



utque ipsi 
cuncta ho. 
minum, et 

.j. s L g o t » dicta, etfac 

4 e mjEtt ^oo njn roans t row ^ ntrm ^m^ &?fi£ 



* | t ft llUU^liHrtt 

7 :rroK "pso ruKi -pra -pi* ; r6 TOisrao 

ii 7is* r-h*h) *o£w ^Tr^K 70*0 •omani 
12 t*o dvo rhh) }dd y&wxb "j^n-DJi : ^jn 

13 }t£a npbn vvta nop jinanD t rm*o rwro 

14 y&yo q\s %1 ?sH Wjsu mjrrn *o -piN ^ok 
vld -7^n* -po ^y nrorK 1 ? : 7no rym ^S3i 

16 ^ : pa rrnnnm *nop7 nnoi vwy 

17 j orwan losy no -pjn nprrro ^ : Dm 
19 18 bopn-DK j^oy nijn vwpn Vino D7£dk 

3 -po^ 7trx 1*30 mo 0^07 win jn&n mSh* 

21 mm -paupa-NiSn * mm notoS 

22 dtwjp niop rvtan * DtJipna "pooipmi jopk 

23 jhi ^nn *oab rn ^ipn : ^ vn dwnS 

2 k mm ^Sn * 7nb 7io?o miob op PS C A ^ S 

3 mjn ^n 7JTN i rrran D^oon ktwd in d7no SSSsss 

y • , Dei curam 

4 jynrioD qjipS : monbo vvw dvSd ^ 1 

? adesse ex- 

nm77 mtyn new d^doh ^kd y^7 n^o p £tunt - 
•7^ n^7 usna nhim h na d^w^oid ? *njfe 
nr\N ^Sn mn^ won : nSo ^nn^ D^po Sjyo 
s ry ^hk nin^ t ^^nn Sip mn^ hWm 



6 

7 r 



PSALM CXXXVI. CXXXVIL CXXXVIII. CXXXIX. 



18 And he shall slay,-powerful, because for ever his mercy. 19 For Sihon, king 
of the Amorites, because for ever his mercy. 20 And for Og the king of Bashan, 
because for ever his mercy. 21 And has given their land : for heritage, because 
for ever his mercy. 22 An heritage; to Israel his servant, because for ever his 
mercy. 23 Who, in our dejection, mindful for us, because for ever his mercy. 
24 And shall defend us from our enemies, because for ever his mercy. 25 He has 
given bread for all flesh, because for ever his mercy. 26 Praise for the God of 
the heavens, because for ever his mercy. 

psalm cxxxvn, 

1 Upon the rivers ; of Babel there we have sat, even we have wept when-we 
remembered Zion. 2 Upon the willows in the middle of it, we have suspended 
our harps. 3 For there our seizers have asked us the words of a song, and our 
wasters, joy ; sing for us a song of Zion. 4 How shall we sing the song of Jeho- 
vah in a land ; strange ? 5 If I shall forget thee, O Jerusalem, my right hand ; 
shall forget. 6 My tongue : shall adhere to my palate, if I shall not remember 
thee, if I shall not raise Jerusalem upon the head of my joy ; ? O Jehovah, re- 
member for the sons of Edom, the day of Jerusalem,- who said, raze it, raze it, to 
the foundation in it. 8 The daughter ; of Babel destroyed, O the-blessedness who 
shall recompence for thee thy recompence, which thou hast recompenced for us. 
9 O the-blessedness who shall take and dissipate thy little ones to the rock. 

PSALM CXXXVIII. 

1 For David, I will praise thee with my whole heart, presence of the gods I 
will strike the lyre for thee. 2 1 will bend myself to the temple of thy holiness, 
ana I will celebrate thy name, for thy mercy, and for thy truth ; for thou hast 
magnified above all thy name and thy word ; 3 In the day I have called, and thou 
wilt hear me, thou wilt strengthen me in my soul : fortitude. 4 O Jehovah, all 
the kings of the earth shall praise thee, for they have heard the words of thy 
mouth. 5 And they-shall sing in the ways : of Jehovah, for great the glory of Je- 
hovah. 6 For Jehovah high, and he shall behold the humble, and the proud he 
shall know from far. 7 If I shall walk in the middle of difficulty ; thou wilt revive 
me, against the wrath of mine enemies thou wilt send thy hand : and thy right 
hand ;-shall save me. 8 Jehovah shall perfect for me, Jehovah thy mercy for ever, 
the works of thy hands : thou wilt not leave. 



PSALM CXXXIX. 



1 To the conqueror, for David, a song, Jehovah thou hast tried me, and wilt 
know me, 2 Thou hast known my sitting and my rising, thou hast understood my 
thought, 

L 2 



PSAXMUS 



niam adduc- 
ti, comme 
morant hoc 
dulcissimo 
carmine 
luctum et 
mcDrorem 



PSALMI 136. 137. 138. 139. &Sp nSp hp iSp 
prpoS t non oViyS *o D*nHK d^So Jnm « 19 

nbro :non dSi^S *o nSroS dtw jroi mon 21 22 
naS nor t non dS^S ^ my Sm^S 23 

♦ non oSiyS *o umso i:pn^i : non th)yh *o ^ 

rSp : non nSiyS a own 

ra itm-dj uatsn dp rvnnrby k 

CXXX\ II. * L I '133 N"3 

Israeli**, «0 J 13^133 U^H rtDirQ D^IT/V ♦ IITHK 2 5 
in Babylo- * * 

nOTK Sy mm-Tp-nx -pK : p^ wo iA 4 - 
Si gei P^ n n ^ n ^ropN-aK ;,-03 n« 

in filiam ; f f / f 

££££ "na rfryN ktdk •otok ntdn w •aits? 1 ? 
dvtk'mS mm n:>r pnnop pan by dWvy>7 

♦ ro -non iy vny CDnoNn dSpit dv na 
^fnornK -frobtw *npK mnpn Sm-ro s 

SSfi. nTiK 1 ! nana SdvtSk mnntrK i-pora Dv6tf 2 

ga sese de- ( I ( I I 

I3t. "^"ty nrurr'D inoN-Syi -pon-by ^op-nat 

secoirme- 

53*gf ipflw ^mn ^ym T>*np on x *|moN *pp 3 
*7£rnDN lyoKro pk^dSd-Sd mir "jnv ;ry 4 
mrr d-pd : nw ii^d Svtj *o rnrr rwn n s 
sraja -jSk-cdk i-jto* prnoo rnaj hkt Sspi * 

♦ vjywm nbpn t]K Sy wnn rm 
-Sk fr» ^yo dS^S ^non nya no^ » ■ 

cx A x L xix s ni»T iioto nnS n^3^)S t^p 1 qnn ^ 2 

Praedicat J 

pis'; ^7 nron ^Dipi w nyi^ nnK j jnm ^mpn 2 / 



PSALM CXXXV. CXXXVI. 

of Egypt, from Adam to the beast : 9 He has sent his signs : and his prodigies in 
• the middle of Egypt, upon Pharaoh, and upon all his servants. 10 Who has struck 
many nations, and has slain-powerful kings. 11 For Sihon king of the Amorites, 
and for Og, king of Bashan, and all the kings of Canaan. 12 And he has given 
their land : a heritage ; a heritage ; for Israel his people : 13 O Jehovah, thy name 
for ever, O Jehovah, thy remembrance for generation and generation. 14 For Je- 
hovah will judge his people : and upon his servants he will himself bring comfort. 

15 The images of the nations, silver and gold, the work ; of the hands : of man. 

16 Mouth for them and they shall not speak, eyes : for them and they shall not see. 

17 Ears j for them and they shall not hear, even there is not spirit : in their mouth. 

18 As they shall be-who make them, every one who has trusted in them. 19 O house 
of Israel bless the Jehovah, O house of Aaron bless Jehovah. 20 O house of Levi 
bless Jehovah, those-who fear Jehovah, bless Jehovah. 21 Jehovah blessed from 
2ion, he has dwelt in Jerusalem, Hallelujah. 



psalm cxxxvi. 



1 Praise for Jehovah for good, because for ever his mercy. 2 Praise for the God 
of gods, because for ever his mercy. 3 Praise for the Lord of lords, because for ever 
his mercy.- 4 To perform wonders ;-great ; for alone, because for ever his mercy. 
— 6 To make the heavens with wisdom ; because for ever his mercy.- 6 To extend the 
earth : upon the waters, because for ever his mercy.- 7 To make the lights-great, be- 
cause for ever his mercy. 8 The sun for rule in the day, because for ever his mercy. 
9 The moon and stars to rule in the night, because for ever his mercy.- 10 To-cause 
to strike Egypt in their-first-born, because for ever his mercy. 11 And he has led 
Israel from the middle of them, because for ever his mercy. 12 With a hand : 
strong ; and with an arm : extended ; because for ever his mercy.- 13 To divide the 
water of Suph for divisions, because for ever his mercy. 14 And-has caused Israel 
to pass through the middle of them, because for ever his mercy, 15 And he has 
struck Pharaoh and his army in the sea of Suph, because for ever his mercy.— 16 To I 
-cause to lead his people: through the desert, because forever his mercy.- 17 To ! 
strike kings-great, because for ever his mercy. 

L 



135. 136. iSp nSp abrm 

* ana nanp : majr^aai njnea imp ^ria 

11 •naan "jSo prrD 1 ? : owsj! EP-fe cam 

12 cama jnn p^a rviaSoa h£» pran ^So 

13 mm obiyS *p&? mm } i&y Ssnt^S nSm nbm 
14 1 Dmm YnajrSjn loy mffi pT-o : nr-nS -par 

is id arh ftfl ! dtk ^ npyo inn cpa d^h fetj^ 
it nVi dhS bwm ♦ ur^ m\ mm mm* 
is on^j; Wfi Dmoa S tiftfeS rnvt^-pN 
19 mm-nK iana ma * cana ntM-wat ba 
a -rw no * mm-rw ma pna no 

si mrp ^na ♦ nim-na lana mm mm 

iSp ♦ nnbbn oSt^m p^o / 

2 k ito * Hon mb^h o aiD-o mmS viSn 
3 mn : hdh ahtyh o emWr viW? 
4niNSa3 n^y 1 -? mon abiyS o tzman 
n own ntryS : v-ron abu %L 7 o nab niSii 
e pan yprta nnon cS^S o ™ana 

s rbwizth wmrrnx t non cabiyS o d^Sti 
9 ooaiai rrm-nK i fttth cbiyS tj ova 

i dto naob ♦♦ non D^yS o nb^a irbwtxh 

ii oamD b*nt^ wrm nnon oSiyS o cmmaaa 
12 oSiyb o rpM n P ?n t *n& n nhtyb n 3 

14 is maym t nan fchjjf? o onuS fyio-tf nraS t non 
id njna "uw : non dSi^S o lama Sanis^ 
is •o nanoa iiay ^SiiaS : non aSi^ ^a ^iD-D^a 
17 j non thtyh v aha doSd naoS j Hon 



PSALMUS 
CXXXVI. 
Ad cele- 
brandum 
Dominum 
hortatur, 
ejusque elo- 
gia et ope- 
ra recenset. 



10 



PSALM CXXXII. CXXXIII. CXXXIV. CXXXV. 

6 Lo, we have heard of it in Ephratah ; we have found it in the plains of the 
wood. 7 We shall enter for his mansions ; we shall bend ourselves for the stool 
of his feet : 8 Arise, O Jehovah, for thy rest ; thou and the ark : of thy strength. 
9 Thy piiests shall put on righteousness, and thy-holy shall exult. 10 For the 
sake of David, thy servant, thou wilt not turn away the-face of thine anointed. 
11 Jehovah has been sworn truth ; for David, he will not turn from it, from the 
fruit of thy womb ; I will place for the throne for thee. 12 If thy sons shall keep 
my covenant ; and my testimony ; which I shall teach them, even their sons time, 
time, shall sit for throne for thee. 13 For Jehovah has attended to Zion, he has 
desired for a habitation for him. 14 This : my rest ; for an age, here I will dwell, 
for I have desired it. 15 Blessing her food ; I will bless, her-poor-shall be-satis- 
fied, bread. 16 And her priests-shall put on salvation, and her-holy rejoicing 
shall rejoice. 17 There I-will cause to bud the horn : for David, I have prepared 
a lamp for mine anointed. 18 His enemies I will clothe with shame, and upon 
him his crown-shall flourish. 



PSALM CXXXIII. 

1 A song of degrees ; for David, lo, how good and how pleasant brethren to 
dwell even together. 2 As ointment the good upon the head, descending upon 
the aged, aged Aaron, descending upon the extremity of his robe ; 3 As the dew 
of Hermon descending upon the mountains of Zion, for there Jehovah has com- 
manded the blessing ;-life ; for ever. 



PSALM CXXXIV. 

1 A song of degrees ; lo, bless Jehovah all ye servants of Jehovah-who stand 
in the house of Jehovah, in the-night. 2 Lift your hands : sanctuary, and bless 
Jehovah. 3 Jehovah will bless thee from Zion, he has made the heavens and the 
earth : 

psalm cxxxv. 

1 Hallelujah, praise the name of Jehovah, O ye servants, praise Jehovah.- 2 Who 
stand in the house of Jehovah, in the courts : of the house of our God. 3 Praise 
Jah, for Jehovah good, sing to his name, for pleasant. 4 For Jah has chosen Ja- 
cob for him, Israel for his treasure ; 5 For I have known for Jehovah great, and our 
God before all gods. 6 All that he has desired, Jehovah has done in the heavens, 
and in the earth : in the seas, and all deep places :- 7 Causing to ascend the clouds, 
from the extremity ; of the earth : lightnings for rain he has made the wind : com- 
ing from his treasures. 8 Who has struck the-first-born, 



enarrantur. 



PSALMI 132. 133. 134. 135. rhp fSp ftp ifcp' 

nj*i33 nimeo hunxo nmsw mtyov trm-iit 

jpsius per- ~ '. ; < ■ • 

--nrp noip : i^n enrn nmr\m vm^oS s 

do Messia?, I 

* pi-nt^r* '"pro ♦♦ *jry piw nrw ^nnuDS 9 
•oa ^rrhw "p^y in * w -prom i 
moo si^-nS ask mS mm-y^ *|rwo n 

$p 11D^-DK * ^S-^DdS JWK "pM "HAO 12 

•dpi njrny Dn^r-Dj czhoSk i? imjn wna 
-m ♦ sk^d 1 ? ma pip mm nnr^ ♦♦ -jS-kddS is h 

s^Sk mi*~Di * dhS jra&sw rroi'OK -pnx i« 
vony pp mow * urp pi mTDrn « 

SiumS niton x nm-n:, dtik rot? D^rn^ 2 

1: .... : n I 

s c e :vnno *fi-7j; Tvw.pn*rtpr tprn-^y tv p*nn 

:to- inn 

a™ au - mis db^ *o ^n'^ ponn ^ed 3 

vprhnm Dpi I * 

nSp ; aSiynny D^n nrorrna mm 
najr^ mm-ntt id-d run mtyon w k 

jueviias, qui » ♦ 

"taf^t ddt-in^ :rny?s mm-noD D^^n mm 2 

in templo, 

dVu* d*w hew p^o mm nm^ ♦♦ mm-rus* •d-di imp * 

lebrent; } rf 1 ) J 

SSSKT DjsrnK ™ rp "Mn nSp * pw k V 

minis anx- » I ^ 

nnw mm nan dhdjw : mm nay iSSn mm 2 / 
•\ovh not riim SiEro nWpSri : wnSx m & 
!r P n ° ♦ ihSjidS San^n m inn ap^-o ; o^j ■& * 
|t: : dviSk-Sdd wrmi mm Snj-o Tijrp •on *o n ? 
Sdi d^d p*d rzj^trn mm pnn^K 
£p^co. czj^piD pKn mspD d^k^3 nSyo ♦ rmonn 7 
niD3 JiDnti* : vnn^ND nn ntry iddV * 



PSALMUS 
CXXXIII 



verbum Dei 
ac Domini 
sui. 

PSALMUS 
CXXX 
Hortatur 
Levitas, qui 



minis aux- 
ilio atque 
benedicti- 
on e consQ- 
latur. 

PSALMUS 

cxxxv. 

Hoc 
prsdicat 
tentiam 
Dei 
que gtati 
am erga 
Israelem : 
atque ad 
laudes ejus 



PSALM CXXVIII. CXXIX. CXXX. CXXXI. CXXXII. 



in his ways : 2 For thou wilt eat the labour of thy hands ; blessed thou and good 
for thee. 3 Thy wife ; as a vine ; fruitful ; in the walls ; of thy house, thy sons 
as the plants of olives round for thy table. 4 For lo, thus shall be-blessed the 
man, he has feared Jehovah. 5 Jehovah shall bless thee from Zion, and shall be- 
hold in the good of Jerusalem all the days of thy-life ; 6 And thou shalt behold 
the sons of thy sons, peace upon Israel. 

PSALM CXXIX. 

1 A song of degrees ; much ; they have distressed me, from my youth, Israel 
shall now declare. 2 Much ; have they afflicted me, from my youth, even they 
have not prevailed against me. 3 Upon my back-ploughing they have ploughed, 
they-have prolonged for their furrows ; 4 The just, Jehovah hath cut the rope 
of the-ungodly. 5 They shall be-ashamed and shall be-turned backwards, all- 
who hate Zion. 6 They shall be as the herb of the buildings, which before it has 
grown, shall wither. 7 Of which the reaper has not filled his hand ; and his bo- 
som-causing to bind sheaves. 8 And they have not said-who pass by, the bless- 
ing ; of Jehovah upon you, we have blessed you in the name of Jehovah. 

psalm cxxx. 

1 A song of degrees ; from the depths I have cried to thee, O Jehovah. 2 O Lord, 
hearken to my voice, thine ears ; will be attentive to the voice of my entreaties. 
3 If iniquities ; thou wilt observe, O Jah, O Lord, who shall stand. 4 For with 
thee pardon ; for the sake thou wilt be-feared. 5 I have expected Jehovah, my 
soul : has waited, and for his word I-have hoped. 6 My soul : for the Lord, be- 
fore those-who watch for the morning-who watch for the morning. 7 Wait, O 
Israel, upon Jehovah, for with Jehovah, mercy and great ; redemption ; with 
him. 8 And he shall redeem Israel from all his iniquities ; 

psalm cxxxi. 

1 A song of degrees ; for David, O Jehovah, my heart has not been exalted, 
and my eyes : have not been-lofty, and I have not walked in great things, and in 
wonderful things ; from me. 2 If I have not placed, and I have made my soul : 
silent, as weaned upon his mother ; as weaned upon me my soul : 3 O Israel, wait 
upon Jehovah, from this time : and for ever. 

psalm cxxxn. 

1 A song of degrees ; O Jehovah, remember for David and all his afflictions ; 

2 Who hath been sworn for Jehovah, he hath vowed to the powerful of Jacob. 

3 If I shall enter into the tabernacle of my house, if I shall ascend upon the bed ; 
of my chambers. 4 If I shall give sleep ; to my eyes : or my eyelids slumber ; 
5 Till I shall find a place for Jehovah, mansions ; for the powerful of Jacob. 



statum il- 
lorum, qui 
Deum ti- 
ment, de- 
pradicat. 



PSALMUS 
C X X I X. 



128—132. nSp tfSp hp DDp HDp ttSiin 

3 sftqw; ^3 -pa ^no inro rrna 
4 : mm am phs run t -pnW 1 -? wo 
n w ho tz^rv aiM nmi jv^o nini 

k -now "n^D wro ran mSyon w toDp 

depingun- 

4 mm i on^yo 1 -? ts^nm awn wnn ^rui gasp 

J Deo suo 

n Tina udvi iw * D^yen rvoy psp pm js3^ 
7 e kSo * w tfw nonpar nm n'w&vw * 
8 -rann arayn viok kSi noyo mm n^ip isd 
Sp : rtn* w$ D^nN >we d^Sk mm 
2 k $ mm ynmp D^poyoo mSyon w cTxT 

f J J Precatio 

♦ ^unn mp7 no^p -pm rwnn vnpa njw 

peccatorum 
} ) seque divi- 

n ^ rnmp mm wp : ^nin \yt±> nrxbun sssesl 

• • » » solantis. 

6 Dnow np:n Dnot^o wrkk iftu : ram ronyi 

7 norm mm-Dipp mm-Stf Sirw Sm : npnS 
s Sdd Sant^-nN min aim : nils iny mnm 
n mm nnb mbyon nw *<Sp : wvoiy 

7 tate et siia- 

,3 mm- 1 ?** Sm^ Sm t ^ Sa:o iok ^ hnto 
^ k N©? niSpon w aSp : oVir nnyo PSALMUS 

"^37 J f CXXXII 

2 nn^ nim? yim nt^K i im^-7D irn 

^ studium 

s -7y ri7^K-DK to Snxn *on-dn j ap^ n^^S 

( l promis- 

4 1 noun ^ysjn ^^7 |nK-DN j ^ gss, 

f l de regia 



PSALM CXXIV. CXXV. CXXVI. CXXVII. CXXVIII. 



shall say now Israel. 2 Unless Jehovah who has been for us, when Adam rose 
against us. 3 Then-alive they have swallowed us, when-their fury burned 
against us. 4 Then the waters have inundated us, the torrent ; has passed over 
our soul : 5 Then have passed over our soul : these-proud waters. 6 Blessed Je- 
hovah, who has not given us a prey to their teeth : 7 Our soul : as a bird : from 
the snare of the fowlers has been delivered, the net has been broken, and we have 
been rescued. 8 Our help in the name of Jehovah, he has made the heavens an d 
the earth : 

PSALM CXXV. 

1 A song of degrees ;-who trust in Jehovah, as Mount Zion, shall not move 
for an age, shall remain. 2 Jerusalem the mountains circuit for it, and Jehovah a 
circuit for his people : from this time : and even for ever. 3 For the rod : of the 
wicked shall not rest upon the lot of the-just, for the sake the-just shall not 
send in iniquity ; their hands :- 4 Do good, O Jehovah, for the-good. and for the 
^-upright in their-heart. 5 And those-who decline, devious paths ; Jehovah-shall 
cause to walk those-who work iniquity, peace upon Israel. 

PSALM CXXVI. 

1 A song of degrees ; when- Jehovah has turned the captivity ; of Zion, we have 
been as those-who dreamed. 2 Then shall be-full of rejoicing our mouth, and 
our tongue : of praise ; then they shall say among the nations, Jehovah-hath mag- 
nified,-to do with these. 3 Jehovah-hath magnified-to do with us, we have been 
-rejoicing. 4 Turn, O Jehovah, our captivity ; as the torrents in the south.- 
5 Who sow in weeping; with joy ; they shall reap. 6 Having gone he shall go, 
and weeping, carrying the corn of seed, coming he shall come, with exultation ; 
carrying his handfuls; 

PSALM CXXVII. 

1 A song of degrees ; for Solomon, if Jehovah will not build the house, in vain 
they labour-who build in it, if Jehovah will not keep the city ; in vain the keep- 
er has watched. 2 Vain for you-who-hasten to rise-causing to delay to sit,- 
who eat the bread of-pain, thus he shall give for his chosen sleep. 3 Lo, the 
heritage ; of Jehovah sons, a reward, the-friiit of the womb. 4 As arrows in the 
hand : of the powerful, thus the sons of-youth. 5 O the-blessedness of the man 
who has filled his quiver ; from them they shall not be-ashamed, for they shall 
address the enemies in the gate. 

PSALM CXXVIII. 

1 A song of degrees ; O the-blessedness all who fear Jehovah, who has walked 



I 



PSALMI 124—128. H3p Dp Op HOp "Dp 

in praesen- » 

tipericui e . D ^ on ^ m ♦ m D0K rvnm Bijrsa D*n : chk 3 4 
i^n: kSp niiT ^p-D i nwrn cran e 

HAD PHdSdJ -VIMS WW * OmjpS tpB i 

inry : uedSdj uruKi napj nan pvpi;> 8 
p salmcs nop j p*n dw npy mm dpd 

££££ -kS n^-nro mrro tmtonn mSyan tp k 

fidelium 1 ?! 

da^oTque mmi rb md ani dSpw Dtsr> DTiy? tow 2 

cum monte 

Sr° a n t? com " ddp kS *o idSijttjn nnp toy? 3 
D^pmn ^Sp^kS jyoS D^pn^n Smj ypnn 
a^np^ d^dS mrn ran oitt nnSiyi 4 
■™ mm d^^ DmSpSpy o^om on^Sa n 

PSALMUS TP "Dp * SkIP^ DlSp pJ#! K 

LmfaJfi 1 : ♦ DioSro rw~nK mm dipd ntayon 

delium de- J 

scribit, post / J 

jj3g# tzn:Q tok^ w nn mipTi pinp tK 2 

tate restitu- ? ? f f | 

grnzion- rmtsr? mm ynn ♦ n /K-oy rnpjn mm Tnjn 3 
^n^umsp-nK mm row idto it^ri 1^4 
-pSn : frep* «Ma h^did o^jnrn : md d^skd n 6 
^pj nm k:tkd jnrrr^o xpj podi -fr* 
p cxivn s hdSpS mSyon tp ?Dp j vnaSa k 

mm-oa id vjid iSoy kip to nft^W? mm-DK 

vitatis, sa- / I 

Dip WDPD DD7 KIP * n£lP TpP KIP W'K7 2 

: k:p ittS jm p D^yn DnS ^>dk rap-nnKD 
-n^D D^nD : jddh ^nd idp d^d nim rbm s 4 

pendere f 

docct. - nK ^yn npK : oni^n p td^ n 

"|Snn mm kt-Sd ^pk rmSyon tp nop k 



imprimis 
Domus Dei 
sedificatio- 
nem ac cus. 
todiam, ab 
unius Dei 
providentia 
pendere 



PSALMUS 
CXXVI1I. 
Beatum 



PSALM CXIX. CXX. CXXI. CXXII. CXXIII. CXXIV. 



thy servant, for thy commandments ; I have not forgotten. 

psalm cxx. 

1 A song of degrees ; to Jehovah, in difficulty ; for me I have called, and he 
will hear me. 2 O Jehovah,-rescue my soul : from the lip ; of the liar, from the 
tongue : of guile ; 3 What shall be-given to thee, and what-shall be-appointed for 
thee, O tongue : of guile ; 4 Arrows of the powerful-sharp, with coals of juni- 
per : 5 Woe for me, for I have dwelt Meshec, I have abode with the tabernacles 
of Kedar. 6 Much ; has my soul : for it, dwelt with the hater of peace. 7 Ifor 
peace, and when I shall speak, they for war ; 

psalm cxxi. 

1 A song for degrees ; I will lift my eyes : to the mountains, whence my help 
shall come. 2 My help from Jehovah-who has made the heavens and the earth : 
3 He will not give for change thy foot : he will not sleep- who keeps thee. 4 Lo, 
he shall not sleep, and shall not slumber- who keeps Israel. 5 Jehovah hath kept 
thee, Jehovah thy shade upon hand : thy right hand ; 6 Daily the sun shall not 
strike thee, and the moon in the night. 7 Jehovah shall keep thee from every 
evil, he shall keep thy soul : 8 Jehovah shall keep thy going out ; and thy coming 
in, this time : and to an age. 

psalm cxxn. 

1 A song of degrees ; for David, I have been-glad when-they said for me, the 
house of Jehovah we shall enter. 2 Our feet : shall stand ; in thy gates, O Jeru- 
salem. 3 Jerusalem which built as a city ; which has been-joined ; for itself to- 
gether. 4 Which there the tribes : have ascended, the tribes : of Jah, the testimony ; 
for Israel-to-praise for the name of Jehovah. 5 For there have been-placed the 
thrones for judgment, the thrones for the house of David. 6 Seek the peace of 
Jerusalem, they shall prosper-who love thee. 7 Peace shall be within thy walls, 
and prosperity within thy palaces ; 8 For the sake of my brethren and my neigh- 
bours, I will now speak peace concerning thee. 9 For the sake of the house of 
Jehovah our God, I will seek good for thee. 

psalm cxxm. 

1 A song of degrees ; to thee I have lifted mine eyes : who hast dwelt in the 
heavens. 2 Lo, as the eyes of servants to the hand : of their masters, as the eyes : 
of a maid- servant ; to the hand : of her mistress, so our eyes : to Jehovah our God, 
till he-have pity on us. 3 Have mercy on us, O Jehovah, have mercy on us, for 
much have we been-filled, contempt. 4 Much ; for it has our soul : been-filled ; 
derision, of those at ease, the contempt for the-proud. 

psalm cxxiv, 

1 A song of degrees ; for David, unless Jehovah, who has been for us 



cxx. 

ueruntur 

se 

non una 

calamitate 

exerceri. 



120—124. *T3p top 33p N3p Dp D^>nn 

Dp ♦ mmm -pmo ^ map 
k v\*op ^ nrma mm- 1 -?* niSyon w PS C A X T S 
2 mm npSo npernatro rhvn mm 

II * non ui 

e upm nS-i-MP nan : rrp ^ntt-Dy wdp 

k new nby&h w $bp : nonSoS p c s ^ us 

2 Nlft Dyo *nry : *oa^ pao Dnnn-Sfr< ISM 

3 owSn nSn dioS tm-Stf : pNi ow ntry 5ES&. 

I I | ^ rum in ipso 

e n "kS tyotrn » -p^ T-Sy ^ mm *pop nim 
7 -na y-rSao -po^ mm * rbhz rwn naa^ 
s j oSiynyi nnyo -jaiai "jnNrnDt^ mm t 

a ^ ano^a innotr nnS niSyon w nop P C SAL X M I U I S 
2 j 'dW thm whin vn nnoy * n^ row ma fi&Sift 

4 s y?y dew * nm nTWonp n^ya muan 

^ Hierosoly- 

: mm d^S nmm? Sk-wp my m^oaty o^at? 5- 

~ tuo sibi gra- 

n Jin maS maoa tsa^oS maoa ttt^ not? ^^IL 

f f I I L L laudibus 

* e ^>na Dw-^m t -pan** w dwt dw vm> j§ ggjg 

) I bona omnia 

s Nrmwx ^nK |yo7 i ^nuonaa nw ? e r precan - 

9 ^ aits nppaa mnSw ninths jyo 1 ? diW 

k wynN vwtstt mba n^yon w jap ™ 

SOratio, af- 

♦ . j gratiam 

r\rspctnlan_ 



t a^v^S nan hkbmwi jySn i^aa nS-nyaty 
k laS n^nt^ mm nnS niSyon m^ nap 



PSALMUS 
CXX IV. 
Gratiarum 



PSALM CXIX. 



142 Thy righteousness ; righteousness for ever, and thy law ; truth ; 143 Distress 
and difficulty have come upon me, thy precepts ; my-delight. 144 Righteous thy 
testimonies ; for ever-cause me to understand and I shall live. 

p 

145 I have cried with my whole heart, hear me, O Jehovah, I will keep thy sta- 
tutes. 146 I have cried to thee-save me, I shall keep thy testimonies ; 147 I have 
been before hand with the dawning, I shall cry for thy word, I have expected. 
148 My eyes : have anticipated the watches,-to meditate on thy word ; 149 Hear my 
voice, according-to thy mercy, O Jehovah, according to thy judgments enliven 
me. 150 They have approached-who follow wickedness ; from thy law ; they have 
departed far. 551 Near thou, O Jehovah, and all thy precepts ; truth ; 152 Afore- 
time I have known thy testimonies ; because for an age thou hast founded them. 

153 Behold my affliction, and rescue me, for I have not forgotten thy law ; 
154 Contend my contention, and redeem me, for thy word; enliven me. 155 Sal- 
vation ; has been-far from the-wicked, for thy statutes they have not sought. 

156 Thy mercies many, O Jehovah, according-to thy judgments enliven me. 

157 Many those- who persecute me, and my enemies ; from thy testimonies ; I have 
not declined. 158 I have beheld the-treacherous, and I myself shall be-disgusted, 
that they have not kept thy word ; 159 Behold, for I have loved thy precepts, O 
Jehovah, according-to thy mercy enliven me. 160 The beginning of thy word 
truth ; and for ever, every judgment of righteousness. 

W .' " !' 

161 Princes have persecuted me causeless, and from thy words my heart has 
feared. 162 I have rejoiced upon thy word ; as finding much spoil. 163 A lie I 
have hated, and it I will detest, thy law ; I have loved. 164 Seven times in the 
day I have praised thee, for the judgments of thy righteousness. 163 Great peace 
for those-who love thy law ; and nothing for them, a stumbling block. 166 1 have 
waited for thy salvation ; O Jehovah, I have kept thy precepts ; 167 My soul : hath 
kept thy testimonies ; and I have loved them very much. 168 I have kept thy 
precepts and thy testimonies ; for all my ways, thy presence. 



n 

169 ]Vfy voice j shall approach for thy face, O Jehovah, according-to thy word, 
-give me understanding. 170 My prayer ; shall come for thy face, according-to 
thy word ;-rescue me. 171 My lip ; shall utter thy praise, for thou wilt teach me 
thy statutes. 172 My tongue: shall speak of thy word ; for all thy command- 
ments ; righteousness. 173 Thy hand : shall be-to help me, for I have chosen thy 
precepts. 174 I have desired thy salvation ; O Jehovah, thy law ; my-delight. 
175 My soul : shall live, and will praise, and thy judgment shall assist me. 176 1 
have wandered as a lost sheep : seek, 

k 4 . ' 



PSALMI 119. Bp 

mara p^Dr-re t noa ^n-nm oSiyS p-rei** 
♦ mnKi wan d^j^yvhj; p*re tywyw*\wvD hi 
; rmat T»pn mm vuy ab-Saa vunp nop 
*]icoa wrrp * -pmy nnotrav ^jwn *"pnmp we h? 
n^S nnoew imp ! *>nSm -panS rrffimft ms 
"j&STOa mm "porta r-iyap r?ip $ ^moaa h 9 
nna anp j ipnn immo nor wi lanp ; vpn :p ^ 
■o "pmyo ^njrr anp no** ^mo-Sai mm m 
•jrrorro •osbm ^jrnjn jDrno^ dSvShs 
pirn ♦ w -jry-iON 1 ? •oW'n "brt na'n : wot? nip 
mi ^am nsnn -ppma njw D^no iw 
kS "pnnyrj "nyi m o^n * w "ptostraa mm 157 
xb -jmoM ikw nDCoipn^i can^a toi itoib 
: "pons mm irona -pipina nan t r\m 159 
tos^trSa dS^Si noK -pavtrjo Dp 
: v}S nns -panoi dot ■mbti amw i 6 i 
vwap np&y : an bb^ Nmoa "jmoK-Sy iaJK ik 
^y?n oyo yat^ ♦ wn» irron nayrwo im 
pan "irrnn ^an^S an ohw np^ nD P 
jtoj; -pmoi mm ^njn^S water *Sieooi 6 * 
"pmpa ^mot? : tko nanai ^my •wflj mots? m ies 
w anpn * wrSa 13 ^rnjn ie 9 

-pisS Tonn wan : wan -pana mm -paeS yp 
•onoSn ^a nSnn vat? rojnn uWi -|nnoK3 ni 
*|m "pmo-Sa >a ^mox jyn :^pn 172 
voan nnnna -pmpfl ?a vnryS ^rv^ m.^ 
Wfirwin ny^ytr -jnmni mm ^njnt^Snyp 
ppa naK nao wyn : wrjr» ^Mtr.w ^SSnni ™ 



PSALM CXIX. 



of thy righteousness. 107 1 have been-afflicted time very much, O Jehovah, en- 
liven me according-to thy word. 108 The free will offerings; of my mouth ac- 
cept, O Jehovah, I beseech, teach me thy judgments. 109 My soul : in my hand ; 
alwavs, and thy law ; I have not forgotten. 110 The-wicked have given a snare 
for me, and from thy precepts I have not wandered. 111 1 have inherited thy 
precepts ; for an age, for they the joy of my heart. 112 1 have inclined my heart 
-to perform thy statutes, for an age, end. 

D 

113 Lofty thoughts I have hated, and thy law ; I have loved. 114 My hiding 
place, my shield thou, for thy word I have waited. 115 Recede from me, O ye- 
wicked, and I will keep the commandments ; of my God. 116 Support me accord- 
ing-to thy word, and I shall live, and thou wilt not ashame me, from my hope. 

117 Sustain me and I shall be-saved, I will look to thy commandments always. 

118 Thou-hast trampled upon all-who wander from thy commandments, for a lie 
their treachery ; 119 The-wicked, the dross of the earth, thou-hast caused to cease, 
for this I have loved thy statutes ; 120 My flesh has been-terrified from thy fear, 
and from thy judgments I have been-afraid. 

. V . 

121 1 have performed judgment and justice, thou-wilt not leave me to those- who 
oppress me. 122 Be-agreeable to thy servant for good, the-proud shall not hurt 
me. 123 My eyes : have failed for thy salvation ; and for the word ; of thy right- 
eousness. 124 Perform with thy servant, according-to thy mercy, and thy statutes 
teach me. 125 Thy servant I,-give me understanding, and I shall know thy testimo- 
nies ; 126 The time :-to make for Jehovah, they have broken thy law ; 127 Upon 
this I have loved thy law, before silver and before fine gold. 128 Upon this, all the 
precepts ; all I have kept, every foot-path ; of the liar I have hated. 

9 

i29_Wonderful ; thy testimonies ; upon this my soul : has kept them. 130 The 
door of thy- words shall enlighten,-causing to make wise the-simple. 131 My mouth 
I have opened, and I shall breathe, for thy precepts ; I have desired. 132 Look to me 
and pity me, according-to the custom for those-who love thy name : 133 My steps : 
direct in thy word, and thou wilt not cause to rule over me any iniquity. 134 Re- 
deem me from the oppression of Adam, and I will keep thy precepts.- 135 Cause thy 
face to shine on thy servant, and teach me thy statutes. 136 Rivers of waters have 
descended from my eyes : for they have not kept thy law ; 

2t 

137 Just thou, Jehovah, and right thy judgments. 138 Thou hast commanded the 
righteousness of thy testimonies ; and truth ; very much. 139 My zeal ; hath con- 
sumed, for my enemies have forgotten thy words. 140 Thy word ; purified ; very 
much, and thy servant has loved it. 141 Poor I and despised, thy precepts I have 
not forgotten. 

K 3 



119. t^p vbnrs 

ice 107 ^ nans ; "pans rn;r n^-ny vwyj * ^pn^ 
109 T&n ♦ "onoS *ptoatPDi mrr> wnm 

p *y fj^paai ^ na d^jsh uro : wot? -jnnim 
in ♦ ran •oSppKro D^yS^wryT^m : wyn 

us us D^ayo x tb)jn fpft rwjh Vfttib 
n4 -pmS nna wiy\ *nnD s ton ^nmm TMtr 
itsp ^30D phSk niso rrtwtf D^jno^BorviD nnSrr» 
n7 r^ariin "-nyo :*n^o ^t^on-Sai rpn*o ^nnoKD 
us -o ^pno cd^wSd n^D ♦♦ Ton -ppm nyp*o 
us pS p^-^^tSd ratrn dwd : nnwn nptr 

i2i vjrpjrrb:} pn^ Datra wry * *»nani 

123 122 iSd wy t dh? ^pt&^-SK nntoS -p^y any t ^pmph 
124 -poro -pay-Dy liny ♦* mDKbi ^njn^S 
rop ny : -pmy njn w •oN-'psy i ^noS "pprn 
127 -pmvft vorm p-Sy $ ^nnn mn nin& m&*yS 
12& marSa inn^ So mpfi*^ p-Sy ; ram nn?D 
129 onrno p-Sy "pnny nmSa $ vww npty 

i3i Sp^niyfi is j tz^na pD tip ^wnHS Hw& 
132 vum htrna t ynwzh v naxe^i 
is3 -^ki ^moKa pn ^oya : -pp *arij& aa^fta 
134 moKwi din* ppya m& * ptrSa "a-aWn 
rhp i yprrnx irroTi "paya nan "pa * *pnpa 
iss i "|nmn *nwi<S by wy vrc b^Jii 

iss 137 pi^ rm : -papo it^i rorv* nna p*fS 
139 inagha ^n*op vnnm t *tk£ roiaw *pmy 
op ; nana "payi nNft ^nnoN narrc * -pm 

H2 hi ^npTjj : *>nna^ xS fipa nn^i ^y^ 



PSALM CXIX. 



and they shall rejoice, because thy word I have expected. 75 J have known, O 
Jehovah, for righteous thy judgments, and truth ; thou hast afflicted me. 76 Thy 
mercy, I pray, shall be-to comfort me, according-to thy word ; for thy servant 
77 Thy mercies shall come to me, and I shall live, for thy law ; my-delight. 78 The 
-proud shall be-ashamed, for causeless they have wronged me, I-will meditate in 
thy precepts. 79 Those-who fear thee shall turn to me, and they have known thy 
testimonies ; 80 My heart shall be perfect in thy statutes, I shall not be-ashamed. 

D 

81 My soul : has failed ; for thy salvation ; for thy word I have waited. 82 Mine 
eyes : have failed for thy word ;-to say, when wilt thou comfort me. 83 For I have 
been as a bottle in the smoke, thy statutes I have not forgotten. 84 How many the 
days of thy servant, when wilt thou execute judgment against those-who persecute 
me. 85 The-proud have digged pits for me, which not according— to thy law ; 

86 All thy commandments ; truth ; causeless they have persecuted me, assist me. 

87 As a little they have consumed me on the earth : and I have not forsaken thy pre- 
cepts. 88 According-to thy mercy enliven me, and I will keep the testimony ; of thy 
mouth. 

■? 

89 For ever, O Jehovah, thy word has remained in the heavens, 90 For genera- 
tion and generation thy truth ; thou hast founded the earth : and it shall remain. 
91 For thy judgments they have stood, daily, for all thy servants. 92 Unless thy 
law ; my-delight, then I have perished in my affliction. 93 For an age I shall not 
forget thy precepts, for in them thou hast enlivened me. 94 For thee I,-save me, for 
thy precepts I have sought. 95 For me the-wicked have waited-to destroy me, 
thy precepts ; I will consider. 96 For all perfection ; I have seen an end, very ex- 
tended ; thy precept ; 

O 

97 How I have loved thy law ; daily it has been my meditation ; 98 Before my 
enemies thou wilt make me wise, from thy precepts ; because for an age they have 
been for me. 99 Before all-who-teach me I-have understood, for thy testimo- 
nies ; a meditation ; for me. 100 Before the elders I shall understand, for thy sta- 
tutes I have kept. 10i From every path ; of evil I have kept my feet : for the sake 
I shall keep thy word. 102 From thy judgments I have not receded, for thou-hast 
directed me. 103 Thy words ; have been-how sweet for my palate, before honey 
for my mouth. 104 From thy precepts I myself shall be-wise, upon this I have 
hated every foot-path ; of lying. 

3 

105 A lamp for my feet : thy word, and a light for my path ; 106 I have been 
sworn, and I-will stand up,-to keep the judgments 

K 2 



PSALMI 119. to^p 

pwaj mjm : v-tam ^ib *o mow ny 
viomS "jiDn xr\i^ j ■onoy hjioki ^ospo ™ 
"imirro nmai ^orti tnfcapi ? ipzjh ^mojo 77 
n^x un? ^wiy npKro onr wn^ : "swaw 73 
t o L rm*> j^mj; ij;ti iwv» imt^ ♦♦-ppM 79 a 
nrta : ena** fyoS Tpna D^on « 

•jmoKS iSd ♦♦ mSn*> ymS ^njwnS 
Tpn mt^pn -nod wt: : •oomn wo -ionS ss 
•ere ntryn wo "jnajr^-noD * wrap ^ 
t "innmD ipk nw ant ^ra * as^o ns 
^iSd d#o:> ♦ wry wirh nptr nnoN ^wiso-Sd 8 6 87 

-pora tyipb wstjtn 1 "? vjni p*a 8 8 
■pm ni*T> D^yS r*ffi nny motswi89 
pN nuiD -|n:jio>* mi rrS : d^oko mu * 
* *pwy Hon v aim rioy -pospo 1 ? t iojwi 91 
-kS oSiyS : wnsa m typjnp -jmin *bh 92 93 
•ojwin •o*r-| l ? pmwi oa-^ -pnpa ra^s* 94 
^my wrm 1 ? d^kh up ^ ♦ wkth -pips *o rro 
*jmo mm pp wvn rtorrS:) 1 ? piarw 95 
-ho ^min wan*rno i tno 97 

*" 3 nSiyS 13 -prvrco xiODnn •owo t ww am Dim 93 
nrw T»nny « "mw^H noSo-Soo nV>*m99 
-hoD : *pnpfl o pianx D*opro : ^ P 101 
tfm mw& ^hw Ti&hz jn ma 
wor no * ^irnn nnN-D wid-n 1 ? -poairoo 102 103 
p-Sy pianK -pipso I kh wyiD -jmoN onS 104 
*p:n ^jnS-o * npp rrwrS:) w*otr np 

•>DSPO nO^ >L 7 HO^pKI WJDKtt i 11N1 106 



PSALM CXIX. 



41 And shall anticipate me, thy mercy, O Jehovah, thy salvation ; according-to 
thy word ; 42 And I shall answer those-who reproach the word, for I have trust' 
ed in thy word. 43 And thou wilt not take from my mouth the word of truth ; 
time very much, because for thy judgments I have waited. 44 And I will keep 
thy law ; always, for ever and ever. 45 And I myself shall walk in a broad way ; 
for thy precepts I have sought. 46 And I shall speak concerning thy testimo- 
nies ; the presence of kings, and I shall not be-ashamed. 47 And I myself shall 
delight in thy commandments, which I have loved. 43 And I will lift my hands ; 
to thy precepts ; which I have loved, and I-shall meditate in thy statutes. 

t 

49 Remember the word to thy servant, upon which thou hast caused me to 
hope. 50 This : my consolation ; in my affliction, for thy word ; has enli- 
vened me. 51 The-proud-have scorned me time very much, from thy law ; I 
have not moved. 52 1 have remembered thy judgments from an age, O Jehovah, 
and I shall comfort myself. 53 Terror ; shall seize upon from the-wicked-who 
leave thy law. 54 Thy statutes have been songs ; for in the house of my-pil- 
grimage. 55 I have remembered in the night thy name, O Jehovah, I shall keep 
thy law ; 56 This : hath been for me, because I have kept thy precepts. 

n 

57 My portion, Jehovah, I have said-to keep thy words. 58 I have entreated 
thy face with my whole heart, pity me according-to thy word; 59 1 have consi- 
dered my ways : and I-shall turn my feet : to thy testimonies ; 60 I have hasted, 
and I myself have not delayed-to keep thy commandments ; 61 Bands of the- 
wicked have plundered me, thy law ; I have not forgotten. 62 Middle ; of the 
night I will rise-to praise for thee, upon the judgments of thy righteousness. 

63 Companion I for all who shall fear thee, and for those-who keep thy precepts. 

64 Thy mercy, O Jehovah, the earth : full ; thy statutes teach thou me. 

ID 

65 Good with thy servant, O Jehovah, thou hast done according-to thy word. 

66 Good judgment and knowledge ; teach me, for thy precepts ; I-have believed. 

67 Before I shall be-afflicted, I have wandered, and now I have kept thy word ; 

68 Good thou, and-causing to do good, teach me thy statutes. 69 The-proud have 
contrived a falsehood against me, I with my whole heart will keep thy precepts. 
70 Has been-fattened as grease their hearts, I thy law ; have loved. 71 Good for 
me, because I have been-afflicted, for the sake I shall learn thy statutes. 72 Good 
for me, the law ; of thy mouth, before thousands of gold and silver. 

73 Thy hands : have made me, and they shall prepare me,-cause me to under- 
stand, and I shall learn thy precepts ; 74 Those-who fear thee, shall behold me, 

K 



119. vbnr\ 

no -ppa ^ n^nii roSnnjo i njn oSiyS Ton 

48 47 : Ton** i&x yrxwoz ywyrsm) t tsnax 
♦ -ppm nrwai tohk new ^w^k 

si W?n onr njnti -jrnoK ^ "3jtt «3ft3 

52 dSwo ^pastro irror : wo3 ^nnino ind 

53 dwib "onrrw nay 1 ?? : cranio mm 
113 54 innDt nuo n>M "ppn ^-vn m-o ^nnn 

56 ^np nw i^nnn m^^i mm ^ r-bbi 
mm pSn ♦ w^3 *p7pa *o 

d 59 kSi vwn j "pmjrbK toi ns^in vdoti 

61 •oniy o w> ^an t ^ni^a i wb vinononn 

62 nmnS oipN rtaS-mn : wots? kS -]nmn 
es •no^ i^n-Sd 1 ? i3K nan : ^pn^ nostraSy 
^ : ypn pan hnSd mm "pon : ^nipa 

ee no Dj/to aits * t-wtd mm -pay-By n^y nits 
e? vjh rayit did ♦ TOONn -pmon ^ wife nyrn 

68 *»3ioS a'raoi nna-aiD : vnop -]n£K nnyi 

69 -rca ab-Saa mm np^ % *hm t ypn 
y x Tiypyp "jnmn oab abro {rato * ynps 

72 7i -rron ^b-aiD : *ppn loba jpoS woy-D ^b-ara 

73 vntry "pp t t]DDi an? ^abao "pa 

74 ■oiim * -pnrco mobm win wansti 



PSALM CXIX. 



5 1 wish, my ways : shall be-established-to keep thy statutes. 6 Then I shall not 
be-ashamed, when-I-have respect to all thy precepts ; 7 I shall praise thee with 
rectitude of heart, when-I have learned the judgments of thy righteousness. 
8 Thy statutes I will keep, thou wilt not forsake me, even very much. 

n 

9 In what shall a boy cleanse his foot-path,-to keep as thy word. 10 With all my 
heart I have sought thee, thou wilt not suffer me, to wander from thy precepts ; 
11 In my heart I have hid thy word; for the sake I shall not transgress against 
thee. 12 Blessed thou, O Jehovah,-to teach me thy statutes. 13 With my lips ; I 
have numbered the judgments ; of thy mouth. 14 In the way : of thy testimo- 
nies ; I have rejoiced, as above all riches. 15 In thy precepts I-shall meditate, 
and I-shall have respect to thy foot-paths ; 16 In thy statutes ; I myself will re- 
joice, and I will not forget thy word. 

17 Recompence to thy servant, I shall live, and I shall keep thy word. 18 Roll 
my eyes : and I-shall have respect to, the wonders ; from thy law ; 19 I a stranger 
in the earth : thou wilt not hide from me thy precepts ; 20 My soul : has been- 
broken ; for desire ; to thy judgments, in every time : 21 Thou hast rebuked the 
-proud-cursed-who wander from thy commandments ; 22 Roll from me re- 
proach ; and contempt, for I have kept thy testimonies ; 23 Even princes shall sit 
against me, they have been driven, thy servant-shall meditate in thy statutes, 
24 Even thy testimonies ; my-delight, the men of my counsel ; 

T 

25 My soul : has adhered ; to the dust, enliven me according-to thy word. 26 I 
have counted thy ways : and thou wilt hear me, teach me thy statutes. 27 The 
way : of thy precepts,-cause me to understand, and I-will meditate on thy won- 
ders ; 28 My soul : has flowed ; from sadness,-confirm me according-to thy word. 
29 The way : of the liar remove from me, and thy law ; honour me. 30 The way : 
of truth ; I have chosen, thy judgments I have placed. 31 1 have adhered to thy 
testimonies ; O Jehovah, thou-wilt not ashame me. 32 The way of thy com- 
mandments I will run, for thou-wilt enlarge my heart. 

n 

33 Teach me, O Jehovah, the way : of thy statutes ; and I will keep it, the end. 
34 Give me understanding, and I shall keep thy law ; and I shall keep it with all my 
heart.- 35 Lead me in the foot-path of thy commandments ; for in it I have delight- 
ed. 36 Incline my heart to thy testimonies ; and not to avarice. 37 Turn mine eyes : 
from viewing vanity, in thy ways enliven me. 38 Confirm to thy servant thy word ; 
who for thy fear ; 39 Take away my reproach ; which I have feared, for thy judg- 
ments— good. 40 Lo, I have desired for thy commands, in thy righteousness ; en- 
liven me. 



que 
triumphum 
contendere, 



PSALMI 119. *p 

sr" "wana tPiaN-NS m ? -ppn no^S larr uai 'bnx n « 

tempore > » t } 

SSSSir 'espd nzra nnS thk * Tmft-Sr^ 7 

ex eo con- . ■ 

masque pro- » . 1 ' " 

haSef -Sm ♦♦ ti:hd nop? imama nyrron 9 i 

et ad vie- J * ' f 

i nr\K ynz : ^-kdhk j^oS^nn^K 12 

-fTO : ^jntos^D Sd ^mso ir-isao *♦ "ppn 13 u 

no^K kS inrywK "pnpnn ; *-pjmN rro^Ki is 
t ipyi nno^Ni mnK ^2jr% ^ * -pm n 
p*o •ojk -jrmro hikSm ntwio ^jr^ 13 19 
-Sn hdkhS ntro 1 -pnrco nr\Drrb& d 
dwh DniiK dht nip ♦♦ nil"%i ^Dd^o 21 
: ntw ^my *o nm nam ■^pp :-pm£D22 
~oji t ypriz "Q on^ *Dt^ dj 23 24 

nayS npm ? ^my ^ywyw T»my no 

♦♦"-ppn ^idS ^ym TnsD*oTT ♦♦"pro wn 26 
nsbn ♦♦"pniNS&D nn^w wnn "pYip£rp*7 27 28 
*md non np^-^ni ♦♦-prrD •ooip ruwo 29 
nn¥ -ptDfi^o to mioK "pn oatti ^imni ^ 
^niTO-p^ ♦ ^srrStf nw *pmjn vipin « 32 
-ppn "pn mrn ?SttH x oth «o pnx 33 
nrvDtswi "irmn rm*o tipy nrrctfis* 
j vrcsn to-q -pma rrrvn vomn ♦ s^-Sm rb 
m*no •ayn : >^:rSx Ski ^my-Stf ^ron ss 37 
-wx "irrax -pay 1 ? Dpn- t w -pm s 8 
^M^tD ^ ^nn^ i^k ^n^nn n^n : ^n^n^S 39 



PSALM CXVII. CXVIII. CXIX. 

2 For thy mercy has been-strong upon us, and the truth ; of Jehovah for ever. 
Hallelujah. 




PSALM CXVIII. 

i Pr&ise for Jehovah, for good, because for ever his mercy. 2 Israel now shall 
declare, because for ever his mercy. 3 The house of Aaron shall now say, be- 
cause for an age his mercy. 4 Those-who fear Jehovah shall now say, because 
for ever his mercy. 5 On account of distress I have called upon Jah, Jah has 
heard me in a broad place. 6 Jehovah for me, I shall not fear, what man shall 
do for me. 7 Jehovah for me, among my helpers, and I shall behold against 
thoce-who hate me. 8 Good-to hope in Jehovah, before to trust in Adam. 
9 Good-to hope in Jehovah, before to trust in princes. 10 All nations have sur- 
rounded me, in the name of Jehovah, for I-shall destroy them, 11 They have 
surrounded me, even they have surrounded me, in the name of Jehovah, for I- 
shall destroy them. 12 They have surrounded me as bees, they have been-extin- 
guished as the fire : of thorns, in the name of Jehovah, for I-shall destroy them, 
13 Impelling thou hast impelled me- to fall, and Jehovah has helped me. 14 My 
strength and song ; Jah, and he shall be to me for salvation ; 15 The voice of 
joy ; and salvation ; in the tabernacles of the-just, the right hand ; of Jehovah has 
performed strength. 16 The right hand ; of Jehovah has been exalted ; the right 
hand of Jehovah has performed strength. 17 I shall not die for I shall live, and 
I shall count the works of Jah. 18 Seizing me Jah hath seized me, and to death 
he has not delivered me. 19 Open for me the gates of righteousness, I shall en- 
ter into them, I shall praise Jah. 20 This gate, for Jehovah, the-just shall enter 
into it. 21 1 shall praise thee, for thou hast heard me, and thou shalt be to me 
for salvation ; 22 The stone ; the builders have despised, has been for the head of 
the angle ; 23 From Jehovah this has been done, it has been wonderful in our 
eyes : 24 This day Jehovah has made, we-shall be-glad and rejoice in it. 25 I 
pray, O Jehovah, now-cause salvation ; I pray, O Jehovah, now— grant prosperi- 
ty. 26 Blessed who has come in the name of Jehovah, we have blessed you from 
the house of Jehovah. 27 Strong Jehovah, and he shall enlighten for us, bind the 
lamb with cords to the horns : of the altar. 28 My God thou, and I will praise 
thee my God, and I will exalt thee. 29 Praise for Jehovah, for good, because for 
ever his mercy. 



PSALM CXIX. 

1 O the-blessedness of the-perfect, the way:-who walk in the law; of Jeho- - 
vah. 2 O the-blessedness of those-who keep his testimony ; with the whole heart 
they shall seek him. 3 Even they have not wrought iniquity ; in his ways : they 
have walked. 4 Thou hast commanded thy precepts-to keep very much. 



PSALMUS 
CXVIIL 

Excitatio 
ad laudes et 



117. 118. 119. to-»p mp tsbnn 
§ i nnhn rh^h mm-noNi non wSy "dj -o £&, 

♦ » • aliaque be- 

k qtuh o y\w mm 4 ? mn mp 

♦ V ; ' Deo laudes 

4 w Nr™^ ♦ Hon aSiyS ■q pn«-n^ 
n m Vi^np T^on-p : non ahyS *o mm GSsr 

1 » } obmulti- 

e n^jrno *<tk k 1 ? h mm : m annoa BSS. 14, 

* nem, et e- 

7 : ikjko' n*n*t 'oso nrjn v-7 mm * ana SX. 
98 sitD :dind ntoDO niTO nionS :hd 

i -ho ♦ owid ntono mma moriS 

ii -dji vtdd ♦ ohoa "o mm dico ^hmd cpu 

12 •ojn Dnmo ^-dd : dS\on o mm deo tfapp 

13 •orwn nm nhoK o mm dko o^ip kwd 
id 14 hp : njnt^b ^mi m man ^ mmi 

is ♦ hn ntry mm po^ D*»pmf ^hjo njwn mn 
17 mnioa jton-n 1 ? : hn m#y mm pon noon nun 
is ♦ mnj nioh rr» v>d* no^ rm ^yo neom 

awnytpn-nr :m mni* oriON pnmjny *fnnn& 
21 ^nrn •orvjy •o -pia : u jay Q^pm mmS 
25 22 nxo t ma p*nS nmn o^un idko pit i njnc^S 
24 ntrjr mvrn t my6 r\xhsn am nw nmn mm 

nb *u njwin nim son t ia nnowi nhu mm 

26 ddi^d-o mff D^n ton "p-o $ *o nmhin mrm 

27 -ny dtojd jh-yidn uS-wi mm Sn* : mm mm 

28 f * -porw nnN ^Sn i nsron ninp 

29 d^p j non oSiyS o 3i^"0 mmS mn psalmus 

• C X I X 



efficacia 



t HHH l rnum cele- 

4 « iko no^7 nnps nmTK nna : iD7n iwra nhy 

fir!-: 



jubentur- 
que fideles 



PSALM CXV. CXVI. CXVII. 

and they shall not walk, they shall not sound with their throat. 8 As they, shall 
be their makers, all who have trusted in them. 9 O Israel trust in Jehovah, their 
help and their shield he has been. 10 O house of Aaron trust in Jehovah, their 
help and their shield he has been.- 11 Who fear Jehovah, trust in Jehovah, their 
help and their shield he has been. 12 Jehovah has remembered us, he shall bless, 
he shall bless the house of Israel, he shall bless the house of Aaron. 13 He shall 
bless those-who fear Jehovah, the-small with the-great. 14 Jehovah shall increase 
upon you, upon you and upon your sons. 15 Blessed you for Jehovah, he has 
made the heavens and the earth : 16 The heavens, heavens for Jehovah, and the 
earth : he has given for the sons of Adam. 17 The-dead shall not praise Jah, and 
all those-who go down to silence ; 18 And we shall praise Jah, from time to an 
age. Hallelujah. 



PSALM CXVI. 



1 1 have loved, for Jehovah has heard my voice, my entreaties. 2 For he has 
inclined his ear ; for me, and in my days I will call. 3 The pains of death have 
surrounded me, and the difficulties of the grave : have come upon me, difficulty ; 
and grief I shall find. 4 And in the name of Jehovah I will call, O Jehovah, I 
pray, rescue my soul : 5 Jehovah merciful and just, and our God gracious. 6 Je- 
hovah has kept the-simple, I have been-weak, and for me he-shall cause salva- 
tion. 7 Return, O my soul : for thy rest, for Jehovah has recompensed upon 
thee. 8 For thou hast rescued my soul : from death, mine eyes : from a tear, my 
feet : from ruin. 9 I myself will walk for the-face of Jehovah, in the-land : 
of the-living ; 10 I-have believed, for I shall speak, I have been-afflicted very 
much. 11 1 shall say in my haste, every man a liar. 12 What-shall I render ? for 
Jehovah, all his benefits ; upon me. 13 The cup ; of salvation ; I shall take, and 
in the name of Jehovah I shall call. 14 My vows for Jehovah I shall render, pre- 
sence now for all his people : 15 Precious in the eyes : of Jehovah the death for 
his-merciful. 16 Truly, O Jehovah, for I thy servant, I thy servant the son of 
thy handmaid ; thou hast made an opening for my bonds. 17 For thee I will sacri- 
fice the sacrifice of praise ; and in the name of Jehovah I will call. 18 My vows 
for Jehovah I will render, presence now for all his people : 19 In the courts: of 
the house of Jehovah, in the middle of Jerusalem. Hallelujah. 



PSALM CXVII. 

1 Praise Jehovah all nations, please him all people : 



PSALMI 115. 116. 117. Vpyp 1Dp 

: Kin tqaoi Dn?y nmp nan Sk-^ : onn nD3 9 
rtW ^ ♦ Kin dudi D-iry mraa inw pna 
701 70^ im nw ; Kin suoi onry ninp mea 12 
nin*! 7^4 pnK na-na 71^ Sk-)^ no-na 13 
-Sjn DD^y D^Sy m.T ^ D^mn-Dy D^Dpn 14 
;pKi d*w npy mw^ dhk *3*na $ com id 
kS : chk-'odS jro pKni nin^S aw own ^ n 
7133 umKi : nan ^t-Sd kSi nnVSn 4 ' ov^n w 
rp : nnM?n D^iy-nyi nnyo n^ 
p salmus ♦ ijunn ^>ip-nK nini yo^-o tohk k 
SSSes, niD-^n ^isdk * KipK wyi h mm nwr*a 2 s 

ex maxi- ' » 

SicTbuT 1 * nmv-D&rm j k^dk \w\ rro ^ik^o tine? msai 4 

periculis ac ' . 

Etf mn^ run : ips:j hdSd put ,^npx n 

Deo gratias ' • ' ' 

agunt " mrf owns no^ : anno irn^i pmi « 
nm^D ^ni3oS hpsj ^itr * jwin 1 * ^1 ^niSn 7 
70 ^jr^K-nioo mbn p : p^y ? 
ninas rtw "jSnnK wo ^rrna nyOT 9 
vjk mko tmj? ^k p wpjin : D^nn \n 
nwS awa-no ? 3?d DiKn"^7D irans wok 12 
nm^ deoi k^k mjn^-Di:> x vnSiojn- 1 ^ 13 
nojrW? lerrrrfl oS^k mrrS nn: jxnpK 14 
-\d rw mK ♦♦rronS nmon nm^ wjn npiiaw 
7S inoioS nnns ^noK-p 7733? wt Tray *ok w 
nin^S •nu : *opa ni,T oboi mm nnr nn?K « 
ni<T to nnwa nor^ Ka-i?na dS^k 1 9 
np : nnSSn dS^w PDim 

PSALMUS . ' j I| 

^ V' '* twaNrr t » imna» b»ij-73 mn^nN iT>n k 



PSALM CXII. CXIII. CXIV. CXV. 



shall bless. 3 Wealth and riches in his house, and his righteousness ; has re- 
mained for an age. 4 Light has arisen in darkness for the-upright, merciful, and 
gracious, and just. 5 A good man has pitied, and-1 ending, he shall guide his 
affairs in judgment. 6 Because for an age he shall not move, to remembrance for 
ever shall be the just. 7 From the hearing ; of evil ; he shall not fear, his heart 
settled has trusted in Jehovah. 8 His heart confirmed, shall not fear to that he 
shall behold against his enemies. 9 He hath dispersed, he hath given for the- 
needy, his righteousness ; hath remained for ever, his horn : will be-exalted in 
glory. 10 The wicked shall behold and be enraged, his teeth : he shall gnash, 
and he has been melted, the desire ; of the-wicked shall perish. 

PSALM CXIII. 

1 Hallelujah, O ye servants of Jehovah, praise the name of Jehovah. 2 Bless- 
ed shall be the name of Jehovah, from this time and to eternity. 3 From the 
rising of the sun to his going down,-causing to praise the name of Jehovah. 
4 High above all the nations Jehovah, above the heavens his glory. 5 Who as Je- 
hovah our God, who-causing to elevate,-to dwell ? 6 Who-causing to humble- 
to behold in the heavens and in the earth :- 7 Causing to raise from the dust the 
poor, from the dunghill • he-shall raise the needy.- 8 To-make to sit with the 
princes, with the princes of his people :- 9 Causing to place the destitute ; of house, 
the mother ; of sons glad ; Hallelujah. 

PSALM CXIV. 

1 When-Israel went out from-Egypt, and the house of Jacob from a people : 
barbarous. 2 Judah has been for his holiness, and Israel his-rule ; 3 The sea has 
seen and shall flee, Jordan shall turn for backwards. 4 The mountains have leap- 
ed as rams, the hills ; as the lambs of the flock : 5 What for thee, O sea, that thou 
wilt flee, O Jordan, thou wilt turn for backwards. 6 And mountains ye will leap 
as rams, and hills j as the lambs of the flock : 7 From the face of the Lord trem- 
ble, O earth : from the face of the God of Jacob, 8 Who hath turned the rock 
pool of waters, the flint for a fountain of waters. 

psalm cxv 

1 Not for us, O Jehovah, not for us, because for thy name give the glory, for 
thy mercy and for thy truth ; 2 For why the nations shall say, where now their God? 
3 And our God in the heavens, all that he hath desired he hath done. 4 Their 
images silver and gold, the work ; of the hands : of Adam. 5 Mouth for them and 
they shall not speak, eyes : for them and they shall not behold. 6 Ears ; for them 
and they shall not hear, a nostril for them and they-shall not smelL 7 Their 
hands : and they-shall not feel, their feet : 



112. 113. 114. 115. lDpl^p :rp PpD^nn 

4 s nit tijh m®p inp-m imaa ntryrpn i-paigsr"" 
n pin Krw-aio ; pmi Dimi pjn ont^S mN^na 

6 di^-nS tbtyhrv t tos^oa vnan baba^ mboi 

7 p33 ktv ryn nyio^o j pm nMi dS^ id? 1 -? 

8 nOTK .tj; nS laS *poD * mma neon laS 

9 inp ny 1 ? may ir^m DwaaS jru its i insa 
15 dd^i pnm iw Dpi nam jrcn : maaa Dim 

n m hhn x naan nytsn rvmn psalmus 

LL LL CXIIL 

2 mm otr \m * mm D^-nK ttn mm nay V7?n a sSa. 

» tionem no- 

3 iKiaony ^ot^-mroo : DTiy-nyi nnyo -naa jfts^E: 

. . . .i 1 turn mun. 

4 D^n ?y mm ovirSa-Sy on : mm m T>no S. pate " 
e n iSwan * nats^ vrajon wrbx mma : hiss 

• 7 nst^ND * -isyo ^pD * paai D^a ni*nb 
8 : ioy oy CD^nrDy iawnb : p^aa w 
9 j nnSSn nnop D^amDN man mpy lawo 
k ma onsoo n*rea Tp p c s ^f v us 
2 Smtsn itrrpS mim nmn * ?yS dj?d apjr* |||™ no 

S| qua Deus 

aD^ piM d:?i run en ♦♦ vnwoo gg^- 

n 4 D\n -jT-no : ja^aa niya:i -Dvwa vrpn onnn jjj^ 

e d^*o npnn onnn mnN 1 ? aon pmn oun ^a 

7 m^K •m&o pa p™ •osSo : jKr^aa niya:i 

8 : d^-i^dS t^aSn pvtmn nwn "O&nn : apjr» | 
k *\wh-v idS-kS mm naS itop 

2 cmn vid*o hdS :nnoK-Sy TTDrrSy maa jn £lr 

* » I religionum 

3 ran-n^K Sa dw mT?Ki : omrrot wrfK ss&s. 

. dere, om- 

n 4 onrns dik ntryo ann ^iDa omasy : nty y S-s; 
7 kSi omSji ptw> fc \Si DmT» : pnn^ kSi dhS 



Chananeeo- 
rum ; simi- 
Jemque 
rursus Do- 
mini ad- 
ventum, 
euinque 
majori cum 
oria, vati- 
cinatur. 

PSALMUS 
CX V. 



jubet. 



PSALM CIX. CX. CXI. CXII. 

O Jehovah, 21 O Lord, make me for the sake-of thy name, for good thy mercy,- 
rescue me. 22 For poor and needy I, and my heart wounded within me. 23 As a 
shade, when-it hath declined, I have been walked, I have been shaken as a lo- 
cust ; 24 My knees ; have stumbled jfrom fasting, and my flesh has been-deficient 
from fatness. 25 And I have been a reproach ; for them, they shall behold me 
and-shall move their head. 26 Assist me, O Jehovah my God-save me accord- 
ing-to thy mercy. 27 And they shall know thy hand : this, thou, O Jehovah, 
hast done this. 28 They shall curse and thou wilt bless, they have arisen, and 
shall be-ashamed, and thy servant shall rejoice. 29 My adversaries shall be-cloth- 
ed, shame ; and they shall cover as a garment, their shame ; 30 I shall celebrate 
Jehovah very much with my mouth, and in the middle of many, I will praise 
him. 31 For he shall stand at the right hand ; of the needy,-to-save from those- 
who judge his soul : 

psalm ex. 

1 For David, a psalm, Jehovah hath said to my Lord, sit at my right hand ; 
while I shall make thy foes a footstool for thy feet : 2 The rod ; of thy strength 
Jehovah shall send from Zion, rule in the midst of thy enemies. 3 Thy people : 
spontaneous ; in the day of thy power, in the-splendour of holiness, from the 
womb, from the morning, for thee the dew of thy nativity ; 4 Jehovah has been 
sworn and will not repent, thou a priest for an age upon the manner ; of Melchize- 
dek. 6 The Lord at thy right hand ; he has wounded kings in the day of his fury. 
6 He-shall judge among the nations, he has filled, dead bodies ; he hath struck the 
head, upon much earth : 7 From the torrent in the way : he shall drink, upon this, 
he shall exalt the head. 

PSALM CXI. 

1 Hallelujah, I will praise Jehovah with my whole heart, in the assembly of 
the-upright and congregation ;- 2 Great works of Jehovah explored by all-who de- 
sire them. 3 Glorious and honourable his work, and his righteousness ; has re- 
mained for ever. 4 He hath remembered his work for his wonders ; merciful and 
gracious Jehovah. 5 He has given food for those- who fear hkn, he shall remem- 
ber for ever his covenant ; 6 The strength of his works he-has declared to his peo- 
ple :-to give for them the heritage ; of the nations. 7 The works of his hands 
truth; and judgment, all his commands faithful, 8 Confirmed for ever, for ever, done 
in truth ; and rectitude. 9 He hath sent redemption ; to his people, he hath com- 
manded for ever his covenant ; holy and dreaded his name. 10 The beginning ; of 
wisdom ; the fear ; of Jehovah understanding good for all-who perform them, his 
praise ; hath endured for ever. 

PSALM CXII. 

1 Hallelujah, O the-blessedness of the man, he shall fear Jehovah, and in his com- 
mandments ; he has delighted very much. 2 Powerful in the earth : shall be his 
seed, the generation of the-upright, 

I 4 



PSALMI 109. 110. 111. 112. yp *Op ip Dp 

yion oitro jyoS ^n-h^j; ihk mm 

: •onpo SSn •oSi ojk p^Ni ^jro : ^ ™ 
dtso iS^o to inonNo'vnyj: ^noSm ihidjd « 
wntv» urb nsnn •oio : ptra trno ntroi no 
: "poro •tfjwin inSa mm wry * otp*a pyw 26 
non-ibSpt * nnw mm nn*t nar -pi-so iyn 27 28 
vioitr lebM : not^» *poyi itwi iop "pon nnw 29 
*>m *mo mm rnna : diim S^yoo loy^i noSo S 
ywnS p^K po^ noy^o : i:9?nK "prai 31 
psalmus mm o*o mo?o -nT-7 *»p * ^etro k 

C X. 

frodudi"' ntoD j mW? onn p rwa-ny w»S w*6 2 

Kegem in ♦ 

ro*n noy * p onpo nrtp^ommn 1 ?^ n?y » 

cerdotem . 1 . , 1 1 ' . 1 

:K5X t im? 7D n? mpo onno tnp-mnonTn dyo 

nunciat. I t i i 

vrovSy D7iyS po-nnj* on^ kti mm yow 4 
♦♦ mSd isk-dvo pno -j w^y p*nroSo n 
Smo : nil pa-Sy p*n pno rvnu kSo d^o pT « 7 
*op tr^n con* p-Sy nn^ 7m 

FS c^ us ♦ "ndo 00S-S00 mm mm m iSSn k 
SlSs nnnrun $ om^n-SoS own mm wyo o^V-u 2 3 

celebrat. 

pan wnSsh ntyy nor $ nyS moy inp*nn i?yD * 
: irvno oSiyS nop vtnb jra tpo mm oinm rt 
^•yo * d^u rhru onb nnS ioyb ran wyo no « 7 
nyS ooioD t wipa-So bspoi no** it 8 
rtw ioyS rhv nns rwii nojo owy o^iyS* 
nirv» noon nwi : iatr ki^i trnp mno o^yS 1 
nyS moy mSnn on^y-bb oita ^oty mm 
p c^iT s mm-nK jn^ t^N-nt^K n^ ^Sn o^p k 

Beatitudi- ~_ 

rSat a e c m fe - on^ nn ijnr mm pn^o moj t tno pan vnixoo 2 



PSALM CVIII. CIX. 



the clouds, thy truth ; 6 Be-exalted, O God, above the heavens, thy glory, above 
all the earth : 7 For the sake thy-chosen shall be-free, thy right hand :-has sav- 
ed, and hear me. 8 God hath spoken in his holiness, I will exult, I will divide 
Shechem, and the valley of Succoth ; I will measure. 9 For me Gilead, for me 
Manasseh, and Ephraim, the strength of my head, Judah my law-giver. 10 Moab 
the pot: of my ablution, upon Edom I-will throw my sandal, and upon Philis- 
tia I myself will rejoice. 11 Who-shall lead me, city ; fortified ? who has brought 
me to Edom ? 12 O God, wilt thou repel us ? O God, wilt thou not go forth ? in 
our armies ; 13 Give for us strength ; from difficulty, and false the salvation ; of 
Adam. 14 In God we shall make strength, and he shall trample our enemies. 



psalm cix. 



1 To the conqueror, for David, a psalm, O God, of my praise ; thou wilt not be 
silent. 2 For the mouth of the wicked and the mouth of guile ; upon me they 
have opened, they have addressed me the tongue : of falsehood. 3 And the words 
of hatred ; they have surrounded me, and they shall fight me, causeless. 4 For 
my love they shall oppose me, and I of speech ; 5 And they-shall place against 
me evil j for good ; and hatred ; for love ; 6 Visit upon him the wicked, and Sa- 
tan" shall stand at his right hand ; 7 When-he is-judged the wicked shall go out, 
and his prayer ; shall be for sin ; 8 His days shall be-few, another shall take his 
office ; 9 His sons shall be orphans, and his wife ; a widow ; 10 And wandering 
his sons shall wander and have begged, and have sought from their deserts ; 

11 The usurer shall catch for all which for him, and strangers shall seize his toil. 

12 Shall not be for him extending mercy, and shall not be pity for his orphans. 

13 His end ; shall be, to be-cut off, in the generation future their name shall be- 
blotted out. 14 The iniquity of his fathers shall be-remembered to Jehovah, and 
the sin ; of his mother will not be-blotted out. 15 They shall be the presence of 
Jehovah always, and he shall cut from the earth : their remembrance. 16 Because 
that he has not remembered to perform mercy, and shall pursue the man poor 
and needy, and broken of heart-to slay him. 17 And he shall love cursing ; and 
it will come to him, and he has not chosen blessing ; and it will be-far from him 
18 And he shall put on cursing ; as a garment, and it shall enter as waters in his 
inner part, as oil in his bones : 19 It shall be for him as a garment, he shall co- 
ver, and for a girdle always he shall gird. 20 This : the reward ; of my adversa- 
ries from Jehovah, and of those-who speak evil concerning my soul : 21 And thou, 

I 3 



108. 109. top np n^nn 
e parrSa Sjn d^hSk dwSj; nan : nnftK tfpnp 

° t l et victoria 

8 hod pojn do^ npSn^ nt^K wnp3 -m d^hSk SS|£ 

9 rrorp wan nyo anew nwo ipS^ ^ * ytok 

" * DHK-ny ^ru id too tj? saw ^ t yjmnN wSa s3b ^ s * 

14 is ariSiO : dik njwn ni^^ iw m?y uS-mn 
k rraoS Dp : im* Din^ Kim STrntrjtt 

3 nrcjp nnn npt^ jwS ^na iisi mna ^ hotd ; 



PSALMUS 

CIX. 
Continet 
hie psalm- 
us gravis- 
simas in 
improbos 



4 -OKI ^i3tD^ Ton*rnnn tun •wonVi ^mno h< 



n nnn nwKn mito nnn njn low rtan 
e j u^-Sy nojr» ]®m jnsn vby npsn * Tonx 
8 ^ w^ni ♦♦ hkdhS ,-pnn mSsm jnsn itDS^nn 
nnt^n &iy\rv ymtit nrm np^ imps d^d 
i : Dirmmno imi iSkkt) yu3 iyw jrw : i-oqSk 
i2n -im-Stf nyvp D^r it^i Vntsw-W? rtpfl wpy> 

13 ih^nK-vri : vowS pin vrhw non *]tra 

14 itqn py w * am nnK nnn nronS 
lD-m w jnon-Sa iox natom nin^ 
is -kS -hp** jy» * o-or p*to niD^ Ton rtin^ 

PM3TI p'aai •ojrtsro* ion rwy 12\ 
17 -kSi inio3ro nSSp an^i ir-imaS 33S 
isnSSp twSvi naoo pnnm toid^ fan 
19 -inn ♦ vmo^i ptsoi mnpn ceo asm hod 
a rhyb nw ♦♦ nn^n^ n^n nraSi hcd^ ^ 
. 2i nnw j ^firSy onsim nin^ jhko 



Regni Dei 
adversarios, 
sententias. 



PSALM CVII. CVIII. 

he-shall save them. 14 And he-has led them from darkness and the shadow of 

death, and their chains ; he shall break. 15 They shall-praise for Jehovah his 
mercy, and his wonders ; to the sons of Adam. 16 For he has worn the gates ; of 
brass : and the bolts of iron he has broken. 17 The-fool from the way : of their 
lying, and from then' iniquities ; shall afflict themselves. 18 Their soul : will re- 
ject all food, and they-shall approach to the gates of death. 19 And they shall 
cry to Jehovah in difficulty for them, and from their distresses ; he-shall save 
them. 20 And he shall send his word, and shall heal them, and shall rescue them 
from their-pit ; 21 They-shall praise for Jehovah his mercy, and his wonders ; for 
the sons of Adam. 22 And they shall sacrifice sacrifices of praise ; and shall enu- 
merate his works with proclamation ;- 23 Who descend into the sea in ships :-who 
perform work ; in the waters-great. 24 They have seen the works of Jehovah, 
and his wonders ; in the deep ; 25 And he shall speak, and the spirit : of the 
storm ; shall stand, and shall raise his billows. 26 They shall ascend the heavens, 
they shall descend the depths : their soul : with evil ; will melt itself. 27 They 
shall toss, and they shall bend as drunk, and all their wisdom ; shall devour it- 
self. 28 And they shall cry to Jehovah in their difficulty, and from their dis- 
tresses ; he-shall rescue them. 29 He shall raise the storm ; for silence ; and their 
billows shall be-quiet. 30 And they shall rejoice, for they shall be-silent, and he 
has led them to the bound of their desire. 31 They shall celebrate for Jehovah 
his mercy, and his wonders ; to the sons of Adam. 32 And they shall exalt him 
in the meeting of the people : and in the seat of the elders they shall praise him. 
33 He shall place rivers; in the desert, and the-flowing of waters to thirst. 34 The 
earth : fruitful to barrenness ; from the wickedness of those-who dwell in it- 
35 He shall place the desert to a pool of water ; and the land : desert to the-flow- 
ing of waters. 36 Thither he shall remove families, and shall prepare a city ; of 
habitation. 37 And they shall sow fields and they shall plant vines, and 
they shall make-fruits of increase ; 38 And he shall bless them, and they 
shall be-multiplied very much, and he-shall not diminish their cattle : 39 And 
they shall decrease, and shall be-humbled from oppression, evil; and sick- 
ness. 40 He hath poured contempt upon princes, he shall wander them in the de- 
sert no way : 41 He shall lift the needy from want, and shall place as a flock : fami- 
lies ; 42 The-righteous shall behold, and they shall be-glad, and every iniquity ; 
has shut its mouth. 43 Who wise shall keep these, and they themselves shall ob- 
serve the mercies of Jehovah. 



PSALM CVIII. 



1 A Psalm, a song for David. 2 My heart has been prepared, O God, I will sing 
and strike the lyre, my glory. 3 Awake, psaltery and harp, I-will awake early. 
4 I will praise thee among the people : O Jehovah, I will praise thee among the 
nations. 5 For great above the heavens thy mercy, and to 

i 2 



PSALMI 107. 108. np rp 
s?£ * prw onvrnDioi rnoSvi -\ma dnw j bjw M 

omnibus » » . 

Ss d sr "ncaro : chk ^ vrv)*oa:n hdh mm? w ia is 

post mul- * ^ . 

ta^angus- Qy^jj D*>TlK ♦ $1 } 7?73 WBl Wm nin7T J* 

L L ^ 

■ly iyvm dpsj nynn -oir?D t >jyrvi Dmrwyoi w 
DrrmpTCOO DnS mo nm^K ipym ♦♦rno-ny^ 19 
♦♦ DnftWi&tD dSdvi DKt37^ rm nbt^ ; Dy^n 1 * 3 
td? iron * chn ^nS ttyikSsji hdh mmS w 21 22 
1 ^y rmNa mo t nro wyo insD^i riw 23 
•pmtfSfl^ mm ^yo i*n non jdw D^MroaSo 24 
V?jn DonmmyDnmay^nDin * hStcm no 26 

mm-Stf ipyyi * yS^nn Dnrarr^i hwbhs iyu7 28 

'mpinmnDOnS myD Dp*» iDNW DmnipTODI DnS 7M 29 

nna-Stf onm ipntpwq mourn t mh& ioti S 
: dik "uS vniK^t vron mmb $jhj ♦♦ man 31 
otyi ♦♦ imbSm o^pr DtyiMi oy Snpa *n*©ww 32 33 
nnSoS pa : pK^S d>d ^fti 727D 1 ? rvnru 34 
ns pKi dvtdjk 1 ? 7mo ♦ m •oam ny7£ nS 
: aeno 7^ raw Qvyn w sami 1 wo ^mtsh 36 
Dmn7 j nann *ns wy7 dot iyto7 nnp ijnpi 37 38 
7^yo tnem ^jrcyn : tow ononai 7N£ idti 39 
^77-nS inns Dymi D^nrSy ra ^ : pin njn & 

iK7^ : rnnspo jkm art •aiyo p^aa i^i 41 42 
hSn"7d^7 mi-pd ♦♦ ma map n^iy-fei mot^i 43 



* Hinr^K nnowi m^K d^hSk p^ : 7hS 2 
nm^ D^oya ^7in nnp n7^ 71^1 S^:h n7iy 3 4 
"7^ ^on D^^-Syo Snr^ : d^nSi ^pmi n 



PSALM CVI. CVII. 



and shall be-restrained the pestilence ; 31 And shall be-reekoned to him for 
righteousness ; for generation and generation, time an age. 32 And they-shall ir- 
ritate upon the water of Meribah, and shall be-evil to Moses on account of them* 

33 For they have provoked his spirit : and he shall speak rashly with his hps ; 

34 They-have not destroyed the-people : whom Jehovah has said for them. 35 And 
they have mingled themselves with the nations, and shall learn their works. 
36 And they shall serve their graven images, and they shall be to them for a 
snare : 37 And they shall sacrifice their sons and their daughters ; to demons. 
38 And they shall pour forth blood innocent, blood of their sons and of their 
daughters; whom they have sacrificed to the graven images of Canaan, 
and the earth : shall be-profaned-blood. 39 And they shall be-polluted in 
their works, and they shall commit fornication with their delusions. 40 And 
the anger of Jehovah shall burn, against his people : and he shall abominate his 
inheritance ; 41 And he shall give them to the hand : of the nations, and their ha- 
ters shall rule over them. 42 And their enemies shall oppress them, and they 
shall be-humbled under their hand : 43 Times : many • he-shall deliver them, and 
they shall provoke with their counsel ; and they shall be-humbled in their ini- 
quity. 44 And he shall behold in a difficulty for them when -he heard their cry ; 
45 And he shall remember his covenant ; for them, and he shall repent according 
-to the multitude of his mercies. 46 And he shall give them for-pity, for the pre- 
sence of all their enemies. 47 Keep us, O Jehovah our God, and assemble us 
from the nations-to praise thy holy name-to glorify oneself with thy praise ; 
48 Blessed be Jehovah the God of Israel, from an age to time and an age, all the 
people : have said, Amen, Hallelujah. 



psalm cvn. 



1 Praise for Jehovah, for good, for ever his mercy. 2 The-redeemed of Jeho- 
vah shall declare whom he hath redeemed them, from the hand : of the enemy. 
3 And from the lands : he hath gathered them, from the east and from the west, 
from the north and from the sea. 4 They have wandered in the desert, in the 
wildness, a way : a city ; of habitation they have not found.- 5 Hungry and-thirs- 
ty their soul : in them will roll itself. 6 And they shall cry to Jehovah in the dif- 
ficulty for them, and from their straits ; he-shall rescue them. 7 And he-shall 
direct them in a right path :-to go to a city ; of habitation. 8 They shall praise 
for Jehovah his mercy, and his wonders ; for the sons of Adam. 9 For he-hath 
satisfied the soul : needy ; and the soul : hungry ; he hath filled good.- 10 Who 
dwell in darkness and the shadow of death,-who are bound in want and iron. 
41 For they-have rebelled against the words of God, and the counsel ; of the Most 
High they have contemned. 12 In labour their heart shall be-humbled, they 
have stumbled, and no helper, 13 And they shall cry to Jehovah in difficulty 
for them, and from their straits ; 

i 



106. 107. ?p )p vbnr\ 

si -ny m rrS np^V b n^nni najion m^ni 
32 tmajn n^aS jrvn nrrno ^-Sy la^p^i ♦ oSiy 
34 33 -na iTQprrtfS : vnaao nsdd^ inn-nK riorro 
nS hd^i nn:Q imym *♦ dhS mm ion t^k D^yn 
36 1 trpi^S dhS vrm Dmr^jrnK i-njm ♦ orwyo 
37 im^i ♦ dh^S DirniM-nKi Dmim** mam 
jr^ ^nnr n&w omm^i ami:rcn pi 
39 #i Dn^pi ikbem i owa pan rpnro 
a ♦ inSnrnN nym ibjd mm ti*rnrm ; DmSSym 
42 4i n^nS^ i QiT*w nnn iSe^i d^u-t^ 

43 nam rvon o^oya *dt nnrnyirrn dh^in 

44 ijwa urh -^n arvn * Diijn idd^i DrojD w 
no fn^i hdh 2-o bwi inns urb -on Dnrrna s ^ 1snDn 

rmm ujrwn : DfTOiar^D *osS D\omS nniK 
-|EHp Dt^S nmnS tzmmp uMpi unS^* 
-jo htnw viSk mm -pa * -pSnro rontrnS 

n obiyS *o siet'o mmS nn ?p ran isd p c a v l ? T s 
2 ♦♦ -vtto d 1 ?^ *wk rmm bw •now * inon 35S5- 
4 s iyn ♦* tfoi paso myDOi mroo DMp nimKoi 

> afflictione 

6 mm- 1 ™ ipjw i qtoynn om djpm d^ko^-dj gsrSz 1 

» f mant, pras- 

7 ma^ pin Drrm dt^ Dirmpivao orn S^s. 

# . , . • i sertim di- 

s vniN^sii hdh mm 1 ? nv my- 1 ?** roV? tsgsssz 

. . suur- 1 

9 mjn trail npp^ t^Si yotrn-'o : d*tk SS 
in toppd :?nm ^ ^tdn ni07^i "-|£*n oid 
12 iSltd d^S Soyn yiD^ ; ivNi p% myi S^-n^K 



46 



48 



mus, quo 
bonitas et 
misericor- 
dia Dei er- 
ga univer- 
sos homi- 
nes, cum 
afflictione 



um 
suum bene- 

cele- 
brantur, 
quern pro- 
miKit sese. 



Hallelujah. 



PSALM CVI. 



PSALM CVI. 



1 Hallelujah, praise for Jehovah, for good, because for ever his mercy. 2 Who 
shall utter ? the-strength j of Jehovah, and-shall cause ? to tell all his praise ; 3 O 
the-blessedness of those- who keep his judgment, doing righteousness ; in every 
time : 4 Remember me, O Jehovah, in the good- will of thy people : visit me with 
thy salvation ;- 5 To see with the good of thy-chosen-to rejoice with the joy ; of thy 
people : to glory myself with thy heritage ; 6 We-have sinned with our fathers, 
we-have caused to act wickedly, we have caused to sin. 7 Our fathers in Egypt, 
-have not caused to understand thy wonders ; they have not been-mindful of the 
number of thy mercies, and they shall rebel upon the sea, in the sea of Suph. 
8 And he-has caused to preserve them for the sake-ot his name,-to-cause to 
know his strength; 9 And he shall rebuke in the water of Suph, and it shall be- 
dried, he-has made them to walk, in the-deep ; as a desert. 10 And he-has caus- 
ed to save them from the hand : of the hater, and he shall defend them from the 
hand : of the enemy. 11 And the waters shall cover their enemies, one of them has 
not been left. 12 And they shall trust in his words, they-shall cause to sing his 
praise ; 13 They have hastened, they have forgotten his works, they have not wait- 
ed for his counsel ; 14 And they shall themselves lust a lust ; in the desert, and 
they shall tempt God in the wilderness. 15 And he shall give for them their pe- 
tition; and he shall send leanness in their soul : 16 And they shall envy for Moses in 
the camp : for Aaron the holy of Jehovah. 17 The earth ; shall open and swallow 
Dathan, and shall enclose upon the assembly ; of Abiram. 18 And a fire : shall burn 
in their assembly ; the flame ; shall consume the- wicked. 19 They shall make a calf 
in Horeb, and shall bend themselves-to-cause to pour out drink offering ; 20 And 
they-shall cause to change their glory into the similitude ; of an ox eating grass. 
21 They have forgotten God then Saviour doing great things ; in Egypt. 22 Won- 
ders ; in the land of Ham, terrible things ; upon the sea of Suph. 23 And he shall 
say-to-cause to destroy them, unless Moses his chosen has stood in the breach for 
his presence,-to-cause to turn away his wrath ■ from- causing to destroy them. 
24 And they shall despise in the land : of desire ; they-have not believed for his 
word. 25 And they shall murmur in then tents, they have not hearkened to the 
voice of Jehovah. 26 And he shall lift his hand : for them-to-cause them to fall 
in the desert. 27 And-to-cause to separate then seed among the nations, and-to 
scatter them in the-earth : 28 And they shall adhere to Baal-peor, and they shall 
eat the sacrifices of the-dead. 29 And they-shall irritate with their works, and 
the pestilence ; shall break in among them. 30 And Phinehas shall stand and 
shall judge, 



PSALMI 106. 1p 
psalmus nirrf? mn mSSn ip irmSSn k 

Iff iT JW 1 nim mna^ SS^ ^ * non dS^S *o aitro 2 

raelis, inter » » , 

^apar. -t, M n p^^ n^ toa^o "not? •hew nnSnrrbas 

tentia, con- 

preces, at- ♦ . 

Sfff nU DHD^ nOBT7 : T^HS raiDS niNnS n 

Deum fusi. ' • j t » 

TmaSw ibotrn-K 1 ? on^M iwydn t ujrcnn 7 
-do Qi"^7^ ywi -port ornK ra kS 

♦ monro dd^i wi rpD-QO njwi 9 

irotr rra * mSnn mano wdnvi 12 is 
'twas man nam : irayS larr^S wys 14 
pn nSt^i onS^tr onS ♦♦ p wo Sanwn vo 
prtp pntfS i-unoa n^oS j D£<aja i 6 
mjrby cam jm ySam parnnan : mm n 

♦ D^yen tonSn nanS omp tsw-nyarvi j trvoN 13 
-na TOi j naooS iinn^n anna Sjjn^jr 1 19 5 
djwid ina^ ♦ at^y SaK mty noana D*naa 21 
rniou an p*ta maSaj * mSn nvy 22 
rma rwo mvmrb noa?! : ^ws^y 23 
idk^i : nwno wan awS wsb pas noy 24 
DmSnaa ijjt*i : ran 1 ? WDKrr&S man pw rp 
omx S^anS dhS it iwn : mm bipa lyapaS 2 6 
tnw^ Drvnfo tfua tyrtf Sparta naios 27 
id^i : e^no to? iSd^i mya SyaS nwt 28 2 9 
bba^ onra niajm : najb oa-parri omSSyoa h 



PSALM CV. 



10 And he-shall cause to appoint, it for Jacob for a statute, for Israel a covenant; 
for ever.- 11 To say for thee, I will give the land : of Canaan, the line of your in- 
heritance ; 12 When-they were men from number as little, and-who were jour- 
neying in it. 13 And they shall themselves walk from nation to nation, from 
kingdom ; to another people : 14 He-has not permitted man-to afflict them, and 
for them he has reproved kings. * 5 You shall not touch my-anointed, and to my 
prophets you shall do no harm. 16 And he shall call a famine upon the earth : 
he hath broken the whole staff : of bread. 17 He has sent for their face a man, 
for a slave Joseph has been sold. 18 They have afflicted with the fetter his feet : 
the iron has entered his soul : 19 To the time : his word has come, the word ; of 
Jehovah has purified him. 20 The king has sent, and-shall cause to loose him, 
the ruler of the people : and he shall loose him. 21 He hath placed him lord for 
his house, and ruler in all his possession. 22 That-he might bind princes, accord- 
ing-to his soul : and his senators he shall make wise. 23 And Israel shall come 
to Egypt, and Jacob has sojourned in the land : of Ham. 24 And he shall 
strengthen his people : very much, and he shall strengthen before his enemies. 
25 He has turned their heart-to hate his people : for themselves to practise guile 
against his servants. 26 He has sent Moses his servant, Aaron whom he has se- 
lected in it. 27 They have placed among them the words of his signs : and won- 
ders in the land : of Ham. 28 He hath sent darkness and they shall darken, and 
they have not opposed his word. 29 He has turned their waters tor blood, and 
he shall slay their fish. 30 Their land : has fertilly produced frogs : in the cham- 
bers of their kings. 31 He hath said, and shall come an assembly of insects, lice 
in all their bounds. 32 He has given their-rain hail, fire : of flames j in their 
land : 33 And he shall strike their vine ; and their fig ; and he shall break the 
tree of their coast. 34 He hath said, and shall come the locust and caterpillar 
from number : 35 And shall eat every herb in the land : and shall eat the fruit of 
their ground j 36 And he shall strike all the first-born in their land: the-chieffor 
all their strength. 37 And he-shall cause to lead them with silver and gold, and 
not in his tribes : weak. 38 Egypt has rejoiced when-they went out, for their 
terror had rushed upon them. 39 He nas expanded a cloud for a tent, and fire : 
-to-cause to see the night. 40 He has sought and shall come the quails ; and 
bread of the heavens, he shall satisfy them. 41 He hath opened the rock and wa- 
ters shall flow, they have gone through the dry places ; of a river. 42 For he has 
remembered his holy word, Abraham his servant. 43 And he shall lead his peo- 
ple : with joy, with the sound of a trumpet ; his-chosen. 44 And he shall give 
for them the lands : of the nations, and the labour for the-people they shall pos- 
sess. 45 In passing they shall keep his statutes, and his laws ; they shall preserve, 



105. np a^nn 

11 iokS : dSw Sant^S pnS apjr6 nTojrn 

12 via omvn i mrbm Ssn jjnd psrnK pN 

13 nakoap ^rSx "DSnm : na d^i &j;dd >sdd 

14 dh% nrm DparyS din rrorra 1 ? * nnK tyrS** 
is io anpvt njnrrbtf wruSi twed i^in-Stf :d^So 

n Dn^aS rhv t -dp onS-ntoo-^D pan-Sy sjn 
is n*c Sra vS:n SaM *JpY» -dd:j iriyS bHk^^ 
9 19 nSp nnns^.mn^nnoK vdvjo njny *wm 

21 inoS jhk w : mnnffn o^y ^So 

22 j dd)t vipn ws:d vnty idkS t mp-ba h&us 
24 23 -nN nfi^i : Dn-p*o -u apyn Ski^ k^i 

HD toy Kj^S CznS -jfin t TO IHB^I "TNO IDy 

26 nnrrn^K pnK nay ntro nS^ % ways bmrsrh 
28 27 n ^ : on p*o D^nboi win** •nan m-iop * 15 D *£ m 
29 oTmrnK ^sn : v-ovhk no nSi ^^tpi *]pn iw 
b nina D^yns* dyw per * DruvnK no^ on 1 ? 
32 31 jn: ♦ oSim-bra d^d nny noK * arroSo 

33 Qja:i -p t amao rrDnS pk "ra anwj 

34 p'Vn nana arm noa * dSi^^ py -dl^i omani 
nS Srwi ranio D^y-ho Sdwi j naDo p*o 

36 1 d^k-SdS rw*n dttno niM-So "pi t qwtn 
38 37 on^o not? * bt^D pKi nnn t|DM dwi 

39 Ktto -poS py tens : nrrby Dins bar^ onNM 

* oyot^ anSi iS^ aan W i nS^S tkhS 
42 41 -na id? * nvM idSh d^d i^in tits nna 

43 ptrw ioy t nny birttfirm wnp w 

no vnun 1 ! vpn inoty^ niaya ; itcn^ a^^S 



PSALM CIV. CV. 



of mail, that-he-might draw bread from the earth : 15 And wine shall gladden 
the heart of man-to-cause to shine his-face from oil, and bread shall support the 
heart of man. 16 The trees of Jehovah shall be-full, the cedars of Lebanon, 
which he hath planted. 17 That there the birds : shall build, the stork ; the fir- 
trees her house. 18 The high mountains for the wild goats ; the rocks a refuge ; 
for the hares. 19 He hath made the moon for times, the sun has known his set- 
ting. 20 Thou wilt place darkness, and it shall be night in it, shall creep forth, 
every beast ; of the wood. 21 The young lions-who roar for prey, and-to seek 
from God their food. 22 The sun will rise, they shall assemble, and to their dens 
they shall hasten. 23 Man shall go for his work, and for his service ; to the even- 
ing. 24 How manifold thy works, O Jehovah, in wisdom ; thou hast made them 
all, the earth : has been-filled, thy possessions. 25 This sea great, and extended 
of places, there reptiles, and not number, beasts ;-small ; with the-great ; 26 There 
ships : shall traverse, that Leviathan thou hast formed-to sport in it. 27 All 
these shall hope in thee-to give their food in its time : 28 Thou wilt give for 
them, they shall gather, thou wilt open thy hand : they shall be-satisfied good. 
29 Thou-wilt cause to hide thy face, they shall be-troubled, thou wilt take their 
spirit : they shall fail, and to their dust they shall turn. 30 Thou w T ilt send thy 
spirit : they shall be-created, thou wilt renew the-face of the ground ; 31 The 
glory of Jehovah shall be for ever, Jehovah shall rejoice in his works. 32 Who- 
causing to look for the earth : and it will tremble, he shall touch in the moun- 
tains, and they shall smoke. 33 I-will cause to sing for Jehovah in my life ; I 
will sing for my God, in my time. 34 Shall be-sweet upon him my word, I will 
be-o-lad in Jehovah. 35 Sinners shall be-consumed from the earth : and the 
-wicked, time they not, bless, O my soul : the Jehovah, Hallelujah. 



psalm cv. 



1 Praise for Jehovah, call on his name-cause to know among the people : his 
works ;- 2 Cause to sing to him, sing to him,-cause to speak concerning all his 
wonderful works ; 3 You yourselves glory in his holy name, the heart of those- 
who-seek Jehovah shall rejoice. 4 Seek Jehovah and his strength, seek his— face 
always. 5 Remember the wonderful works ; which he hath done, his wonders, 
and the judgments of his mouth. 6 O seed of Abraham his servant, O sons of 
Jacob his chosen. 7 He Jehovah our God in all the earth : his judgments. 
8 He has remembered his covenant ; for ever, the word, he has commanded for a 
thousand : generations. 9 Which he made with Abraham and oath to Isaac. 



PSALMI 104. 105. Hp ip 
mm*tth pi t pan-p urb mirh mm id 

d^Sd Bvrian onn : nn^ dwd mron is 
yr onjno 1 ? rim ncry t D^styS nonb 19 

ttzhsx Sko tppsSi tpbS trow ontoi tijr»si 

DTK* 1W ♦ fW2T DWiyo-^l pfiDW OTH mm 22 23 

mm ^tstya inn-no ; Y\jrn$ uvnySi iSps 1 ? 24 

rap *" 3 D ^ n n? { ^p nK L, nMn!j ^3 nD 

rmrop nvn -ifioo pai potd^ d^t arm Snj 
-pnt»S nr jrmS p:>Sm hmk : roSnroy 2 6 

♦ "D 27 28 

pbmr "pjs -won x mto pjntyi -pp nnan ptop^ 29 
*-jmn nWn ♦♦ paw* me^iei pyun nnn f|Dn S 
obwSmmTiM jnana tsnnni pjn^ si 
yjp ijnm p^b to^on : wym mn^ nnw 32 
viSnS rroK ^na mmS rmaw tutrjm Dnmss/ 
lorv : mma n&tsw •ojk yhy y\]p t n'7 
ma •o-d d^k d^bhi pKh"|D D^Nton 
psalms 1Kn p nin ^ nin n p ♦ nnSSn mn^ a 

jfe;r iS-ro iS-rw : imMy cam lyvnn iaeo 2 

covdatione *^ , 

22ET not^ icnp Dtto iSSnnn iW?flr?M irw 3 

rum, ad I 

Dei laudes . t 

SSm ♦ T&n yob wpa irjn mm v^tt ♦ mm *»ppM 4 

Gentis ab f 
que ab Ab- > 

S 0> *)rn?K mm Nin t i^nn 3p^ nay Dmn^ 7 
mis n^n m'ns dSij; 1 ? id? : vioa^o p^m^M * 
t pnvrh my inn Dma*nm« nnDit^K ♦ in ^SkS 9 



PSALM CIII. CIV. 



for the sons, his works ; 8 Jehovah, merciful and kind, long of-wrath, and great 
of mercy. 9 Not for an age he shall contend, and not for ever he shall keep. 
10 He has not done for us according-to our sins, nor according-to our iniquities ; 
hath he recompensed upon us. 11 For according-to the altitude of the heavens 
above the earth : he hath strengthened his mercy upon those-who fear him. 12 As 
the east has been-removed from the west, he-has caused to stand from us our 
iniquities. 13 As a father hath pity upon his sons, Jehovah has pity upon them- 
who fear him. 14 For he has known our frame, he has remembered that we 
dust. 15 Man as the herb, his days as a flower of the field, so he shall flourish. 
16 For the wind : has passed in him, and he not, and shall not cause to acknow- 
ledge him any longer his place : 17 And the mercy of Jehovah, from age to age 
upon those-who fear him and his righteousness ; for the sons of sons. 18 For 
those-who keep his covenant ; and for those-who remember his precepts- 
to do them. 19 Jehovah in the heavens-has caused to prepare his throne, and his 
-kingdom ; in all has ruled. 20 Bless Jehovah, ye his angels-strong of 
strength-who perform his word,-to hear in the voice of his word. 21 Bless Jeho- 
vah, all ye his armies, his ministers-who perform his will. 22 Bless Jehovah, all 
ye his works, in all places : of his dominion ; Bless Jehovah, O my soul : 



PSALM CIV. 



1 Bless Jehovah, O my soul : Jehovah, my God, thou hast been-great very 
much, glory and honour thou hast been-clothed. 2 Covering light as a garment ; 
extending the heavens as a curtain ;- 3 Causing to gather in the waters his cham- 
bers ; who has placed the clouds his chariot,-who-causing to walk upon the 
wings : of the wind : 4 He has made his angels spirits : his servants fire : of burn- 
ing. 5 He hath founded the earth : upon its basis, it will not move an age and 
- time. 6 The deep : as a garment thou hast enclosed it, upon the mountain the 
waters shall stand. 7 From thy reproach ; they shall flee, from the voice of thy 
thunder, they shall haste away. 8 The mountains shall ascend, the valleys ; have 
descended to that place : thou hast founded for them. 9 A bound thou hast 
placed, they shall not pass over, they shall not turn-to cover the earth : 10 Who- 
causing to send fountains in the valley, between the mountains they shall walk. 
11 They shall give drink all the beasts ; of the field, the wild asses shall break 
their thirst. 12 Upon them the bird of the heavens shall dwell, from between the 
leaves, they shall give a voice— 13 Causing to water the mountains, from their 
higher places ; of the fruit of thy works, the earth : shall be-full.- 14 Causing to 
bud the grass, for the beast : and herb for the use ; 



103. 104. ap tsbnr\ 

s rfw pjni Dim vnWy Sjw 

1 9 kS j mt^ obiyS kSi 3^ ma S- : lon^m 

11 n3:o ^ ♦ SttJi mw$D nVi ubnpy watora J« 

12 nnro pn-o * vkt% non -Da pan-Sy dw 

13 -by ax Dmo ♦ iry^a-nx uoo pmi 3iyD£ 

14 Tor irw yp Kin-o : vx-rby mm Dnn cm 
id p mtrn w to isiw : umx nsy-o 
is my lr^-aSi i3Wti i3"-rray mn 13 : p^ 

17 VKT'Sy ch^'iy) Q%,2 mm TDni I IDipfc 

ib mpa •norSi inns nwS 0^3 inS mpmn 

19 ^33 inoboi 1XD3 p3n DW3 Him ♦ DrwyS 

nry hd nnj i'onSd mm iro $ nh^.o 

21 vrwo vx3rb3 mm 1313 m Sipn yft^S 

22 mopo-SM wyD-Ss mm 13*0 ♦♦ im-i w 

*Tp : mm-nx ^a: ^-o irtaroo psalmus 
x mm Tin tno nVrj vf?*e mm mm-nx ^ai ^-d ^srse 

. » . brandi por- 

2 j nyno tzrair ntou nob&o mx n&y : n&*37 lifts?" 

hie elegan- 

3 -jSnOT 1313-1 rzj^y otrn vni% mpan 

4 t^x vm&Q mnn raxbo ntry * nma:D-by j 
n:iyi obiy tDiorrb3 m3i30-by pxnD^ jtonS 

| | ti thea 

7 6 -p t o^-Troy onn-7y ijyd3 tpwa ennn a P erit 
8 vrv onn lbjn ;p?am *pjn Sip"p pow "iJ-njtt 
^ -S3 noerVoj : cnS mo^ nr Dipo-bx niyp3 

1 Q^yo nWon : pxn niDsS p3^-^3 p*oy^ 

11 roa^ irvrr^ ippi ; psSm onn p3 ubmz 

12 owsy p3op3c^D^n-t]iy omby : dnou n^xna 
is -p^yo *ia» vnvbyo enn np^o : Sip-^m 
14 msyS 3i?jn nonnS w n^OTo : p^n ynt^n 



em rerum 
Deo con- 
ditarum, 
atque uni- 
verse na- 
turaj velu- 
ti theatrum 



PSALM en. cm. 



to-eat my bread. 6 From the voice of my groaning ; my bone has adhered to 
my flesh. 7 I have been-likened to the pelican ; of the desert,, I have been as an 
owl ; of the-solitude ; 8 I have watched, and I shall be v as a sparrow : alone upon 
the building. 9 All the day, my enemies have reproached me,— mad against me, 
they have been sworn. 10 For ashes as bread I have eaten, and my-drink with 
weeping I have mingled. 11 From the face of thine indignation, and thy wrath, 
for thou hast raised me, and wilt thou-cause to cast me down. 12 My days as a 
shadow inclined, and I as the grass, shall wither. 13 And thou, O Jehovah, for 
ever wilt remain, and thy memory for generation and generation. 14 Thou wilt 
arise, and thou wilt pity Zion for the time :-to pity, for the appointed time has 
come. 15 For thy servants have loved her stones ; and her dust they shall favour. 
16 And the nations shall fear the name of Jehovah, and all the kings of the earth : 
thy glory. 17 For Jehovah has built Zion, and has been seen in his glory. 18 He 
has looked to the prayer ; of the destitute, and he has not despised their prayer ; 
19 This shall be-written for the generation after, and the people : have been creat- 
ed shall praise Jah. 20 For he has-caused to look from the height of his holiness, 
Jehovah from the heavens to the earth :-has caused to look.- 21 To hear the groan ; 
of the bound-to loose the sons of death.- 22 To tell in Zion the name of Jehovah, 
and his praise ; in Jerusalem. 23 When-the-people : have been-assembled to- 
gether, and the kingdoms ;-to serve Jehovah. 24 His strength in the way : he 
has humbled, he has abbreviated my days. 25 I have said, O my God, thou wilt 
not take me away in the half of my days, in generation and generations thy years ; 
26 For the-face of the earth : thou hast founded, and the work of thy hands : the 
heavens. 27 They shall perish, and thou wilt remain, and they all as a garment ; 
shall grow old, and as a robe thou-wilt cause to change them, and they shall 
change. 28 And thou hast been, and thy years ; shall not finish. 29 The sons of 
thy servants shall dwell, and their seed for thy face shall be-established. 



psalm cm. 



1 For David, bless, O my soul : Jehovah, and all within me the name of his ho- 
liness. 2 O my soul : bless Jehovah, and thou wilt not forget all his benefits. 

3 Who hath forgiven all thine iniquities, who hath healed all thine infirmities. 

4 Who hath redeemed from the pit thy-life ; who-causing to crown thee mercy 
and-pity. 5 Who-causing to satisfy with good thy mouth, thou wilt thyself as 
the eagle renew thy youth. 6 Jehovah has made-righteousness ; and-judgment 
for all the-oppressed. 7 He-has caused to make known his ways : to Moses, 



12 13 
14 



PSALMI 102. 103. Jp ap 

Sb? W npai wuk Spa ponS Saaa 6 

wrptr ♦ mann oiaa wo napS vrorr 7 » 
Winn avrrSa ♦♦ why mia -nasa rm*o 9 
ripen ^nbaK nnSa n&Nro : lyatstt ^ ^Sino 1 
•onNtstt *o -ja^pi -pyroso * woo *oaa u 
nrwi straw atrya •oki yum bisa ^ p^Wvi 
oipn nna mi ttS *pan at^n oSiyS w 
"pay ima nyio *o^a n^nS njr^ p^Dmn id 
obtoh i*nvn : warp msyrnNi maK-rw 16 
mm n^a t "paa-nK pan •©So-Sai mm 17 
no kSi njnyn nSsrrSK roa j maaa rjtn:i p^ 18 
ana:: Djn pnnK nnh n**r :n:n : onbarrnK i9 
dvj^d niff i&np onob fpp^rra ; m-Sbm 2 
•ba nnaS tdn np^ jwS to^an p**r*rwi< 
jea^wa inSnm mm- dp p^a naob jnnion 
snw-na nayb maSbai iim raibjj ppna 
■oSjnvSn -ipa : ^ -rap ma •pis 24 na 
mo^ pan D^aS -pnw Dm nna ^ wa 26 
Tftyn nn^i Haw non : aw ntyyoi 27 
nn*o * iaSmi aa^nn enaSa iba^ -uaa obai 28 
ojnn uw> *pajpja t ibm *prwiw Kin 29 

PSALMUS •ma i\ih )p : pa^ k 

Ceteteat 1 ' IpfiJ 1^ * OWIK Wp-^ai iWnK 2 

hoc suavis- t I I 

Ssist nSon n^ibrna ^na^n-S^i nim-m s 

cordiam et 

HIE Snuh naWTnrrSa'? wtnn wur^ah-^ 

nam plane 

Sumia y^bn i o^bmi ion ■ontDyon nntra n 

suos extol- 

Ht - mpn* my t nwa tsnnnn -py aitoa 6 
n^bb van ynv t DpwjrSaS d^s^idi rtiff» 7 



PSALM XCIX. C. CI. CI I. 



has been, 4 And the strength of the king has loved judgment, thou hast esta- 
blished-rectitude, judgment, and righteousness ; in Jacob thou hast made. 5 Ex- 
alt Jehovah our God, and bend yourselves for the footstool of his feet : holy he 
has been. 6 Moses and Aaron among his priests, and Samuel among those-who 
call upon his name-who have called upon Jehovah, and he shall hear them. 7 J n 
the pillar of the cloud he shall speak to them, they have kept his testimonies ; 
and the decree he has given for them. 8 Jehovah our God, thou hast heard them, 
God has been merciful for them, and he has taken revenge upon their works ; 
9 Exalt Jehovah our God, and bend yourselves for the mountain of his holiness, 
for holy Jehovah our God. 

psalm c. 

1 A song for praise ;-give praise for Jehovah all the earth : 2 Serve the Jeho- 
vah with gladness ; enter for his face with exultation ; 3 Know for Jehovah him- 
self God, he has made us and not we, his people : and the sheep : of his pasture ; 
4 Enter his gates with praise, his courts : with glory ;-give praise for him, and 
bless his name. 5 For good Jehovah, for an age his mercy, and to generation and 
generation, his truth ; 

\ 

PSALM CI. 

1 For David, a psalm. Mercy and judgment, I-shall sing for thee, O Jehovah, 
I shall sing. 2 I-will regulate in the way : of-perfection, when wilt thou come to 
me, I myself shall walk in the integrity of my heart, in the middle of my house. 
3 I shall not place for the presence of mine eyes : the word of Belial, to make 
those-who turn aside, I have hated, it shall not adhere to me. 4 A perverse heart 
shall recede from me, the wicked I shall not know.- 5 Who-slanders in secret his 
neighbour, him I shall cut off, proud of eyes : and elevated of heart, him I shall 
not bear. 6 My eyes : upon the-faithful of the earth :-to dwell with me, walking 
in the way : of-perfection, he shall serve me. 7 He shall not dwell in the middle 
of my house, making guile ; speaking lies, he shall not be-established for the pre- 
sence of my eyes : 8 For the-dawn, I shall cut off all the-wicked of the earth :-to 
-destroy from the city ; of Jehovah all-who work iniquity. 

psalm en. 

1 An address for the poor, for he shall overwhelm, and for the presence of* Je- 
hovah, he shall pour forth his prayer. 2 Jehovah hear my prayer ; and my cry to 
thee will come. 3 Thou wilt not hide thy face from me, in the day of distress for 
me,-incline to me thine ear ; in the day I will call, hasten, hear me. 4 Because 
my days have failed as smoke, and my bones : as a fire have been burned. 5 As 
the herb-has been-cut down, and my heart has dried because I have forgotten 

h 3 



de- 
monstrate. 



99. 100. 101. 102. *tp p m vhr\r\ 

4 ont^o rvuiD rin^ arm toa^o ^So ?yi ♦♦ Kin sag 
n ra&wi loon t rwy nna apyn npi^i BStra 
e n^o : Kin snip vSjh DinS unwni wnStf 
mrr-Stf owhp wnpa Skiwi rondo pn*o 

7 iwy dh^k nan*' py Toys ♦♦ pyr» Kim 

8 Sn orroy- nna wrh& nw no^-jra pm 

9 mnSx mrn loon : DmS^Sy-Sy Dpn nnb mn 

♦ wrhx mm tsmp-o wrp nnb unn^m 
$ ♦ parrSa mrr^ lynn nmnS niaro p 
s 2 pa ijrr : rum rosS 1*0 nnm nim-nK nay 
jk^i ioy urna kSi wy dniSk Kin mm 
4 liin nSnm vrmn nninn wye? i*o : irvjno 
nnmyi Hon obiyS mm nito-D irro iS 
k mon tod thS Np : iraiftK mi 

2 n^n ths nS^K : mora mm nS mwK d^^^i p^rL 

I 1 in persona 

I III sua, officia 

s -*6 nrvo rnps ^DTDm "fnnK Nisn ^no igjjgj 
Tiiop twoo-nt^y Sytami wy rwK pis ' 
n 4 vjnbo t yna kS yn vj££ tid^ £>py ssb i tii pST 
in** ssS snm D^y-nru rvmx miK myn mos 
e 7m *]Sn noy ratrS pNroaKtt wy t Sdik 
7 tips npy irvo mps nt^-aS •orw Kin D^n 
s -Sd rra^K D^psb ♦ wy ittb p^-aS onpts? w 
:pK ^d-Sd nimmyo nmnb pK-^ytn 
k mm rpyr^ ^yb nban sp PS C A ^ US 
2 Kinn 7 Sk ^nyit^i ^nSsn nyD^ mn^ t in^ gfef ; 

3 yix ^N-ntDH Dvn ^dd *pfi inon-SK 

4 ^nio^yi ^ jt^yn iSd^d : nno *opK ovn S 
n^nn^ ^ ^1 n^y^ noin nnro ipioD 



PSALMUS 
C. 

Docet nun- 
quam inter- 
mittendas, 
esse gratia- 
rum actio- 



tum consis- 
tere. 



PSALMUS 



magna cala- 
mitate con- 
stituti, apud 
Deum la- 
mentantis 
queru- 
lantis, ut 



PSALM XCVI. XCVII. XCVIII. XCIX. 



it shall not move. He shall judge the people : in-rectitude. 11 The heavens 
shall rejoice, and the earth : be glad, the sea shall roar and its fulness. 12 The 
field shall exult, and all that is in it, then all the trees of the wood shall be-glad. 
13 For the face of Jehovah, for he has come, for he has come-to judge the earth : 
he shall judge the world ; in righteousness, and the-people : in his truth ; 

PSALM XCVII. 

1 Jehovah has reigned, the earth : shall exult, and the many islands shall re- 
joice. 2 Clouds and darkness his circuit, righteousness and judgment the esta- 
blishment of his throne. 3 Fire : for his face will go, and around will bum his 
enemies. 4 His lightnings-have enlightened the world ; the earth : has seen and 
will tremble. 5 The mountains as wax have been dissolved from the face of Je- 
hovah, from the face of the Lord of the whole earth : 6 The heavens-have declar- 
ed his righteousness, and all the-people : have seen his glory. 7 Shall be-asham- 
ed all-who serve a graven image,-who boast themselves in idols, bend your- 
selves for him, O ye gods. 8 Zion has heard and will rejoice, and the daughters ; 
of Judah will exult for the sake-of thy judgments, O Jehovah. 9 For thou, O 
Jehovah, the Most High upon all the earth : thou hast been exalted very much 
above all the gods. 10 They-who love Jehovah have hated evil, keeping the souls : 
of his-darling, from the hand : of the-wicked, he-shall rescue them. 11 Light 
has been-sown for the righteous, and joy ; for the-upright of heart. 12 Be glad 
ye-righteous in Jehovah, and give praise for the remembrance of his holiness. 

psalm xcvm. 

1 A psalm-sing for Jehovah, a new song, for he has done wonders ; his right 
hand-has given salvation for him, and the arm ; of his holiness. 2 Jehovah-has 
made known his salvation ; for the eyes : of the nations he has revealed his right- 
eousness ; 3 He has remembered his mercy and his truth ; to the house of Israel, 
and all the bounds of the earth : have seen the salvation ; of our God.- 4 Give 
praise, for Jehovah, all the earth : send forth a noise, and exult and sing. 5 Sing 
for Jehovah, with the harp, with the harp and the voice of a psalm ; 6 With trum- 
pets ; and the sound of a cornet,-praise for the face of the King Jehovah. 7 The 
sea shall roar and the fulness of it, the world ; and dwellers in it. 8 The rivers 
shall clap the hand ; at the same time the mountains shall exult. 9 For the face 
of Jehovah, for he has come-to judge the earth : he shall judge the world ; in 
righteousness, and-people : in-rectitude. 

PSALM XCIX. 

1 Jehovah has reigned, the-people : shall tremble, sitting the cherubim, the 
earth : will move, 2 Jehovah in Zion great, and he has been-exalted above all 
the-people : 3 They shall celebrate thy name great, and dreaded, holy 

h 2 



Etiam hoc 
psalmo in 
eodem ar- 
guments 
pergit. 
que ampli. 
tudine et 
majestate 
hujus Reg 



PSALMI 96. 97. 98. 99. m rrc rc is 
Sjm own ins^ t d^dj? pT Bion-Sn u 

cdd^S *o •o *o mm v&S t ip-^yhz urn 13 
♦♦ irwoatt o^jn p*m Sarrtofipi pxn 
psalmus d^k inotyi pan Sjn nSa mm re * 

X C V I I. • 1 ' * *> 

♦ indd poo osbwi p-r^ vmd Sfinjn » o>ai 2 
■£. vp-o hwi • I'm* anSm nSn viaS 3 4 
n . vzba 1D03 Jnro onn pan Snrn nnjn n 
sfH? ''P' 1 ^ wnmn **p^tSdp^kW?£ mm 6 

no^ni nyDtr d^hSk-Sd ib-nnn&Ti cpS^kd » 
-a * mm ^bs^o jyftS rnnm nua m^m p^ 9 
"Sp xvSyj tko pan-Srby p% mm nnx 
vtdh m^w noty jn hop mm^riK iDvfar^ 1 

: iKHp -orb mm mrro tfpm mop ♦♦ nhatr 12 

♦ 1trT P ^"njwin ntry nia^M 2 

Est autem f_ f 

Suo TO ad om- ^ Dn ♦ mpis rm D^n tjt? injnts^ mm 3 

nigenam ? ? f 

geoX- ^JW 1 n ^ pN -, »DSN-7D l*n 7N1B^ nD7 irtilOKI 

num capes- f f f 

Sa e m %dt ♦ roi ^m imsa pNn-73 mm? ijnn wrna 4 

candam ? | 

prodeunte. ♦ ITO 71 pi TOM TtfM PH/lV Y\W H 6 

ikSoi d^h Djrv ♦ mm ^Sdh^qS ijrnn Sipi 7 

p^M San-DSts^ pi<n Di]^ 1 ? Nr^ mn^aS 9 
irjim mm m % D-nt^oa D^oyi k 

flrliL D ^ ^ nj| P^^ n,,ni : P Kn M ™ 2 

Relnotc W J 0^^^-^^ N1H 3 



f 

PSALBT 
X C 



PSALM XCIV. XCV. XCVI. 



iniquity. 17 Unless Jehovah assistance ; for me as a little, my soul : has possess- 
ed silence ; 18 If I have said, my foot : moved ; thy mercy, O Jehovah, shall sup- 
port me. 19 In the multitude of my thoughts within me, thy consolations shall 
very much delight my soul : 20 Shall the throne of-iniquity ; associate with thee, 
forming iniquity upon the precept ? 21 They shall assemble against the soul : of 
the just, and the blood of the innocent they-shall condemn. 22 And Jehovah 
shall be for me for a tower, and my God for the rock of my trust. 23 And ren- 
der upon them their iniquity, and in their evil ; he shall cut them off, Jehovah 
our God shall cut them off. 



psalm xcv. 

1 Come, we shall give praise for Jehovah, we-shall exult for the rock of our 
salvation. 2 We shall come before his-face, in praise ; in songs ; we— shalt exult 
for him. 3 For God a great Jehovah, and a great King above all gods. 4 Whose 
in his hand : the recesses of the earth : and the-strength ; of the mountains for 
him. 5 Whose for him the sea, and he hath formed it, and the dry ; his hands : 
have formed. 6 Come we shall fall down, and we shall bend, we shall bend the 
knee for the-face of Jehovah our Maker. 7 For he is our God, and we the peo- 
ple : of his pasture ; the sheep : of his hand : this day, if in his voice you will hear, 
8 You will not harden your heart as Meribah ; as in the day of Massa ; in the de- 
sert. 9 Which your fathers have tempted me, they have proved me, even they 
have seen my work. 10 Forty ; years ; I shall contend with this generation, and 

I have said, people :-who err of heart they, and they have not known my ways : 

II Which I have been sworn in my wrath, if they shall enter to my rest ; 



psalm xcvi. 



1 Sing for Jehovah-sing a new song for Jehovah, all the earth :- 2 Sing for Je- 
hovah, bless his name, declare from day to day his salvation ; 3 Tell among the 
nations his glory, among all the-people : his wonders ; 4 For great Jehovah, and- 
praised very much, dreaded he has been by all the gods. 5 For all the gods of 
the-people idols, and Jehovah has made the heavens. 6 Glory and honour for 
his face, strength and glory ; in his sanctuary. 7 Bring for Jehovah, ye families ; 
of the people : bring for Jehovah glory and strength. 8 Bring for Jehovah the 
glory of his name, bring gifts ; and enter his courts : 9 Bend yourselves for Jeho- 
vah in the glory ; of holiness-fear from his-face all the earth : 10 Say among the 
nations, Jehovah has reigned even the world ; shall be-strengthened 

H 



PSALMUS 



94. 95. 96. ms ^ ®fom 

17 hoh roDP dj;dd *>S nrnry Him ^SiS pa 
is ; vnyoi mm ttdh ^ ntoo vnaK-DK t hpsj 
19 j itrS3 -pirun mps isjrw m 

i d -hy t pn-by hoy *w nun kdd ^-omn 

22 viSni upd 1 ? b mm vri : ijwvipj Dm pm trsj 

23 Qnjrai ojin-hk DmSy d^i : ^ono ttcS 

t wrbx mm feWBjfr* onw 
k : ttjn^ m^S hjhj mn^ H^ro iD7 
3 2 Shj Sk "o : iS jrn: ni-on nmro vjs H^np^ 

^ I raelem, ut 

4 its ♦ omWSrSy Shj ~|Sfti sH|£ 

J l exemplo 

n Kim d\i itt^k * I? onn mayim p^-npnn jflpa. 

tudine in- 

e njro:i mnn^j i*o * w h^i iH^y SSL. 

• » pietate et 

7 im^x xih •o * nim-^&7 ro-oj ffisffi* 

t iywn iSprDK dvh it jn» lmjno nruKi 
9 s -raw : nmon noo di^d rtsHfij mmS ipprrStf 

1 d^dik : byz i&-rai "ouro ddwdk ^im 
i^t-hS tarn on *ym Dy honi toip^ 

ii pnnuo-btf parrotf VijntsttHPK pgrpf 

k HimS iw tsnn w mimS to it* psalmus 

2 $N?a uap ira HimS rw pan-So 

S, tus h u jus 

HIM tnjQ HSD : Wjnt^ DVTDVO 

4 Min **rvo tno 77noi mm thj-o : vrmbbi tur - 
n abbx zzrayn viSn-Sd *o * d^Sk-SdS^ 
e m-wani msh mrniHin t nwy mm 
7 mmS inn o^oy mna^o mmS ian : wnpon 
s indi nn^o-iKsy tim mmS wjn niM 
9 flpo t^n ^Tp-n-Hna mmS iinnt^n nwr^nS 
» ^nn pDn-r|K Him anja hok : pKm^D 



PSALM XCII. XCIII. XCIV. 



shall not understand this : 8 When-the-wicked flourish as the grass, and all-who 
work iniquity shall blossom, that-they-may be-dissipated for time. 9 And thou 
-exalted for an age, O Jehovah, 10 For, lo, thine enemies, O Jehovah, for, lo, 
thine enemies shall perish, they shall themselves be-dissipated, all-who work ini- 
quity. 11 And thou wilt exalt as the unicorn my horn: I have-beeh-anointed 
with fresh oil. 12 And my eyes : shall behold on account-of my enemies, when- 
they rise against me,-who-work evil my ears ; shall hear. 13 The just as the 
palm tree shall flourish, as the cedar in Lebanon he shall multiply.- 14 Planted in 
the house of Jehovah, in the courts : of our God they-shall flourish. 15 Still they 
shall be-fruitful in old age ;-fat and-green they shall be. 16 That-they-may de- 
clare for right, Jehovah my strength, no iniquity ; in him. 



psalm xcur. 

1 Jehovah has reigned, he has put on, glory ; Jehovah has put on strength, he 
hath girded himself, even the world ; shall be-established, it shall not move. 
2 Thy throne has been established, from this from eternity thou. 3 The floods ; 
have lifted up, O Jehovah, the floods ; have lifted up their voice, the floods ; shall 
lift up their-breaking. 4 Before the-sound ; of many waters-strong billows of 
the sea, strong in height, Jehovah 5 Thy testimonies • have been established 
very much, for thy house the glory holiness, O Jehovah, for the length of days. 



psalm xciv. 

1 The God of-avenging ; Jehovah the God of-avenging ;-hath shined. 2 O 
Judge, of the earth :-raise-give retribution to the-proud. 3 How long the- wick- 
ed, O Jehovah, how long the-wicked shall exult ? 4 They-shall boil up, they 
shall speak hard, they themselves shall declare, all-who work iniquity. 5 Thy 
people : O Jehovah, they will bruise, and thy heritage ; they will afflict. 6 The 
widow ; and the stranger they will slay, and the orphans they will kill. 7 And 
they shall say, Jah shall not see, and the God of Jacob-shall not understand.— 
8 Understand ye-brutish among the people : and ye-stupid when-will you consi- 
der ? 9 Has he the ear ; planted ? shall he not hear ? if he has formed the eye : shall 
he not see ? 10 Has he corrected the nations ? shall he not reprove? who-has taught 
man knowledge ; 11 Jehovah has known the thoughts of man, for they vain. 12 O 
the-blessedness of the man whom, O Jah, thou wilt direct, and from thy law ; 
wilt teach him— 13 To-give rest for him from the days of evil, till a ditch ; for the 
wicked shall be-dug. 14 For Jehovah shall not forsake his people : and his in- 
hpritance ; he will not leave. 15 For to righteousness judgment shall turn, and 
after it all-who are upright of heart. 16 Who shall rise for me against those-who 
hate me ? who himself shall stand for me against those-who work iniquity ? 



PSALMI 92. 93. 94. 1? M 

obi»b k" 3 dS^S dvid nnw : ly-ny did^hS pat bwhi 9 
tow rums mm nan ^ ♦* nfrn 1 
pao ^nSa \np mm :pa ^ys-SD vnam " 
myotrn D^jno ^ tfopn *U4tt tonm j pjn 12 
: paifea mm mff> ioro pnv t 13 
TV ♦ inns'* uviSn nrwn mm hto a^nty 14 ^ 
w> ifo Tirb nvn D^ym dwt nrwa psi^n 
« HnSy^ m mm 

p x s ™ nmnn ?y mn^ taoS mao mn^ k 
Re?ni de Dei abiyo tno hkdd pro * t^DrrSa bin tfssrrhst 2 

uianifesta- } • » • ' 

tione ' D?ip nun: mm rmm inko : nna* 3 
dh^k d^i mSpo : qw ririro wan 4 
ikd ^my : mm dvim d^-topo n 
* dw "p^b hitv mp-mao ^noS 

psalmus *<mr\ :ysin mop: Sa* mm niopr^K n 2 

xciv. r it ' f 

0otr D^KH TV^y ♦ DWty Sl^ Mil pKHDSBf 3 

proborum . 

tf 2M£ noam pny nnan** lyoi I iny* D^ytsn ^no-ny mm 4 
$ uy> inbmi iaoT mm -py t pa ^Sys-So n 
-na<m nom 1 mrv owrn mm n:n h^dSk e 7 
d^ddi oyn Dnyn iiia t spy^ yiSn nSi * s 
py i^dk y w atSn pat ytoan ; b^wr\ vio 9 
:nyn dtk toSoh m:m atSn tfunDTi a*Sn 1 
nam ntra* :Snn non-o mat nia^no y^ rtw n 12 

iDj; n^n^ ^co^-kS v t nntr y^nS nn^ ny jn h 
-Sd mnw mpo 31^ pimy-^ * 3^ ^ inSnai id 



PSALM XC. XCI. XCII. 



in-strength ; eighty ; years ; and their strength, labour, and iniquity, for he has 
receded suddenly, we shall fly off. 11 For who has known the strength of thy 
wrath ? and as thy fear ; thy wrath ;- 12 To number our days thus,-make us to 
know, and we shall apply the heart wisdom ; 13 Turn, O Jehovah, how long, 
and-repent for thy servants. 14 Satisfy us in the morning thy mercy, we shall 
rejoice and be-glad in all our days. 15 Exhilarate us according-to the days thou 
has afflicted us, the years we have seen evil ; 16 Thy work shall appear upon 
thy servants, and thy glory upon their sons. 17 And the pleasure of the Lord our 
God shall be upon us, and the work of our hands : establish upon us, the work 
of our hands : establish it. 

PSALM XCI. 

1 He-who dwells in the secret of the Most High, in the shade of the Almigh- 
ty, shall himself abide. 2 I have said for Jehovah, my hope and my tower ; my 
God, I will hope in him. 3 For he-shall rescue thee from the net of the hunter, 
and from the plague of-calamity ; 4 With his wings ; he shall cover for thee, and 
under his skirts : thou wilt-be safe, a shield ; and buckler ; his truth ; 5 Thou wilt 
not fear from the terror of the night, from the arrow it shall fly daily, 6 From the 
pestilence in darkness, it shall walk from destruction, it shall destroy, mid-day. 
7 Shall fall from thy side a thousand : and ten thousand ; from thy right hand to 
thee it shall not approach. 8 Only with thine eyes : thou wilt behold, and the re- 
tribution ; of the-ungodly thou shalt see. 9 For thou, O Jehovah my hope, thou 
hast placed the Most High thy habitation. 10 Evil ; shall not happen to thee, 
and punishment shall not approach in thy tabernacle. 11 For his angels he shall 
command for thee,-to keep thee in all thy ways : 12 Upon hands : they shall lift 
thee, lest thou wilt strike on a stone ; thy foot : 13 Upon the lion, and the ser- 
pent, thou wilt tread, thou wilt trample the young lion and the dragon. 14 For 
in me he has delighted, and I shall deliver him, I will exalt him, for he has known 
my name. 15 He shall call on me, and I shall answer him, with him I in difficul- 
ty ; I will rescue him and shall glorify him. 16 Length of days, I-shall satisfy 
him, and he shall behold my salvation ; 



PSALM XCII. 

1 A psalm, a song, for the day of Sabbath: 2 Good-to-give praise for Je- 
hovah, and-to sing for thy name, O Most High.- 3 To-declare in the morning 
thy mercy and thy truth ; in the-night. 4 Upon a decachord and upon nebel, with 
meditation upon the harp. 5 For thou hast rejoiced me, O Jehovah, in thy 
work, in the works of thy hands : I shall be-glad. 6 How great thy works, O 
Jehovah, thy thoughts ; have been very deep. 7 A foolish man has not known, 
and a fool 



securitatem 
in Deo, 



90. 91. 92. ^ m v o^nn 

pi fihj pan Sby cnmi fti^ miotp fnirm 
12 ii hodS -jmay "ina-voi -pa ry jm^a * nfyw 
if m.T nm&r neon ss^ii jrnn p wbi 
m ytdh npM ijjdp ^najr^y Drum tid-v 
id urrcy moo tthop I u^-Sdd nnowi mrm 
is ^nm -pSya ftajrta mra : njn i^sn 

k piSrv nts? p^y nnos 2& w PSALMUS 
32^ : "D-nc^K wivoi ^ono mmS idk 

piorum feli- 

4 hd^ m-DiO : nun tno trip** nao -fw Min ~w 

I I I securitatem 

n kS * won mnoi nonn v^rnnm 
e -d-to ♦ taott tpjfl pno rbh nnso N^n 
7 nrn-n qS^ ^reo Sir' Dm* w atspo ^Sm 
s noSisn cran -pyn pn aw *6 -pSa *pwo 
9 p^>y ^dhd rrwr nnmD : n*on D^tsn 

1 mp^S y:m run -pSx ruNn-aS ? -py® 
ii tyyH mL ?tt "pmh T^nw vdnSd *o 

is 12 Sn^-Sy * -jSjn pso ^:n-p n^w^ cparSy 
14 incoStDNi ptrn •fc t pani tad oonn "pin jnsi 

is mjroBW -p** : imMKi lrrcSriK Hiso 

2 p% -p^S no? 1 ?! rnrrS nmnS aito ? rtn^n 
4 3 nwjpSy j r^S^o ^n^ioKi *pon npM tjhS 
n miT ^nnop >a i -mm p^n Snr^ 



PSALMUS 

X C I 1. 
Earn lauda- 
tissimam 
religionem 
et cultum 
Dei esse, 
qua? in con- 
sideratione 
consilio- 
rum atque 
operum 
Dei consis- 



PSALM LXXXIX. XC. 




and with stripes their iniquity. 34 And my mercy I-will not take from, with 
him, and I will not be-false in my truth ; 35 I will not prophane my covenant ; 
and the produce of my lips I shall not change. 36 Once I have been sworn by my 
holiness ; since for David shall I lie ? 37 His seed for an age shall be, and his 
throne as the sun my presence. 38 As the moon he shall be-established, an 
age, and a witness in the heaven faithful, Selah. 39 And thou hast repulsed and 
thou wilt despise, thou thyself hast been-angry with thine anointed. 40 Thou 
hast rejected the covenant ; of thy servant, thou hast profaned for the earth : his 
crown. 41 Thou hast broken down all his walls ; thou hast placed his fortresses a 
heap ; 42 All-who pass the way : have torn, it has been a reproach ; for its neigh- 
bours. 43 Thou-hast exalted the right hand ; of his enemies, thou-hast gladdened 
all his enemies. 44 Even thou-shalt blunt the edge of his sword ; and-hast thou 
in battle ; raised him ? 45 Thou-hast made to cease his splendour, and his throne 
for the earth : thou hast cast down. 46 Thou-hast abbreviated the days of his 
youth, thou-hast covered upon him shame ; Selah. 47 How long, O Jehovah ? wilt 
thou conceal for an age, will thy wrath ; burn as fire ? 48 Remember, I how tran- 
sitory, upon what in vain, hast thou created all the sons of men ? 49 What man shall 
live and shall not see death ? shall rescue his soul : from the hand : of the grave : Se- 
lah. 50 Where thy mercies ancient, O Lord, thou hast been sworn for David in thy 
truth ; 51 Remember, O Lord, the reproach ; of thy servants, I have carried in my 
bosom all the people :-many. 52 That my enemies have reproached, O Jehovah, 
that they have reproached the steps ; of thy Messiah. 53 Blessed Jehovah, for an 
age, amen, and amen. 



psalm xc. 



1 A prayer ; for Moses the man of God, O Lord, a habitation thou hast been 
for us in generation and generation. 2 Before that the mountains have been-pro- 
duced, and thou wilt form the earth : and the globe ; and from an age to time an 
age, thou God. 3 Wilt thou turn man to destruction, and thou wilt say, return 
sons of Adam. 4 For a thousand : years ; in thy eyes : as a day heretofore, for it 
shall pass, and a watch ; in the night. 5 Thou hast inundated them, a sleep ; 
shall be, in the morning as grass, he shall change. 6 In the morning he-shall 
flourish, and he has renewed for the evening he shall be-cut down, and he shall 
be-dried. 7 For we have been-consumed, in thine anger : and in thy wrath ; we 
have been terrified. 8 Thou hast placed our iniquities ; for thy presence, our se- 
crets in the light of thy face. 9 For all our days have declined from thine anger ; 
we have consumed our years ; as a meditation. 10 The days of our years in them 
seventy years ; and if, 



PSALMI 89. 90. ^ 05 

npfcw kSi loyo tsn-kS noiii t eww e^JMfi ™ 
xh ^natr xyioi to SSiik-kS : v\3id*o nS 
ijnr ♦ -thS-dk wpa inyatw nn** : tokw 3 6 s? 

*?yi pD^ JTYO ; ^3 KfDEOINDDI nVTDStyS 88 

nn^nn DKom nmr nnNi : nSo jom pn^n w 
* inn paS nSSn -pDy nnn nmw : *]rwo-Dy o 
-So ihdp : nnno rao notr iwrrSs nma 41 42 
•mis po*» nionn t m&h nam rrn -p*T voy ^ 
inopn nSi imn *vrc i^n^K : vd^n-Sd nnotpn 44 
; nn-uo paS inddi imoo ra^n ; n.onSoa no 
nony : nSo n^ia vSy n^oyn voiSy ^ nn^pn 46 47 
j "]non kw-iod nynn mh mon mm 4 8 
^o : Dn*03rS:D n*ro Ki^-no-Sy nSn-no 49 
: nSo SiNtrTO ipsj oSo^ mo-nam nSi mm 
iyuio^nnnSny^rnK on&yinn -pon ma 3 
:D^oy dwSd ^pTD ^nK^ "pay nam ^hk nar 51 
:"|rwo niapy ism ntsw mm -p^iK 15m i^k 52 

SoSsirvi nyo i«n Dvtaxn-t^N ntpoS nSsn ^ * 

Dei, divi- I * 

SuSefgra. CD^H DH02 T "HI TW 137 H^ll nn«2 

tiam in nu- 

5KR/T * ^ nna oSiy-ny oriyoi Sam pa 77mm 

utouepopu- f 

mine afflic- J 

elS, u pa! x ' miotswi nay ^ mon^s era "p^ya xzsw 
npaa * t]Sn^ -v^ro npaa v>m ononr ♦♦ xhbi n e 
^fito wkro : wi any 1 ? rf?m pp 7 

tindS i307y "p33S i3^r\3iy rw x i3^nM ^nDnni^^ 
-ids uvur i3^D ^nnnyn 13a wqvSd ^ : t»3S » ' 
dki n3ty CD^yatr ana wnw-ioi tmn ^ 



cem et qui 
eta tempora 
largiri dig- 
netur, oran- 
tis. 



PSALM LXXXIX. 



thy truth ; with my mouth. 3 For I have said, an age thy mercy shall be-built, 
the heavens, thou wilt establish thy truth in them. 4 I have struck a covenant ; 
for my chosen, I have been sworn for David my servant. 5 To an age I-shall 
establish thy seed, and I have biiilt for generation and generation thy throne, Se- 
lah. 6 And the heavens shall praise thy miracle, O Jehovah, even thy truth ; in 
the assembly of the-holy. 7 For who in the heaven will compare to Jehovah ? 
shall liken to Jehovah among the sons of the gods ? 8 God dreaded much in the 
congregation of the-holy, and feared upon all his circuits. 9 Jehovah the God of 
armies, who as thou ; strong Jah, and thy truth ; thy circuits ; 10 Thou ruling in 
the swellings ; of the sea, when-they raise their billows thou wilt quiet them. 
11 Thou hast broken as wounded Egypt, by the arm ; of thy strength thou hast 
dispersed thine enemies. 12 For thee, the heavens even for thee the earth : the 
world : and its fulness ; thou hast founded them. 13 The north and the south 
thou hast created them, Tabor and Hermon in thy name shall rejoice. 14 For 
thee an arm ; with strength ; thou wilt strengthen thy hand : thy right hand ; shall 
be-exalted. 15 Justice and judgment the basis of thy throne, mercy and truth ; 
shall precede thy-face. 16 O the-blessedness of the people-who know the jubi- 
lee ; O Jehovah, in the light of thy-face, they shall walk. 17 In thy name they 
-shall rejoice all the day, and in thy righteousness ; they shall be exalted. 18 For 
the glory ; of their strength thou, and in thy good- will shall be-exalted our horn : 
19 Because for Jehovah our shield, and for the Holy of Israel our King. 20 Then 
thou hast spoken in vision for thy darling, and thou wilt say I have placed strength 
upon the powerful, I-have exalted elected from the people : 21 I have found Da- 
vid my servant, with the oil of my holiness I have anointed him. 22 Whom my 
hand : shall strengthen with him, even my arm ; shall make him strong. 23 The 
enemy shall not exact from him, and the son of iniquity ; shall not humble him. 
24 And I have bruised from his face his enemies, and those-who hate him I will 
strike, 25 And my truth ; and my mercy with him, and in my name his horn : 
shall be-exalted. 26 And I have placed in the sea his hand : and in the rivers his 
right hand ; 27 He shall call me my father thou my God the Rock of my salva- 
tion ; 28 Even I my first-born will place him high for the kings of the earth : 
29 For an age I will keep for him my mercy and my covenant ; has been truth 
for him, 30 And I have placed for an age his seed, and his throne as the days of 
the heavens. 31 If his sons shall leave my law ; and in my judgments have not 
walked. 32 If my statutes ; they shall profane, and my precepts ; they shall not 
keep. 33 And I have visited with the rod : their perverseness,. 



Dei opera, 
et imprimis 
prseclara ilia 
prorhissa 
avidi fac 
com- 
meinorat : 
tandem 

po- 

calamitates, 

o et 
. de- 

plorat. 



89. cte a^nn 
5 aw *7Dn obiy ^rhD^-ti n&a 
4 mya w •mnab ma mna ♦♦ ana ^raoK pn u 
n nnrnnS m^iai -|yit paK D^y-iy p^y inS § 
e ^n^oK-^K nam ? nSo -jam S]| 

7 mm 1 ? hot mmb -py pntwo ^ :DwpSnpa S 

8 -by mm nan tftsHp-moa pyj Sk d^>k *oaa 

9 m pon -poa^D mNas viSk mm : ra^ao-ba 
^ Kv^a D^n niKJia Sena nnK ♦♦ ^vyq'Od ^raioKi 
n yrna am bbna nKai nnK i onatpn nns* vhi 
-San 

13 man Dnioa nnK p^i pss t omo^ nnK naSai 

14 -pi ?yn nmaroy ynr^S t uro *pt^a panm 
^ n&Ki "ton ~|kdd pao to&pDi pis ♦ -p^ onn 
16 mKa mm nyrm ^yr oyn n^K t -pa lonpi 
17 : iarv» ^np^ai ormSa pSm -ppa ? paSm-ps 

19 18 *o t iir»p o°-m -pmai nnK inry masm-D d™ 
a prna-nnai ?k t uaSo hmw pnpSi ftftS mmb 
Tina miom marSy iry w ijwffl -\Torh 
22 21 n^K ttwd wp jdbo nay Iff ma^o t oyo 

23 ia a^K jwnS $ WDKn ^yrr^K ioy pan 

24 raoiroi v*fit yusd mmai s my kS nViypi 
na j inp arm wai loy norn m^ioKi t 

27 se *»aK ^mp) ton : mnn^ai it a^a toi 

28 p^Sy imnN maa ^K-f]K my w ^>k nnK 

29 nioKH rnmai Hon iSmo^K D^yS : pK-^aboS 
si S ia?y^-DK * wis® ^a iKDai -ijnr nyS mo^i j 

sampn-aK :paS^ kS ^D^oai mimn r^a 
33 nay^a mm mnpsi : kS m«oi iSSn^ 



PSALM LXXXVI. LXXXVII. LXXXVIII. LXXXIX. 



for thy servant, and-save the son of thy handmaid ; 17 Make with me a sign : 
for good, and those-who hate me shall see, and shall be-ashamed, for thou ; O 
Jehovah, hast assisted me, and hast comforted me. 

PSALM LXXXVII. 

1 For the sons of Korah, a psalm, a song, his foundation ; in his holy moun- 
tains. 2 Jehovah hath desired the gates of Zion before all the habitations ; of Ja- 
cob. 3 Glories-told concerning thee, O city ; of God, Selah. 4 I-shall remem- 
ber Egypt and Babel, for those-who know me, lo, Palestine and Tyre, with Ethi- 
opia, this has been-born there. 5 And for Zion he shall say, man and man has 
been-born in her, and he the Most High will strengthen her. 6 Jehovah will 
number, when-he shall describe the people : this has been-born there, Selah. 
7 And singers as dancers, all my fountains : in thee. 

PSALM LXXXVIII. 

1 A song, a psalm, for the sons of Korah, for the conqueror upon Mahalath-to 
sing, intelligence for Heman the Ezrahite. 2 Jehovah the God of my salvation ; 
day I have called in the night thy presence. 3 My prayer ; shall enter for thy 
face, incline thine ear ; for my cry ; 4 For my soul : has been-filled ; with-evil ; 
and my life ; for the grave :-has touched. 5 I have been accounted with those- 
who descend into the sepulchre, I have been as a man, not strength, 6 Among the 
-dead-free as-slain-who sleep sepulchre whom thou hast not remembered them 
any longer, and they from thy hand : have been cut off, 7 Thou hast placed me 
in the pit-low in the-darkness, and in the-deep ; 8 Upon me thy wrath ; has 
been-sustained, and from all thy billows thou hast afflicted, Selah. 9 Thou hast 
separated those-who-knew me, from me, thou hast placed me, abominations ; for 
them I have been shut up, I shall not escape. ]0 My eye : has wasted from af- 
fliction I have called upon thee, O Jehovah, in all the day, I have expanded to 
thee my hands ; 11 For the-dead wilt thou perform a wonder ? if the-dead shall 
rise, shall they praise thee ? Selah.— 12 Shall thy mercy be told in the sepulchre, 
thy truth ; in perdition ?- 13 Shall thy miracle be-known in darkness, and thy 
righteousness ; in the land : of oblivion ? 14 And I to thee, O Jehovah, have call- 
ed, and in the morning my prayer ; will anticipate thee. 15 For why, O Jehovah, 
wilt thou reject my soul :-wilt thou hide thy face from me ? 16 Afflicted I and ex- 
piring from youth I have carried thy terrors, I shall be-dubious. 17 Upon me 
have passed over, thine indignations ; thy terrors have dismayed me. 18 They 
have surrounded me as waters, all the day, they-have together, enclosed upon 
me. 19 Thou-hast separated from me, loving and companion-who knew me- 
darkness. 

PSALM LXXXIX, 

1 Understanding for Ethan, the Ezrahite. 2 The mercies of Jehovah an age, I 
-will sing for generation and generation, I-shall make known 

G 4) 



PSALMI 86. 87. 88. 89. D£ ?S ifl 

t vjnomi ^nnry mm nnN-o ixn 
Sxxvn. "nytt imiDi -w too rnp-onS m # 
SSJSl nm^o Sr>o mm spin :trrp 2 

onem, ad f ? 

SKtife *m * n ? D ^m^n Ty *p nraro 5 4 
ESf * Q^-nS^ m tsriD-Dy tm ntpSs run ^mb 

$ p^by nw\y> Kini nn^ tswi tsw now p^Si n 
□•nan * nSo D^-n 1 ^ n? D^oy amos nso^ « 7 
BSJSl^S tod w na ^d-Sd d^hd k 

!||| S^trD nvjh nbno-Sy maoS mp 

hominis, in \ | > 

guScon": H" 1 ^ nwD^npyrDi^nyw^n^N mm nmmn 2 

stituti,atque > f ♦ 

fiSK# njnero : ^nra ^dtk nan wan 73a 1 ? won 3 4 

querelis t i 

que calami- • , ♦ 

tatesexpri- ^ tfrStt t 7>K"pK "OJD ffl TD 6 

* r\m ^td nom my on-or^S law -Dp imbt 
hdod ^ j nibvo:: ownoa nvnnn nra •ontr 7 § 
•odd ijrpo npmn 1 nSo noy -|ra^D-b:n -|non 9 
p K" 3i vjy-vjD rD*o wy : area nSi kSs ioS noyin *antf s ^ 

nso^n : nSo ^rm loip^ bwffvw* abfiTitryn 12 
^kSs ^nn jrrvn * jrattt ^n^oK ^ron -ops 13 
npa'ai T\y w mm *\hx ^ki : mtso "inpTin 14 
■won mm mm nob ~|onpn vibsn id 

-pDX fnNKtt ny^D yUl *oy J ^3DO "]^£J i6 

^idd : ^inno^ ^niy^ yvrm ray ^y : nii$N 17 is 
dhk^dd npn-in nn^ by ifi^pn dvh-Sd d^od 19 
8 jn^S V'wo toa i ^no tt^o mi k 

pSus -111 nnS nn^N dSw mm non tTinwn 2 

znifica ^ ^ 



PSALMUS 
LXXXIX 

PraBdicat 
hie 

magnifies 



PSALM LXXXV. LXXXVL 



PSALM LXXXV. 

1 To the conqueror, for the sons of Korah, a psalm. 2 Thou hast accepted thy 
land : thou hast brought back, the-captivity ; of Jacob. 3 Thou hast remitted the 
iniquity of thy people : thou hast covered all their error ; Selah. 4 Thou hast re- 
moved all thy wrath ; thou-hast recalled from the heat of thine anger. 5 Turn 
us, O God, of our salvation, and-cause to cease thine anger with us. 6 For an 
age wilt thou be-angry with us, wilt thou extend thine anger for generation 
and generation ? 7 Wilt thou not turn, wilt thou not enliven us, and thy people : 
shall rejoice in thee?- 8 Make us to behold, O Jehovah, thy mercy, and thy salva- 
tion thou wilt give for us. 9 I shall hear what the Lord Jehovah shall speak, he 
shall speak peace to his people : and to his-holy, and they shall not turn to folly ; 
10 Even near for his- who fear, his salvation, glory-to dwell in our land : 11 Mer- 
cy and truth ; have been assembled, righteousness and peace have kissed. 
12 Truth ; from the earth : will bud, and righteousness from the heavens has been 
beheld. 13 Even Jehovah will give good, and our earth : shall give its fruit. 
14 Righteousness for his face shall walk, and he shall place for the way : his steps. 



PSALM LXXXVI. 

1 A prayer ; for David, incline, O Jehovah, thine ear ; answer me/ for poor and 
needy I. 2 Keep my soul : for kind I,-save thy servant, thou my God,-hoping 
in thee. 3 Pity me, O Lord, for to thee I will cry all the day. 4 Rejoice the 
soul : of thy servant, for to thee, O Lord, I will lift my soul : 5 For thou, O Lord, 
good and merciful and great benignity for all-who call on thee. 6 O Jehovah,- 
listen to my prayer ; and-attend to the voice of my requests ; 7 In the day of my 
distress ; I wilt call for thou wilt answer me. 8 Not as thou, among the gods, O 
Lord, and not according-to thy works. 9 All the nations which thou hast made 
shall come and shall bend themselves for thy face, O Lord, and they shall give 
glory for thy name. 10 For great thou, and hast done wonders ; thou God for 
alone.- 11 Teach me, O Jehovah, thy way : I will walk in thy truth ; unite my 
heart-to fear thy name. 12 I will praise thee, O Lord my God, with all my 
heart, and I will give glory to thy name for an age. 13 For thy mercy great 
upon me, thou-hast rescued my soul : from the grave : low ; 14 O God, the-proud 
have risen against me, and the congregation ; of the-strong have sought my soul : 
and they have not placed thee for their presence. 15 And thou, O Lord, merciful 
kind, prolonged of-wrath, great of mercy and truth ; 16 Look to me and pity me, 
give strength, 



post res- 
titutionem 
conver- 
sionem ex 
diuturna re- 
jectione ; 
atque pre- 
ut qua? 

jam 
tuerat 
facerc, ea 
perficere 
maturet. 



85. 86. us ns uknr\ 
2 k ynn nifT n^m : tod mp-^nS n^oS na m*>m 
o DnKtan-73 n^DD -py py nxtf 3 ; spy map rvw SKS?- 

L L 

e n DTijnn * nay ^5 nam ujn&n iffa* units? 
v m&rn nna kSh nn t6 -pa ^on un-tpNn II 

8 w«i -pon mm uK-in qrTO *pj» wnn * 

9 idi^ ^ mm San nnT-nD ? ^S-jnn 
^ nSonS im^-Sai VTorrStfi iojtSk diW 

11 rmrron n:nan "nnn ppS iW? nnp 

12 nasn pao mat** t )pm 01W1 pnv itsu&j 
is jnn m-\w niton jro mm-D:i ? dwd pin 
14 jgj * rays ynh ^m nsh pn^ t rhw 
k vjjro rnrn-nton inh nSan 
2 *pny ytsnn Tomn ^ mow t pinai 

■SU. « L * L *f quor'um- 

Vv^ **npN y?*on ^na :-p7K ntoinn vr?N nna sasst 

» ♦ Deum, ut 

4 •wm ^hn yhx *o nop * pvrrho jSAb. 

S> . sidiis impro- 

y? iDrrnm n?Di ma ^na nnro xpn &f 

e Sipn rrovprh ^nSsn mm nrrxn -pap 

s ? ■pan-pa t ^yn *o "]Knp& tttc dyo j wrarw 

9 jwy t?« crmrSn : -pewon pw xna DTiSiO 

*! Snr^n * -ppS innn'n *yi£b nnntsn wim 

ii rtw >mn t-p^ d\-iSk nnNrnitSsj rwjft nr>K 

i * *pw : hktS jaafe im ^rmn ^Spik ym 

is ^ ♦ dSi^S mzam laaV^oj ^hSk 

♦♦ rrnnn SiKt^D n^m ^Sy Shj -pon 

m ^Si w|» D^*ny myi % iop D^t d^hSk 

ito -pK parti dihi-Sk nnwi : tDinh "|iw 



PSALM US 
LXXX VI. 
Da- 



hoc mundo 
semper col- 
luctantur, 
tueri et ser- 
vare velit, 



PSALM LXXXIII. LXXXIV. 



the head. 4 Upon thy people : they-shall take crafty counsel, and they them- 
selves have consulted against thy hidden ones, 5 They have said come, and we- 
shall cut them off, from a nation, and the name of Israel shall not be-remembered, 
any longer. 6 For they have been combined, heart together, against thy cove- 
nant ; they shall prepare. 7 The tabernacles of Edom and of the Ishmaelites, 
Moab, and Hagarenes, 8 Gebal, and Ammon, and Amalek, Philistia with the dwel- 
lers of Shur. 9 Even Ashur joined with them, have been, seed ; for the sons of 
Lot, Selah. 10 Do for them as Midian, as Sisera, as Jabin, in the torrent of Ki- 
shon. 11 They have been destroyed in Endor, they have been dung for the earth. 
- 12 Place them their rulers as Oreb, and as Zeeb, and as Zeba, and as Zalmunna, 
all their princes. 13 Who have said, we shall inherit for us, the tabernacles of 
God. 14 My God-place them as a wheel, as chaff ; for the face of the wind : 
15 As fire : will burn the wood, and as flame ; will kindle the mountains. 16 So 
thou shalt pursue them with thy storm, and with thy tempest ; thou shalt trouble 
them. 17 Fill their faces shame, and they will seek thy name, O Jehovah, 
18 They shall be-ashamed and shall be-troubled to time, and they shall be-con- 
fused, and shall perish. 19 And they have known, for thou, thy name Jehovah, 
for alone the Most High upon all the earth : 



PSALM LXXXIV. 



1 To the conqueror, upon Gittith ; for the sons of Korah, a psalm. 2 How- 
chosen ; thy tabernacles ; O Jehovah of armies. 3 My soul : has-been pale with 
desire, and has failed for thy courts ; O Jehovah. My heart and my flesh shall 
cry to God, living. 4 Even the sparrow :-finding a house, and the swallow a nest 
for her, where she has placed her-young, Thine altars, O Jehovah of armies, 
my King and my God. 5 O the-blessedness of the dwellers in thy house, still 
they shall praise thee, Selah. 6 O the-blessedness of the man, strength for him 
in thee, ways in their heart. 7 Passing in the valley of Baca, a fountain they- 
shall place it, even the rain ; shall cover the pools ; 8 They have gone from virtue 
to virtue, they shall behold before God in Zion. 9 Jehovah, God of armies, hear 
my prayer ;-hearken, O God of Jacob, Selah. 10 Our shield behold, O God, and 
-look on, the face of thy Messiah. 11 For good a day in thy courts ; before a 
thousand : I have chosen myself to be in the threshold in the house of my God, 
before to dwell in the tabernacles of the wicked. 12 For a sun and a shield, Je- 
hovah God, grace and glory Jehovah shall give, he shall not forbid good for those 
-who walk in-integrity. 13 Jehovah of armies, O the-blessedness of the man 
trusting in thee ! 

g 2 



PSALMI 83. 84. IS J& 

sr. tick * -wisrSy ntjwi t» ia*^ nDjrSy twn 4 n 

spiratione • . • f 

d^kjwi dvtk ^SnK ♦ irroi nna yhy nrp ? 
^t^-oy rwhb pSojn pojn arum aaio b 
:nSo t^b-^b jmr m Day r?fo "npK-DJi *rmi 9 
noun t])wp hmz pn*o kid^dd pra onS-new 1 n 
mya imh:) iorw : hotkS pn vn navpjn 12 

W?jd iojw : d\iSk m*o hk uS-ntr^ 14 
tonSn mnbm -yrnjon t?tp : nvrosb t^pD id 
nSe :oSnnn ^haimi Damn p tann » n 
-ny brjn^ mm "pp wp^i pbp orros is 
mm nna-o ijnvi j yihttft nami 19 
lx a Sv? rvrurrSy mooS na parrbrty p% k 
Slu- mm mnuDtpo nnn^no :-vod mp-vD 1 ?* 

cundum sit • . , • 

mm nrrcrn ^a: nrto-D:n naooj :m*m* 

ni conversa- , 

fiSSST rvo rtirco nar d:i ; 7*r^K urv to w 4 

sacrosancta t 

SgSj™ -pmmttrniK mmSK nnirn^N n 1 ? jp 11111 
my *|no *wn : vta^n •obo maw mm rt 
t dmS^ mboD "p ib-ny trw n^K : rho "pbbm e 
n®]p ni^irD^ imrw pyo kmh poya ^ 7 

viSk nrwn Tiban nyop mams dyiSk mm 9 
^a Mni dmSk hni trho zpp ^ 
n^D tiainon ^nin^ ^Sno ^nwii ov-^ito n 
dmSk niiT poi irw •o :ytsn"^nNa nno ^hSk 12 

: "p d*tk ^n^K niKa^ mrv 13 



PSALM LXXX. LXXXI. LXXXII. LXXXIII. 

upon the son of Adam thou hast strengthened for thee. 19 And we will not re- 
cede from thee, thou wilt enliven us, and on thy name we shall call. 20 Jehovah. 
God of armies,-turn us,-make thy face to shine, and we shall be-saved. 



PSALM LXXXI. 



1 To the conqueror, upon Gittith ; for Asaph. 2 ^Shout for God our strength- 
sound for the God of Jacob. 3 Take a song and give the tabret the harp plea- 
sant with nebel. 4 Sound in the new moon the trumpet, in the appointed time, 
for the day of our festivity. 5 Because a statute for Israel, a judgment for the 
God of Jacob. 6 A testimony ; in Joseph he has placed it, when-he had depart- 
ed from the land : of Egypt, a language : I have not known I shall hear. 7 I- 
have brought from the burden his shoulder, and his hands ; from the kettle shall 
pass. 8 In difficulty ; thou hast called and I will rescue thee, I shall answer thee 
in the secret of thunder, I have tried thee at the waters of Meribah ; Selah. 
9 Hear, O my people : and I-shall testify for thee, O Israel, if thou wilt hearken 
for me. 10 Shall not be in thee a strange god, and thou shalt not bend thyself, 
for a god a deceiver. 11 I Jehovah thy God, who-making thee to ascend from 
the land : of Egypt-open thy mouth and I shall fill it. 12 And my people : has 
not listened to my voice, and Israel has not desired for me. 13 And I shall send 
him in the imaginations of their heart, and they have walked in their counsels ; 
14 For me has my people heard ? for me have Israel in my ways walked ? 15 As a 
little their enemies I-shall humble, and upon their enemies I-shall turn my hand : 
_16 Who hate Jehovah they shall lie for him, and shall be their time : for an age. 
17 And he-shall eat from the fat of corn ; and from the rock of honey, I-will sa- 
tisfy thee. 

PSALM LXXXII. 

1 A psalm for Asaph, God hath stood in the congregation ; of God, in the mid- 
dle of gods he shall judge. 2 How long will you judge iniquity and the faces of 
the-wicked you will lift ? Selah. 3 Judge the poor and the orphan, the humble 
and the needy-justify. 4 Rescue the poor and the needy from the hand : of the- 
wicked-deliver him. 5 They have not known, they have not understood in dark- 
ness ; they themselves shall walk, shall move all the foundations of the earth : 6 I 
have said, gods you and sons of the Most High all you. 7 Nevertheless as Adam 
ye shall die, and as one of the princes you shall fall. 8 Rise, O God, judge the 
earth : for thou shalt inherit in all nations. 

PSALM LXXXIII. 

1 A song, a psalm for Asaph. 2 O God, not silence for thee thou wilt not be 
-silent, thou will not be-quiet, O God. 3 For, lo, thine enemies shall rage and 
those-who hate thee have lifted 

G 



Memorat 
signia Dei 
populum 
ticura 



gratitcdinis 
du: i cor- 
dis accusat. 



80. 81. 82. 88. j& m m b D^Snn 

3 fit nKfi u^&rn nujfirc oyiSk m<T : xipi 

k t rpxb rvrvirrSy muoS nypm ?#ff f. 

3 2 rrariN^ tzpp viSkS ijrnn uny nviW?w:nn ;» 

f Israeiitic 

4 -law ^nro lypn ^rDy tod tyrum 5*5*55 
n *rhxb mm mn SiwS pn *o t dvS hdm I 
e onra pN-Sy inxip )m tpirro nn; * ripjH 
7 yod ioDty Sddo wrvon yap** ^jhthS ns^ 
s^pyx y&m) runp miD *nroyn nvro 
9 ioy yop nSo rano -proa Djn nno^ 

1 *p rrwtfS j hymrs'tM htnw *p rrpjwi 
n"pnSN%mm "ojk :*oa SnS mnntrn kSi it 
12 -kSi : ihnSdni ^s-smn onuo pa& *f?j»n 

14 yotr * DmnttynM idS^ cnS nwntso 
© -Sjn jtudk orrmK dj?eo * laSm ot^ Smtpi 

16 ony vro iS-itrn^ mm i >t ^bw onm* 

17 ♦ -praam iitoi nton sSno inSaaoi : oSiyS 
t* bK-nnjn tzmS** hdkS tod "xmi 

n 4 ijm kS ? 1W1 dwi td paw SvitoSa 

6 ♦ px noift-ho itoio^ •oSnm rosrra lira* 

7 OliO pK : DdS^ p% ^1 DHK D\tSk TO 

8 ntD££/ dtiSk noip : iS&n ontrn maoi pmon 

2 -Ski Knnn-^K ^ot-Sk dyiSn ; ^dkS 

5 ^k^oi jvon^ njmtt Dp^n 



Inducit De- 
um Ju dices 
Principes- 
que populi 
sui acriter 

istigantem, 
eosque ab- 
rogandos, 
atque de 
medio amo- 
vendos va- 
ticinatur. 



Populus 
orat auxi- 
lium Dei 
conira gen- 
tee finite- 



PSALM LXXIX. LXXX. 



for our circuits ; 5 How long, O Jehovah, wilt thou be angry for an age, as fire : 
will thy zeal ; burn ? 6 Pour thy wrath ; upon the nations which have not known 
thee, and upon the kingdoms ; which on thy name have not called. 7 F or they 
have consumed Jacob, and his dwelling they-have desolated. 8 Thou wilt not 
remember for us-former iniquities ; hasten, thy mercies shall anticipate us, for we 
have been, -poor ; very much. 9 Assist us, O God of our salvation, for the word 
of the glory of thy name, and-rescue us, and be-propitiatory to our sins ; for the 
sake-of thy name. 10 For why shall the nations say, where their God ? he has 
been known in the nations for our eyes : the vengeance ; of the blood of thy ser- 
vants which has been shed. 11 For thy face the groan ; of the bound will enter, 
according-to the greatness of thy arm, --leave the sons of death. 12 And-return 
for our neighbours sevenfold, to their bosom their reproach ; which they have re- 
proached thee, O Lord. 13 And we thy people : and the sheep : of thy pasture ; 
shall give praise for thee, for an age for generation and generation w r e shall re- 
count thy praise ; 



PSALM LXXX. 



1 To the conqueror, upon Sosanim a testimony ; a song for Asaph. 2 O Pastor of 
Israel,-listen, he has led as cattle : Joseph hast sitten the-cherubim-shme. 3 For 
the face of Ephraim and Benjamin and Manasseh, raise thy strength; and come- 
to save for us. * O God,-turn us and-cause to shme thy face, and we shall be 
saved. 5 Jehovah, the God of armies, how long hast thou been-angry with the 
prayer ; of thy people : 6 Thou-hast caused them to eat the bread of weeping ; and 
thou wilt water them with the tears ; of measure. 7 Thou-wilt place us, a con- 
tention for our neighbours, and our enemies shall scorn for us. 8 God of armies, 
-turn us, and-cause thy face to shine upon us, and we shall be saved. 9 A vine 
from Egypt thou-wilt bring, thou wilt eject the nations, and thou wilt plant it. 
10 Thou hast tiirned about for the-face of it, and thou wilt root the roots of it, and it 
shall fill the earth : 11 The mountains have been-covered, its shade ; and its 
branches the cedars of God. 12 He will send its branches to the sea, and to the 
river his young twigs ; 13 For why hast thou taken away her hedges, and all- 
who pass the way : have plucked it ? 14 The boar from the wood shall waste it, 
and the wild beast of the field shall feed upon it. 15 God of armies, turn, I 
pray,-look from the heavens and see and visit this vine ; 16 And the root ; 
which thy right hand ; has planted, and to the root thou hast strengthened for 
thee. 17 It has burned with fire : it has been-cut up from the reproach ; of thy 
face, they shall perish. 18 Thy hand : will be upon the man of thy right hand : 



PSALMI 79. 80. £3 toy 

nwy. iib"iDrn ♦ idph imrnio ^p^-nK 8 
wry * tnd « '"pom i3io*rp^ nnD d^jo » 

mK D^n t\qw noS : -pp jyoS wnasn i 
-ps^n frDjrtn nop: wrjn d*:q rm DmnStf 
via nrnn "ijrnr hnjD tdk np^K -p&S ^ron m 
nnsnn DpTr^K a^ums? uvd^S at^m nman 12 
mi: "jn^jno {sw -py uruw prm -pfinn t^k v 
™ j -jnSnn isd: nni nnS oS^S 

!xxT njn * mora *idkS nny d^ktSk rraoS k 2 
D^isn 3^ tpv jnvd nmtn hxrw* 

depingitur ? 

pe'cSx, tin rrmy ntsoai p^im o^sk ^£37 * njrain 3 
SC nam wn dtiSk : nnyc^S roSi ^mi^ 4 

ei uirol>ique j 

&m de - rupy m*m own m.T ♦♦ rwoi -ps n 

-uyT ly^Ni itmko {ho UDWi : i^w rviyzro » 
*njrtpiin -ps narii macs trrnStf noSs 
profit : njnorvi Brian jron onwo jsj 9 1 
rfc&yn rta dhh idd : pN'ttSoni rrt&nty Bnatfvi 11 
: mnipiv nnrSKi tf-ry mmvp nWi :S*onK * 2 
pubd-O' : -pi hiSJtSd Wan ffnri rnns hdS 13 14 
*a mta* dv6k :n^m h^ rn njro 10 
n^N n:Di ♦ ^ npfii hkh d^s^d ban w 

wwby *]T m vn :hd^ mym nniDD 18 



PSA 
L 

Elcganti 

vertjorum 

imagine 



erga Reg 
num Dei, 
ejusque 
tiam de'm* 
ceps mani- 
ie.otandam, 
expximitur. 



PSALM LXXVIII. LXXIX. 



for the hail their cattle, and their possessions for fiery darts. 49 He shall send 
among them, the fury of his wrath, anger ; and indignation and distress ^send- 
ing ; angels of-evil. 50 He shall weigh the path of his anger ; he shall not hinder 
from death their soul : and their life ; to the plague he-has delivered. 51 And he 
shall smite all the first-born, in Egypt, the-chief of the-strength in the dwellings 
of Ham. 52 And his people shall depart as cattle : and he shall lead them as a 
flock in the desert. 53 And he has placed them for safety, and they have not 
feared, and the water has covered their enemies. 54 He-shall lead them to the 
bound of his sanctuary, the mountain which his right hand ; has acquired. 55 And 
he will throw out, from their-f ace the nations, and he-shall make them to fall in 
the line of their inheritance ; and he shall settle in their tabernacles the tribes : of 
Israel. 56 And they shall tempt and provoke the God the Most High, and his 
testimonies they have not kept. 57 And they shall recede and they shall He as 
their fathers, they have been turned as a bow : deceitful ; 58 And they-shall en- 
rage him, with their altars ; and with their graven images, they-shall make him 
to be jealous, 59 God has heard, and he himself shall be-angry exceedingly, and 
he shall very much despise in Israel, 60 And he shall forsake the tabernacle of 
Shiloh, the tent he had placed among men. 61 And he shall give for captivity his 
strength and his glory ; in the hand : of the enemy. 62 And he will deliver for 
the sword ; his people : and with his heritage ; he has himself been-very angry, 
63 The fire : has consumed his young men, and his virgins ; have not been-prais- 
ed. 64 His priests by the sword ; have fallen, and his widows ; will not weep. 
65 And the Lord, as sleeping, has awakened as powerful himself shouting from 
wine. 66 And he shall strike his enemies backwards a disgrace ; perpetual he has 
given for them, 67 And he shall despise the tent of Joseph, and in the tribe : of 
Ephraim he hath not chosen. 68 And he shall chuse the tribe : of Judah the 
mountain Zion which he h s desired. 69 And he shall build as-high his sanctua- 
ry, as the earth : he hath founded it for an age. 70 And he shall select in David 
his servant and shall take him from the fold ; of cattle : 71 From after the suck- 
lings i he-shall lead him,-to feed in Jacob his people : and in Israel his inhe- 
( ritance j 72 And he shall feed them according-to the simplicity of his heart, 
and in the-skili ; of his hands ; he has led them. 



PSALM LXXIX. 

1 A psalm for Asaph, O God, the nations have come into thy heritage ; they 
have polluted the temple of thy holiness, they have placed Jerusalem for heaps. 
2 They have given the be dies ; of thy servants, meat for the bird of the heavens, 
the flesh of thy -sanctified for the beasts ; of the earth: 3 They have poured out 
their blood as waters, circuits ; of Jerusalem, and none burying. 4 We have 
been a reproach ; for our neighbours, a laughing and derision 



78. 7a toy ny o^nn 
«pnn orn^i jD^enS Drropoi d-vjd raS 

51 -^ntti d^n rwan Dmoa marSa -yn n^on 

^ Dra t DYl HDD DHWN-nNl V7n& kSi ntO!lS 

m trw nrop nry\ wvp VnrSa 

on^nw pts^i nSm Sana dWi mi nmm 

57 orvo>o rum nop kS vnnjn 

58 di-vibm imDM?:n ♦♦ rran rwpD iparq 

pjr rtaN rmrn : -oynn wSn:m lay mnS 
64 ttooSni "taw anna vara i iSSin vrtaroi 
no* pa pnno ^in fiero pp^ rrroin 
67 66 bnia d*wi ♦ ioS jro oSiy nsnn Tirm ins -p 

68 nun" 1 MtynK nn:n x onSK mboi tpy 

69 p*C IKHpO p*»1 j DHK T^N p^iiTHNJ 

y jinSmd innp^ nay nna nnm j dS^S rnD*> 

71 Sn-woi toy apjro ftijrfc wis* 5 ! rnSjnnKO 

72 : onm vsd ni^nm imS oro Dy-m wSro 
k -pSroD d^hSk tpaS nioro dj; 

^ ' ' . propheti- 

-pron ntso D"wn fpyS Sdko yny rrarna 
s D^TV rVD*QD D*CO DOT 'DSP ♦ pinrvnS l^illl 



PSALMUS 
X. 



PSALM LXXVIII. 



in the desert. 18 And they shall tempt God in their heart,-to seek food for their 
soul : 19 And they will speak against God, they have said-has God been-able-to pre- 
pare a table in the desert? 20 Behold he-has struck the rock, and the waters shall 
flow, and the torrents shall inundate, even has he been-able to give bread? even shall 
he prepare flesh for his people ? 21 For this Jehovah hath heard, and he himself 
shall be-incensed, and fire : has been kindled ; in Jacob, and even fury has as- 
cended against Israel. 22 For they-have not believed in God, and they have 
not trusted in his salvation ; 23 And he shall command the clouds from above, 
and the gates ; of the heavens he has opened. 24 And he shall rain upon them 
manna-to eat, and the wheat of the heavens he hath given for them. 25 Man has 
eaten the bread of the-strong, food he has sent for them-to fill. 26 He shall raise 
the east wind, in the heavens, and he shall bring in his strength the south wind. 
27 And he shall rain upon them, as the dust, flesh, and as the sand of the waters, 
the fowl winged : 28 And it shall fall in the middle of his camp the circuit of his 
tabernacles. 29 And they shall eat and shall be-satisfied very much, and their de- 
sire ; shall come for them. 30 They have not been-estranged from their desire 
whilst their food in their mouth. 31 And the anger of God ascended upon them, 
and he will slay among their fat ones, and the-chosen of Israel he-has bended 
32 In all this they have sinned still, and have not believed his wonders ; 33 And 
he shall consume in vanity their days, and their years ; in trouble. 34 Since he 
has slain them, they have sought him and have returned, and have diligently 
sought God. 35 And they shall remember, because God their Rock, and God the 
Most High their Redeemer. 36 And they shall flatter him with their mouth, and 
with their tongue : they shall deceive him. 37 And their heart not right with 
him, and they have not been established in his covenant ; 38 And he merciful 
shall forgive iniquity, and he shall not scatter them, and he-has multiplied-to- 
turn away his wrath, and he-will not raise all his anger ; 39 And he shall re- 
member for flesh they a wind :-departing, and not returning. 40 Often they shall 
provoke him in the desert, they-shall grieve him in the solitude. 41 And they 
shall turn and shall tempt God, and the Holy of Israel they-have limited. 42 They 
have not remembered his hand : the day which he has redeemed from difficulty. 

43 Who has placed in Egypt his signs : and his wonders in the field of Zoan. 

44 And he shall turn for blood their rivers, and their waters they shall not drink. 

45 He shall send among them a swarm, and it shall eat them, the frog : and it 
shall destroy them. 46 And he shall give for the worm their fruit, and their la- 
bour for the locust ; 47 And he shall waste with hail their vines ; and their syca- 
mores with the ice. 48 And he shall deliver, 



PSALMI 78. ny 

\rhv -pyh hovn £dtiS*o to 19 
law ttSrui d^> Tirrbn jn itod 
yap pS *♦ pi-DK nn fern Dnfeojn 21 

nSy t]N-D^i spy* nptw ism -oyrn r*WT» 
t mywo into:: xSi D^nS*o woan xbo ♦♦ Santsro 22 
on^y ntDD^ : nna t\St Syoo Dpntp wi 23 24 
fea onem dhS noSjra dwjjt feaSp pd 
■kjd jhm ow^DHp yoi tyrurb dhS nSt^ nrs ™ 
tpy Sinai -inp nayD DitSj; -mot : pin 27 
•fain ♦ ytviispdS imno mps Sav» *pa ™ ™ 
DniKno nr^S : onS w oniNni tko tyatfi 
ona nSy dtiSk ^ni omen dSsk tj? ^ 
-fe& ynan •nin^i cn^ocroa jnrro 32 

SanrSm ♦ vnaSajn wdmi nSi Tinman nar 33 
imtrm Djnn-DK tnSnao onwi dh^^ 
p^Sy Ski tm DinStro rom : Sk-twi iatsn nS 
iw?n *n ; faiaw D^wSai Dn^i imnaii * * aSso ™ 
Nini nnnaa kSi ioy psraS mSi*?** 
ie*t wnS rnnm rrn^-tfSi py ne^ ram 
-jSm non ntwo w * inon-So Ty^Si 39 
: p wo ima^y mm inw hdd t kSi d 
■rut roritS : nnn S*os^ tsmpi Sk ion wowri 41 42 
D^on dktibw mr^p DTant^K it 4 * 
Dnn^ d-tS ^an^i jyr nipa wewi vmnK 44 
cfam my ana nS^ * pw»-Sa orrSroi no 
oyvm oSini 'ronS jm ♦ onwni jnna^ 46 



PSALM LXXVII. LXXVIII. 



if he has shut in anger his-mercy, Selah. 11 And I have said my-mfirmity has 
been, to change the right hand ; of the Most High. 12 I-will remember the 
works of Jah, for I will remember from the beginning thy marvellous. 13 And I 
have meditated on all thy work, and concerning thy works ; I-shall speak. 14 O 
God, in holiness thy way : what god great as God. 15 Thou, O God, hast done 
wonderful, thou-hast made known among the-people : thy strength. 16 Thou 
hast redeemed with the arm thy people, the sons of Jacob and of Joseph, Selah. 
17 The waters have seen thee, O God, the waters have seen thee, and they-shall 
fear even the abysses ; shall be-moved. 18 The clouds ; have swelled the waters, 
the heavens have given a sound, even thy sharp stones shall themselves walk to 
and fro, 19 The sound of thy thunder in rolling rolling, lightnings-have enlight- 
ened the world ; the earth : has moved, and will tremble. 20 In the sea thy way : 
and thy paths in many waters, and thy footsteps have not been known. 21 Thou 
hast led as cattle : thy people : by the hand : of Moses and Aaron. 



PSALM LXXVIII. 



1 Understanding for Asaph, O my people :-hearken to my law ;-incline your 
ear ; to the words of my mouth. 2 1 will open with a proverb my mouth, I-shall 
speak an-enigma ; from the beginning. 3 Which we have heard and have known 
them, and our fathers have told for us. 4 We shall not conceal from their sons for 
the generation future-who-will declare the praises ; of Jehovah and his strength 
and his wonders ; which he hath accomplished. 5 And he shall establish testi- 
monies ; in Jacob and a law ; he has placed in Israel which he has commanded 
our fathers, that-they-might show them to their sons. 6 For the sake, the ge- 
neration future to know, sons shall be-born, shall arise, and shall declare for their 
sons. 7 And they-shall place in God their hope, and they shall not forget the 
works of God, and his commands ; they shall keep. 8 And shall not be as their 
fathers, a generation failing and rebellious, a generation hath not directed its heart 
and its spirit : hath not been established God. 9 The sons of Ephraim arm-ed- 
who elevate the bow : have turned in the day of war : 10 They have not kept the 
covenant ; of God and in his law ; they have refused-to walk. 11 And they will 
forget his works ; and the wonders ; which he-has shown them, 12 The presence 
of their fathers he hath done wonders, in the land : of Egypt the field ; of Zoan. 
13 He hath divided the sea, and he-shall cause them to pass over, and he hath 
made the waters as an heap. 14 And he shall lead them in a cloud daily, and all 
the night in the light of fire : 15 He hath broken the rocks in the desert, and he 
shall drink as the abysses ; full ; 16 And he shall bring streams from the rock, and 
it shall descend as the rivers ; of waters. 17 Still they shall-mcrease-to sin against 
him, that-they might provoke the Most High 



77. 78. ny D^nn 
11 nw N*n vviSn ioni $ rho ram p Bjrtk 

PD* 1 s *ip "nan* 

>MnwN YnMjoi "fvirSM ywni r-ji^b 
io 'wnnN :qviSjo Shj Sn-o -p-rr »*ipa trnSi* 
is jnm rfao :-|ty o^oya ny-nri nSs ray Snh 

18 Sip may q^o loir { nionn vjt f\a iSvr d^d 
'9 SjSjs ~\ajn Sip naSnnt -p«n-tiN cpra una 

3 "prr ♦ pan c^jnni nun San Dp-ia rwtn 
21 jnio nro ♦ ijnu nS frvopyn d-q-i oioa -pSoe>i 

k epaS Swo ny * pnKi rnwrro -py S^T* 
2 nnnSN ; ^"honS oa^tx ion »win w ruwn SSSSfc 

^ cia erga 

7 gentem 

? ? monentur- 

4 TH7 DiTJM THIM N7 J ttTVIfiD W\S#« DjnJI Bag" 

| > suo obe- 

t^w vnK^i mun mm ni7nn onsDD p-m *fSjSt 

tern audi- 

n ^antsra atr mini npjro nny opi ♦♦ mry ttasft 

. » , 1 aliisque 

6 tyT ft>27 * D.T3D7 D^71H7 UTVQirnK nvmtSW 

' . . offendant, 

7 i : ornnS nSD*n iop^ htp d^q nnna nn SffSK. 

I r I ipsorum. 

8 iriS prrttS in nnoi mo th om^KD w nVi 

9 ran '•pcsnj D'nQN-^a * inn barns* rooarKVi 
? d^hSk rmra rw mp ora pan npp 

ii vnaSain vnib^y irot^ t r\£h mo wrnrm 

14 is on^i } inoD d^o-d^i D-Yojn rp^ * ly^mt^ 
id nDion on^ ^pa^ ; trtf niM n^Sn"SDi dov pya 
is mm ^Sdo o^Sna k^i^ t roi nionro p^i 
17 p^y ninoS iS-^onS -ny lfi^om t d^d nnn» 



PSALM LXXV. LXXVL LXXVII. 



Selah. 5 I have said to the foolish, you will not be-foolish, and to the-wick 
you-will not exalt the horn : 6 You will not lift on high your horn : will y 
speak with a hard neck ? 7 Because not from the east and from the west, and not 
from the desert of the mountains. 8 For God the judge, he-shall humble one, 
and one he-shall exalt. 9 For a cup ; in the hand ; of Jehovah, and wine red, full 
of mixture, and he-shall pour from it even the dregs of it, they shall suck, and 
all the-wicked of the earth shall drmk. 10 And I-shall declare for an age, I will 
give praise, for the God of Jacob. 11 And all the horns : of the-wicked I will 
break, the horns : of the just shall be-exalted. 



PSALM LXXVI. 

1 To the conqueror, upon Neginoth ; a psalm for Asaph, a song. 2 God known 
in Judah, in Israel his name great. 3 And shall be in Salem his tabernacle ; and 
his habitation ; in Zion. 4 There he hath broken the arrows of the bow : the 
shield, the sword ; and the war ; Selah. 5 Thou splendid, strong before moun- 
tains of prey. 6 The-strong of heart shall spoil themselves, they have slept their 
sleep ; and all their men of strength have not found their hands : 7 From thy re- 
buke ; O God of Jacob, has been cast into a deep sleep, the chariot, and the horse. 
8 Thou dreaded, thou, who shall stand for thy face, from this time thy anger, 9 From 
the heavens thou-hast caused to hear judgment, the earth : shall fear, and has 
been-quiet. 10 When-thou shalt rise for judgment, O God, that-thou-4nayest 
save all the-hiimble of the earth : Selah. 11 For the wrath ; of man shall praise 
thee, the remainder of wrath ; thou wilt restrain. 12 Vow and pay to Jehovah 
your God, all-who-surround him, they-shall bring a gift for the dreaded. 13 He 
shall cut off the spirit : of princes, dreaded by the kings of the earth : 



PSALM LXXVII. 

1 To the conqueror, upon Jeduthun for Asaph, a psalm. 2 My voice to God, 
I shall cry, my voice to God, and he-has hearkened to me. 3 In the day of my 
distress ; the Lord I have sought my hand : night, has flowed, and will not be- 
quiet, my soul : has refused the comfort. 4 1 shall remember God, and will I be 
-troubled ? I- will speak, and shall my spirit : overwhelm itself ? Selah. 5 I have 
kept the watchings ; of my eyes : I have been amazed, and shall I not speak ? 
6 1 have numbered the days from the beginning, the years ; of ages. 7 I will re- 
member my song ; in the night, with my heart I-shall meditate, and my spirit : 
shall search. 8 Shall the Lord reject me for ages ? and he will not add, as yet 
that-he might accept. 9 Has his mercy failed for an age ? has the word failed 
for generation and generation ? 10 Has God forgotten to pity ? 

f 4 



lmpiosque 
in terra ho 
mines ser- 
rnonem 
convertunt 



PSALMI 75. 76. 77. fty 

x pny nimn wn wnp dtoS tonrrSa i pp 6 
• pv&iro * onn -moo kVi myDoi kyidd kS *o 7 s 
non pi toi^ do nn n? toatr 9 

iri^ i^ rmoisr^K nro w -pa ^Sd 
opj^nW? mora t)Syb tjik •ojo ♦♦p*oj^ni 
♦♦ pm rttiip ru&onn jnjN dijnsh wp^ah n 
fxxTi 8 * w ^dnS nis?D routt n^oS V k 

Defefpr, qS^O VT1 * S*WO DTl^ mUT* IH^ 2 3 

sens auxi- ^ 
lium erga * it"l 

braturfac n^p-fitST) "Dt^ PlDtP * JV*D W^Dl TDD 4 

extollitur. J J 

♦♦ fptrmno nrw tijo : rno non70i mm n 
-wk-Sd ik^etn 1 ?! Drop 1^3 noa ibbin^N 6 
♦ didi ami mn: 3pjr» v6k ynjNo ? omr S^n 7 
dwo * ^sk mo -psS TOjr^oi nrw *nu nnK 8 9 
toa^S-aipa : ntDpcri pikt pa njwi 1 
d*tn non-o ♦ nSo pjoiyrb:) jwinb cdviSn n 
mmS lob^i yyu t n^nn non rrw -pin 12 
nn -nbi : ^mob w iS^ yo^d-Sd wnba 13 

ova pSk pmm dyiSk-Sk ^p npjMo ovta* 3 

actio ob li- » ) | 

mm Jian kti ma wn vrrc 

nn^N rranto zzmbtt fro?** : wsj oron 4 
nSi ^noya^ nros? n?nK : nSo Yin tpynni n 

pnn tram nn^K ^^"ay nS^Sn 
oa^n nv nwS ^-nVi fop c^SvSn ■ 9 
Sk n«n nDirn : nnS noj hdh 1 



ex maximis 
angustiis, 



PSALM LXXIV. LXXV. 

hast thou repulsed for an age ? thy fury will smoke against the cattle : of th} 
pasture ; 2 Remember thy congregation ■ thou hast possessed of old, thou hast 
redeemed the rod : of thy heritage ; that mount Zion thou hast dwelt in it.~ 
3 Raise thy steps : for desolations ; an age, all the wicked-has done evil in holi- 
ness. 4 Thy enemies have roared in the middle of thy assembly, they have placed 
their banners : signs : 5 Knowing as-bringing for on high in the fold of the tree 
axes. 6 And now its-carving together, with the pick-axe, and hammers ; they 
shall break. 7 They have planted with fire : thy sanctuary, for the earth : they 
have polluted the tabernacle of thy name. 8 They have said their heart, we shall 
oppress them at once, they have burned all the synagogues of God, in the earth : 
9 Our signs : we have not beheld, not yet a prophet, and not for us knowing time 
what. 10 Time what, O God, the enemy shall reproach, will the enemy despise 
thy name for an age ? n For why-wilt thou turn thy hand : and thy right hand ; 
from the middle of thy bosom, restrain ? 12 And God my King, from the begin- 
ning he hath wrought-salvation ; in the middle of the earth : 13 Thou hast broken 
in thy strength the sea, thou hast broken the heads of the whales upon the wa- 
ters. 14 Thou hast bruised the heads of leviathan, thou wilt give him food for 
the people : for the desert possessors. 15 Thou hast cut off the fountain and the 
torrent, thou-hast dried the strong rivers. 16 For thee the day, even for thee the 
night, thou-hast prepared the light and the sun. 17 Thou-hast appointed all the 
bounds ; of the earth : the summer and the winter, thou hast formed them. 
18 Remember this, the enemy has reproached Jehovah, and the people : vain has 
despised thy name. 19 Thou wilt not give to the congregation j the soul : of thy 
dove, the congregation ; of thy-poor, thou wilt not forget for an age.- 20 Have 
respect to the covenant ; for the dark places of the earth : have been-full of the 
habitations ; of iniquity. 21 The worn ashamed shall not return, the humble and 
the needy shall praise thy name. 22 Rise, O God, contend for thy cause, remem- 
ber thy reproach ; from the foolish every day. 23 Thou wilt not forget the voice 
of thy enemies, the sound of those- who rise against thee, it always has ascended. 



PSALM LXXV. 



1 To the conqueror, thou wilt not destroy, a psalm for Asaph, song. 2 We- 
have praised for thee, O God, we have praised, and near thy name have declared 
thy wonders ; 3 For I shall receive the assembly, I uprightly shall judge. 4 Melted 
the earth : and all its inhabitants, I will support its pillars, 

f 3 



lor at Vates 
oc lugubri 
canrine in- 
ndium 
ettipli, va- 



cultus cor- 
ruptioncin, 
et de non 
una calaml- 
tate. non 
uno tempo- 
re, conque- 



74. 75. ny iy o^nn 
2 yvy "iat i irvjno jmo -p^ fop rreA nror c 

f ? ' , • station em 

4 -pjno anpa thiw m * &rrpa am* jnn 
n -^aoa nSyoS waaa : nina onrviN idp 
"TnteVoi '^m 7?r nmns njh :ni;mp py ritur ' 
7 pBfo iSSn pkS ^enpo tp^a inW i poSm 
s Sa-nyiD-Sa is-w tit d:^ DaSa moK -pi? 
9 una-aSi mjrr** wntkS wmnK 

1 a*iN per rpm d^hSk ^nD-ny * nia-ny jnv> 

n ^pin anpo *pn 3tn nnh -pt? ip ^ 
12 anpa mjnan Dip^ iaSo qt&ki * nSa 
is D^^n ^jn map -jrya rrma nrw pNH 
14 Sdko mnn {rmS mm nnK idwtSj? 
ito rwain nna Sroi pyo nypa nn** * d^S ayS 
is rwan nnt* rh*h : pTN rvnra 

17 pp pN» mSiarSa n^n nna : poeti tind 

18 -djti *pn nanar t nmw nnK rpm 

19 n^n rvnS jnn-S^ *^oty ivw Sn^ 
a ikSo-o nnaS Dan $ rr^S na^mS** 

21 oSdj *p a^-Stf ♦♦ ddh mao pM-o^no 

22 -jan nan dviSk nmp t Mm p^aw ^ 

23 na^n-Stf cawrSs Sar^D -jnsnn na? 

iron nSiy -pop pat? -p-rc Sip 
k tod nwrr nwzh r\y psalmus 

LXX V, 

2 nop anpi mm dyiSk nS imin j w ^dnS 

» num Dei 

s * ta£3BTK D^tr^o nyio npi< ^a : TniN7fi3 nso 



erec- 
tionem re- 



PSALM LXXII. LXXIII. LXXIV. 



shall bless him. 18 Blessed Jehovah the Lord God of Israel, for alone he has 
done wonders ; 19 And blessed the name of his glory for an age, and the whole 
earth : shall be-full of his glory, amen, and amen. 20 The prayers ; of David 
the son of Jesse have been-ended. 



PSALM LXXIII. 

1 A psalm for Asaph, truly God good for Israel, for the-clean of heart. 2 And 
I as a little, my feet : have slipt, as nothing, my steps have been poured out. 

3 For I have been-zealous for the-foolish ; the peace of the-wicked shall I see ? 

4 For no chains ; for their death, and fat their strength. 5 In the labour of man 
not they, and with Adam they shall not be-wounded. 6 For this pride ; has en- 
compassed them, iniquity a garment shall cover for them. 7 Their eye : from 
fatness has gone out, the thoughts ; of the heart have transgressed. 8 They-shall 
cause to fade, they shall speak calumny with the wicked, from on high they shall 
speak. 9 They place in the heavens their mouth, and their tongue : shall walk in 
the earth. 10 For this his people .--shall return hither, and waters of plenty shall 
be-squeezed for them, 11 And they have said, how has God known ? and is know- 
ledge ; in the Most High ? 12 Lo, these-wicked and-secure an age, they-have 
increased wealth. 13 Even vainly have I cleansed my heart, and I shall wash in 
innocency my hands ; 14 And I shall be corrected every day, and my rebuke ; 
for the-dawn. 15 If I have declared, I will reckon as, lo, the generation of thy 
sons, I have violated. 16 And I shall think-to know this, labour has been in my 
eyes : 17 Time I shall enter to the-sanctuary of God, I shall understand for their 
-end ; 18 Even in slippery places ; thou wilt place for them, thou-hast made them 
to fall for desolations. 19 How they have been for desolation ; as quickly they 
have failed, they have been-consumed from terrors ; 20 As a dream from-which 
he-has awaked, O God, in the city ; their image thou wilt despise. 21 For my 
heart shall grieve itself, and my reins ; themselves shall be-prlcked. 22 And I 
brutish, and I will not know, beasts : I have been with thee. 2,3 And I always 
with thee, thou wilt hold in hand : my right hand ; 24 With thy counsel ; thou 
wilt lead me, and afterwards thy glory thou wilt take me. 25 Who for me in the 
heavens, and with thee I have not desired in the earth : 26 My flesh and my heart 
have failed, the strength of my heart, and my portion God for an age. 27 For, lo, 
those-who forsake thee shall perish, thou-hast cut off, all whoring from thee. 
28 And I access to God for me good, I have placed in the Lord Jehovah my hope 
—to declare all thy works ; 

PSALM LXXIV. 

1 Understanding for Asaph, for why, O God, 

f 2 



PSALMI 72. 73. 74. ?y ^ 

n^jr Sn?£" %?Sx 'wht< mn^ "pnrj : imtsw is 
him aS^n dS^S him Dssqwi :hdS jvikSsj u 
* ^-p *rn niSdn j joki jok pan brna d 

contra scan- ^ ~ . m * * 

fBBo D ^ ff^bim vi*op *o * hcjw nbfity p*o ^s 1MW 

et florente {_ f 

s uE hac * Dmo? rvDmn pK nsrw tfjnsn 4 

vita : atque > J ♦ 

S<«f iBnpy? p? ny^ n? D?N-Djn lo^Ntsntt^bojn n « 

Deo indi- # » • 

SE^ U ray lory n?no *w no? Don rw-tpyi 7 *"> 

asseritur. . ' in^t* 

dhoo ptry yo ran ipvDi ♦ m? ntoeo s 
pan nSnn DDit^Sn dpps dws i w s i^t 9 
row honi : 10? 1^ x^o ^01 D?n loy w p? •» n 
^hw D^ytsn nSinwi : p^yn njn em ba-yr * 2 
ppa pmNi vvw p^H* *bwwn Dbiy w 
"Dn : DHpnS vraim DivrSa yuj \?ki * w id 
m^rwi ?h ran ion m&DK wok ^ 

- W p -L, K ^^ny ♦ boy riN? ny?b 17 

10b rmn mpSm -|K Dmnab ro^a « 
ion isd yra notrb vn -pa : m*wob Dnbsn 19 
: nnn oob^ Tyn ppno Dibro ♦♦ mnbrto a 
y?N abi nyr^Ki ipwtsw wSDHMSpnn'' 21 22 
* ^ 1^ nmK ^oy?^on ^ki : ^oy monn 23 
D^oty^ ^0 ♦♦ •onpn niM ?hni ^jmn -jmyn 24 na 

^aSi n^t^ hSd : p?ND ^n^Dn-K 1 ? -pm 2 ^ 
hdn* 1 "ppnn mn^a : dSi^S d^hSn pSni m 1 ? ^ 
y\v h wrhx m?p j -joo ilJir^a nno^n s 8 
♦ ^niD^So-SD ?£jdS ^ono mm ^nxa w 
fx A J?vf d^hSk nab ^dkS ?y k 



Gemitetde. 



PSALM lxxl lxxii. 



all thy praise ; 15 My mouth shall declare thy righteousness ; all the day, thy sal- 
vation ; for I have not known the numbers ; 16 I will enter in the-strength ; oi 
the Lord Jehovah, I— will record thy righteousness ; for alone. 17 O God, thou 
hast taught me from my youth, and time, lo, I-shall announce thy wonders ; 

18 And even to old age ; and hoariness ; O God, thou wilt not forsake me, time I- 
shall declare thine arm ; for the generation, for all they shall come thy strength ; 

19 And thy righteousness ; O God, to high that thou hast made-great ; God, wh 
as thou? 20 Who-hast showed me difficulties ; numerous ; and evils ; thou wil 
turn, thou wilt revive me, and from the abysses ; of the earth : thou wilt turn, 
thou wilt raise me. 21 Thou wilt Increase my greatness ; and thou wilt surround 
me, thou wilt comfort me. 22 Even I will praise thee, by the instrument nebel, 
thy truth ; my God I will sing to thee on the harp, Holy of Israel. 23 My lips ; 
shall exult, for I shall sing for thee, and my soul : which thou hast redeemed. 
24 Even my tongue : all the day shall meditate thy righteousness : for they shall 
be-ashamed, for they have been-confounded-who seek my hurt ; 



PSALM LXXII. 



1 For Solomon, O God, thy judgments give for the king, and thy righteous- 
ness ; for the son of the king. 2 He will judge thy people : in righteousness, and 
thy-poor in judgment. 3 The mountains shall bring peace for the people, and 
the hills ; in righteousness. 4 He will judge the-poor of the people, he- will save 
for the sons of the needy, and he will break the calumniator : 5 They shall fear 
thee, with the sun and for the face of the moon, generation of generations. 6 He 
shall descend as a shower upon the mown grass, as showers the watering of the 
earth : 7 In his days the just shall nourish, and a multitude of peace, time moon 
not. 8 And he shall rule from sea to sea, and from the river to the ends of the 
earth : 9 For his face the dwellers of the desert shall fall, and his enemies shall 
lick the dust. 10 The kings of Tarshish and of the islands shall bring a gift ; 
the kings of Sheba and Seba-shall present an offering. 11 And all the kings shall 
bend themselves for him, all the nations shall serve him. 12 For he-shall deliver 
the needy crying, and the poor, and no helper for him. 13 He shall spare upon 
the tender and the needy, and the souls : of the— poor he- will save. 14 From guile 
and from iniquity he shall redeem their soul : and shall be-precious their blood 
in his eyes : 15 He shall live, and thou wilt give for him from the gold of Sheba, 
and he himself will entreat for him continually, all the day he will bless him. 
16 Shall be a piece ; of corn in the earth : in the tops of the mountains, and his 
fruit shall wave as Lebanon, and they-shall nourish from the city ; as the grass 
of the earth : 17 His name shall be for an age for the face of the sun, his name 
shall continue, and shall bless themselves in him, all nations 

F 



71. 72. ay ay D^nn 

icd inywn D^rrba -|np^ isd^ ^ ? inbnn-Sa 
is n^m nin^TNnro^ mm t nnsD ^nyT kS'o 
n tjn run-nyi n^o wihh D^nSa -pab^npT^ 

18 •oaryn-Stf mh» rossn mprny dji i-pniaSsj 

19 ^nprnn : ^n-na:! aia^-baS *pmr TJK-ny 
j *p£a io d^hSk m*nj nwy-WK Dntrny d^hSk 

a wnn awn r-ny-n man nnu urwiri ntrK mn 

21 aoni ^nSu ann t uSyn awn pan moinnoi 

22 ^nox ?ar^aa -ptk ijoron 

23 sj '■nap runn b*rw pHp -njaa mora 

24 ovrrSa ^wS-dji : mu ntwe wa:n -tS-rTOrx i & 

* ^nyi wpaa nama wa^a ^np-r^ ronn V 
n jn "(So 1 ? yvbvo d^hSk n$W? ay *S35jE 

t t Describit 

2 1 tofitroa ^yi pn^a -py pT t ^jtsrph inp-rm -sst 

f J tiam, et fe- 

4 3 Dy-^y tost^ ♦♦ np'm mya:n oy 1 ? dw crhtt iw> sgsa* 

i | size, veri 

n ■osVi ^woyniNn^ * piriy *oti p^aK ^a? yw SjS: 

j ventum et 

6 wnr a^ana rr-?y ntooa tv ♦* onn nil rm jssss 

' . . intimis de- 

s 7 Tvn $ rvv v?a-ry dto am pm wa-ma^ : pa " sex " 
9 iyna^ voflS j pjooaKny imoi o^-ny d^d 
i law nmo d^ki twin *oSo : ianS^ nay vaw 

11 "Sa iS-nnne^i : lanp^ natsw Kapi Ka^ "obo 

12 ywo p^aN* W^a t innay D^irba D^abo 

13 Dwaa mtyMi pam SrSy orp t nry-pKi 
14 ; roiya dot ipwi d^53 Sk^ ddhoi "jwa : y w 
ito Dvn-Sa i^on nya SSan^ Ka^ anro iS-jn^i w 
is &yv D"nn »msi pn^a na-nDD w ; wan^ 
17 id^ { pKn a^ya n^yo i^i ma p^aSa 



5 



PSALM LXIX. LXX. LXXI. 



of-life ; and with the-just they shall not be-written. 30 And I humble and 
grieving, thy salvation ; O God, will exalt me. 31 1 will praise the name of God 
with a s5ng, and I will magnify it with praise ; 32 And will be better for Jeho- 
vah before an ox, a calf having horn : having hoofs ; 33 The-humble have seen 
and shall rejoice-who seek God, and your heart shall live. 34 For Jehovah has 
listened to the-needy, and his-bound he has not despised. 35 Shall praise him 
the heavens and the earth : the seas and all creeping in them. 36 For God-will 
save Zion, and will build the cities ; of Judah, and they will dwell there and will 
possess it. 37 And the seed of thy servants shall inherit it, and they-who love 
thy name shall dwell in it. 

PSALM LXX. 

1 To the conqueror, for David, that-he might remember. 2 God that-he may 
rescue me, Jehovah to my assistance ; hasten. 3 They shall be-ashamed and shall 
blush-who seek my soul : they shall turn backwards, they shall be-confounded- 
who desire my hurt ; 4 They shall be-turned for a reward of their shame ; who- 
say-well, well. 5 They-shall be-glad, and they shall rejoice in thee-who-seek 
thee, and they shall say always, the Lord shall be-magnified,-who love thy sal- 
vation ; 6 And I humble and needy, O God, hasten for me, my help and my 
deliverer, thou, O Jehovah, wilt not delay. 

PSALM LXXI. 

1 In thee, O Jehovah, I have trusted, I shall not be-ashamed for an age. 2 In 
thy righteousness ; thou-wilt rescue me, and wilt deliver me, incline to me thine 
ear ; and-save me. 3 Be for me for a rock of dwelling-to enter daily, thou hast 
commanded-to-save me, because my rock and my fortress ; thou. 4 O God, 
rescue me from the hand : of the wicked, from the hand : of the perverse anc 
violent. 5 For thou my hope, O God, Jehovah, my trust from my youth. 6 Upon 
thee I have been supported from the womb ; from bowels of my mother 
thou my taker, in thee my praise ; continually. 7 As a wonder I have been for 
many, and thou my help strong. 8 My mouth shall be- full of thy praise ; all I 
the day thy glory ; 9 Thou-wilt not cast me off, for the time of old age, as my 
strength has failed, thou wilt not leave me. 10 For my enemies have spoken 1 
against me, and-who observe my soul : they have been counselled together.- 11 To 
say, God hath forsaken him, pursue and seize him, for none-delivering. 12 O 
God, thou wilt not be-far from me, my God, for my help ; -hasten. 13 They shall 
be-ashamed, the adversaries of my soul : shall perish, they shall be-covered dis- 
grace ; and shame ;-who seek my hurt ; 14 And I always will hope, and I-will ] 
add upon 



PSALMI 69. 70. 71. Ky y DD 

uVfiwi dyiSk-dp nSSna ♦♦^a^n dv6k« 
- ♦ D'nso ppo two mrnS nt^rn : miro 32 
♦♦ DronS vm dniSk moep Drop no 53 34 

I mtm dp imw mimny rwhi p^ yw d%iSk 
♦♦ iwirar 1 iefc •anai mSrw inny jnn 37 

Oratio Da- } f > 

^pM "nam wan rrrcnn vnrjr? mm wsrn 3 

rumcun- f f 
centium. 

iro * nan rwn DnDNn Dntw npy n 

Ton rtpiiw y&pM-hz ^ lnafiW 
-ntsnn d^hSn p^>*o ^y •oki quanta ■orw dtiS^ 6 

psalmus K y ♦ nnKn -L, K mT nnK Hjg^jij viry 

mD|S -jnpnM ♦ nSiyS h^dk-Sk won mm~p K 2 

te:ej usque ^ I 

miser icor- J t f 

JSTpSS. ^D"^ *jww? nra i^on pyo m^ 1 ? 
Siya tpa y^n inSa inna ^m^oi 4 

i myjo time mm mK Tvipn nnN-o : pirn n 

nSep ry-^Dno nn*n ffon 1 ? *n*ft naioD * Ton ? a 
nyS ^SwSk -]mKDn dvitSd *\rbr\n S8 9 
•6 th« noaro o^ryn-S^ ^ jtiSm mpr 1 
ism mry d^hSn no^S :nn^ ^yu ^Sj no^i u 
von pnnn-SK d^hSn i S^o p*oo tmfeurrt 12 
•>np ni^n nam icoy^ ^tOP ^ to» ; rit^n wryS ^ 
-Sy ^naoini Sn^ i^on ^ni j ^nyn ^pao no^i 



PSALM LXIX. 



PSALM LXIX* 

To the conqueror, upon Sosanim, for David. 2 -Save me, O God, for the 
waters have entered my soul : 3 I have sunk in mire of an abyss, and not-stand- 
ing, I have come into the deeps of waters, and the billow ; has inundated me ; 
4 I have been-weary with my crying, dried my throat, mine eyes : have failed- 
hoping for my God. 5 They have been-multiplied before the hairs : of my head 
-who hate for nought, they have strengthened, my enemies-spoiling me, for 
nought, what I have not taken, then I-shall return. 6 O God, thou hast known 
my foolishness ; and my faults ; from thee have not been concealed ; 7 They shall 
not be-ashamed in me, expecting thee, O Lord, Jehovah of armies, they shall not 
be-ashamed in me-who-seek thee, O God of Israel. 8 For on account-of thee 
I have borne reproach ; the confusion ; of my face has covered. 9 I have been a 
stranger for my brethren, and the sons of my mother ;-strange. w For the zeal ; 
of thy house has consumed me, and the reproaches ; of those— who reproach thee 
have fallen upon me. 11 And I shall weep in fasting, my soul : and will be for 
reproaches ; to me. 12 And I shall place for my garment sackcloth, and I shall 
be for them for a proverb. 13 They-shall speak against me-who sit in the gate, 
and the songs ; of the drunkards, Sechar* 14 And I my prayer ; for thee, O Jeho- 
vah, a time : of good-will, O God, in the multitude of mercies, hear me in the 
truth ; of thy salvation.- 15 Save me from the clay, and I shall not sink, I shall be 
-rescued from those-who hate me, and from the depths of waters. 16 The flow- 
ing ; of waters shall not inundate me, and the deep ; will not swallow me, and 
the well will not close upon me its mouth, 17 Answer me, O Jehovah, for good 
thy mercy, according-to the multitude of thy mercies look upon me. 18 And 
thou wilt not hide thy face from thy servant, because difficulty for me, hasten, 
hear me. 19 Approach to my soul : redeem it for the sake-of my enemies, redeem 
me. 20 Thou hast known my reproach ; and my shame ; and my disgrace, thy 
presence all my enemies. 21 Reproach ; hath worn my heart, and I have been— 
miserable, and I shall wait that-I might be consoled, and not, and for soothers, 
and not-finding me. 22 And they shall give in my food ; poison, and for my 
thirst they shall bear for me vinegar. 23 Be their table for then* face for a snare, 
and for-peace, for a stumbling-block. 24 Thou wilt darken their eyes : from- 
sight, and then* loins always-make to fall. 25 Pour upon them thy wrath, and 
the fury of thy anger-shall seize them. 26 Their palace ; shall be desolated ; in 
their tabernacle shall not be inhabiting. 27 For whom thou hast struck they have 
persecuted, and to the grief of thy wounds they shall tell. 28 Thou wilt give ini- 
quity upon their iniquity, and they shall not enter in thy righteousness ; 29 They 
shall be— blotted from the book \ 



Dei 

S E R V U M 
iterum in- 
troduce, 
ej usque do- 
pas- 
enar- 
rat ; tandem 
liberatio- 
nem, atqi 
superata 
Mundi po- 
Zio- 
nis restitu- 
tionem va- 
ticinatur. 



69. too D^Snn 

l ? Propheta 

♦* ■onsBt? nbatsn d^-^^dd yinii tid^o pai 

SJ ? J ' ejusque 

' ^ rat ; tan 

' . . ^ superatA 

e rvtm nna own ?k ^nbrr K 1 ? 
7 "pp ^ i^-Sk ♦♦ Hrorab ^od widewi 
♦ bmw viba ^pso ^ idS^-Sk maus mm 
9 8 ifym nno t ue hdSd nnw nsnn vw&tt -p^jro 
^^wj ^no nwp-^ noa *wi 

11 vmi ^*S3 dim hmjo ; ^ ibfij "pamn manm 

12 j Strab Dnb iruo per wdS mnio i b m*nnS 
14 is -inSen^Ni nasf vntr rm^m "wots^ G iriw 

noio -poma-D dviSk pm rnrri ^ 

is -Ski d^d rtafcy •oaBprrhw : CD^pDyoDi 

17 mm vuy : ma nac ^jritoKn-bKi nbrco ^jtan 

18 nnorrSw : bx roa *pam did -pon arcra 

19 wr^ nanp ♦♦ "^no ^-nm-D -payo 70s 
d ^nsnn nyr nrw jj •ow \yph rrao 

21 n^uNi mat? nann $ nrnrbD rfMa ^noSm 

22 OT ^nK^o xb) D^moSi pai nub mpKi 

2 3 nab orrosb Djnbznm ♦ pan vnps^ w^bi p*n 

24 nitno an^y n^trnn it^ptob didwt) 
ro ^ax pnrn -jojn DmSjr^aty t iyon Ton nn^noi 

27 ♦ •nap* ^^Sn lann n^n-n^K nrw^ 

29 28 naoo ino^ ; "jnpn^a ijo^jn D3iy-by pjrmn 



PSALM LXVIII. 

O God, thy heritage ; and wearied ; thou hast established it. 11 Thy congrega- 
tion ; has dwelt in it, thou hast prepared of thy goodness ; for the poor, O God 
12 The Lord shall give the word of declarers ; the army great. 13 Kings of armies 
shall wander, they shall wander and the female ; of the house will divide the 
spoil. 14 Though ye shall sleep among pots, as the wings : of a dove ; covered 
with silver, and her wings ; with yellow gold. 15 When-the omnipotent se- 
parated kings in her, snow in Salmon, 16 The hill of God the hill of Bashan, 
a mountain of mountains the hill of Bashan. 17 For why do ye leap, O ye moun- 
tains of mountains ? God hath desired this mountain-to possess it, even Jehovah 
will dwell in it for an age. 18 The chariot of the Lord-many thousands : repeat- 
ed, God among them, Sinai in holiness. 19 Thou hast ascended on high, thou hast 
taken captive captivity, thou hast received gifts for Adam, and even rebels, that- 
thou might dwell ; Jah God. 20 Blessed Lord, day, day, he shall load for us, God 
our salvation ; Selah. 21 That God for us God, for-salvation ; and for Jehovah the 
Lord for death the-going forth ; 22 Even God will wound the head of his ene- 
mies, the vortex of the hair of walking himself in his-guilt. 23 The Lord hath 
said from Bashan, I will bring back, I will bring back, from the depths ; of the 
sea. 24 For the sake thou wilt dip thy foot : in the blood and the tongue : of thy 
dogs, from enemies and from him. 25 They have beheld thy goings, O God, the 
goings of my God, my King in holiness. 26 The singers preceded, then the 
strikers on instruments ; in the middle, young women ; of timbrels. 27 In the as- 
semblies ; bless Jehovah, the Lord from the fountain of Israel. 28 There little 
Benjamin has directed them, the princes of Judah, their assembly ; the princes of 
Zebulun, the princes of Naphthali : 29 Thy God has commanded thy strength, 
strengthen, O God, what thou hast wrought for us. 30 From thy temple at Je- 
rusalem for thee, kings-have brought gifts. 31 Blame the assembly ; of the cane, 
the congregation ; of bulls with the calves of the people : every one has subjected 
himself, with pieces of silver, disperse the people : they will desire wars. 32 The 
lords shall come from Egypt, Ethiopia will stretch out her hands : for God. 
33 Ye kingdoms of the earth :-sing for God, praise the Lord, Selah. 34 That-he 
may ride upon the heavens of heavens of old, lo, he shall give with a voice, a 
voice of strength. 33 Give strength for God, upon Israel, his-magnificence ; and 
his strength in the heavens. 36 Dreaded God, from thy holiness, the God of 
Israel, he has given strength and-fortitude for the people : Blessed God. 



PSALMI 68. HD 

rtsHJto* l^n :nrojiDnnKnKSn ^rbn: wfht ** 
rmraen -m-jrv iyw i d^Sk ^-jn^iDi pn 12 
pbnn no rvoi pT piT mim •oSo t ih km 13 
nana naii cdt^ p pMtyn-Dx j SStr 14 

0^3:1 in |^rin D^nS^-in t poS« iS^n ma i<? 
non inn Q^n:i rznn jnyin hdS : pwriri n 
d^hSk : maS ptsn mn^K )r\iwh wrhx is 
ivSy : KHpn on ^n^* jwtr ^Sk ov^n 
onnio ^wdtso rmno nnpb *ap nop onoS 
San )&-Dftp dv dy* ^« -p-o jdviSn n^ p^S 5 
ihk mnfo ny&riob Sk S^n * rho unyv^ 21 
npip ran* tr*n p DinSar-jN : miwn moS 22 
jeod ion ♦ rasws^nno nyp 23 
•p^D p^S Din ^Srt prion jyoS n'taoD 24 
|£k no^n dyiSk -pno^Sn : iroo dowd n j 
moby "pna d^j nrm vnw imp j^npn oSd 2« 
-npoo w CD^nSx wo niSnpM s ni&mn 27 
•nt? onon ttrw Din -vys jD^n dp j Saw> 28 
1? ttnSi* nny -jry '■pnW rms hnin nt? pbs? 29 
: ^ doSo iSw -|S tbwrvby i nSys h 

oaino cray ^yn ansa my n:p nn nyj 31 
D^aopn vnio : ivan^ noip D^y id tpmvo 32 
pin noSoo 1 D\nStfS W pn era onvo ^0 « 
Dlp-w to smS : nSo h hn ro d^SnS vvp 34 
SN-w-Sy ovhifo ry rai try Sip iSipn ffp jn nS 
*"pHpoo D^nS^ t Dpn^n vyi imw 36 
: D^nStt -jnna oyS nio^ym ry jn: Kin Sjnts^ 



PSALM LXVI LXVIL LXVIII. 

10 O God, thou hast tried us as silver is tried. 11 Thou-hast brought us-into the 
net ; thou hast placed pressure ; on our loins. 12 Thou-hast caused man to ride 
over our head; we have come into fire : and- water, thou-wilt lead us for a re- 
freshed. 13 I will enter thy house with whole burnt offerings ; I shall render to 
thee my vows. 14 Which my lips ; have declared and my mouth has spoken in 
difficulty for me. 15 Whole burnt offerings ; of-fat I will offer for thee, with the 
perfume ; of rams, I will make oxen with he goats, Selah. 16 Come, hear, and I 
will tell all-who fear God, what he hath done for my soul : 17 To him, my mouth 
I have cried, and he has been-exalted with my tongue : 18 Iniquity if I have re- 
garded in my heart, the Lord will not hear. 19 But God has heard me, he-has at- 
tended to the voice of my prayer ; 20 Blessed God who-hath not turned aside my 
prayer ; and his mercy from me. 



PSALM LXVII. 



** 1 To the conqueror, on Neginoth ; a psalm a song. 2 God will pity us, and 
bless us, and will enlighten his face, for us, Selah. 3 That-they may know in the 
earth : thy way : in all the nations thy salvation. 4 The people : shall praise thee, 
O God, all the people : shall praise thee. 5 They shall be-glad, and the nations 
shall shout, for thou wilt judge the people : in righteousness and the nations in the 
earth : thou wilt lead them, Selah. 6 The people : shall praise thee, O God, all 
the people : shall praise thee. 7 The earth : shall give her fruit, God shall bless 
us, our God. 8 God shall bless us, and shall fear him all the ends of the earth : 



PSALM LXVIII. 

1 To the conqueror, for David, a psalm a s6ng. 2 God will arise, and shall be— 
scattered his enemies, and his haters shall flee from his face. 3 As smoke-has been 
-driven, thou wilt drive, as wax-has melted from the face of fire : the-wicked 
shall perish from the face of God. 4 And the-just shall rejoice, they shall be-glad 
for the face of God, and they-shall exult with joy.- 5 Give praise for God, praise 
his name, exalt him that-rides in the-darkness ; in Jah his name, and exult for his 
face. 6 A father of the-fatherless, and the judge of the-widow ; God in his dwell- 
ing of holiness. 7 God-making to dwell darlings in house,-leading out the- 
bound in-prosperity ; even rebels have possessed dryness. 8 O God, when-thou 
hast gone forth, for the face of thy people : when-thou walkest through the de- 
sert, Selah. 9 The earth : has trembled, even the heavens have dropped from the 
face of God, this Sinai from the face of God, the God of Israel. 10 Rain of-libe- 
rality ; thou wilt sprinkle, 



66. 67. 68. HD tD ID D^HJl 

11 nop mivoa ^n^n :t)Mtp>o unsro twfoe 

12 two u*o ana a nsmn i^n^ npjno 

is d^hSk m&DKi *♦ nSo DHiny 

l? nnn dqih vwip-^ lib* t ^zih my n^K 

is is pK t>M*t JW* **S vnSn VVNTDK pK f 

3 czthSk ^vd ? ^nSan Sipn 2%pn d^hSk yap 
?d * ^n^o hdhi *»nSan tdh-kS nt^K 
2 k law d\-iSk nibip rnvm h^dS gjj5& 
s -prr pic njn 1 ? ♦ rho nm i^a i*o urrQ'n 

? J etiam gen- 

nitionem 

S> > que ilium 

K CD^O^ "]HV J H7D DTl^n piO D^N71 2?SSS 

7 d^hSk urrc nSim nana pa : dSd tfoy ^hv " 

8 j p^^dsdk-Sd iniK iirm dviSk i^Dn^** utiSk 
2 x Dip^ $ w -noro nnS ma no 

'* \ Inducuntur 

z : "TOSD VWK 

centissimis. 

•oso tfycn h:)*o tsw-uso jjfr Dana tfnn jtpy egjag; 

S, * » am et benig- 

S. ♦ t exhibitam 

17D V2w ro dwk7 rw : nnoBO rX 

. . imprir 

6 pi D^irv t vasS injn in* rtsi mron £4E 

» . inter r 

7 d^id d\iSk t wip ppm dto niaoSx 
i:d^ rzDniiD"!^ nn^^n Dn^D.x n^io nn^ 

s p^^n ^-r^a ^dj; ^dS "jnK^ D^n^K : nn^n^ 

9 nr d^hSk ^ao i^toa d^^-^k pn^ : nSo 



impnmis 
in erectione 

sui 
inter me- 
dios hostes 
eorumque 
profligatio- 
ne. 



PSALM LXIV. LXV. LXVI. 



for them, a word of evil, they shall declare that-they may hide nets, they have 
said, who shall behold for us ? 7 Iniquities ; shall be-searched, they have finished 
the scrutiny from searching, and the inward of man, and the heart deep. 
8 God shall dart at them arrow suddenly, their stripes ; have been. 9 And they 
-shall cause them to stumble upon themselves, their tongue : all themselves 
shall flee, seeing in them. 10 And all men shall fear, and-shall declare the 
work of God, and his work, they-shall understand. 11 The just shall rejoice 
in Jehovah, and they have hoped in him, and all themselves-upright of heart 
shall glory. 

PSALM LXV. 

1 To the conqueror a Psalm for David a Song. 2 For thee silence ; praise ; O 
God, in Zion and for thee, shall be-rendered the vow. 3 Hearing prayer ; to thee 
all flesh shall come. 4 Words of iniquity have prevailed from me. Our transgres- 
sions thou wilt expiate them. 5 O the- blessedness thou wilt chuse, and thou 
wilt advance, he shall dwell in, thy courts : he has been satisfied with the good- 
ness of thy house, of thy holy temple. — 6 Dreaded in righteousness thou wilt an- 
swer us, O God, of our salvation, the hope of all the ends of the earth : and of 
the water-distant. 7 Strengthening the mountains with his power ; he has been 
girded with strength; — 8 Restraining the sound of the waters, the sound of 
their waves, and the tumult of the people. 9 The inhabitants of the ends shall 
fear, from thy signs : the-outgoing of the dawn and of the evening thou-wilt 
make to rejoice. 10 Thou hast visited the earth : and thou wilt drench it full, thou 
wilt enrich it, the river of God, full of waters, thou wilt prepare their corn, for 
thus thou wilt prepare it. 11 Her ridges refreshed, thou hast descended her 
trench with showers, thou wilt soften it, the budding thou wilt bless. 12 Thou I 
hast crowned the year ; of thy goodness ; and thy footpaths shall drop fatness 
JS The pastures of the desert shall drop, and exultation the hills ; shall be-girded. 
14 The pastures shall be-covered cattle : and the vallies shall be-overwhelmed corn, 
they themselves shall shout even they-shall sing. 

PSALM LXVI. 

1 To the conqueror, a S6ng a Psalm-Praise for God all the earth. 2 Sing the 
glory of his name, tell the glory of his praise ; 3 Say to God how dreaded thy works, 
in the greatness of thy strength thy enemies for thee shall be-denied. 4 All of the 
earth : shall bend themselves for thee, they shall praise for thee, they shall praise 
thy name. Selah. 5 Come and behold the works ; of God, dreaded work ; upon 
the sons of Adam. 6 He hath turned the sea for dryness, in the river they shall 
pass on foot : there we shall be-glad m him. 7 He has ruled in his strength ; an 
age, his eyes : shall look upon the nations, the rebels-shall not be-exalted, for 
them. Selah. 8 Bless, O ye people, our God, and-cause to hear the voice of his 
praise ; 9 Who hath placed our soul : in-life ; and hath not granted-to move our J 
foot : 10 For thou hast proved us, O God, 



PSALMI 64. 65. 66. ID no 7D 
TUTY* ^ )D» DWpMD pDfcS 17^ in Wf IdS 

aSi tsnxanpi ^no ^dh uon nSyntrsm hoS 7 
Wrww * onoD vn Dana pri wfm tim ♦♦ poy ■ 
mx$s iinta Da hntSd mun» d:^ io^y ? 
pm nVwft in^yoi d^Sk Sys itjpi 11 
psalmus n ^ L, nD ♦ ^.^-^ iSSnn^i 13 nom mma k 



et cultum 



xTo- *fi(i nia» n^r^D Tiy nSan mrDW^ 

pagatum, 

omagra, nnnn ntrK inn&an nna wjnrs ras miny n 



tiam et De- 
ri eficentiam 
suam 
omnibus 
mundi par- 
tibus, osten- 
sam. 



%f" t*]hyn enp yvoaiM n^Wjnw pen mpm 
pN-^p-SanDaEiw^ uvn pisa miou 6 
TTOtro * rrrbja 7t*o inaa D*nn pab : D^pm on ? 8 
ni^p lan^i moth pom Dirta pap pap 9 
ps*n mpfl ♦♦ pnn aijn 7pa vwio -primao 1 
pan d^e nSd otiSn jSs nrwyn nan npptm 
D^ana trim nm nn moSn ♦♦ rwan p*o djjo h 
f^*«^jyoi ^naiD rap nn^ j-pan nnosmjmon 12 
♦♦ n^nnniya^^nanoniw »arfi t\un p&m 13 
iw^ wnn^ -lanstoi^ D^poyi jarcn ona itraS 
Tx L v l s ^ * P^n-Sa mmh ijmn w» runnS id n 2 
St "™ d^SkS vibn * mSnn 7iaa iDKniaa 3 

vencrari 1 ? 

KS' pan-7a t yyx *p w *f jp ana -ppyo jtoj 4 

magnifica | J / f 

gSTm itfn "07 * H7D *ptp nop -p-nam p •nrw n 
E53» D «, -j Qn ♦ D1N v&-^ rhhy anu dviSk mSyso e 

hvn * ia nnotw Dp Sro nap nma » 
^ ioV 1 ?* tmion rwsvn Dvua dSv mnia^a 



PSALM LXII. LXIII. LXIV. 

for David. 2 Surely to God, my soul silent, from him my salvation, 3 Surely he 
my rock, and my salvation ; my uplifting, I shall not change much. 4 Time how, 
you will contrive mischief; against a man, you will slay, all you as a wall inclin- 
ed, a hedge thrown down. 5 Even from his elevation ; they have counselled,-to 
throw down, they shall choose a lie, with their mouth they shall bless, and in their 
inward they shall curse, Selah. 6 Surely for God my soul : silent, for from him 
my expectation. 7 Surely he my rock and my salvation ; my exultation I shall 
not move. 8 Upon God my salvation and my glory, the rock of my strength and 
my hope in God. 9 Hope in him in every time : O people : pour out for his face, 
your heart, God a refuge for us, Selah. 10 Even vanity the sons of Adam, a lie 
the sons of man, in the-weighing they have ascended, they before vanity toge- 
ther ; 11 you shall not trust in calumny and rapine, you shall not be- vain, for if 
substance has increased, you shall not place your heart. 12 Once God hath de- 
clared, twice have I heard this, for strength to God. 13 And for thee, O God, 
mercy for thou wilt render for man, according-to his work. 

PSALM LXIII. 

1 A song for David, when-he was in the desert of Jehudah. 2 O God, my God thou, 
I will seek thee early, my soul : has thirsted for thee, it has desired for thee, my flesh 
in a land : of desert thirsty, without waters. 3 Thus in holiness I have seen thee,- 
to see thy strength and thy glory. 4 For good thy mercy before-life, my lips ; 
shall praise thee. 5 So I will bless thee in my-life ; in thy name I will lift my 
hands : 6 Thus fatness and marrow, my soul : shall be-satisfied, and lips ; of praises, 
my mouth shall praise. 7 Since I have remembered thee upon my bed, and in 
the watches ; I will meditate on thee. 8 For thou hast been a strength for me, 
and in the shade of thy wings : I will rejoice. 9 My soul : has longed after thee, 
in me thy right hand ; will support. 10 And they for desolation ; shall seek my 
soul : they shall go in the under parts of the earth : 11 They shall be-tdrn upon 
the hands : of the sword, the portion ; of foxes shall be. 12 And the king shall 
rejoice in God, every one shall himself rejoice who has been sworn in him, for 
shall be-stopped the mouth of those-who speak a lie. 

PSALM LXIV. 

1 To the conqueror, a song for David. 2 Hear, O God, my voice, in my prayer 
from the fear of the enemy, keep my-life. 3 Thou wilt hide me from the coun- 
sel of the-wicked from the assembly ;-who work iniquity : 4 Who have sharpened 
as a sword ; their tongue : they have stretched their arrow a bitter word. 5 That 
-they might hurt in-secret the perfect, suddenly they shall shoot him and shall 
not fear. 6 They shall strengthen 

e 3 



atque in 
sinu Dei 
veluti con- 
sidentis. 



62. 63. 64. *7D JD 3D D^nn 

s 2 -™ j vyw* 1300 ^ ,toh DTfarSa *m j nnS Ssgtf 

< ' mo tran- 

4 nj*rny : nan cdiok-n? mm ^n^m nrc Kin 
m ^to3 TpD arfca in-nn t^K-Sy mmnn 
n maa van ara irv> nnnS ymw® tmmn 
6 uoo-o ipfij ^on dviSkS ^ ♦ rbo-bbp* Dsnpai 

8 7 -Sy ♦♦tovsN kS ^ajtpp^njnKnm Kin-^Krnipn 
9 la intoa : Dfl^Ka wo itfrvre mam typi dt6k 

uS-nono dmSk DaaaS YdflSnaap oy nySaa 
s niSpS D^moa Kwoa ara Diania San * nSo 
n iSann-Sa Suai ptrya moarrS** Sano non 
12 -dt^ criSa-m nriN * aS irwrrS** aw-o 
is nnjoa non ^^-^ ; d^hSkS r# *o ^nyotr i? 
k ihS too jd i Tntyyoa tsrW? oScm 

2 -nntra nna* dviSn : min* nanoa wvna fees? 

. . tatus. desi- 

-^a tpjn n^-pKn «ntya ~p hod 7? naos 
4 3 aitr'o ♦♦-piaai -jry r\wrh yron tsnpa p s d^o 
n ^otra vina "p-na p : -pina^ ^n&tr D^no "pon 

6 n^n imwn jriuw jehi aSn ioa psa'atr** sgft 

l l i sum conso- 

7 $ *p-mnN nnosrNa wwiy ^maroN ra-7?<T latur - 

9 s npan * piK ybp S^n h nm?y nwa 

I ipflj i^pa^ njot^S noni t naon ^ -pna 

II mo ann-^T-Sy irrvw pan nvhnrp wa^ 
12 -Sa hhnrv crnbfta nna» ^Sonv nm D^y&y 

n nnso ^n^o ^Sip ^n^-yotr *♦ inS moro n^o^ psalmu ; 

l Oratio fii 

3 ^ya ntmo D^jna "tido ^non : ^n nvn a^K ^° a . 

? tione ab in- 

4 tnonai lDnn D3i^7 ^nn^ iaatr jjin ^ 



PSALMUS 
LX 1 1 



tatus, desi- 
derium in- 
credibile 
fruendi Dei 
sui decla- 
rat, et con- 
sideratione 
prsterito- 
rum benefi- 
ciorurn 
spera suara 



pira- 
tione hosti- 
um suorum 



PSALM LIX. LX. LXI. LXII. 



from the lie, they shall declare. 14 Consume them in wrath j consume, and not 
they, and they have known, for Jehovah has ruled in Jacob for the ends of the 
earth : Selah. 15 They shall return for the evening, they shall bark as a dog, and 
shall surround the city ; 16 They shall wander that-they may eat, if they shall 
not be-satisfied, and they shall murmur. 17 And I will praise thy strength, and 
I will celebrate, for the dawn thy mercy, for thou hast been, an elevation for me, 
and a refuge in the day of distress for me. 18 My strength for thee, I shall sing, 
for God my elevation ; the God of my mercy. 

PSALM LX. 

1 To the conqueror, upon Shushan eduth Michtham for David,-to teach. 2 When 
-he contended against Aram Naharaim and against Aram Sobah and Joab return- 
ed, and has defeated Edom in the valley ; of salt twelve thousand : 3 O God, thou 
hast rejected us, thou hast broken us, thou hast been-angry, thou wilt return 
for us. 4 Thou-hast made to tremble the earth : thou hast torn it asunder, heal 
her breaches for it has been-shaken. 5 Thou-hast made thy people : to behold 
hard, thou-hast made us to drink the wine of trembling ; 6 Thou hast given for 
those— who fear thee a standard-to elevate itself, from the face of truth, Selah. 
7 For the sake, thy-beloved shall be-freed-save with thy right hand ; and answer 
me. 8 God hath declared in his holiness, I will rejoice, I will divide Shechem and 
the valley of Succhoth I will measure. 9 Gilead for me, and for me Manasseh 
and Ephraim the strength of my head, Judah my law giver. 10 Moab the pot of 
my washing, upon Edom I-will throw down my shoe ; upon me Philistia rejoice 
thyself. 11 Who shall lead me to, the city ; fortified ? who has led me to Edom ? 
12 Not thou, O God, thou hast rejected us, and wilt not, O God, go forth with our 
armies. 13 Give for us the help ; from difficulty for false the help ; of man. 14 In 
God we have made strength, and he will tread under feet our oppressors. 

PSALM LXI. 

1 To the conqueror, upon Neginoth ; for David. 2 Hear O God, my cry ;-attend 
to my prayer ; 3 From the extremity of the earth : to thee I will cry, in the over- 
whelming of my heart to the rock, it shall be-high before me, thou wilt lead me. 
4 For thou hast-been a hope for me, a tower of strength from the face of my 
enemy. 6 I will dwell in thy tabernacle, ages, I will hope in the shade of thy 
wings : Selah. 6 For thou, O God, hast heard for my vows, thou hast given the 
heritage ; of those-who fear thy name. 7 Days upon days the king thou-wilt 
add, years ; as generation and generation. 8 He shall dwell an age, for the face 
of God, mercy and truth ; prepare they shall keep him. 9 So I will praise thy name 
for time, that-I may finish my vows, day, day. 

PSALM LXII. 

1 To the conqueror, upon Jeduthun, a song 

e2 



PSALMI 59. 60. 61. 62. 2D KD D B3 

Rbn^op myS id^i ? nSo pKn id£>kS spjro Stro dviSk id 
s Vpr3 s ^-qj^ pyw nbh i-vy miD^i nSMioni 16 
~*o yrbn 7p:iS jrw -|ty to mki : uVi ijdis^ 17 
■*o mow -pSa ♦ dvo rv*n is 

psalmds n^oS d tnon t6n •qjipd dmWk 

dicens, ob 

ssr. "K^!iDHK-nN*^i 2NV^2^n2^D7K-rw Dm3 

phos,quos • > f 

s?SSi U0 .na^K i:nnij unmr i ™ 7^y dw rob 3 

hostibus in- » 

duiserat. j-,*^ n£7 nnOM pK ftrwflh I 137 22WH 4 

♦ nSjnn j» urvppn ntrp "joy : ntoD n 
\yoh t rho wp <afi» mmrth m ffnh nnna 6 t 
np *»m ^np!i 727 d^hSn n°33)n njwin -piT p^Srp • 
•ta 7^ 1 77EK rvoo pojn dd^ npbna nrSjw 9 
7^d 2Nib ♦♦ ^ppno rmrr \pn7 nyo d'hski n^b •> 

mbx nnN-aSn :DHK-7y ot^ 7^b7M;^S2V 12 

aoro brrnpyj D\7b**2 : D7N njwn iwi 7^b 14 

PSALMUS \ J f 

l x 1. nn? ru\ar rrab? kd i ims Di2^ k 

Opem et 

auxilium I |_ 

g*jsac pNn rrcpo rrran nwpn w dtp** njw 2 3 

li, implo- J I 

RMfSt * ^mn ^bb D^-7^2 *07 fpoyj aopa -pa 4 

ponsis ac t J I 

ST^Sb *pnK2 mux 27k msd rjrru& p nono n*n n 
d^hSn nniro $ nSo 7no2 hdhk d^oSij; e 
-\h?2'why t npv \X7^ nn^ ^77^ n^ocr 7 

yh K" 3 a d^hSn ^dS dSi^ 2^ : 7Hi 77-10D vni:^ tpin « 
*»oS^S 7^ 70^ mom p ♦ imvr rb no^i 7Dn 9 



PSALM LVII. LVIII. LIX. 



10 I will celebrate thee among the people : O Lord I will sing to thee among the 
nations. 11 For great to the heavens thy mercy, and to the clouds thy truth ; 

12 Raise above the heavens, O God, above all the earth : thy glory. 

PSALM LVIII. 

1 To the conqueror, thou wilt not destroy for David, Michtham. 2 Truly, O 
congregation, shall you speak righteousness, O ye sons of Adam, shall ye judge- 
equity ? 3 Even in heart you will work iniquities ; in the earth : the violence of 
your hands : you will weigh. 4 The-wicked have been estranged from the bowels, 
they have erred from the womb-who : speak a lie. 5 Poison ; for them according 
—to the-likeness ; of the poison ; of a serpent, as a serpent deaf, shall stop its ear • 
6 Which shall listen to the voice of singers-skilled in singing of songs. 7-0 God, 
break their teeth : in their mouth, the grinders ; of the lions' whelps, break, O 
Jehovah. 8 They shall melt as waters, they themselves shall depart for them, he 
shall bend his arrows, as they themselves shall be-cut off. 9 As a snail thou wilf 
flow, he shall go, an abortion of a woman, they have not seen the sun. 10 Before 
they-shall perceive the caldrons : of thorns, as an animal, as wrath, he shall ter- 
rify them. 11 The righteous shall rejoice, for he has beheld punishment, his 
steps : he shall wash in the blood of the ungodly. 12 And man shall say, even 
fruit for the just, even God is judge in the earth : 

PSALM LIX. 

1 To the conqueror, thou wilt not destroy for David, Michtham, when-Saul had 
sent, and they shall observe the house,-to-kill him.- 2 Deliver me-from my ene- 
mies, O my God, from those-who raise themselves against me, thou wilt protect 
me.- 3 Rescue me from those-who work iniquity, and from men of-blood-save 
me. 4 For, lo, they have lurked for my soul : the-strong shall assemble against 
me, not my iniquity, not my sin ; O Jehovah. 5 Not my iniquity, they shall 
delight in, and they shall prepare, awake for my calling and behold. 6 And thou 
Jehovah, God of armies, God of I srael,-a wake-to visit all the nations, thou wilt 
not pity all the falsehoods of iniquity ; Selah. 7 They shall return for the even- 
ing, they shall bark as a dog, and shall surround the city ; 8 Lo, they-shall belch 
with their mouth, swords ; in their lips ; for who has heard. 9 And thou, Jeho- 
vah, shalt laugh for them, thou wilt mock all the nations. 10 Strength for thee 
I will keep, for God my protection. 11 God of my mercy shall anticipate me, 
God shall behold my enemies. 12 Thou wilt not slay them lest my people : shall 
forget,-shake them in thy strength, and-descend upon them, our shield the Lord. 

13 The sin ; of their mouth, the word of their lips ; and they shall be-taken in 
their pride, and from the cursing ; 

E 



57. 58. 59. m D^nn 

n i D^otrny hir^ t wtwhs "parse Tfcit D^oys 771N 
■s-trtAn D^-Sy non ^noa D^pnsrnyi -pon 
k nnS nrwr\ m hx moo 1 ? m j "ytiaa parrSa Sy 

2 vq uos&rn Dnt^o p-onn pn^f dSk djokh ♦♦ oroo KSK" 

' , * . secutores 

3 raw Don pxs ptysn nbiy aSa-t]** : cttn Hgf 
n 4 "nan ♦ ara nan tDao lyn Dmo Dwtsn m : noSfln J££ * ! 

ijtk ddn^ tsnra jnsnoa tpnrnon mona id? 
e t oano onan nam D^nSo Sipb yo^-aS new 
7 pro onea mynbo ia*a wrrti a^rhx 
s io3 iot *pT lob-iabnrv Dwioa idko^ *mrp 
9 irrrba new Ssu -}Srr Don SiSat? ids j ibborv 
* pnmoa moa icon d^htd iiw DnDa i 

11 tna pT voya Dp) n?ma pm not^ J inypi 

12 isrrwrr" pmb na--|K dik iowi ij^im 

k nnS nntrrrbK mud? in t d^ds^ rsALMus 

. « L 1 X. 

i irranS rrarrnN noj^i SiKt^ rwa onao |— 

dtscnmen 

> ? I in quo fue- 

3 njajtrn iDoipnoD in7K wo tot 4 

f satellitibus 

4 iasi rpn t ^ywn dw wnoi pa v?yao 

. j J J turret pro 

♦♦ mm ^nNsrrs6i yvb'th ony ^y nun nrtab sr^s? 

. • tias agit. 

6 n - nim nnai mmi *>n*np? miy i^ia^i pm py-^a 
swrSa np&S mrpn S*n^ inSa niaa* d^hSk 
7 10m any 1 ? iaitcr* i rfefc pK HJia-Sa inn-Sit 
8 niann tsrfBb py^ ran n^y laaiM abaa* b ^ 
9 lob-pntrn mm nn*o : yotr ^a Dmnins&ya 
1 ♦ ^^0 iBVi^tt nno^K ^Sn iry ; D^irSaS jySn 
12 11 D^nn"S^ i.fim^i ^kt d^hSk ^onp" 1 inDn ^nSx 
r^iK 13^0 lOTmni ^Wia loy^n ^y in^^-ja 

13 hSnoi mmxi na^i lo^ns^nai io^-n«t9n 



PSALM LV. LVI. LVII. 



-buttery ; of his mouth, and war of his heart, his words have been-gentle before 
oil, and they swords ;- 23 Cast upon Jehovah thy burden, and he will support thee, 
he will not give for an age, to change for the just. 24 And thou, O God, wilt cast 
them down, for the pit of the grave, mortals of-blood and of guile shall not di- 
vide their days, and I shall trust in thee. 



PSALM LVI. 

1 To the conqueror, upon oppression ; silent-remote for David, Michtham, 
when-the Philistines seized him in Gath. 2 Pity me, O God, for man has over- 
whelmed me, every day warring he will bear me down. 3 My enemies have 
overwhelmed me every day, for many-who fight for me, from high. 4 The day 
I will fear, I shall trust for thee. 5 In God I will praise his word, in God I have 
trusted, I will not fear what flesh shall do for me. 6 All day my words they have 
wrested, against me, all their thoughts ; for evil. 7 They shall assemble, they- 
shall conceal, they my steps shall watch as that they have expected my soul : 
8 For iniquity escape for them in wrath, the people-subdue, O God. 9 My wan- 
dering thou hast numbered, put my tears in thy bottle ; not in thy book ; 10 Then 
my enemies shall turn backwards, in the day I shall call, this I have known, be- 
cause God for me. 11 In God I will praise word, in Jehovah I will praise word. 
12 In God I have trusted, I shall not fear what man shall do against me. 13 Upon 
me, O God, thy vows, I will render praises ; to thee. 14 For thou-hast rescued 
my soul : from death, and my feet : not from falling ? for myself to walk for the 
face of God in the light of the-living ; 



PSALM LVII. 



1 To the conqueror, thou wilt not destroy, for David, Michtham, when-he fled 
from the face of Saul in the cave ; 2 Pity me, O God, pity me, for in thee my 
soul : has trusted, in the shade of thy wings : I shall hope, while-calamity ; shall 
pass. 3 I will cry to God the Most High, to God avenging for me. 4 He shall 
send from the heavens, and he-shall save me, my persecutor has reproached, 
Selah, God shall send his mercy and his truth ; 5 My soul : in the middle of 
lions, I shall recline- who burn, sons of Adam, their teeth : a spear ; and arrows 
and their tongue : a sharp sword ; 6 Exalt above the heavens, O God, above all 
the earth : thy glory. X A net ; they-have prepared for my steps : he has bended 
my soul : they have dug for my face a ditch ; they have fallen in the middle of 
it, Selah. 8 My heart prepared, O God, my heart prepared I will sing and strike 
the lyre. 9 Awake my glory, awake psaltery and harp, I will awake early. 



PSALMI 55. 56. 57. M 13 H3 

:mnna rrdHi ppo mm im inb-mpi va naona 
dSi^S jro-aS ^Srib^ aim -prr nirrby -|S^n 23 
D ^ nntr insS D*nm dviSk nnKi t pmb bib ^ 
13 t "p-ntttK *oki djtep ism-aS no-101 dw 
psalmus mia true djhdd -thS D^pm dSk rwbyn^DS k 

In maximo J j 

SStus D^n"7D bum •usnbt'o j ran Dine6a 2 

auxilium J j . } 

♦ nt#3 nffjrno nth tb >r\r)vi wrbxi ran 
m:n ; jnS tarDtrnD-Ss ^ 13^ nan ovn-Ss e 7 
^» p*rSy up t^*o iiDpi ^3py non wsw i 
nnK nmao H3 * wtSk mn D'oy t]K3 lob-coSa 9 
iaw tat $ ^mip5 kSh ^kw now 1 
onSiO t b wrhx-^^r\yT m rv mpw ova Tina n 
Tinas tw&ita t -m SShk nirro idi SShn 12 
dS^k ttt3 d^hSk by x b din n^jrno to 13 
thd •fan itSn hidd nstiu Wren ii nmn 14 
n * D^nn mso dtiSk •osS *]SnnnS 
psalmus l^it^d irnM cvpcj mnb nnpn-SK moa 1 ? * 

Agit hie » > 

cluSmvt "7Mi w&3 iron nn ^ *03n dntw mpm 2 
p% D\n?&^ mpa : nun najmy non** S33 3 
nSo ^5k^ cpn •ojwvn mm nS^ x bfm$ hub 4 
iod e s r F oacS -pro ww * mow non dviSn nStsr» n 
D3it?Si D^m rvon anw DnK-^D D^nS hmpk 
pan-fa fa dShSk own-fa non ♦ nin nnn 6 
nrw no tjM wyib iron n^n j ^ni^D 7 

^ nnBfm^K iUDi Ssin miy n«D miy ♦ mowi 9 



dis et Sau- 
lis ; reddit 
autem ille 
Deo grati- 
as, cujus 
misericor- 
dia e maxi 



PSALM LIII. LIV. LV. 



God has despised them. 7 Who shall give from Zion the-salvation ; of Israel, 
when-God shall turn the-captivity ; of his people : Jacob shall exult and Israel 
shall rejoice. 

PSALM LIV. 

1 To the conqueror on Neginoth from knowledge, for David. 2 When-the 
Ziphites came and shall say to Saul, David not hiding himself with us. 3 O God, 
in thy name-make me safe, and in thy strength ; thou wilt judge me. 4 O God, 
hear my prayer ;-hearken for the words of my mouth. 6 For strangers have risen 
upon me, and the-fierce have sought my soul : they have not placed God for their 
presence, Selah. 6 Lo, God shall help for me, the Lord among the supporters 
of my soul : 7 He shall render evil for my enemies, in thy truth ; thou-hast made 
them destitute. 8 In willingness, I will sacrifice for thee, I will praise thy name, 
O Jehovah, for good. 9 For from every difficulty ; thou-hast delivered me, and 
upon my enemies my eye : has beheld. 

PSALM LV. 

1 To the conqueror upon Neginoth from knowledge, for David.- 2 Hear, O God, 
my prayer, and thou will not hide thyself from my entreaty ;- 3 Attend for me 
and answer me, I shall come down in my meditation and I shall be-troubled. 
4 From the voice of the enemy, from the face of the oppression ; of the wicked, 
for they-shall cast upon me vanity, and in wrath they shall oppose me. 5 My 
heart-shall grieve in my middle, and the terrors of death have fallen upon me. 
6 Fear and terror shall come upon me, and-trembling ; shall cover me. 7 And I 
have said, who will give for me a wing ? as a dove ; I shall fly and I shall rest. 
8 Lo, I-will be-far off, wandering, I-will lodge in the desert, Selah. 9 I-will 
hasten flight for me, from the wind : raised ; from the tempest. 10 Destroy : 
them, O God, divide their tongue : for I have seen violence and contention in 
the city ; 11 Daily and night they shall surround it upon her walls ; and iniquity 
and labour in her middle.- 12 Wickedness ; in her middle, and-shall not recede, 
from her street : fraud and guile. 13 For not an enemy shall ashame me, and I 
shall sustain, not those-who-hate upon me,-has magnified and shall hide from 
me. 14 And thou, O mortal, according-to my estimation, my leader and mine 
acquaintance. 15 Who together, we-shall communicate sweetly, a secret, in the 
house of God we shall walk in society. 16 Death-shall deceive upon them, they 
shall descend the grave :-who live, for-wickedness in their society, in their mid- 
dle. 17 I to God will cry, and Jehovah-shall save me. 18 Evening and early, 
and-meridian, I-shall meditate and shall I be-troubled ? and he shall hear my 
voice. 19 Redeem in peace my soul : from approaching to me, for with the-mul- 
titude they have been with me. 20 God shall hear and shall afflict them ; and j 
remaining of old, Selah, who, not changes for them they shall not fear God. 
21 He hath sent his hands : in his-peace he hath defiled his covenant ; 22 Have 
been-sweet 



53. 54. 55. na i: aa D^Snn 

7 awa S*w mypi p^o jm ^o : ddno dyiSk 
na # Sjn^ no^ 3pjr> ba^ ioy map d^hSk 
2 k ino^i ewfl nim ♦ 717S ^aaua ma\m rrcaoS 

3 no^ai oviSk laoy nnnoo in aSn Sik&tS S firr" 

1 , , sectatur : et 

4 wan yoty cwtat $ iaann ^miriam lajmin 3h& 
n wpn n^y) %-iop cnr £ : ^"honS rwmn me " dat ' 

e ^ n?y d^hSk nan : nSo D7aab d^hSk w ^sa 
7 rDrvmn -]nojo mt^S jnn y\w waa vdodd ^a7K 
9 § -boo "o i a%ho rw "pp mia ^S-nnnm wma 
k n^aob na wy nmn ^*oi ia Wi rrre PS ^ MUS 
2 "Ski ^nban D\nStf navan i 7nb Vo^o ma\m 

nostibus 

s innso tin* iaajn ^ m^pn : Torino Dbynn 

J f petit, im- 

4 pK ^ itD^-^^tsnnpy^ao^K 7ipo tflonin ks^ 

J f f » mestico. 

n 173a mo mow *onpa 7Tp ^ : vnoot^ ^K3i 
7 6 ^ jm-^o 7oki ♦♦m^Sa rjDDhi *o 7jni run* 
s 7:170:1 pSa 17a pmK nan : nar^Ni naiya naro 
1 9 vn^yS:: : 7yoo nyo nino h dSso ntyna ; rho 
n hS^Si dot* ♦♦-vy:a nm Don win-p oait^S aSa 
12 nmp:i mm ♦♦ nmpri Soyi pKi mnoin-Sy nmio^ 
is iamm ^in"nS ^ ♦* no70i ^n nnnno twabi ^ d 
14 nn*o ♦♦ laoo nnDKi bnan hy mvn~xb nitni 
^ mnn 7iD pToa rrnntsw pjfcrm vrbx enat 
i6 "o o^n SiNtr nn^ 10% nw : tran^ ^Sna o^nS** 'p™*™* 
n nimi NnpK dt6k-Sk •ok : Di7pn Diiaon man 
is rSip yo^i nonai nm^KDm^i 7pm anyraartr^ 
d 19 * noy vn D^7r^ ^-^7po di Wa fins 

kSi ioS niQ^Sn px n^K nSo D7p d^i oa^i 
22 2i : irvnaa bbn voStra ih^ ; d^hSk i^ 



PSALM LI. LII. LIII. 



bones : thou hast bruised.- 11 Hide thy face from my sins, and all my iniquities ; 
blot out. 12 A heart clean create for me, O God, and a right spirit : renew in my 
inwards. 13 Thou wilt not cast me from thy face, and thy Holy Spirit : thou wilt 
not take from me.- 14 Return for me the joy of thy salvation, and the Spirit : free ; 
shallcomfort me. 15 I will teach transgressors thy ways : and sinners to thee shall 
turn.- 10 Free me from-blood, O God, the God of my salvation ; my tongue : shall 
declare thy righteousness ; 17 O Lord, thou wilt open my lips ; and my mouth- 
will declare thy praise ; 18 Thou wilt not desire sacrifice and shall I give it ? a 
whole burnt-offering thou wilt not accept. 19 The sacrifices of God a spirit : bro- 
ken ; a heart broken and smitten, O God, thou wilt not despise. 20 Thou-wilt 
do good in thy good will, the Zion thou wilt build the walls ; of Jerusalem. 
21 Then thou wilt desire the sacrifices of righteousness, a whole burnt-offering ; 
and oblation ; then they shall present upon thine altar, calves. 

PSALM LII. 

1 To the conqueror from knowledge, for David. 2 When-Doeg of Edom came 
and will declare for Saul, and will say for him, David has come to the house of 
Ahimelech. 3 Why wilt thou thyself boast in evil ; O powerful, the mercy of God 
every day. 4 Calamities ; thy tongue : will devise, as a sharp razor : making 
guile ; 5 Thou hast desired evil for good, lying before to speak righteousness. 
6 Thou hast loved all words of devouring, a tongue : crafty ,* 7 Even God shall 
destroy thee, for ever he shall cut thee out, he shall pull thee from the tabernacle, 
he has erased thee from the land : of the-living ; Selah. 8 The-just shall be- 
hold and fear, and upon him they shall laugh. 9 Lo, the man-will not place 
God his strength, and will trust in the greatness of his wealth, he will strengthen 
in his depravity ; 10 And I as an olive : green in the house of God, I have trusted 
in the mercy of God, an age and time. 11 1 will praise thee for an age, for thou 
hast perfected, I will wait for thy name, for good, presence of thy mercies. 

PSALM LIII. 

1 To the conqueror upon Mahalath, from knowledge, for David. 2 The fool has 
said in his heart, no God, they-have corrupted, and they-have made abominable 
iniquity, none doing good. 3 God from the heavens-has looked upon the sons of 
Adam that-he might see-be-understanding, seeking the God. 4 They-all have 
gone back, together they have been corrupted, none doing good, not even one. 
5 Have they not known ?-who work iniquity,-who eat my people : they have 
eaten bread, God they have not called. 6 There they have feared a fear, and 
fear has not been, for God has dispersed the bones : of daring thee, thou-hast 
ashamed, for- 



atque 
ciam suam 
in Deo de- 
clarat. 



PSALMI 51. 52. 53. M *tt 

aS i hnp ToijrSai wano *pa mon ♦♦ n^i nift^y 11 12 
-Sn j ■cnpa khh pm d^hSk ^-Nnn nina 13 
nwn * •ooo npn-Stf *|t&np nm ^aSo 14 
moStf t ^aoon rca*M nm its 
d^hSn d^otq ^Wi t iait^ "pSa owtoni -pm 16 
nnan Ttetr * -jnpi-* vnt^S pin ^njn^n 17 

n3nny 3 kS nSiy mnw na? psnn-N^a :^nSnn wai 18 
nawaS maw nrrcmSK to? jnnn » 
roan |wr.na ^ina na^n man kS d^hSx a 
S^bai nbiy pimnar pann ?k : dWit main 21 

psalms n^oS aa ♦ D'na nnaro-by iS^ ?n k 

Invehitur • » • . 

SSfft? Ka 17 Tiatsr? tjw ^hkhjikh Niaa nn? 2 
Tia:in njna SSnnn-no t -|Sdtik rra-Stf 5 
imdSo nyn:> "pitrS a^nn nun t DirrSa non 4 
c nSo pi^ naiD np^ dido jn nana : my n 
"l^n* Sk-dj noio p^S ySamavSa nana e 7 
: nSo o^n p**o -|isnBrt Shko ^no^ -|nn^ n^S 
on^ najin nan : ipnen v^jn i*n^i D^pm ■ 9 
ma ^ni * mina \t vwy ana ntoa^i inyo orta** 11 
: nyi oSiy D^nSx-nona inntoa dyiSn n^aa pjn 
m ajtarp "pp mpNi rwy ^a oSiyS -pix 11 
iT : thS nSno-Sy mioh n t ttdh x 
EKU*. pk Sip ian?nni inwn D^mK pa ia?a baa 2 
St- 6 niNnS DTN-^a-Sr ^p^n d^d^d dto ; aito-n^p 5 

spectantis ^ II . 

£31 'jnSw vrni iSd ? ownK m wo 4 
ssr ^ax pK iSya ijn^Sn j -thk-d^ pN ai»-n^y pK ri 
-kS nns-nna dbt ; wnp kS d^hSk DnSiSa^^ s 
-^a nnt^an yn ni^y nra D^n^K^a nna i^n 



PSAL 
L I 

Rursus uni- 



PSALM L. LL 



his sitting. 2 From the perfection of beauty God-has shined. 3 Our God shall 
come and shall not be-silent, fire : for his face shall devour, and his circuit has been 
moved very much. 4 He shall call to the heavens from above, and to the earth :-to 
judge his people : 5 Gather to me my-holy-who prepare my covenant ; upon sa- 
crifice. 6 And the heavens-shall declare his righteousness, for God has been 
judge, Selah. 7 Hear, O my people : and I shall speak, O Israel, and I-shall 
testify to thee, God, thy God L 8 Upon thy sacrifices I-will not reprove thee, 
and thy whole burnt-offerings ; for my presence always. 9 I shall not take from 
thy house a bullock, and from thy folds goats. 10 Because for me every beast ; 
his of the wood, the animals : in the mountains a thousand. 11 I have known all 
the fowl of the mountains, and the wild beast of the field, with me. 12 If I shall 
be-hungry, I have not declared to thee, because to me the globe ; and the ful- 
ness.- 13 Shall I eat the flesh of bulls ? and the blood of goats shall I drink ? 14 Sa- 
crifice for God praise ; and render to the Most High thy vows. 15 And call on 
me, in the day of difficulty ; and I will rescue thee, and thou shalt honour me, 
13 And for the wicked God hath declared, what for thee,-to reckon my statutes, 
and wilt thou take my covenant ; in thy mouth. 17 And thou hast hated disci- 
pline, and thou shalt throw my words behind thee. 18 If thou hast seen a thief, 
thou shalt oppress with him, and with adulterers thy portion. 19 Thy mouth 
thou hast sent in evil ; and thy tongue :-shall frame guile ; 20 Thou wilt sit, 
against thy brother thou wilt speak, against the son of thy mother thou wilt give 
slander. ' £T These thou hast done and I-have been-silent, thou hast thought to 
be, I shall be as thou, I-shall reprove thee, and I shall order for thine eyes • 
" Understand, I pray this-who forget God, lest I shall tear and none-delivering. 
23 Sacrificing praise ; he shall honour me, and placing his way : I-shall cause him 
to behold, in the salvation of God. 



PSALM LI. 



1 To the conqueror, a song for David. 2 When-Nathan the prophet came to 
him after that he has come to Bathsheba. 3 Pity me, O God, according-to thy 
mercy, according-to the multitude of thy mercies, blot out my transgressions. 
4 Multiply to wash me from my iniquity, and from my sin ; clean me. 5 For my 
transgressions I shall know and my sin ; my presence always, 6 Against thee, 
against thee alone, I have sinned and evil in thine eyes : I have done, for the sake, 
thou shalt be-right when-thou speakest, thou shalt be-pure when-thou judgest 

7 Behold in iniquity I have been-begun, and in sin my mother hath conceived me. 

8 Behold truth ; thou hast desired, in the reins ; and in secret wisdom ; thou-shalt 
make me to know. 9 Thou shalt cleanse me with hyssop and I shall be-pure, 
thou shalt wash me, and before snow I shall be- white. 10 Thou-shalt make me 
to hear joy and gladness; shall rejoice 



potissimum 



delectetur, 
exponit. 



50. SI. *o n D^nn 

S» , cultu ac 

n 4 ••S-ifiDK t ioj; pnS pan-Sai Syo own-Sit *op> 

6 *a ipn^ h\m * narSy Tro h^dh 

7 Sm^nna™ ^yn^jt? ? nSo Kin toasr dviSk 

8 -pnarSy kS : -pnSx dviSk -p ptpjwi 

9 na ^as npK-aS ♦ ran nnh -pnSijn -froiM 
^ mana nynnTrSa ^a nmny ^mSaoa 

12 ii -dk i HDy nttf nn nnn fpjrSa t\j;t s if?*o-nna 
w nsra Sawn ♦♦ naSai San *|S noa-aS an* 
14 oS&n nun D\nW? nar : nntsw omny mi o^aa 
id i maam ^Shn rm ova ^anpi * -p-n p^SyS 
is Tma atmi ^pn naoS -jS-n^ dtiSn ibx ycsnbi 
n r -pna *nan "jS^m noio n*o^ nnNi * *p*nSy 

19 is ^ HpSn D ^ ^ nwDK 

a *pn*o atrn $ hoto -jav^Si njna nnSty 

21 wmm rwy nSit ^rpn -pa-pa nann 

22 - wa : yvyb na-uwi -jrroiK -pfta n\n*r mvi mrr 

23 mm nar S^d pw *ptDK-p niS& top Ma 
k maaS *o : dyiSn yt^a ukik "pi sbipl ^naa^ 
2 -na-Sa Na"i^Ka wa^n jnj ^S^maa nnS too g 

; postqu 

3 ♦ ^a nna •rwn ana ^prona dnt:>k \nn :yap gs 



PSALMUS 
L I. 

Precatio et 
emitus 
avidis, 
postquaiji 



.Bersabea?, 

**)p 1*1 ft o et marito 

n 4 u^^a ♦♦ *onno vwtDnoi W% ^0aa nam 

. . lisset:atquc 



■jn :-p&pa narn^a^api^n^^n^^^a 
s man noN-jn t \2n ^non^ NDnai mSSm piya 
9 nnDKi air^a ^K^nn :^mnnoan Dnoai nintoa 
*> n:Sjin nnom pc^ ^^ot^n : pa^K JiW/ai ^oaan 



gravissu 
me a Pro- 
Na- 
no- 
Dei 
castigatusefe 
correptus 
fuisset. 



PSALM XLVIII. XLIX. L. 



9 As that we have heard so we have seen in the city ; of Jehovah of armies,, in the 
city ; of our God, God will strengthen her to age. Selah. 10 We have consi- 
dered, O God, thy mercy, in the middle of thy temple. 1 1 According-to thy 
name, O God, so thy praise ; upon the ends of the earth : thy right hand ; full 
of righteousness. 12 Mount Zion shall rejoice, the daughters ; of Judah shall 
exult, for the sake-of thy judgments. 13 Surround Zion, and-«ncompass her, 
number her towers. 14 Place your heart, for her bulwarks, rear her palaces : for 
the sake, you shall tell for the generation future. 15 For this God is our God, an 
age and time, he shall lead us to death. 

PSALM XLIX. 

1 To the conqueror, for the sons of Korah, a psalm. 2 Hear this all ye people : 
-listen all ye inhabitants of the globe. 3 Even ye sons of Adam, even ye sons of 
man, together rich and needy. 4 My mouth shall speak- wisdom ; and the medita- 
tion of my heart-understanding ; 5 I will incline for a proverb my ear ; I will open 
with the harp my enigma ; 6 For why shall I fear in the day of evil ? the iniquity 
of my heels shall surround me. 7 Those-who-trust upon their wealth and in the 
multitude of their riches, they shall boast themselves. 8 A man redeeming shall 
not redeem his brother, he shall not give to God his redemption. 9 And the re- 
demption of their soul : has been-precious, and has ceased for an age. 10 And 
shall he live time for an age ? shall he not see the pit ? 11 For he shall see, wise 
men shall die also the foolish, the mad shall perish, and they have left for stran- 
gers their wealth. 12 Their inward, their houses, for an age, their dwellings for 
a generation and generation, they have called with their names upon lands : 
13 And man in honour-shall not remain, compared as beasts : they have been cut 
off, 14 This their way : foolishness for them, and their-posterity ; in their mouth 
they shall delight. Selah. 15 As cattle : for the grave: they have placed, death 
shall feed upon them, and shall rule in them-who direct for the morning, and 
then* rock that-he might grow-old, the grave : habitation for them. 16 But God 
shall redeem my soul : from the hand : of the grave : for he shall receive me. 
Selah. 17 Thou shalt not fear for the man shall be-rich, for the glory of his house 
shall be-increased. 18 For in his death, he shall not receive any thing, his glory 
shall not descend after him. 1? For his soul : in his-life ; he shall bless, and they 
shall praise thee, for thou-shalt do good for thee. 20 Thou shalt come to the ge- 
neration of thy fathers, to an age thou shalt not see light. 21 Man in honour and 
will not understand, compared as beasts : they have been cut off. 

PSALM L. 

1 A song for Asaph, God of gods, Jehovah hath spoken, and he shall call the 
earth : from the rising of the san to his setting. 

d 4 



PSALMI 48. 49. 50. 3 BO HO 

ni*m rnm-rya w*n p ujw n^Ka jj t^ehn » 
won ♦ nSo oSijrny nmyi d^hSk *vya i 
p qviSk "p^a ^San aipa ^pon dyiSn " 
nn no^ : ^ n^So pn^ paniisp-Sy ^nSnn 12 
p^ iao -ps^D ;yoS rtfim nua ruSjn p^ 13 
nW? DaaS 1 w x n^ruo lnso ni^pm « 

too * nio-Sy lurw Kin njn nSiy wrtat 
siL'ef D^oyn-Sa nNnyots? mo?o mp-^aS rraoS k 2 

miseroses- . • . 

im awoa-D:i d*tk •orDj : nSn •o&rna imn 3 

viunt : piis . 

qufgv^, ♦♦ninan w num moan ^ nvaNi 4 

neque in ♦ ' ' 

"uamtf - k^k nob : ijvrn nuaa nna** StroS hdk n s 

mendum 

anai D^rrSy Drroan ♦♦mo** iapy py 'jn ^a 7 
jro-aS tr\s 4 m& m tib n# iSSnrv envy 8 
-w ♦ dSi^S him DtrDJ pns npvi ; rtea d^SnS 9 1 
inio*> D^oan n*rr» a t nnsrn njrv» kS rrjaS iiy n 
oanp j dStj Dnn^S laryi na*o nyai S^Da nrr 12 
oniotio imp m thS on:o^o th)yh io^na 
* 1013 nionaa hvm pS^-Sa np^a dtni j nio™ % fe 
hSd w Qirsa on^nNi 10S Soa oa-vr n? h 
npaS D*nt^ oa hti ojtp nio wtp Sik^S jN^a its 
*m 'vsamsp D\nbm"|K : iS Sa?o Sikp nibaS dt^i ie 
-•o mt "Hdjp-o kwSk 1 nSo^np^a Sik^ n^o 17 
YnnN tt-nS San np^ mioa ^a t irva -riaa na^ 18 
Nian ; ^ivi 7"^ v^na i^r^a $ ntaa « 3 

nSi np^a dik ; niK-iNT n^rn^ vma^ nn-ny 21 
De S utt; se L ' qo^S niotD 3 * 1013 nionaa S^o^ pa*> ^ 

m judicium I • 

^o^-ni?oo pK-Knpvi nai mm ca^nSie 



PSALM XLV. XLVI. XLVII. XLVIII. 



in every generation, and generation, upon this the people : shall praise thee for an 
age and time. 

PSALM XLVI. 

1 To the conqueror, for the sons of Korah, upon Alamoth a song. 2 God for 
us a protection and strength, assistance ; in difficulties we shall find him very much. 

3 Upon this we shall not fear in-moving of the earth : and in the moving of the 
mountains in heart of the waters. 4 His waters shall roar and be-troubled, the 
mountains shall shake, with his swelling ; Selah. 5 A river his streams shall glad- 
den the city j of God, the holy-habitation of the Most High, 6 God in the mid? f of 
her she shah not move, God shall assist her, for seeing early. 7 The nations have 
raged, the kingdoms ; have moved, he has given with his voice, the earth : shall 
flow. 8 Jehovah of armies with us, a tower for us the God of Jacob. Selah. 
9 Come, see the works of Jehovah, who hath placed desolations ; in the earth :— 
13 Making to cease wars ; to the extreme ; of the earth : the bow : he shall break, 
and he has cut the spear ; the waggons ; he shall burn in fire :-' 1 Remit and 
know for I God, I shall be-high in the nations, I shall be-high in the earth : 
12 Jehovah of armies with us, a tower for us the God of Jacob. Selah. 

PSALM XLVII. 

1 To the conqueror ; for the sons of Korah, a song. 2 All people : shall clap 
the hand ; -praise God with the voice of exultation ; 3 For Jehovah the Most 
High feared, the great King upon all the earth. 4 He shall lead the people : 
under us, and nations under our feet : 5 He shall select for us our inheritance ; 
the glory of Jacob whom he has loved. Selah. 6 God has ascended with a shout ; 
Jehovah with the voice of the trumpet. 7 Sing, God, sing, sing for our King, 
sing. 8 For the King of all the earth : God, sing with understanding. 9 God 
has ruled the nations, he has sat upon his holy throne. 10 The princes of the 
people have been gathered, the people : of the God of Abraham, because for God 
the shields of the earth : very much he has been elevated. 

PSALM XLVIII. 

1 A song for the sons of Korah. 2 Great Jehovah-and praised very much, in 
the city ; of our God his holy mountain. 3 Beautiful situation, the joy of the 
whole earth : mount Zion, the sides ; of the north, the city ; of the great King. 

4 God in her palaces : known for a high tower, 5 For, lo, the kings have been as- 
sembled, they have passed together. 6 They have beheld, so they have wondered, 
they have been terrified, they have been frightened. 7 Trembling ; has seized 
them there, pain as of bearing. 8 W ith the wind : east thou shalt break the ships ; 
of Tharsis. 

d 3 



in 

gravissimis 
rerum mo- 
tibus, ex- 
poriitur. 



45. 46. 47. 48. no TO 10 uhtlJTS 

10 t nyi oSyS "fflW tt>oy p-Sy Tfi ytSm 
2 $ uS d\-6n i *w moSy-Sy nnp-vaS riiboft p li L J7 s 

3 n-m-kS p-Sy * nao n^o:i ni-ra ftntytyi nono f ^||" 

4 wo inon*> io»t : aba D*nn ©isdi pa Tons 
n -Ty mot^ vjiSd t rho winjq onTipyr 
e oiorrSs nsnps dviSn : }v»Sy ^n&ro wip dviSk 

7 nisSoo i»o d^u ion t npn ni^S dtiSk n-uy 

8 DJura uoy nircrc nm> : pa jion iSipn jni 

9 DBmpK mir niSyso i?n idS t rho ipp viSk 
i pan nvp-ny monSo nvo^o : pas m^' 
n iyni iflnn t bws *ptsr* nibjiy non ppi nst^ rwp 
12 mit * pND ran* rai;a bina dv6n •■amD 

to : nSo npy^ ^nba sjitro uoy ro*M 
2 # tp-iypn D^oyn-Ss : to?o nnp-osS rwipf? 5$*il 

3 *|So N-ii3 pby ni.T-o J nn Sips mnW? iynn 

f 7 ? f psalmo nar- 

4 rao*oi wnnn o^oy naT t pKn-^y Vm ag e 4 

| » ) untur laeti- 

n spy n*o na urnnrna i:y-iw ? iJftn nnn g^ss* 

» » • ♦ toriamadep- 

e ?ipD niT nyinro dtp* n?y * n?D sn*rn^N sssr 

. ' . , . cultum tot 

8 7 -po *o t no? urno 1 ? no? no? dto mot nsitr pSE 
9 Dirby o^nS* *f?o :b^o no? o^nS* pNn-bs 
i Dy isdkj D^oy : itrnp KorSy ^ ovibx 
♦♦ nbyj nao piou© mf^in v Dnn^K 

z ^SSnoi m.T Shji :nnp-^nS nio?o w no 5 s ™f 4 

3 -Sd pwo ni^ r» $ ity-rp-nn irn^N 1^3 wo as 

I I brat, deque 

4 own ♦ nSo nnp nsu vot jvmn pkh SfTet 

III I 1 conserva- 

n njna o^Son mn^D fiutsh jni3 irwaanicai tlf 
7 e rnjh : i?&™ f?mz inon p ijn non ; nn^ may 
8 nviN n^trn onp nra :mSra b*fi Dtr ontn^ 



natur. 



PSALM XLIV. XLV. 



of the enemy, and avenging himself. 18 All this has come upon us, and we have 
not forgotten thee, and we have not lied in thy covenant ; 19 Our heart has not 
been turned back, and our step shall not decline, from thy path ; 20 For thou hast 
bruised us in the place : of dragons, and thou shalt cover upon us with the shade 
of death. 21 If we have forgotten the name of our God, and shall stretch our 
hands ; to another God. 22 Shall not God search this, for he has known the se- 
crets of the heart. 23 Because for thee, we have been-killed all the day, we have 
been accounted as cattle : of slaughter ; 24 Awake, for why shalt thou sleep, O 
Lord,-awake, thou shalt not repel, for an age. 25 For why thy-face thou-shalt 
hide, thou shalt forget our affliction and our oppression. 26 Because to the dust 
our soul : has been-depressed to the earth : our belly ; has adhered. 27 Raise 
assistance for us ; and redeem us, for the sake-of thy mercy. 



PSALM XLV. 



1 To the conqueror upon Sosanim, for the sons of Korah, instruction, a song 
of-love. 2 My heart has indited a good word, I have declared my works for the 
king, my tongue : the pen of a swift writer. 3 Thou hast been very-beautiful, 
before the sons of Adam, grace-has been-diffused in thy lips ; upon this, God has 
blessed thee, for an age. 4 Gird thy sword ; upon thy thigh ; O powerful with 
thy praise and thy grace. 5 And thy favour prosper, ride upon the word of truth, 
and of kindness, righteousness, and thy right hand ; shall teach thee, terrible 
things ; 6 Thy arrows-sharp, the people : under thee shall fall, in the heart of the 
enemies of the king. 7 Thy throne, O God, for an age and time, a sceptre : of 
equity, the sceptre : of thy kingdom. 8 Thou hast loved righteousness, thou shalt 
hate the wicked, upon this he has anointed thee, O God, thy God, the oil of joy 
before thy associate. 9 Myrrh and aloes-cassia ; all thy garments ; from the pa- 
laces of ivory from, they have made thee-glad. 10 The daughters of kings, in 
thy-honourable ; the spouse ; has stood for thy right hand ; in gold of Ophir. 
11 Hear, O daughter, and behold, and bend thine ear ; and forget thy people, and 
the house of thy father. 12 And the king himself shall desire thy beauty, for he 
is thy Lord, and bend thyself for him. 13 And O daughter of Tyre, with a gift ; 
thy-face, the-rich of the people shall intreat. 14 All glory the daughter of the 
king within, from embroidered robes ; of gold her garment ; 13 For embroidered 
garments,-she shall be-brought for the king, the virgins ; after her,-next her- 
ied for thee. 16 She shall be-brought in joy ; and exultation, she shall enter the 
palace of the king. 17 For thy fathers, thy sons shall be, thou shalt place them 
tbr princes in all the earth : 18 Thou-shalt cause to remember thy name in every 

D 2 



PSALMI 44. 45. HO ID 

-juror kSi unio nar^D iopjnDi ^ik ^fio is 

wSy mm tzron aipon ^nw ja ♦♦ 7™ 3 
t SnS tsna:i wnSa dp uro^-DN moSw 21 

miy nroD jktd 1:^™ dvh-Sd numn -pSy 24 
-ps-noS * n^S rurrrSa rwpn ^rw jt^n naS rq 
wsh nsyS nn# ^ ♦♦ i^nSi wjy rwn Tnon 26 
jj;dS uifii inS nmry noip : ium ptfS npm 27 
ps x almus mp-^S DwerSy rraoS nft tyion k 

Psaltes f I ,' 

LlTce- T^? •on -m mco in ^ trm x htt -w 2 

Jebrai, ip- i 

gem q ; r e ffi Re - p pnn DTK ray£i nviD naiD toy w? 5 

riicat ac I I ? I 

sponsun, ^j-, -y,^ ♦ U^JP DTO ^3*0 p'ty ^mnfiBO 4 

-Sy ddi rta ^Trm * ^nm -pin npii -p-Sy n 
*psn : "p^ty marii *pm pirmytt ra*r-o*T 6 
*" 3 ^ndd : "jSon •aria shz iS^ ^nnn D*»oy d^up ? 
ronN : "pisSo mis? it^o tontr Tjn obiy dniSk 8 
m»™ k" 3 pp -pSi* dnhSn -pt^o p-Sy yan wtpni p-re 

"pronp'O doSd : -pnw jtr 1 
wi wi nr^ t^sw onM ywb W ii 
«ima 7^ iSon wrvn * -pm n^i ipy td^ 12 
ibrr -pa nruM irwi * ib-nnncrm ^in 13 
nuopoo no^a ^So-ro nii^r^D t Dy 14 
mSim h^r\ niopnS : ntyi^S an? id 

nnot^D n^Sain t nS niNniD nwjn nnnx is 

lon^n is 



PSALM XLII. XLIII. XLIV. 



all thy waves and thy billows upon me have passed. 9 Daily Jehovah shall com- 
mand his mercy, and in the night his song ; with me, prayer ; for the God of my 
life ; 10 I have said to God my rock, for why hast thou forgotten me ? for why 
dark shall I walk for the oppression of the enemy ? 11 In breaking in my bones : 
my enemies have ashamed me, when-they say to me, every day, where thy God. 
12 Why, O my soul : shalt thou thyself be-dejected ? and why shalt thou be-trou- 
bled, in me ?-wait for God for yet I shall praise him, the-salvation ; of my face, 
and my God. 

PSALM XLIII. 

1 Judge me, O God, and contend my contention, from the nation not gracious, 
from the man of guile ; and iniquity ; thou wilt rescue me. 2 For thou the God 
of my strength, for why hast thou repulsed me ? for why dark shall I go for the 
oppression of the enemy ? 3 Send thy light and thy truth, they shall lead me, 
shall lift me up to the mountain of thy separation, and to thy-tabernacle. 4 And 
I shall come to the altar of God, to God the gladness ; of my joy, and I shall 
praise thee with the harp, O God my God. 5 Why, O my soul : shalt thou thyself 
be-dejected ? and why shalt thou be-troubled in me ?-wait for God, for I yet 
shall praise him, the-salvation ; of my face, and my God. 

PSALM XLIV. 

1 To the conqueror, for the sons of Korah,-understanding. 2 O God, with our 
ears ; we have heard, our fathers have told for us, the work thou hast wrought, 
in their days in the days of old. 3 Thou, thy hand : the nations-hast expelled 
and thou shalt plant them, thou shalt afflict for the people, and thou shalt dismiss 
them. 4 For not their sword ; they have possessed the land : and their arm ;-has 
not saved for them, for thy right hand ; and thine arm ; and the light of thy face, 
for thou hast accepted them. 5 Thou thyself, my King, O God, command-salva- 
tion ; Jacob. 6 In thee our enemies, we shall push with horns, in thy name we 
shall ; trample our foes. 7 For not in my bow : shall I trust, and my sword- 
shall not save me. 8 For thou-hast saved us, from our enemies, and from those 
-who-hate us, thou hast ashamed. 9 In God we have praised, all the day, and 
thy name for an age, we shall confess. Selah. 10 Even thou hast repelled and- 
shalt make us to blush, and thou shalt not go with our armies. 11 Thou-shalt 
make us to turn backwards, from the enemy, and from those-who-hate us, they 
have plundered for them. 12 Thou shalt give us, as cattle : of food, and in the 
nations thou has dispersed us. 13 Thou shalt sell thy people : in no Wealth, and 
thou hast not multiplied, in their prices. 14 Thou-shalt make us a scorn ; to our 
neighbours, a laughing and derision for those-who-surround-us ; 15 Thou shalt 
place us a proverb, in the nations, a shaking of the head, in the people. 16 Every 
day, my shame ; my presence, and the affront ; of my-face hath covered me. 
17 From the voice-of reproaching and-from insulting from the-face 



t 



42. 43. 44. no JO ao whftf) 

mrr rw dot : my ^ -pS^i -patro^a -pus 
? SkS moi« : w huh rhbn ^oy rtiw rhhz*\ non 

J a^N pSa "|Sk TTp-nob vjnna^ noS ^Sd 

a DvrrSa ^Sk Dnoaa *nn^ m*nn vnosya nm 
12 ^ ^onrrnoi Yimntrrrno * -pSi* itk 

♦ viSai njw utk nijro dviW? 
k s^ko tdtvkS ^uo on nyn dtiSk ^str jo x 8 ™ 
hq 1 ? nn*ro :^San nVyn nDnDSS is 

» » * » est cum su- 

f *jv)irnbw t a^ia p?a -pnnx rrp-no? •onrw periore * 
! -Ski -jeHp-nrr-Sx wko^ wrw non -pow 
4 nnotr Sn-Sn dviSk naro-Sa n^aai jl ^pnuatra v*?* 6 
n ^s)3 Tirnntrrrno : t6n teffoH^ms^ww'h** 
mi nin^ ima i^m? tfnW? ^mn ^orm-noi 
skdviSk : Sotro rnp-'oaS rraoS no ♦♦tiSki TlJ'v s 

> j > Oratiopo- 

3 d^okS inn Djrom wnn '■p nna ? D*rp *>oo 

4 -kS ojmn p^ntrr oanna o i cnWm 
♦ orw -pa tiki "ijnnn -pom ioS njwm 

e n ir-rc -p * apy rvijw rm dv6k oSo torrnni* 
7 onrn ntoai* wpa kS o wop Dia: ^o^a ma 
8 ♦ roaron wkjpdi u mso unjnsnn o * yyw 

1 9 : nSo rrm DStyS-pisn ovrrSa i^SSn m-iSaa 

11 -nnK titttrn 1 wmnafu k^h-kSi i:o^om nmr 

12 d^jqi Sdno jn« mnn s 10S )W wkmtoi "vtod 

13 iDrrrnoa hotkSi pn-tfSa "jojnaon t.wmt 
14 1 wma , OD L 7 oSpi nsnn i:o^n 

is id ovn-Sa f D^o^Sa ^ktt^o D^ua Siro now 
17 tpjoi ^nno Sipo t ^noa ntrai ^noSa 



crudelissi 
mam per- 
secutionem 
patientis. 



PSALM XL. XLI. XLII. 



backwards, and shall be-ashamed-who desire my hurt ; 16 They shall be-deso- 
late for a reward of their shame ;-who-say for me, well, well. 17 They shall 
rejoice and be-glad in thee all-who-seek thee, they shall say continually, Jehovah 
shall be-extolled-who love thy salvation ; 18 1 poor and needy, the Lord shall 
think concerning me, my help ; and my deliverer, my God thou wilt not delay. 



PSALM XLI. 

? To the conqueror a song for David. 2 O the-blessedness-understanding to 
the poor, in the day of evil; Jehovah shall liberate him. 3 Jehovah shall keep 
him and shall enliven him, he shall be-blessed in the earth : and thou wilt not 
deliver him, in the soul : of his enemies. 4 Jehovah shall support him on the 
couch ; of languor, all his lying down, thou hast turned in his sickness. 5 1 have 
said, O Jehovah, pity me, heal my soul : for I have sinned against thee. 6 My 
enemies shall speak evil for me when will he die and his name has perished. 
7 And if he has come-to see, he shall speak vanity, his heart shall gather iniquity 
for him, he has gone for abroad, he shall speak. 8 Together against me, they 
themselves shall murmur, all- who hate against me, they shall think evil ; 9 The 
thing of Belial shall fix in him, and who has reclined and-has not added-to rise. 
10 Even the man of my peace, whom I have trusted in him, eating my bread, he- 
has magnified against me, heel. u And thou, O Jehovah, pity me, and-raise me, 
and I shall finish for them. 12 In this I have known, for thou hast desired in 
me, for my enemy shall not rejoice over me. 13 And I in my Integrity thou hast 
supported in me, and thou-shalt establish me, for thy face, for an age. 14 Blessed 
O Jehovah God, of Israel, from an age, and time an age. Amen, and amen. 



PSALM XLII. 

1 To the conqueror,-understanding for the sons of Korah. 2 As the deer shall 
call to the torrents of-water, so my soul : shall call to thee, O my God, 3 My 
soul : has thirsted for God, for the living God, when shall I come, and shall see 
the face of God. 4 Has been for me my weeping ; bread, daily and night, when 
-they say to me, every day, where thy God. 5 These I shall record, and I shall 
pour upon me, my soul : for I shall pass in the meeting, I shall accompany them 
to the house of God, with the voice of joy ; and praise ; multitude feasting. 6 O 
my soul : why shalt thou thyself be-cast down and shalt thou be-troubled for 
me-wait for God, for yet I shall praise him, the-salvation ; of his face. 7 My 
God to me, my soul : shall itself be-dejected, upon this I shall remember thee 
from the land : of Jordan and Hermonites from the mountain small. 8 Deep to 
deep has called for the voice of thy cisterns, 



PSALMUS 
X L I. 

Praedicat 



PSALMI 40. 41. 42. 3D KD D 

"So *p inarn ijwi : nan nan ons^n 17 

♦ "injncrn ^hk nw Sijp Ton mow ywpzo 
nna noSsDi vniy b-zwrv* %rin p'oai ^ ^ni w 

♦ thS -yoo rraoS nd * man-Sit inSx n 
q Sl mm t mm )nubw nan ova StSk 700a 2 3 

et calamito- . 

StTSS #333 imnn-Sw pNanewnirrn imo^ 

inimicorum . ' 

sSs : ^ nDan im^q-Sd vn tsnjrSy inyo^ mm 4 

rumnis, _f 

conqueri- ♦ ^ ^NDn^D HK^ *0JH HIlT WON *0K Fl 

S "DiO niD^ ^nD ^S JH "nOW « 7 

t w pnS mp iS ptrfsp 13S w kw ra&nS 

: ^ njn "Otrm ^ ^arSs it^nSm 8 9 
w*ruy : DipS ^WNSMentswi 13 pW Sjrfa 1 
: apy ^ Smn ^onS SmK is innM-ntsw wiStr 
vym nan 1 onS hdSew mypm mm nnjo n is 
nr>on ^ro "oki ; % •ow itv-kS ft ft mfln-o 15 
hinw viSn mm ttbtyb -psS w ft 14 

nyn Swa : mp^aS maoS an k 2 
KBg iiND^ * dviSn ^Sk nyn p o^pftarSy * 

desiderium ) i ? ? { 

Domino : et ♦ » j j | > 

ffet -7D ^Sk no*o nT7i odv on 1 ? ^nyon ^rnnn 4 

titiam et . » ♦ 

firmatur. . . ' 

rm*rnpa tD^r\bx n^-iy dttk "103 ^ 
^nni isrbi ^nmn^n-nD : j^n pon mini « 
mSn : i^a nijw win iuro ^hSkS ^Snin ^ 7 
pT pxo -]nDr^ prhy nnintrn ^aa 
SipS Kmp Dinn-S^-Dinn : "ino troionrn 8 



1BD 

•PSALMUS 



PSALM XXXIX. XL. 



and my age as nothing, thy presence, even all vanity, every man standing. 
Selah. 7 Even in form man himself has walked even vain they shall rage, he 
shall collect, and he has not known who has gathered. 8 And now what have I 
expected, O Lord, my hope ; for thee has been. 9 From all transgressors-free 
me, the opprobrium ; of the foolish thou shalt not place me. 10 1 have been si- 
lent, and I shall not open my mouth for thou has done.- 11 Remove from upon me 
thy stroke, from the fight ; of thy hand : I have been consumed. 12 In rebukes ; 
for iniquity, thou hast corrected man, and thou-shalt cause him to flow, as a moth 
his desire, even vanity every man. 13 Hear my prayer • O Jehovah, and my 
crying ;-hear, to my tears ; thou wilt not be deaf, for a stranger I with thee an 
inhabitant as all my fathers.- 14 Cease from me, and I-shall be-strengthened in, 
before I shall go and not me. 



PSALM XL. 



1 To the conqueror for David a song. 2 Expecting I have expected Jehovah, 
and he shall incline to me, and shall hear my cry j 3 And he shall raise me from 
the dungeon of sound, from the earth : of mire and he shall place upon a rock 
my feet : he has directed my steps. 4 And he shall place in my mouth a new 
song, praise ; to our God, many shall see and shall fear and trust in Jehovah. 
5 O the-blessedness of the man who has placed Jehovah his hope, and has not 
respected the-proud and-who bend a lie. 6 Many ; thou hast done, O Jehovah 
my God, thy wonders ; and thy thoughts ; to us none has counted for thee, I- 
shall declare and shall speak, they have been more-from-numbering. 7 A sacri- 
fice and oblation ; thou has not desired, ears ; thou hast perforated for me, a whole 
burnt-offering ; and a sin-offering ; thou hast not asked. 8 Then I have said, lo 
I have come, in the volume ; of the book written upon me. 9 That-I might do 
thy will, O my God, I have desired, and thy law ; in the middle of my viscera. 
10 1 have declared righteousness in the great assembly, lo, my lips ; I shall not 
restrain, O Jehovah, thou hast known. 11 Thy justice I have not concealed in 
the middle of my heart, thy truth ; and thy salvation ; I have declared, I have 
not hidden thy mercy and truth ; for the assembly great. 12 Thou Jehovah shalt 
not restrain thy mercies from me, thy mercy and thy truth ; always shall keep 
me. 13 For evils ; have pressed upon me, time not from number, my iniquities ; 
-have seized me, and I have not been able-to see, they have been-multiplied 
from the hairs of my head, and my heart has forsaken me. 14 Desire, O Jeho- 
vah-to-rescue me, O Jehovah, for my help ; haste. 15 They shall be-ashamed 
and they shall blush together-who-seek my soul :-to destroy, they shall turn 



PSAL. XL. 
Introduci- 
tur Measi- 



39, 40. a toS zsfarm 

t rho m di^-Sd S^h-Sd yt yin p*o nSro w 
7 -kSi nav p^m Snrr^K ^K-^Snn^ dS^-^k 
s T\bmn >yix TYnp-no nnjn :QflD*mD jrp 
9 ♦♦ ^trrrSi* Sru nsnn ij Wi lytstfrSao * 
ii » %o ion * rwy nna d ••a-nnsK vti&io 
12 moi pjrby ninaira pjtSd W ^Tn-unD^j 

? nSo cznN-ho ban -ja nion try:> Doro 
is -Sk ^trrSfc nrwn vanen mm v6fin njw 
14 j*g?n : wisa-baa a^in -u d cnnn 

k nmoS io : ■4wd died rwbaw ^oo 

» iur messi- 

2 pnyitr yoism m mm wip mp : tooth 1 ? 

... I I p U ^ f)eum 

3 piD jpd-Sj; Dp^ pvt budd pap tod SSgST 
ornStfS nbnn ehpi ^a ?rvn w^lw 

l agens. 

n ntPK -ojn •ntrx * mma uroaii lirvn i*m 
: ata D'omrbN ros-Nbi int^ao mm Dtr 

6 -pnatsmoi ^nabs^ \nbtf rftff nna rwy nin 
nsoo lo^y .toini itmk -pba -py pK wba 

7 HKDrn nbw ib rvna d^k man *<b nroDi nar 
s aina nsD-rtaoa inaa-ron won ?k i rhm ah 
9 : iyo -pro "jnmni ^raan >nb** -p m-nwyb i 

5 nwT abaa kS vfiip run an bnpa pn^ 

11 ^ruioK "ob -pro wdd-kS ^npn^ :nyr nnK 
Snpb ^now *pDn vnna-Kb thon -jnjwrv) 

12 -jnDio -pon •oaq -pom Kbarrab mm nna 

is nsoo px-ry mjn ^bjna&N *o : wn# n^on 

1 4 ^nnryS nin^ ^S^nS »w o:n?y ^ 



PSALM XXXVII. XXXVIII. XXXIX. 



the extremity of the-wicked has been cut off. 39 The salvation ; of the-just from 
Jehovah, their strength in the time : of difficulty. 40 And Jehovah shall help 
them, and shall rescue them, he shall rescue them from the-wicked-and he-has 
saved them, for they have hoped in him. 

PSALM XXXVIII. 

1 A song for David-to-remember. 2 Jehovah, in thy fury, thou-wilt not re- 
prove me and in thy wrath ; thou wilt not correct me. 3 For thine arrows have 
descended in me, and thy hand : shall descend upon me. 4 Not entireness in my 
flesh from the presence of thy wrath ; not peace in my bones : from the presence 
of my sin ; 5 For my iniquities have passed over my head, as a burden heavy, 
they shall be-heavy from me. 6 They-have putrified, my wounds ; have been 
wasted, from the face of my foolishness ; 7 I have been distorted, I have been- 
humbled, time very much, every day darkened, I have walked. 8 For my loins 
have been-full, of burning ; and not soundness in my flesh. 9 I have been 
weakened and worn time very much, I have cried from the groaning ; of my 
heart. 10 O Lord, thy presence all my desire ; and my groaning ; from thee has 
not been concealed. 11 My heart has panted, my strength has forsaken me, and 
the light of my eyes : even they not me : 12 Those-who love me and my compan- 
ions, from the presence of my wound shall stand and my neighbours from a dis- 
tance have stood. 13 And they shall stretch nets,-who seek my soul : and- who 
seek my hurt ; they have spoken-wickedness ; and-guile ; all the day they shall 
meditate. 14 And I as a deaf person, shall not hear, and a dumb person, shall not 
open his mouth. 15 And I have been as a man who hath not heard, and not in 
his mouth reproof ; 16 Because to thee, O Jehovah, I-have waited, thou wilt an- 
swer me O Lord my God. 17 For I have said, lest they shall rejoice for me when 
-my foot : slips, upon me they-have magnified ; 18 For I-to shut up ; have been 
prepared, and my grief my presence always. 19 For my iniquity I-shall declare, 
I shall fear from my sin ; 20 And my enemies-who live have strengthened, and 
they have been-miiltiplied-who hate me falsely. 21 And-who render evil ; for 
good, they shall oppose me, for when-I follow-good, 22 Thou wilt not leave me 
O Jehovah, O my God thou wilt not be far from me. 23 Haste for my help : 
O God my salvation ; 

psalm xxxix. 

1 To the conqueror for Jeduthun, a song for David. 2 I have said, 1 shall ob- 
serve my ways : from-sinning with my tongue : I shall keep for my mouth the 
bridle, in time the wicked for my presence, 3 1 have been dumb, silence, I-nave 
been-silent from good and my pain has been increased. 4 My heart has burned, 
in the middle of me, in my meditation the fire : shall burn, I have spoken with 
my tongue :- 5 Make known to me, O God, my end and the measure ; of my days, 
what they have been, I shall inow how frail L 6 Lo a-hand breadth thou hast 
placed my days 



Deplorat 
peccata sua, 
et calamita. 
tes, in quas 
ob ilia inci- 
derat : et 
graiiam Dei 
exposcit. 



PSALMI 37. 38. 39. nS h 

farrtt njnpni i nmro D^tsn mrm vrrv 39 
dd 1 ?^ otoSai mm tnrjrn : rm ny3 onyo o 
& A x^fi s iptb nS * 13 iDm3 Dywi D^eno k 

i : inarm •oiroin isvp3-Si* mm : TornS mS 2 

1 

ono-pa ♦ *|T % nmni ^ mm ^n-^ 1 wn 3 4 
"o 1 vwtDn •oeo win DiSarpK -py? ^ao ri^33 n 

V^N3.1 ♦ ^DO 113^ 153 KPD3 WN1 113y TOty 6 

iKDny thw Tvnyj nnSiK •oaa vwi3n lpoi? 
cno p*o nSp3 inSo ^D3-^3 td^i up dvh-Sd > 
noroo vukp ixD'iy worn ianm ♦ ntr33 9 
i mnor kS -po inroao vnan-Ss ^ik s 'oS 1 

♦ ^na pa QrrDJi mjriitfi to ^3ry imno 13S u 
^k" 3 ♦ nay pniD mipi noy* ^ ujd ijni *3m< 12 

moiDi nun ran mjn ^111 ^a^t^awpai 13 
kS dSksi jwk tsnns w\ t um cdvh-Sd 14 

Y*3 p*0 yOtr"KS T^N* BM3 M^l X VS"nnS*» 10 

* mSk myn hhk mbrnn mm ^3 mrow is 

tjk tfijro :ron m*ODi p3i yS^S 19 
1 np^ HtW 1311 iD^y D^H j vwtono 3 
*ri ♦ 3^ nnn vro w rmto nnn nyi idSpdi 21 
rwin niM pmn-Stf mSk mm ^ryn-hw 22 25 
^r^nrfcrb mBoS toS nniwn ihk ^niryS n 

PSALMUS 1 ^ . 

d™' w?3 NiBnowr niDtrK wok mr? noro^ 

yursus, at- > f * f 

SSHiSr man ^toSk^ : yun i V3 didhd w moer k 3 w «' 

mi>erias . 

ISSSSS. ij|^n3 ^31D3 ^37-DH :131N ^3K31 31DD "»jwn 4 

vitae hujus • } 

SE"*"" mai ""tp nvTi ^jmin j^B^a "•man t^N-n^n n 
nnn) nmsa nan jah Snn-nonrrN^n-no^ « 



PSALM XXXVII. 



contend-in causing to prosper his way : with the man making abominations ; 
8 Cease from wrath and forsake fury ; thou shalt not contend yea-to-evil ; 9 For 
the-wicked shall be-cut off, and those-who wait for Jehovah, shall inherit the 
earth : 10 And as yet a little, and not the wicked, and thou thyself hast considered 
upon his place : and not it. And the-humble shall possess the earth : and they 
themselves have been-delighted upon the multitude of peace. 12 The wicked has 
thought against the just, and has gnashed upon him his teeth : 13 The Lord shall 
laugh for him, for he has seen that his day shall come. 14 The-wicked have un- 
sheathed the sword ; and have stretched their bow : that-they-might cause to 
fall the poor and needy that-they might slay the-upright of the way : 15 Their 
sword ; shall enter in their heart, and their bows : shall be-broken. 16 Good the 
little for the just, before the plenty of the-ungodly-much. 17 For the arms ; of 
the-wicked shall be-broken, and Jehovah has sustained the-just. 18 Jehovah has 
known the days of the-perfect, and their inheritance ; for an age shall be. 19 They 
shall not be-ashamed in the time : of evil ; and in the days of famine, they shall 
be-satisfied. 20 For the-wicked shall perish and the haters of Jehovah, as the 
precious of lambs shall be-taken away, in smoke they shall be-taken away. 
21 The wicked has borrowed and will not return, and the just has been-gratified 
and has been given. 22 For the-blessed of him shall inherit the earth : and the- 
cursed of him shall be-cut off, 23 From Jehovah the steps of a man have been- 
directed and his way : he shall choose. 24 For he shall fall, he shall not be-cast 
down, for Jehovah has supported his hand : 25 A boy I have been even I have 
been-old, and I have not seen the just forsaken, and his seed-seeking bread. 
26 Every day he has been-satisfied,-and lending and his seed for a blessing ; 27 Re- 
cede from evil, and do good and dwell for an age. 28 For Jehovah has loved judg- 
ment, and he shall not leave his-sanctified, for an age they have been kept, and 
the seed of the-wicked has been cut off. 29 The-just shall inherit the earth : and 
shall dwell for time upon it. 30 The mouth of the just speak wisdom ; and his 
tongue : shall speak judgment. 31 The law ; of his God in his heart, and his steps 
shall not move. 32 The wicked has looked for the just-and seeking-to-kill him. 
33 Jehovah shall not leave him in his hand : and he-shall not condemn him, when 
-he shall be judged. 34 Wait upon Jehovah and keep his way : and he shall exalt 
thee, that— thou mayest inherit the earth : when-the-wicked are cut off, thou shalt 
behold. 35 1 have seen the wicked strong and diffusing himself, as a green laurel- 
36 And he shall pass and behold not it, I shall seek him and he has not been 
found. 37 Observe the perfect and behold the upright, for the latter ; for man 
peace. 38 And transgressors shall be destroyed together, 



cem pros- 

perumque 
tentatio- 
num ista- 
rum exi- 
tum, ob 



37. h D^nn 
s tpn : mora my t2r*a wn n^vM nnnn-Sa 
9 o-jno «o : jnnS-7* nnnrrStf non ^ 
i p*n dj» -run : p*nerv" m mm -npi pm^ g^- 
n pN-in^ DVtfjn n^Ki iDipo-Sy romnm ytn 
12 pnrn pH^S yen oor i QiScr svSy ujynm 

is % n*n"0 iS-pn^i ^HK ♦ 

14 p^Ni •oy .^snS owp biii d inns mn 
icd anm^pi uihi *o£n nam i -pm^ rmvh * 
is i D^tsn pons pnvS toyo mco t nmu/r\ 
ii x mm cpni* "joidi naropn o^tcn rvijmr «o 
19 is : mnn dS^S orferm d^dh ^ mm jnv 
o nsjo D^Bn *o ♦ pnjn njn nyn 
si yen mS * *ta jtryn iSd d^d np«o mm t;p§n 

22 pK iicn* venae p t yjx\y\ \m pn^i fate* 

23 wild ■nmyvo mn^o nra vty?poi 
no 24 trwi -iy: i yt "pio rwbtfbi WkS f$j-$5 pair 

{ brfHrp^s ijnn nrya pns Win kSi wpro:i 
-ntpjn ins j ro-oS ijnn niSoi pin divtSd 

28 sur^i arm mm 'p i rb)yh jstei its 

29 D^pms k rroj d^kd jnn now oSiyS VTorrnK 
£ noDn rum pmn& mSy V? pantr-v* 

*ryon kS inbs yciSk nmn : toa^o -mn liwfri 
-*6 mm t irranS Kpaci pgpfc yt&n nan* : mvx 
mm-Si* mp i loa^m ujwt nSi vrn uarjp 
o^en J 'f ff f Q pa nanS "(ooiti no^i 

DniQ^ i kSi inirpam is^jw hot 



27 26 



31 

33 32 
34 



37 36 
38 



PSALM XXXV. XXXVI. XXXVII. 



-who hate me, for nought, they shall shut the eye : 20 For they shall not speak 
peace, and against the-humble of the earth : they shall conceive the words of- 
fraud ; 21 And they-shall open against me their mouth, they have said well, well, 
our eye : has seen it. 22 Thou hast seen, O Jehovah, thou shalt not be-silent, O 
Lord ; thou shalt not be-far from me.- 23 Rise and-awake for my judgment, my 
God and my Lord, for my cause. 24 Judge me according-to thy righteousness, 
O Jehovah my God, and they shall not rejoice for me. 25 They shall not say in 
their heart, well our soul : they shall not say, we have wounded him. 26 They 
shall be-ashamed and shall blush together-who rejoice my evil ; they shall be 
-covered with, shame; and blushing ;-who magnify against me. 27 They shall 
praise and rejoice-desiring my righteousness, and they shall declare, continually 
shall magnify Jehovah that has desired the peace of his servant. * And my 
tongue : shall speak thy righteousness all the day thy praise 



PSALM xxxvi. 

1 To the conqueror for the servant of Jehovah for David. 2 The transgressor 
has said for the wicked, in the middle of his heart, no fear of God for the pre- 
sence of his eyes : 3 For he-has nattered to him with his eyes : that-he may find 
his miquity-to hate. 4 The words of his mouth iniquity and guile ; he has failed 
~to-understand that— he may cause good. 5 Iniquity he shall meditate ; upon his 
bed, he himself shall stand upon a way : not good, evil ; he shall not throw away. 
6 Jehovah in the heavens thy mercy, thy truth ; to the clouds. 7 Thy righteous- 
ness ; as the mountains of God, thy judgments a deep ; great ; man and beast : 
thou- shalt save, O Jehovah. 8 How precious thy mercy, O God, the sons of 
Adam in the shade of thy wings : shall trust. 9 They shall be-watered from the 
fatness of thy house, and the torrent of thy pleasures thou shalt water them. 
10 For with thee the fountain of-life ; in thy light, we have seen light. 11 Ex- 
tend thy mercy for those- who know thee-and thy righteousness ; for the-upright 
of heart. 12 The foot : of pride ; shall not come upon me, and the hand : of the- 
wicked shall not remove me, 13 There they have fallen-who work iniquity, they 
have been-driven back, and have not been-able to rise. 

PSALM XXXVII. 

1 For David, shalt thou not thyself burn against the-wicked ? shalt thou not 
be-jealous against those-who wdrk iniquity ? 2 For as the herb, shall they be- 
cut down, and as the grass budding they shall fall. 3 Trust in Jehovah and do 
good, inhabit the earth : and feed truth ; * And delight thyself upon Jehovah, 
and he shall give for thee the desires ; of thy heart. 5 Roll upon Jehovah thy 
way : and hope upon him, and he will do. 6 And he-shall lead forth, as the light 
thy righteousness, and thy judgment jas-light. 7 Be— silent for Jehovah, and thou 
thyself wait for him, thou shalt not 

c 4 



PSALMI 35. 36. 37. h )h rfo 

hy) n^T DiSir t> ♦ pj^np* Djn npp 3 
edits ^ tttrro ♦ ps^m mono pK-yn 21 
nmao ury nnjn nan nan rm 22 
rwpm rrvyn $ ^00 pmrrStf ennn 23 
mrr ^pn^o •ob&p ♦♦ ^nS \n*o ^nW •raspoS 24 
nan ino^-btf Vino^-Sai viSk rq 
^n;n mop nrp nam nmjy^ nowS* 2 6 
irwn i ^ aVnon noboi niao-iKO 1 ^ 27 
01^ fonn mm Sn:p Ton no*m mm 
t -pSnn DvrrSs ^pn^ mnn "owh ♦♦ nay 28 

S£i. "'5 ; ^ b^** "ma-pa nnps ytsnS 3 

tiam Dei J j ; \ \ 

cKaT iMiro"7y atrrr pa : swn7 Totrrn Tin nonoi n 

ejusque > > > 

S m, S D^OtPm mm X DNO^ N7 yn D10"K7 TH'ty 6 

augmen- » 

tumpetu. L 7N - nnnD -j n p^^ ♦ o^pwny "iroiDK -pon 7 
-no j Wr> jwin norm din nan omn -p^^ s 
pCT ; pw yznhyi din $$1 dtiSk -pon np^ 9 
D^n lipjj *py **b J Dp^n -pny Srui ^no jcho 1 

t^k" 3 *|np™ fyr 1 ? *p Dn -|&o mirnNnj n 

t Dip feirfefei inn pa ^ya iSm d^ j i5 
?xx L vT t^uprr 1 -?** cs^jtim nnnrf thS ?S k 
$ fh& mi prm "h& nim W3 "o ; nSw 2 ^ 

iraprobo- • » ? * } ? ? 

LT^fea- -Sy : n^S rvbxwD V~\w nin^y Ji^nni 4 rr 

turn suum » n u » 

und N^ini tn^r Nim V7y hcddi "|3-n mm f *' 
iSSSinnm mm 1 ? dh jbnmis losra -jpTTi* 



Hortatur 

pios, ne 

gravius 

commove- 

antur rebus 

fecundis 

improbo- 



statum 
et feli. 



PSALM XXXIV. XXXV. 



O ye sons, hear for me, the fear ; of Jehovah I shall teach you. 13 What the man 
who has desired-life ; he has desired days that-he may behold good. 14 Keep 
thy tongue : from evil ; and thy lips ; from speaking guile. 15 Depart from evil ; 
and do good, seek peace and pursue it. 13 The eyes : of Jehovah upon the-righ- 
teous, and his ears ; to their cry ; 17 The face of Jehovah against those-who work 
evil, for the piercing from the earth : their memory. 18 They have cried, and 
Jehovah has heard, and from their straits ; he-has rescued them. 19 Near Jehovah 
for the-contrite of heart, and the-worn of spirit : he-has saved. 20 Many ; the 
evils; of the just, and from them all he shall resue him. 21 Keeping all his bones ; 
one from them not worn. 22 Evil ; shall slay the wicked, and those-who hate the 
just shall be-destroyed. 23 Jehovah has redeemed the soul : of his servants, and 
all-who triist in him shall not be-destroyed. 



psalm xxxv. 



1 For David, contend O Jehovah, my-contender, fight my-fighter,- 2 Take 
shield and buckler ; and rise in my help ; 3 And-bring forth the spear ; and shut, 
to oppose those-who pursue me, say for my soul : I thy salvation ; 4 They shall 
be-ashamed and shall blush-who-seek my soul : they shall turn backwards and 
shall be-ashamed-who meditate my evil ; 5 They shall be as chaff for the face of 
the wind : and the angel Jehovah has impelled. 6 Darkness shall be their way : 
and-slipperiness ; the angel Jehovah pursuing them. 7 For without cause they 
have concealed for me a ditch their net ; without cause they have dug for my 
soul : 8 Falsehood ; shall come to him, he has not known, and his net ; which he 
has hidden, shall take him with falsehood ; he shall fall in it. 9 And my soul : 
shall rejoice in Jehovah, shall be— glad in his salvation ; 10 All my bones ; shall say 
Jehovah who as thou,-snatching the afflicted from the stronger than he, and the 
poor and needy from destroying him. 1 1 Witnesses lying shall rise what I have 
not known they shall ask me. 12 They shall return evil; for good, barrenness 
for my soul. 13 And when-they were sick, my garment sackcloth, I have af- 
flicted in fasting my soul : and my prayer ; in my bosom shall return. 14 As a 
friend, as a brother for me, I myself have walked as mourning a mother, mourn- 
ing I have humbled. 15 And in my shutting up they have been-glad, and have 
been numbered, have been numbered against me shut up, and I have not known, 
they have torn and have not been-silent. 15 With impostors, mockers at feasts, 
they have gnashed upon me their teeth : 17 Lord, according-to what thou shalt 
see,-bring back my soul : from their desolations from lions, my darling. 18 1 will 
praise thee, in the meeting numerous in the people .--strong, I will praise thee. 
79 My enemies shall not rejoice for me falsely 

c 3 



34. 35. rb nS mhm 

is 12 erwmo : cdtdSk rrtm nar Vijw D^mnS 
14 yno -pw*? * mto xntrb 3hk d^h p&nn 
ib tips nvo-n^jn jno "no : n^no nmo -pns£n 
i6 "Sk vjtio d^hitSk mrr j in&vn DiSsr 

19 18 mm snp dWi oni-re-^oi mrn ipj^ 
o pm nijn rvan : nrnjovntfi sS^-ot^ 
2i n:no nruv wiD^r 1 ^ not^ $ mm dSdoi 
22 : id&w pv-r* njn yen nmon ♦♦ rrotrj kS 
23 D^Dinn-^D idkw nSi may trsa iw rrna 
k "hk onS vr-rnK rnm nan in 1 ? rb agum 

5 2 pnm omrya naipi n^i md prnn * ^nS 

{ * tueitur ad- 

4 t nnjw •war? no** •en n*np7 njoi y ersushos * 
: \njn *aw r\amt mn** ud^ ^a: ^pao 107^1 

6 n Da-n^m t nrn mm ^kSdi nmM>S pa vm *"> 

7 -lioto wn^a ♦ DDnn mrf npSpSm -pn nipy™ 

8 n*oe? inwan : ^fi^S nan d:h onan nrn^S 

9 ^sii * rtrSei niOBO- naSn pD~^K meni yr 
^ i miDKn Tat^y ba j wjwo twn mma Sun 

iSud jvaKi ujn prno uy S^d -poa nin^ 
i*}**i0w* x vrhmfi *n#irih -\m Don ny paip" 1 
is ^i^S ombna *im : Siatr naiD nnn nyn 
14 ^ » awn ^n-S^ ^nSsm Di^n pt^ 
ito^S^i pnint^ nip dk-Sdkd wSnnn ^ hkd 
-kS ijnp ^n^n^ abi isdw iadmi motr 
17 is hod ^hk * io^tr pnn 3^ ^ : w 



j PSALM XXXIII. XXXIV. 

in Jehovah, for the-upright, fair ; praise ;- 2 Confess for Jehovah, on the harp, on 
Nebel, decachord sing for him. 3 Smg for him a song new,— bless him singing 
with a noise ; 4 For right the word of Jehovah, and all his works in fidelity ; 

5 He hath loved righteousness ; and judgment, mercy of Jehovah the earth : full ; 

6 By the word of Jehovah the heavens have been made, and by the breath : of 
his mouth, all their army. 7 Gathering as a heap the waters of the sea, giving in 
masses the-deep ; 8 Shall fear from Jehovah all the earth : from him shall fear all 
the inhabitants of the world ; 9 For he hath said it and it has been, he has com- 
manded and it shall stand. 10 Jehovah-has made vain, the counsel of the nations, 
he— has made vain the thoughts ; of the people : 1 1 The counsel of Jehovah for an 
age shall stand, the thoughts ; of his heart, for a time and time. 12 O the-bless- 
edness of the nations, which Jehovah their God, the people : he has chosen for 
inheritance; for him. 13 From the heavens Jehovah-has looked, he has seen all 
the sons of Adam. 14 From the habitation of his sitting ; he-hath looked upon 
all the inhabitants of the earth : 15 That hath formed, at once, their heart-consi- 
dering all their works. 15 A king has not been saved, in the multitude of an 
army, the powerful shall not escape in the greatness of power. 17 Deceiving the 
horse for safety; and in the greatness of his strength, he shall not rescue. 18 Be- 
hold the eye : of Jehovah to those-who fear him, and-who hope for his mercy— 
19 To-rescue from death their soul : for them to live in famine. 20 Our soul : has 
waited for Jehovah, our strength and our shield he. 21 For in him shall our 
heart rejoice, for in the name of his holiness we have hoped. 22 Thy mercy shall 
be, O Jehovah, upon us which as we have hoped in thee. 



PSALM XXXIV. 



1 For David when-he changed his countenance, for the face of Abimelech, and 
he shall expel him and he has gone. 2 1 shall bless the Jehovah in all time : al- 
ways his praise ; in my mouth. 3 In Jehovah my soul : itself shall praise, the hum- 
ble shall hear and shall rejoice. 4 Praise for Jehovah with me and we shall exalt his 
name, at once, 5 1 have sought the Jehovah and he has answered me, and from all 
my fears ; he-has rescued me. 6 They-have looked to him, and have been en- 
lightened, and their faces shall not be-ashamed. 7 This humble has cried and Je- 
hovah has heard, from all his difficulties ; he-has saved him. 8 The angel Jeho- 
vah has encamped round for those-who fear him, and he shall rescue them. 
9 Taste and see for good Jehovah. O the-blessedness of the man, shall hope in 
him. 10 Fear the Jehovah, O ye his separated, for no want for those-who fear 
him. 11 The young lions have been-poor, and have suffered hunger, and those 
-who seek Jehovah shall not want all good. 12 Come 

c 2 



et misen- 
cordiam 
Dei cele 
brans. 



PSALMI 33. 34. nb A 

S& rnmS nm nbnn niw on^S rjwa d^ts 2 
khh iS"YW t ib"i-o iitry SruD nuM 3 

* miDNn in^yo-SDi mtt^i ntsn-o : njmra 4 
-d-d 1 pan naSo mm ion item) nipTst ana n 6 
•»o tjd d^d ♦♦ dkm-Sd va m-Di 1^3 dw mm 7 
parr^D nimo int* t niDinn nmi*o jro on * 
Kin w naK Kin d ; San d^-Sd nun uoo 9 
nDtrno *<on ovirmy -van mm j Tojr»n mi* * 
ttS toS rvapnD nayn th)$h mm my 1 tznsy u 
nbmb ins oyn vnSa mrrTO ^n •hew $ -111 » 

♦ Dn«n ^rSo-nN nm mm toDn dwd : ib 13 
wpt nm m t pan d^"Sd Sk mpn iratsrpDDD h id 

-:td ypu *]Son pit * omtryD-ba-SK pan d^S w 
'njwnS Dion np^ ♦♦nD-rro S^p-nS nils n 
vbrvoh varvba mm py t vhw ib^n rDi is 
Wirt 1 ajro Dnvnbi dgpsj nioo S^nS nonS 19 o 
tab no^ ijro 1 Kin i^jioi iruy nimb nron 21 
ntrKD i^Sy mm -pomm t i^ntoa ieHp dko d 22 
8* xT#. ^ i^whk irvoKO mnb nb * -|S uSm k 

David in f f J 

SxSo njr7M nim-na ns-DK : imrun -po'ox 2 

extollit I > > 

ST2fs?" truy ijw ns?M y?nnn mnD : ^d in^nn Ton 5 

ram Dei > > 

jufadTp. v\erH nnm vx> noorw ^hk mm7 itu nno^i 4 n 

sum confu* f . m . 

fiiunt - V7N wan ♦ wwi vypuo-Smi ^in nim-na , f 
yoiy mmi Kip nt : inan^-SK om^i iipi) 7 
vxmS md nin^^D n:n njwin vnin-rSoDi b 
-non^ n^n •ntsw him aib-D ikii loyto i D^Sn^i 9 
: vktS mono pico wrp nin^nK ikt ; d 11 
: did-Sd inom-K^ mm Dym itsn d^sd " 



PSALM XXXI. XXXII. XXXIII. 



very much., and a fear to my acquaintances, those-who see me without have wan- 
dered from me. 13 I have been given as dead from heart, I have been as vessels 
of destruction. 14 For I have heard the calumny • of many, fear about, when- 
they have consulted together against me to take my soul : they have consulted. 
15 And I in thee have trusted, O Jehovah, I have said, my God thou. 16 In thy 
hand : my times :-save me from the hand : of my enemies, and from those-who 
persecute me.- 17 Make to shine thy face, upon thy servant,-save me in thy mercy. 
18 O Jehovah, I shall not be-ashamed, for I have called upon thee, the- wicked 
shall be-ashamed, they shall be-cut off, for the grave : 19 Shall be-dumb Hps ; of 
a he those- who-speak against the just, hard in pride and contempt. 20 How much 
thy good which thou hast concealed for those-who fear thee, thou hast wrought 
for those-who trust in thee, presence sons of Adam. 21 Thou-shalt hide them in 
the hiding place of thy face, from the liftings of man thou shalt conceal them, in 
the tabernacle ; from the contention of tongues : 22 Blessed Jehovah, for he-has 
magnified his mercy for me, in a city ; fortified. 23 And I have said, when-I was 
in haste, I have been cut off, from the presence of thine eyes : but thou hast 
heard the voice of my supplications ; when-I call to thee. 24 Love the Jehovah, 
all ye his sanctified, Jehovah guarded the-faithful and-rendered upon the ex- 
treme working pride ; 25 Be-strong, and he shall strengthen your heart all- who 
hope for Jehovah. 

PSALM XXXII. 

1 For David understanding, O the-blessedness lifted transgression, covered 
sin ; 2 O the-blessedness of the man, for him, Jehovah shall not impute iniquity, 
and not in his spirit : guile ; 3 For I-have been-silent, have gr own-old my bones : 
in my crying ; all the day. 4 For daily and night shall be-heavy upon me, thy 
hand : has been turned my greenness in the-dryness of summer. Selah. 5 My 
sin ; I-shall make known to thee, and my iniquity I have not concealed, I have 
said I will confess upon me, my transgressions for Jehovah and thou hast sent 
away the iniquity of my sin. Selah. 6 Upon this, every merciful person shall 
address himself to thee, for the time : of finding truly, for the inundation of many 
waters to him it-shall not come. 7 Thou a hiding place for me, from difficulty 
thou shalt keep me, songs of deliverance thou shalt surround me. Selah. 8 I- 
will cause thee to understand, I will order thee in the way : which thou shalt 
walk, I will counsel upon thee my eye : 9 Thou shalt not be as the horse, as the 
mule not understanding, in bridle, and rein, his mouth, for restraint not to ap- 
proach to thee, 10 Many sorrows for the wicked, and-trusting in Jehovah, mercy 
shall surround him. 11 Rejoice in Jehovah, and rejoice ye-just, and-praise him 
all-upright of heart. 

PSALM XXXIII. 



1 Exult O ye-just 



c 



31. 32. 33. & lb D^nn 

^oo mi pro \vi ijnraS m&i iko ■tobe^i 
14 is n:n inyotr ^ ♦ 13X ^33 zb6 narrow 
j ^or ^3 nnpb w didih3 mdd iud d^i 
6 vj ^ra t nn*t mSn nin^ ijinM -pSy ^ki 

18 "pnKip s 3 h^k-Sk mni : -pons lywin "fW 

19 iptsnnap nisban Sik^S iot d^i 

3 -piD 3i no : roi mam pny pm-Sy miiin 
: troi tia m -p nwnb nSya ytr\h n^-itr** 

21 ano tod3 wsrcn km *»ddio mD3 Drnon 

22 :iito Tya *h non wSan "D Prirr ^na : rwS 

23 Sip nyo^ pN -pipy i^o nans vn&N •oni 

24 d^iok VTon-Sa nm^-nit lanar^a ijntso^unn 
to pom lprn : m*o nvy irrSy oStroi mni i^ 

n inS aS : mn^ vkrvoTrbz D333S 

» » Psalmus 

. . ca 

3 173 T\Ennn ^3 1 mna pan py 17 m»T> » S 

4 ^Sy 733J1 pMfl DDV ^3 : DVn'Sa WUW3 ^y 

n ^jrHW ^nNcon x nbo pp ^lama yra -jt 
ni.T 1 ? % rmx wiok wd3-nS •oijn 

e hbzrv nxrby t nbo *mpft py iwj nn*o 
a^3i tpwb pi nyS *pSx Ton-- 1 ?:) 

7 toSs ^1 Tren i|fi ^ ino nnK : ijrtf vSx 

s nvjTN *f?n ir^na 711*0 "iVoew : nbo vnaion 

9 "J1TO3 p3<1 pN 1153 D1D3 IMH'Sk "pSj/ 

1 D^IKDO D^31 J^Sk 2?l1p ^3 tthlb m$ p11aipK"» 

ii nin*a inotr n^33io^ ion nm^ ntoi3m y^iS 

» J > } PSALMUS 



catoris jus- 
tificatio et 
salus con- 
sistat. 



x a 



PSALM XXIX. XXX. XXXI. 



8 The voice of Jehovah-shall cause to tremble the desert, Jehovah-shall make to 
tremble the desert of Kadesh. 9 The voice of Jehovah-shall cause the hinds : to 
calve, and he shall discover the forests, and in his temple, all his has declared his 
glory. 10 Jehovah upon the deluge has sat, and Jehovah has sat King for an age. 
1 1 Jehovah shall give strength for his people : Jehovah shall bless his people : in 
peace. 



psalm xxx. 

1 A psalm a song of the dedication ; of the house for David. 2 1 will exalt 
thee, O Jehovah, for thou hast lifted me up, and thou hast not gladdened my 
enemies for me. 3 Jehovah my God, I have cried to thee and thou shalt heal me. 
4 Jehovah thou-hast caused to ascend from the grave : my soul : thou hast enli- 
vened me, when-I was descending into, the grave, 5 Sing for Jehovah his mer- 
cies and-confess the memory of his holiness. 6 For a moment in his fury,-life 
in his good-will, in evening shall remain weeping, and for the morning joy ; 
7 And I have said in my tranquillity ; I shall not move for an age. 8 Jehovah, in 
thy good- will thou-hast made me to stand in my mountain of strength, thou-hast 
hidden thy-face, I have been terrified. 9 To thee, O Jehovah, I shall cry, and 
to Jehovah I shall address myself. 10 What utility in my blood, when-I descend 
to the pit,-shall the dust praise thee,-shall it declare thy faithfulness. 1 1 Hear, 
O Jehovah, and pity me, O Jehovah be a helper for me. 12 Thou hast turned my 
weeping, to singing for me, thou hast loosed my sackcloth, and thou shalt gird 
me, gladness ; 13 For the sake-of, glory shall praise thee, and shall not be-sllent, 
Jehovah my God, for an age I shall praise thee. 



PSALM XXXI. 

p 

' To the conqueror, a song for David. 2 In thee, O Jehovah, I have hoped, I 
shall not be-ashamed for an age, in thy righteousness, rescue me— 3 Incline to me 
thine ear ; quickly-rescue me, be for me, for a rock of strength, in the house of 
towers ;-to-save me. 4 For my rock and my fortress ; thou, and for the sake-of 
thy name thou shalt lead me and thou shalt guide me. 5 Thou-shalt lead me 
from that net ; they have hidden for me, for thou my strength. 6 Into thy hand : 
I-shall commit my spirit : thou hast redeemed me, O Jehovah, the God of truth ; 
7 1 have hated those-who observe vanities of rashness, and I to Jehovah have 
hoped. 8 1-will rejoice and I shall be-glad, in thy mercy that thou hast seen my 
affliction, thou hast known in straits ; my soul : 9 Thou-hast not inclosed me in 
the hand : of an enemy, thou-hast made to stand in a broad place my feet : 10 Pity 
me, O Jehovah, for difficulty for rr.e, has orroded, in wrath, my eye : my soul 
and my belly ; 11 For, have consumed for grief my-life, my years ; in groaning • 
has stumbled in iniquity my strength and my bones : have consumed. 12 Frcra 
all my enemies, I have been a reproach ; and for my neighbours 



PS. XXX. 

David ab 
exilio re- 
versus, Deo 
gnatias 
agit, quod 
facultatem 
sibi rursus 
dedisset, 



PSALMI 29. 30. 31. *h h M 

h)p : trnp -mo iw Snnano Stp mn^ Sip trK ■ » 
7on iSa i^ren nnjn t^m mSw Vnir mm 
nw :dSi^S *f?o wit at^SiaaS mm rwe i n 

S ♦ d^ko iDy-na "p^ rnfr jm viyh 
mm -pom * 7hS rvan rajn-w 7*od k 2 
"pSa t\jw viSk hut th ow nnoaraSi ^mbn o * 

dedican- o f 

habS "Hira ^n^n nrM TiKtsrp n^yn mm : •flNJnm 4 

domus suae. f f 

yr\ o : ltsnp nan mm Y»TDn mm7 nor n\a ^ ^ 
•oni : nn ipaSi 05 pbi ai$s msia vm isaa 7 
-pwa mw * ch^jh toioK-Sa ^a wok s 
-pSa : bna^ m -ps mnon ?y mnS nmoyn 9 
vma wa jnsa-no ♦♦ pnna mm-Sw mpa mm ■> 
vnm rTrnw * I^ok tki 7by -pv>n nnBrSa 11 
ft SwdS nsoo roan : h nrjrrrn rmir 12 
nma "p° n t# a ^ : nno ^ wrNni *>pty nnns 13 
r , ^mi ntayS tiSk mm dt kSi 
ps. xxxi. ♦ yhS moro rraoS 

In persona , , 

K . -pp-r^sa DTijfr nEnair'jx won mrr-p » 
noS nyoTraf? ^ irn mno -pra nan t 
j^oSi nnx vnivoi ijho 'a tssww^i rwma * 
id ^ wt5 li ripnb warn piSnjni ^ n 
jffcf vym nnna wi Tp** -jTa * *r» nm* « 

«3jrn» mo new -pona nnQt?Ki n^K : ^nntaa « 

W D^aa nra ^a nwain pSjit amoa ^ 
^a nn^Ka wi ^ p^a iba « i.«9» ?»M 11 
nsnn irirsii •nnnrba iW3? '•W via W 12 



turn et luc- 
tam inter 
Jmprobos, 
in hoc se> 
culo, ex- 
primit. 



PSALM XXV II. XXVIII. XXIX. 

in the day of evil ; and he shall conceal me in the hiding place of his tabernacle, 
in a rock he shall exalt me. 6 And now, shall be-exalted my head, upon my 
enemies, my rounds, and I will sacrifice in his tabernacle sacrifices of thanksgiv- 
ing ; I will sing and praise for Jehovah. 7 Hear, O Jehovah, my voice I will 
call, pity me and answer me. 8 For thee has said my heart, seek my-face, thy 
face, O Jehovah, I shall seek, 9 Thou shalt not hide thy-face from me, thou shalt 
not lean upon thy servant in thy wrath, my help ; thou hast been, thou shalt not 
leave me and thou shalt not forsake me, O God of my salvation. 10 For my fa- 
ther and my mother have forsaken me, and Jehovah shall gather me— 11 Direct 
me, O Jehovah, thy way : and lead me in the path ; of rectitude, for the sake-of 
my enemies. 12 Thou shalt not give me, to the desire : of my enemies, for they 
have risen against me, lying witnesses, breathing iniquity. 13 For-have I not 
believed-to see in the goodness of Jehovah in the land : of those-who live. 
14 Wait to Jehovah, he has strengthened and he shall strengthen thy heart, and 
wait for Jehovah. 

PSALM XXVIII. 

1 For David to thee, O Jehovah, I will cry, my rock thou shalt not be-silent, 
from me, lest thou shalt be-silent from me, and I have been assimilated with 
those-who descend to the ditch. 2 Hear the voice of my supplications, when-I 
call to thee, when-I lift my hands : to the secret place of thy holiness, 3 Thou 
shalt not draw me with the-wicked, and with those-who work iniquity-who speak 
peace with their neighbour, and evil ; in their heart. 4 Give to them according- 
to their work, and accor ding-to the evil ; of their works, according-to the work 
of their hands : give for them,-render their retribution for them. 5 For they shall 
not understand the works of Jehovah, and to the work of his hands : he shall 
destroy them and shall not build them. 6 Blessed Jehovah, for he has heard the 
voice of my prayers. 7 Jehovah my strength, my shield in him, my heart has 
hoped, and I have been helped, my heart shall rejoice, and from my song I-shall 
confess him. 8 Jehovah strength for them and the strength of salvation ; his 
anointed has been.- 9 Save thy people : and bless thy heritage ; and feed them, and 
raise them, time an age. 

PSALM XXIX. 

1 A song for David, give to Jehovah, sons of the-strong, give to Jehovah glory 
and strength. 2 Give to Jehovah the glory of his name, bend yourselves for Je- 
hovah in the glory ; of holiness. 3 The voice of Jehovah upon the waters, God 
of glory-has made to thunder, Jehovah upon many waters. 4 The voice of Jeho- 
vah in power, the voice of Jehovah in glory. 5 The voice of Jehovah has broken 
the cedars, and Jehovah shall break the cedars of Lebanon. 6 And he-shall cause 
them to leap as a calf, Lebanon and Sirion as the son of unicorns. 7 The voice of 
Jehovah dividing the flames ; of fire : 



27. 28. 29, ton ro D D^nn 

Piaw nren iShn nnon njn nvn n5on 
e iSnan nnnuo ^m^D Sy ^ki ow* nnjn 
7 nmn^ nm^ rrvum n-WK nyi-in ^nnr 
s -ps-ntf \jn wpn nox *\b t wy) anpa 

v6& uaryrrSin ^dh-Sk rwi wry -pny 
11 ^ nin^ vmn ♦♦^SD^ni.Ti vnn?jnD£rpnson pyan 
is^nn-Sje :*nty wdS ni&rvs nn&n ^mi nm 
i-5 kth ; oon nim npcmy •onop ^n nis tstejn 
14 "Sk nip ♦ o^n pka ninvniton m*nS TODan 
no : hi.t-Sn nipi "pS p^i prn nin^ 
k -ja nna tmnrrStf jnpa mn^ y?K nnS £^un» 
' 2 Sip yov t to Hii^ay ^nS^i *odd n^nn 

3 -Sn j-jtsnp totSk vp'WBon yhx ^wn •ounn 11 
-ny DiScr nrr pK ^jtfrojn oiy array •ontran 

4 DitSS^d iroi dS^d onS-jn * DnnSn njm an^n 
n i:^ kS *o ♦ onS ntrn onS-jn DiTT npyon 
e -pnn jd3^ nSi Dtrwr n^yo-bio nwrbjtirbx 

7 ^nb nan m ^oi ^ niiT : •ounn Sip ^ mhs 

8 nyoi loS-rymn^ irnnao-m:! so hp) ^rn^i 
s-rwp^ "jDjrnw njwm :Kin inw n^i^ 
k iioro ton : Dbiynny dn^i Djm -jr^m 
■ inn ♦ rjn *nnn nin^b inn d^k ^n nirnb inn nnS 

i ? J adventans, 

3 Tip ♦ KHp-rmnn ninv? unn^n iw unn nin^ ™™™ c . 

I l i tisque sua- 

t D^nn wby nm^ D^jnn iinnn-^K D^on-^y niiT s u au e a s n c t, 
n 4 d^hk nn&r m,T Sip : nnnn ni.T Sip nnn mn^-Sip 

6 S^-im Dn^pn^i ♦ p:nSn ^hk-hk m<T nn^i 

7 nmnS n^n mn^-Sip t d^ktp ion pn^i pjnS 



Prccatio, 
qua ab im- 
proborum 
einia 
njuriis 
bb erari pe- 
tit; 
gratiarum 
actio pro- 
exauditio- 



PSALM XXV. XXVI. XXVII. 



9 He shall direct the-meek, in judgment and he will teach the humble his way : 

10 All the ways ; of Jehovah mercy and truth ; for those-who keep his covenant; 
and his testimony ; 11 For the sake-of thy name, O Jehovah, pardon my iniquity, 
for it has been-multiplied. 12 Who that very man fearing Jehovah, he will teach 
him in^the way : he shall choose. 13 His soul : in good-shall abide and his seed 
shall inherit the earth : 14 The secret of Jehovah for those-who fear him and his 
covenant: he-has made them to know. 15 My eyes: always to Jehovah, for he- 
shall lead from the net ; my feet : 13 Look to me and pity me, for alone and poor 
I. 17 The distresses; of my heart-have expanded, from my difficulties,-rescue 
me : 18 See my affliction and my labour, and take away all my errors ; 19 Look 
upon my enemies, for they have been-multiplied., and a hatred ; unjust they have 
hated me. 20 Keep my soul .--save me, I shall not be-ashamed, for I have hoped 
in thee. 21 Perfection and rectitude shall keep me, for I have waited for thee. 
5£ Redeem, O God, the Israel from all his difficulties ; 

PSALM XXVI. 

1 For David, judge me, O Jehovah, for I in my Integrity have walked, and in 
Jehovah I have trusted, I shall not move. 2 Prove me, O Jehovah, and try me 
purge my reins ; and my heart. 3 For thy mercy for the presence of my eyes : 
I myself have walked in thy truth ; 4 1 have not sat with men vain and with 
those-who conceal I shall not enter. 5 1 have hated the assembly of the- wicked, 
and with the-ungodly I shall not sit. 6 1 shall wash in innocency my hands, and 
I shall surround thy altar, O Jehovah. 7 To hear with the voice of confession ; 
and-to tell all thy wonders ; 8 Jehovah I have loved the habitation of thy house 
and the place : of the tabernacle of thy glory. 9 Thou shalt not gather with sin- 
ners my soul : and with mortals of-blood my life ; 10 Who in their hands : lying and 
their right hand ; full ; of a bribe. 11 And I, in my Integrity, will walk, redeem 
me and pity me. 12 My foot : has stood in rectitude, in the assemblies I will 
bless Jehovah. 

PSALM XXVII. 

1 For David, O Jehovah, my light, my salvation, from what shall I fear, Jeho- 
vah the strength of my life ; from what shall I be-afraid. 2 When-the-wicked 
approach, against me-to eat my flesh, my enemies and my haters for me, they have 
stumbled and have fallen. 3 If an army : shall encamp against me, my heart shall 
not fear, if war ; shall rise against me, in this I have been-safe. 4 One thing ; I 
have asked from the Jehovah, this ; I shall seek I have sat in the house of Jeho- 
vah, all the days of my life ;-to see the sweetness of Jehovah and-to enquire in 
his temple. 5 For he shall hide me, in his tabernacle, 



PSALMI 25. 26. 27. 12 ID m 

-Sd idtt Ditty no^i toa^oD ovoy-pT ♦ 9 1 
-fyaS I vmyi inns n^S now non mm mma n 
Km r*fi nro jain-Dn vwyhrwhoi mm 7:^ 12 
err* unn pSn dim 1^3 : nnm -poD jrvii rim 13 
Tan ♦ DminS widi vtnb mm no * pa i4 id 
^3ni ^Sk ma t hr\ ntsno kw-kih 9 mm-Stf i 6 
*rflpwoo imn ■odS rvm t ■ok ^1 wn5 i? 
"run ♦ ^n^Dn-^S Ktyi iSojn *v run ♦* •owyin « 19 
ptk» * ^in^ dot nawi id-pd d 

♦ vnny Sdo San^-nat dviSk ma : -prmp 22 
xx L v?. s ^roSn >or\2 ^ mm vibsp mnS id k 

Exprirait > 

gffii narre ^on mm ^na nyoa *o wtod mmDi 2 

et fidaciam ♦ » ♦ • 

scientC * nnoKD voSnnm -Mr? -non vd vyp:o 3 

ejusque ' . . ' . 

5ud d Deum. ♦ X1DK N7 DWJtt Dyi KlKrWTDy *T\D^K7 4 

piN DtrN D'ycrrDjn cjno Snp *r\Mw n 6 
SipD jpwS i mm -pDrft-nK hdddni id jrfaa 7 
^mD pyo von* mm i ymxbin-hz naoSi mm » 

hkSo editor nor djttd-t^k : d^ot sgflif 1 
w»oa moy ■fesh rtaro turf ^Sk ^ra •oni nrw 1 
xxviT mm ihS ?d * mm ton D^npoD k 

Quam pul- 

SsSe'sr DnpD : nnaK idd ^rrnj/D mm *n\\* *»dd lytsm ma s 

in domo . ' » > • . 

s e eTe e i rae - -dk ^dS k^-nS nmn ; 1^:1 3 

propitio 

^^-Sd rnwvrwfli tqp trpDN nniK mm-riKD 
^ w mSd^hd npDSi rmm-o^D nvnSn 



1 12 



PSALM XXII. XXIII. XXIV. XXV. 



the nations. 30 They have eaten and they shall bend themselves all the fat ones 
of the earth : for his-face they shall bend all-who descend into, the dust, and his 
soul : has not lived. 31 A seed shall serve him it shall declare, for the Lord for 
a generation. 32 They shall come and they-shall declare his righteousness ; for a 
people : begotten for he has done. 

PSALM XXIII. 

' A song for David. Jehovah my shepherd, I shall not fail. 2 In pastures ; 
of budding he-shall cause to lie down to the waters of-rest ; he shall lead me. 
3 My soul : he shall turn, he shall lead me in the paths of righteousness, for the 
sake of his name. 4 Even because I shall walk in the valley : of death's shade, I 
shall not fear evil, for thou with me, thy rod and thy staff; they shall console me. 
5 Thou shalt prepare for my-face a table, presence of my enemies, thou hast 
anointed with oil my head, my cup ; exuberant ; 6 Even goodness and mercy shall 
follow me all the days of my life ; and I have dwelt in the house of Jehovah for 
length of days. 

psalm xxiv. 

1 For David a song, for Jehovah, the earth : and its fulness, the world ; and— 
who dwell in it. 2 For he upon the waters has founded it and upon the rivers ; 
he shall strengthen it. 3 Who shall ascend to the mountain of Jehovah, and who 
shall stand in the place ; of his holiness. 4 Clean of hands and pure of heart, who 
has not received for vanity his soul : nor has been sworn for guile ; 5 He shall 
receive the blessing ; from Jehovah, and righteousness ; from the God of his sal- 
vation. 6 This the generation have sought him-who-seek thy-face O Jacob. 
Selah. 7 Raise, O gates, your heads and be raised O ye gates, of an age, and 
shall enter this King of glory. 8 Who this King of glory Jehovah strong and 
powerful, Jehovah strong in battle ; 9 Raise, O gates your heads, and be raised 
O ye gates of an age, and shall enter the King of glory : 10 Who has been this 
King of glory, Jehovah of armies, has been the King of glory. 

psalm xxv. 

' For David to thee, O Jehovah, I will lift my soul : 2 My God in thee I have 
hoped I shall not be-ashamed, shall not exult my enemies over me. 3 Even all- 
who wait upon thee, shall not be-ashamed, those-who prevaricate vainly shall be 
-ashamed. 4 Thy ways : O Jehovah-cause me to know thy foot paths ; teach 
me :- 5 Cause me to walk in thy truth ; and teach me, for thou the God of my 
salvation, thee I have expected all the day. 6 Remember thy mercies O Jehovah, 
thy mercies for an age, they. 7 The sins ; of my youth and my prevarications 
thou wilt not remember, aCcording-to thy mercy, remember for me, thou for the 
sake of thy goodness, O Jehovah. 8 Good and upright Jehovah, upon this he 
shall teach sinners in the way : 



PSALMUS 
XXIII. 



um 
cele- 
brat, qwi- 
que ad illud 
pertineant, 
docec. 



22. 23. 24. 25. i13 *D 33 D^nn 

trim n*S i^aai nay itwSd ijn^ v^S p** 

ft imp vd nhv Dyb inp-n* 

2 k w:rTKtrr niNtt nona K^jnnvr nnS too 
s pnr^yED Mrw wsn ^Snr nnuo id-Si? SKS. 

• . . . ^ consolaiio- 

4 *a jn *o\s* mobs *ojo t?n *o ; w moS 

l J gine con i- 

♦ tVY) ^did •wi joeo jwr nro m p?^ ^d? 

k pKn mrt^ too id j -p^b f 
2 -Sjn moi o^-Sy mn"^ : ra San nKiSoi If 
s Dipon Dip^ iDi nvrnro nSjr^o j n^m rvnro 
iIpm k^S Ntrrx 1 ? n^K mS-di d<£d *pj : i&np 
n np-rci mm hko nrro j nonoS jdbo xh) 
e j nbo spy -pa \ypso juern in n? ij;^ ^Sko 

7 ^bo ni^i dSv Tins lawm DD^jq D'njnp ijw 
s tdji aim tq:h my mn^ imn nro jtimh 
9 obiy nn& oa^m Di-iyp nonbo 
* niK^ mn^ -nron -|So nrmn ^ rasn -|So 

k Tpbx nnS ro ♦ nbo imn nSo Kin fax^ 

1 v ; *' . . 1 xxv. 

2 -Sk rwoioK vtim ^n7K j kctk ^£33 nirp Ssr^ 

I I T *" ~ - ; - gulis peti 

i fwin x vich ^ninnK ^;mn nin^ -p-n ♦ Dpn 

S? {_ w vind spiritus 

d vrnp ^niK ^ ^n?K nnK-^ ^-r^i *]now 

6 ; ran oStyD ^ ^idhi mn^ -]^n-i-nDr t ovn 

8 d^kdh nnv p"S^ niiT nerr:ntD t nin^Dio j^oS 



PSALM XXI. XXII. 

thou-shalt place them back, with thy cords thou shalt prepare against their-face 
14 Be-exalted, O Jehovah, in thy strength, we-shall sing and shall praise thy 
strength ; 



PSALM XXII. 



1 To the conqueror upon the early ; Aileth ; a song for David. 2 My God, my 
God, for why hast thou forsaken me, far from my salvation ; the words of my 
roaring ; 3 My God, I shall cry daily and thou wilt not hear, and the night and 
no silence ; for me. 4 And thou holy possessing the praises ; of Israel. 5 In thee, 
our fathers have hoped, they have hoped and thou wilt rescue them. 6 To thee, 
they have cried and they have been liberated, in thee, they have hoped and have 
not been-put to shame ; 7 And I a worm ; and not a man, the disgrace ; of Adam 
and the dregs of the people : 8 All-who see me,-shall laugh for me, they-shall 
shoot out, with the lip ; they-shall move the head. 9 He has rolled to Jehovah, 
he shall rescue him, he-shall save him, for he has delighted in him. 10 For thou 
my deliverer, from the womb ^-causing me to trust, upon the breasts of my mo- 
ther. 1 1 Upon thee I-have been-cast from the womb, from the womb ; of my 
mother my God thou. 12 Thou wilt not be far, from me for difficulty ; near for 
no helper. 13 Many calves have surrounded me, strong bulls of Bashan. 14 They 
have opened upon me their mouth, a lion tearing and bellowing. 15 As waters 
I have been diffused, and all my bones ; have separated themselves, my heart 
has been as wax melted in the middle of my viscera- 13 My strength has been- 
dried as an earthen pot, my tongue :-joined to my jaws and for the dust of death, 
thou shalt place me. 17 For dogs have surrounded me, the assembly; of the- 
wicked as a lion-have pierced my hands: and feet: 18 1 shall number all my 
bones ; they-shall stare and shall look upon me. 19 They shall divide my gar- 
ments : for them and upon my clothing, they-shall cast the lot. 20 And thou, O 
Jehovah, wilt not be-distant, my strength ; to my help ; hasten.- 21 Rescue from 
the sword my soul : from the hand : of the dog, my darling j- 22 Save me from the 
mouth of the lion, from the horns : of the-unicorn, thou hast heard me. 23 1 will 
declare thy name to my brethren in the middle of the congregation I will praise 
thee. 24 Ye-who fear Jehovah, praise him the whole seed of Jacob, glorify him, 
and fear from the whole seed of Israel. 25 For he has not scorned and he has 
not despised the humility ; of the poor, and he-has not hidden his-face from him, 
when-he cried to him, he has heard. 25 From thee my praise ; in the congre- 
gation much, my vows I shall pay before those-who fear him. 27 The-poor shall 
eat and shall be-satisfied, they shall praise Jehovah-who seek him, your heart 
shall live for an age. 28 Shall remember and shall turn to Jehovah all the ends 
of the earth : and shall bend themselves before thee, all the families ; of the na- 
tions. 29 Because to Jehovah the kingdom ; and ruling 



PSALMI 21. 22. 3D KD 

: orrca-Sy pi3n -pjvo3 iohw ■a is u 
psalmos M t -\rn)ii rrtotai nrw 7y3 mm 
SH?" nob ^Sn *>Sk -no?D in^n nWSy nv:oS n 2 

gloriam • 

fetr dov anpN to rruK^-m pirn ■orory 3 

tur, expri- . . . ' . 

32m errrp nrw : ^7 mon-KTi n^i myn nti 4 
t iDtoSarv intD3 utqn inton *p : Snt^ rvbnn n 
nybin ttiin ♦♦ wir^Si ino3 -p isoSdji ipyr yhx 6 7 
tt*y^ wSd * oy itm dik nam l^n-kS^ 8 
inW inta^ mm-Stf t tym iy^ natstt vrbai 9 
: ®M HtrSy woe j&ab nna-o : 13 pan •a 1 
pmn-Stf ? nna ^Sn^on p3£Drn£ToWn yhy n 12 
D^nn ona "wmd : my p*03 romp nir^D •odd 13 
n^i tpo rmtf Dma ^y iva jwro j^3 no** 14 
:im3 mn imo^y-SD nnanm Toapj d^dd 10 
mp^D p3TD ■oWti td anno * ^yD-pm do: ™ 
d^hd my d^Sd \n33D *o : •onapn niD-iaySi 17 
non vwierSa naoK 9 ^j-n *r ^pri 1? 
ib^ wS-^yi anS ipSm : ■ahNrfl ito^ 19 
t win TntyS ^mS^K pmn-S*e mm nnjo : Snu 3 ' 
iao ijjprin : vrpm iSd-td ^aa 3mD nWr 21 22 
•pro tikS-|Op maoa * •anoy *&pm ran* 23 
3py^ jnrSs imSSn mm \^ j ^Sna Snp 24 
nSi nerkS : bxw ymb3 ijdd rvui ihhm ro 
•pSn iyv^ laoo ^non-KSi ^y n^y f p^ 
t vn^ U3 d^k ^ n SnpD ^nSnn ^n^o :yo^ 26 
ddddS w wrn mn^ -torn vnt^i o^^y iSdx^ 27 
iinnts^i p^dbn-Sd mrr^ 13^1 top nyS 28 



PSALM XIX. XX. XXI. 



8 The law ; of Jeliovah perfect ;-turning ; the soul : the testimony ; of Jehovah 
faithful ;-making wise ; the little one. 9 The precepts of Jehovah-right-rejoicing 
the heart, the precept ; of Jehovah pure, -illuminating the eyes : 10 The fear ; of 
Jehovah clean ; remaining ; for an age, the judgments of Jehovah truth ; they 
have been-righteous altogether,- 11 Desirable before gold and before gold much, 
and-sweeter before honey and the dropping ; of the honey-combs. 12 Even thy 
servant has been warned in them, in keeping them reward great. 13 Errors ; who 
shall understand, from hidden things ; cleanse me. 14 Even from the-proud re- 
strain thy servant, they shall not rule in me, then I shall be-perfect, and I shall 
be-clean from prevarication great. 15 Shall be-to please the words of my mouth, 
the meditation of my heart, for thy-face, O Jehovah, my rock and my Redeemer. 

PSALM xx. 

1 To the conqueror, a song for David. 2 Jehovah shall answer thee, in the day 
of distress ; shall elevate thee the name of the God of Jacob. 3 He shall send 
thy help, from holiness and from Zion he shall support thee. 4 He shall remem- 
ber all thy , sacrifices ; and thy whole offering ; shall burn. Selah. 5 He shall 
give for thee according-to thine heart, and all thy counsel ; he shall fulfil. 6 We 
shall be glad, in thy salvation ; and in the name of our God, we shall elevate a 
standard, Jehovah shall fulfil all thy petitions ; 7 Now have I known that Jehovah 
-has saved his anointed, he will hear him, from the-heaven of his holiness, in the 
-strength ; of the salvation, of his right hand ; 8 Some in a chariot and some in 
horses, and we in the name of Jeliovah our God-shall remember. 9 They have 
bended and have fallen, and we have risen, and have raised ourselves. 10 Jeho- 
vah,-save, the king shall hear, in the day we have called. 

PSALM XXI. 

1 To the conqueror, a song for David. 2 Jehovah, in thy strength the king 
shall rejoice, and in thy salvation ; as he-shall rejoice very much. 3 The desire ; 
of his heart, thou wilt give to him and the fruit ; of his lips ; thou hast not re- 
jected. Selah. 4 For thou shalt anticipate him blessings ; of good, thou shalt 
place for his head a crown ; of g5ld.- 5 Life he has asked from thee, and thou shalt 
give for him, length of days, an age and time. 6 Great his glory in thy salvation ; 
glory and honour thou shalt place upon him. 7 For thou shalt place him bless- 
ings ; for time thou wilt gladden him in joy ; thy-face. 8 For the king has 
trusted in Jehovah, and in the mercy of the Most High he shall not move. 9 Thy 
hand : shall find all thy enemies, thy right hand ; shall find those-who hate thee. 
10 Thou wilt place them as an oven of fire : for the time : of thy-anger, Jehovah 
in his wrath shall destroy them, and shall consume them, fire : 11 Their fruits 
from the earth : thou shalt destroy, and their seed from the sons of Adam. 12 For 
they have declined against thee evil ; they have considered a thought ; they have 
not been-able. 1 3 For 



19. 20. 21. *o a &■» o^nn 

8 mm rvny efts na^o no^on mm mm : mono 

9 ph'mmo unw mm mpa ? ma mano rooao 
i mints mm nam : rwy htko ma mm mo 
n Dnomn t nm ip^s hok nin^a^a V? moiy 
12 -pay-o:i : nftn D^pmoi an rflpi anro 
15 nnnoio pa^ nwuty an apy anora ona nnn 
14 Dma ?k ^"iSb^-Sk may Vn onto dji r^fcia 
id -pa? ^a7 pum •'fi-'noK prvrvm :an y^ao wp]i 

♦ nnS mora maoS a * ^w:n m mm p n L - 

Sf Votaetora- 
w : apy^ to dp *p:w rra ova mm *py> p^Kr 

) | ej usque suo, 

4 ^rniyi -pnruo-TD nan "pyo^ p^oi tsHpo-pry Kegno - 
n i y^jr^n -paSa ^S-jm : nho mwv 

6 -ba mm bru irnbx D^ai ^nyi^a Hijni 

7 iruy wo mm y •o myr nny t yrvbxwo 
s nbin aana rhx t us* 1 y«a mmaja itsnp 

9 ijna non :ma?3 imba mm-D^a urnm D^Dioa 
i -|Son njrwn mm * miyn:n uop uru*o nSaai 
k t irih motb nv^oS *o : uanp-Dva tajy p x * al 
3 2 nwn hko Wma *]ny v^ai *f?D-rw ^rya mm gjjjj^ 

J f [ ? num Mes- 

4 -*a ♦♦ rV?D ny^-?a vnsp nisnjo 17 mnra ia7 

J tudo et ae- 

n'D^n t rs mtoy v^so? wn aito mana uonpn ss ur . 
e maa bnj : nyi abiy -p** iS nnro 
v hiano inrvtrma x vSy mcsm mm Tin -|rywo 
s mma naa ^bon^a t ^srnK nno^a imnn nyS 
9 ipty ^a^-SaS *\t kvoh j toio^-Sa p^Sy nonai 
^ mm '-pa nyS pk m^na lom^n t yxw K^on 

u cjnn na^n pKO iona t pk D^a^m oySa^ ia^a 



PSALM XVIII. XIX. 



thou the people : poor-wilt save, and the lofty ; eyes : thou-wilt humble. 29 For 
thou-wilt illuminate my lamp, Jehovah my God-will enlighten my-darkness. 
30 For in thee, I shall run through, an army, and in my God I shall leap a wall. 
3t God perfect his way : the word ; of Jehovah pure ; a shield he has been, for 
all-who hope in him. 32 For who is God, except Jehovah ? and who is a rock, 
except our God ? 33 The powerful God,-girding me, strength, and who shall give 
my way : perfect— 34 Placing my feet : as of deer ; and upon my high places ; he- 
shall make me to stand.- 35 Teaching my hands :-to fight, and has been broken a 
bow : of brass my arms ; 35 And thou shalt give to me the shield of thy salvation, 
and thy right hand ; will support me, and thy goodness ; will multiply me. 37 Thou 
—wilt enlarge my steps under me, and my ancles have not declined. 38 1 shall 
pursue my enemies, and I-shall catch them, and I shall not turn till I have con- 
sumed them. 39 1 shall pierce them, and they shall not be-able to rise, they shall 
fall under my feet : 40 Thou shalt gird me, strength to war ; thou-wilt bend those 
-who rise against me, under me. 41 And of my enemies thou shalt give for me 
the neck, and those- who-hate me I shall cut them off. 42 They shall cry and 
there shall not be a preserver, to Jehovah and he has not answered them. 43 And 
I shall bruise them, as the dust before the-face of the wind : as the clay, of the 
streets ; I-shall attenuate them. 44 Thou wilt pluck me from the contentions of 
the people : thou-wilt place me for the head of the nations, a people : I have not 
known, .shall serve me. 45 For the hearing of the ear ; they shall hear for me, 
the . sons of the stranger shall lie for me. 45 The sons of the stranger shall fall, 
and they shall tremble from their close places ; 47 Jehovah has lived, and bless- 
ed my rock, and the-God of my salvation shall be-exalted. 48 God-giving 
-vengeance, for me, and he-shall lead the people : under me. 49 O my deliverer 
from my enemies, even from those-who rise against me, thou wilt raise me, from 
the man of violence thou-wilt rescue me. 50 Upon this I will praise thee, 
among the nations, O Jehovah, and for thy name I will praise.- 51 Enlarging 
the-salvation ; of his king, and making mercy for his anointed, for David and 
for his seed, time for ever. 



PSALM xix. 

1 To the conqueror, a song for David. 2 The heavens-declaring the glory of 
God, and the work of his hands : the firmament declaring. 3 Day for day-shall 
pour out a word, and night for night shall indicate knowledge ; 4 No speech no 
words their voice has not been heard. 5 In all the earth : their line has gone 
forth, and to the extreme of the world ; their words, for the sun he has placed a 
tabernacle, for them, 6 And he as a spouse coming from his bed-chamber ; shall 
rejoice as powerful-to run a way : 7 From the extreme of the heavens, his going 
forth, and his turning ; to their extremes and there is not hidden from his heat. 



PSALMI 18. 19. tfi TV 
"*o : nion D^yi ynsnn •ay-ny nna-'o ss 29 

pa "p "D : *oirn m:h vt^m mm ^ Tan nna S 
thon m» o^n San iyNrhix Tntbi ycm si 
'mW >e ^ >* "o D^oinn SdS am po mm ™ 
srotan San * utiSk ^rta? ttc ^01 hi,t njtao 33 
vyim Syi mS^io hr\ nwo : w D^on jmi S^n 34 
nannrrtrp nnroi nonSoS *r toSo : •flToy rb 
"inuyi \nyon "p^n -jy^ pa ^-jnm ♦♦ ^nynr 36 
I bvnp nyo kSi win ny* ^mn ? vimn 37 
whom : dhiSd"^ dwn'nSi owni ?jw 38 39 
Sri ^irKni i br\ nnn foi Dip "far kSi o 
tpy ^ nnn: ■ow : win ^p yon nonSoS 41 
aSi rnm*Sy ywo iyv^ : omo^K wpdi 42 
rvwn 13^3 nmaa-Sy lays Dprusw : ojy * 
Dy w tr*nS wn Dy ■o'hd ^toSsn : Dp^HK 44 
*aa iyot^ |tK y ♦ ^ ^nyr-aS no 
: QmnruDOo wrn "or-vtt h~wny 46 

**m x" 3 pun San : w thSk own -pai mn^n 47 4S 
•p c\x ^no ^toSss : win D^y niDp: ™ 

&m "p* p-Sy t ^vn Don tswo ^oonn ^Dp a 
non n^yi idSd myw hiM i rniDm •pe^i rtfff> $\ 

psal ruHoS ^ ♦ oSiyny lynrSi nrrS impoS x 

mini cogni- I | f ) i \ 

S=. et "mm nW? htS y^ dv7 :ypnn n^o 3 
Shk-d^ trwS dh^d Sdh mpy\ Dip pKn 
nno: pKi onivp-Sy insipm ik^d own rr^pE 7 



PSALM XVII. XVIII. 



their belly ; sons shall be-satisfied, and they-shall send their residue, for their 
little ones. 15 1 in righteousness will behold thy-face I shall be-satisfied when- 
I-have awaked, thy image ; 

PSALM XVIII. 

1 For the conqueror for the servant of Jehovah for David, who has spoken for 
Jehovah the words of this song; in the day Jehovah-has rescued him, from the 
hand; of all his enemies, and from the hand : of Saul. 2 And he will say, I will 
love thee, O Jehovah, my strength. 3 Jehovah my rock, and my tower • and my 
deliverer, my God, my strength, I will hope in him, my shield, and the horn : of 
my salvation, my elevation. 4 Praised I will call upon Jehovah, and from my 
enemies he shall save me. 5 The pains of death have surrounded me, and the 
torrents of Belial shall terrify me. 5 The pains of the grave : have surrounded 
me, the snares of death have anticipated me. 7 In difficulty, for me I shall call 
upon, Jehovah, to my God I shall cry, and he shall hear, from his temple, my 
voice and my cry ; for his presence, shall enter into his ears ; 8 And shall move 
and shall tremble the earth : and the foundations of the mountains, shall move 
and they shall move themselves, for anger for it. 9 Smoke has ascended in his 
wrath, and fire : from his mouth shall consume, coals have kindled from him, 

10 And he-shall bow the heavens and shall descend, and darkness under his feet : 

1 1 And he shall ride upon a cherub, and he shall fly he shall fly upon the wings : 
of the wind : 12 He shall place darkness his hiding place his circuits his taberna- 
cle ; density ; of waters, clouds ; of the heavens. 13 From the lightning ; before 
him, his clouds ; have passed, hail and coals of fire : 1 And Jehovah shall thun- 
der in the heavens, and the highest shall give his voice, hail and coals of lire : 
15 And he shall send forth his arrows, and he shall break them, and lightnings he 
has thrown, and shall destroy them. 15 And the-depth of the waters shall appear, 
and the foundations ; of the world ; shall roll from thy chiding ; O Jehovah, 
from the blowing ; of the wind : of thine anger. 17 He shall send from on high, 
he shall take me he shall draw me from waters many. 18 He-shall rescue me 
from my strong enemy, and from those- who hate me, for they have been-stronger 
than I, 19 They shall anticipate me, in the day of my calamity, and Jehovah shall 
be for a staff for me. 20 And he-shall lead me for a large place, he shall rescue 
me, for he has delighted in me. 21 Jehovah shall recompence me according-to 
my righteousness, according-to the the purity of my hands : he shall render for 
me. 22 For I have kept the ways : of Jehovah, and have not acted wickedly from 
my God. 23 For all his judgments before me, his statutes I shall not move from 
me. 24 And I have been perfect with him, and I have kept myself from mine 
iniquity. 25 And Jehovah has rendered for me according-to my righteousness 
according-to the purity of my hands : before his eyes : 23 With the merciful thou 
wilt shew thyself merciful, with the man perfect thou wilt shew thyself perfect. 
27 With the pure thou wilt shew thyself pure, and with the perverse thou wilt 
shew thyself distorted. 28 For 

B 



PSALMUS 
X V 1 1 I. 
Hymnus 
avidis, 
sublimioris 
argument 1 , 
verborum 
sententia- 
rumque 
pondere ac 
mysterio 
insignis, 
quo Deum 
cbrat ob 
ctionem, 
Regni sui, 
ej usque 
perpetuam 
conserva- 
tionem in* 
ter raedios 
hostes. 



17. 18* m n ubnrs 

♦♦ -|naion ppm njnaw -pa hthk p*na D ^ 
k iii itk irrS rnrv -r^pS iraob rp 
wik mrr^w Din nam irwn n3TnK mrrS S 
2 : ^prn mm -prnK no/oi t h)m toi VTtrh? tpp 

3 ^jo n-noriK ^ ^dSsdi ^rrmoi mpti 

4 nwjoi **opK SSno * •ojtra 7^ ppi S 
n j ^my^ Sjrta ittoi mo-tan wee** 5 jnsnN 
7 e ♦♦ mo ^pio wonp ■01330 SiNtr •tan 

>bip ita»no jw> jntsw ^Sk-Ski mpa 
s pan tpjnni pjttni t N3n yo&S vijritsn 
9 \vy rhy t 1S mn-n wyirv) irrv am noioi 

I dw t^i : 1300 injn o^m Sdkh rfio-KWi i&K3 

II kti tym 2r\yhy 33*vn * itan nnn binyi vw 
lonDDvnnno nno -pn tmr^rSj; 

13 i"D my n^o tDiprwny d^o-tdmi 

14 rt3 ibp {ff p^yi dw3 ojrm t wN"bnn 
10 ♦ Dorm 3i d^tci t?$fi*i w nSts^i t wtrbrw 
i6 rffp ^nn^o Ssn rvnoio ib:m d^o ^pen wm 
17 wpi anoo rbw t nn notwo 
is : ^00 1*20*03 macron rynwo ♦♦ Dm d^od 

3 19 jbnww t ^ jjwo 1 ? nirjryi^ itk-dto wolp* 

21 133 •'pma nirr vta;p ? n p&n n 3nnob 

22 vuwrr**?) thokto t h 3^ *t? 
23 } •»» -vdk-kS rnpm n^S rrcflffb-ta n ni^KO 

d 24 npTTD ^ nirmt^i : *oiyonontsw} loy Dionvwn 
i3roy lonnn n^on-ay r«r*g njaS ^33 
; Sn^nn ^pjrDjn'nsnn nsroy ; Donn D^on 



26 
27 



PSALM XV. XVI. XVII. 



and-who fear Jehovah he shall honour he has been sworn-to-punish, and he will 
not change. 5 His silver he has not given to usury, and a gift, against the inno- 
cent, he has not taken, doing this he shall not move, for ever. 

PSALM XVI. 

1 Golden for David, keep, O God, for I have trusted in thee. 2 Thou hast said 
to Jehovah, my Lord thou my goodness ; not to thee. 3 For the-holy who in 
the earth : they and the-glorious, all my delight in them. 4 Their sorrows shall 
be-multiplied, after they have hastened, I-will not pour out their libations, from 
blood, and I will not take their names, in my lips ; 5 Jehovah the part ; of my 
portion and of my cup ; thou-hast sustained my lot. 6 The lines have fallen 
for. me, in pleasant places, even an heritage ; spacious; upon me. 7 1 will bless 
Jehovah who has counselled me, even for nights, my reins ; have instructed me. 
8 I have placed Jehovah for my presence always, for from my right hand; I 
shall not move. 9 For this my heart has rejoiced, and my glory shall exult, even 
my flesh shall dwell for safety. 10 For thou wilt not leave my soul : in hell : 
and thou wilt not give thy afflicted-to see corruption. 11 Thou-wilt cause me to 
see the foot path ; of-life, fulness of joys ; thy-presence, pleasures in thy right 
hand ; for ever. 

psalm xvii. 

1 An oration ; for David. Hear, O Jehovah, righteousness,-attend to my cry ; 
-hearken to my prayer ; not with lips ; of guile ; 2 From thy-countenance my 
judgment has gone forth, thine eyes :-will behold-equity. 3 Thou hast tried my 
heart, thou hast visited me, the night, thou hast tried me, thou wilt not find, J 
have thought, my mouth shall not transgress. 4 On account-of the works ; of 
Adam, in the word of thy lips ; I have taken care of the paths ; of the destroyer. 
5 Sustain my steps, in thy paths ; my steps have not been moved. 6 1 have 
called upon thee, for thou wilt hear me, O God-incline thine ear ; for me hear 
my prayer Shew thy mercies, O preserver of those-who hope, from those 
—who raise themselves at thy right hand ; 8 Keep me as the black pupil ; of 
the eye : in the shade of thy wings thou-wilt hide me. 9 From the-face of 
the-wicked who have destroyed me, of my enemies in soul : they-have sur- 
rounded upon me. 10 Their feet they have inclosed, their mouth they have spoken 
in-pride. 11 Our step, they have now surrounded me, their eyes : they have 
placed-to expand in the earth : 12 His similitude as a Hon, he shall desire-to 
tear, and as a young lion abiding in lurking places. 13 Arise, O Jehovah, antici- 
pate his-face,-bend him save my soul : from the wicked thy sword. 14 From 
men thy hand : O Jehovah, from men of the world whose part ; in-life, and 
hidden thing, thou wilt fill 



PSALMI 15. 16. 17. n 1i ID 
no> nSi inn 1 ? pun mm w-nKi dno: 
Ti»P npS xh -"prSy man jnr-xS isdd n 

David de » 

Ssteb nna mmS mo** : -p worns irw 2 

Servo I ' 

firs' non P*0"wk awip 1 ? -pSjr 1 ^ v-nito 3 

mm t ^rsbv-by DrYwnN mo arrow n 

D^n t frM ymn nna ^pSrrruo « 
•taw niiTnx -p*** 1 ^ nSnrt]N D^^n 7 

' S:n not^ pS ; D^ON-Sn wotd 19 Ton 9 

p ♦ mo -jro^ nioy: ^a-r\K mnotr 
psalmus jtrwen inn mwpn pnv mm nyop nSsn k 
-pry t3&^a -paSo ♦ nono ^net? kSd ^nSan 2 
1 : -73 •onsro nb^ mpe ram * patera nrrnn 3 
1»n&t? i^d DTK rnbyeh t ^wbi ^nor s^on 4 

*h *p«ren Sk ^ayn-^D "ynmp-OK ? \oya iioioj * 
coin ywo -pron nban ? v-nox yotr 7 
b^n pjrra ptMO irw i-p^ D^ooipnoos 

ttPpi tfflM ^Ht^ 1? D Wl iJSD ♦* Wnon ^DDD 9 

nny wtmc : ma mi id** ruo ioaSn * ^ 1 11 
m-)*o wot ♦* pic rmo^ inw onwy ^imd 12 
rww noip $ Dunoon sen T&rcn Jptob ^dd^ 13 
t "jDnn ymo ^fi3 noSa ih^idh noip 
"1^^ d^hd DpSn nSno D^noo n^im ^n^-D^noo 14 



David pio- 
rum omni- 
um, atque 
ficielium ha 
bitum ac 
fectus velu 
ti induit, 
eorumque 
gemitus et 
preces, in 
media af- 
flictione, 
exprimit. 



PSALM XII. XIII. XIV. XV. 



for David. 2 -Save, O Jehovah, for the merciful has failed, for the-faithful have 
failed, from the sons of Adam. 3 A lie, a man shall address his neighbour, a 
lip ; of flatteries ; with a heart and a heart they shall speak, 4 Jehovah shall cut 
off all lips ; of flatteries ; a tongue .--speaking great things. 5 Who have said, for 
our tongues : we will strengthen our lips ; ours, who lord over us ? 6 On ac- 
count-of the destruction of the-poor, from the cry ; of the-needy, now I will 
rise, Jehovah shall say, I shall place in safety,-shall snare for him. 7 The 
words ; of Jehovah, words ; pure ; silver boiled in a furnace of earth :-defecated 
seven times. 8 Thou, O Jehovah, shalt keep them, thou shalt keep him from this 
generation for ever. 9 Around the-wicked themselves .shall walk, when-the 
-vile; of the sons of Adam are exalted. 

PSALM XIII. 

1 To the conqueror a song for David. 2 Time what, O Jehovah, wilt thou 
forget me, an age, time what,-wilt thou hide thy-face from me. 3 Time what, 
I-shall place counsels ; in my soul : grief in my heart, daily, time what my 
enemy shall be-exalted above me.- 4 Look and hear me, O Jehovah, my God,-, 
illumine mine eyes : lest I shall sleep death. 5 Lest mine enemy shall say, I 
have conquered him, my enemies-shall rejoice, for I shall move. G And I, in thy 
mercy, have hoped, my heart shall rejoice in thy salvation ; I will give praise 
for Jehovah, for he shall bestow a reward for me. 

PSALM xiv. 

1 To the conqueror for David, the fool has said in his heart, not-God, they- 
have acted foolishly, they-have abominably performed a work ; none working 
good. 2 Jehovah from the heavens-has looked upon the sons of Adam,-to see be, 
-understanding, seeking-God. 3 All have declined, equally they have been cor- 
rupted, none doing good, not even one. 4 Have they not known, all-who work 
iniquity-who eat my people : they have eaten bread, and Jehovah have not ad- 
dressed. 5 There, they have feared a fear, for-God in the generation of the 
just. 6 The counsel ; of the poor you-will asharne, for Jehovah his hope. 

Who will give from Zion the salvation; of Israel, when- Jehovah has turned 
the captivity ; of his people : Jacob shall rejoice, and Israel shall exult. 

PSALM xv. 

1 A song for David. O Jehovah, who shall dwell in thy tabernacle ? who 
shall abide in the mountain of thy holiness ? 2 Walking perfectly, and working 
righteousness, and speaking truth ; in his heart. 3 h ath not slandered with his 
tongue : he hath not done evil for his neighbour, and opprobrium ; hath not ta- 
ken against his neighbour : 4 Contemned, in his eyes : rejected 



12. 13. 14. 15. ID T # ^ D^fin 

ods^ Ton napb mm ny^in nnS ^lor^JBSafc 

de hypocri- 

♦ ? ? r crilego las. 

4 ^nD^- L -7D mm mrp n-OT tti nSn nip^nKr 
n u^SS via** -wk ♦ nnSnr^ mmo ptyb mpSn ^ 
e npjao Dvoy n^o : jhk ^ una wnsp asjia 
j b ytsra n^K mm no*o mpK nny DwaK 
7 paS b^ys *yra f]DD nnnto rvn&K mm rvn^x 
s -vnrrp irrcn D-mn mm-nnN ; D^ny:^ ppro 
9 vdS mSr qid pobnm oiy&n md' iD^yb 
n ~iy t nnS mora rraftb ^ : dtk ps x % x p s 



In persona 

^pa-rw mnon m*oy ma vmot^n mm mm ^r ,m 

cunque ca- 
lamitates 
depingit, 
eorumque 
viccm mi- 
seratur, at- 
que opem 
Dei queri- 
bundus im- 
plorat. 



3 npv p:n my mew many ^00 

4 tiSk mm ^jy hd^h 1 by dit rufoy 
n •ns vrfai ^tn nowja tnwn \wx m \& ^ymvwi 
e ^ S:p inniM -pom part ♦♦ trax p 

nby Soj "o mmb nmtsw ^nyi^ 
n )rmjfr\ wrbx pa ^hi hi) iqk nnb n^oS 
2 *ywn d^dpd ni^ aitD-n^y p*t nM>y wynn & 
: DWN-nK era topd t^n mar? ona-on-ty SSS 

• . atque ex 

♦♦ nnK-o^ p*t aitrntry pK inSw nm no Son 5KS£ 

I * l rationera 



PSALM US 

XIV. 
Universum 

ndum 
stultitifeac 
dira? cor- 



3 

NV?nK'3 I '( » [* [ *{_ Isra"e'lTs 

fix * rnrp Dn K ^ I 1K ^ a ' D 1jrp SB* 
™n : pn« 1^3 dm 1 ?^ ins nns oar : i^np 

7 e jn^ w t mono nirn ^ itsfon ^y-nvy 

npjn S:^ ioy rmw raw aitw Sm^ nyiK^ 

k -10 nin^ ihS iid?d id j Wtt^ no^ ^xv. 

t l ? Civitatem 

. 2 SysDi D^n -|7in j^np nn^ pts^o pn^a ni^ jg^j 
3 n^y-KS i^S-Sy j noK n^ni pn^s |g£ 



dituram 



ejus- 
cives ac 
ha- 
que- 



PSALM X. XI. XII. 



they. Selah. 

PSALM x. 

1 For why, O Jehovah, thou wilt stand at a distance, thou-wilt conceal 
for times: in difficulty; 2 In pride ; the ungodly shall pursue the afflicted, 
they shall be-taken in thoughts ; which they have imagined. 3 For the 
wicked has gloried, on account of the desire ; of his soul : and the covetous has 
blessed, despising Jehovah. 4 The wicked, according-to the pride of his nos- 
trils, shall not enquire, not-God all his thoughts ; 5 His ways : shall be-af- 
flicted at every time : elevated thy judgments from his sight, all his enemies, 
he-shall puff against them. 6 He hath said in his heart, I shall not move, for 
a generation and generation, which not in evil. 7 Cursing his mouth full, and 
—guile ; and fraud under his tongue : labour and iniquity. 8 He has remained, j 
in the lurking place of the villages, in dens he shall slay the innocent, his eyes : 
for the poor ; shall be-concealed. 9 He shall lurk in his den, as a lion in his 
dwelling ; he shall lurk-to seize the poor, he will seize the poor, when-he 
draws him in his net ; 10 And he has been-bruised, he has been-depressed 
and has fallen, with his strong ones, the poor ones. 11 He hath said in his 
heart, God hath forgotten, he-hath hidden his-face he has not seen for an age. 
12 Arise, O Jehovah God, raise thy hand : thou wilt not forget-poor. 13 Upon 
what, the wicked has despised-God, he has said in his heart, thou wilt not re& 
quire. 14 Thou hast seen, for thou, labour and indignation,-wilt behold-to give 
into thy hand ; upon thee, the poor ; will remain, the orphan thou hast been an 
assistant. 15 Break the arm ; of the ungodly and evil, thou shalt seek his wick- 
edness, thou shalt not find. 16 Jehovah King an age and time, the nations shall 
perish from his earth : 17 The desire ; of the-humble thou hast heard, O Jeho- 
vah, thou wilt prepare their heart, thou-wilt stretch thine ear ;- 18 To judge the 
orphan and the weak, he-shall not add more-to wear mortal man from the earth : 

PSALM XI. 

1 To the conqueror for David, in Jehovah I have hoped, how shall you say 
for my soul : flee your mountain, a bird : 2 For lo the-wicked shall stretch the 
bow : they have prepared their arrow, upon the string-to throw in darkness, for 
the-upright of heart. 3 For the foundations ; shall be-destroyed, what has the 
righteous done ? 4 Jehovah in the temple of his holiness, the throne of Jehovah, 
in the heavens his eyes : shall behold, his eye lids shall prove the sons of Adam. 
5 Jehovah the just shall prove, the wicked and the lover of iniquity his soul : 
has hated ; 6 He shall rain upon the-wicked snares, fire : and sulphur ; and a 
wind : of storms ; the portion ; of their cup ; 7 For the just Jehovah has loved- 
righteousness, his-face shall behold the upright. 

psalm xii. 

1 To the conqueror upon an octave ; a song 



PSALMI 10. 11. 12. y> w i 



™yn ^ * t rkes non n 

affect us fi- 



jamque e 
merge>nti. 
urn etlom 
Batu imuro 
boritra. 



pypycsn mwa rrrraa nwyS a^yn pima 
i. marr^y yan M^ma t )y&r\ ir nitron l^am w * 
-?a isk ?-d:d ytsn : mm -pa jrcai 4 
-Son forr iSw nwrirb ^nWpK ^H^ ff^ 
noK ♦♦ dto m^ nuo yvbwn D-no 6 ' 

irra hSk : jna yti ttS Di£K-Sa laSa ? 
a^ ♦ p*o Soy iwS nnn -jm moioi aSa * 
naSnS v^y ^ jnm rznnpfta a+im a-woa 
rptonb m*o todd rrnNa nnooa aiao : u*w 9 
*n> »w vDivyD Smi nari irrcna latyDa tpm * 
ntn-Sa vos won to^ laSa noa ♦♦ DwaSn n 
* a% na^n-Stf *|T km mm noip rraS 12 
kS laSa noa c^nS** yen nn-Sy is 
*\by ^ra nnS ^an oyai Soy nn*na nn*o 14 
yen yn? tos^ t my mi nna Dim naSn ary» id 
nyi oSiy mm * *rcon-Sa lyen-trmn yn ^ 
Dab pan mm nyop ovny man * wko d^ji naa. it 
pyb *ny tyw-Sa tti Din^ tos^S * -put .awpn is 
gA^-xi. mma inb n^aoS *o ; p^n-}D bwk k 

dam et cu- of 'D s * 

sb. in run •o niM Dam ma ^sr? moan -pa won I 

flictionibus, > » 

ScX noa nm-by osn ima nt^p pann^ D^ann 
Sya-ra pH^ pcnm m ntrn v t aS-nt^S 3 
vrr» ikdd D^^a rmm wnp Sa^na rnm 4 
an«i yeni jna^ pn^ mn^ : din ^a lina^ veysy n 
mail t^K D^na D^trrSy nto^ * wea hk^ dot « 
anK mp^r^ mm pnr^a : ddid wo nisj^r nni * 
• mropn-Sy mooS a^ : io^a im^ k 



31T 
IP 



PSALXI1 
Conqueri- 
tur de com- 



PSALM VIII. IX. 



which : thou wilt put thy glory upon the heavens. 3 From the mouth of infants, 

and sucklings, thou hast founded strength, for the sake of thy enemies-to-cause 
to cease the enemy, and avenging himself. 4 When I shall behold thy heavens, 
the work of thy fingers ; the moon and stars which thou hast prepared. 5 What 
mortal man, that thou wilt remember him, and the son of Adam that thou wilt 
visit him. 6 And thou-wilt make him deficient, a little, from the angels, and 
glory and honour thou wilt crown him. 7 Thou— shalt make him to rule over the 
works of thy hands ; all thou hast put under his feet : 8 Sheep : and cattle all 
and even the beasts : of the fields. 9 The birds : of the heavens and the fishes of 
the sea passing the paths ; of the waters. 10 O Jehovah, our Lord, how great thy 
name in all the earth : 



PSALM IX. 



1 To the conqueror upon Muthlabben, a song for David. 2 I will praise Je- 
hovah, with my whole heart, I will enumerate all thy wonderful works ; 3 I will 

* be-glad and I will rejoice in thee, I will praise thy name, O Most High. 4 When 
-my enemies fall back they shall stumble and they shall perish, from thy-face., 
5 For thou hast made my judgment and my cause, thou hast sat upon a throne 
judging righteousness. 6 Thou hast rebuked the nations, thou hast destroyed 

s the ungodly, their name thou hast blotted out for ever and ever. 7 O enemy 
destructions ; have been-finished for an age and cities thou hast destroyed, their 
memory has perished, them. 8 And Jehovah for ever shall remain, he hath pre- 
pared for judgment his throne. 9 And he shall judge the world ; in righteous- 
ness he shall judge the people in-rectitude. 10 And Jehovah shall be an exalta- 
tion for the poor, an exaltation for times : in difficulty ; 11 And they shall hope in 
thee-who know thy name, for thou hast not forsaken them-who seek thee, O 
Jehovah. 12 Sing to Jehovah possessing Zion, declare among the-peopJe : his 
works ; 13 For seeking-blood he remembers them, he has not forgotten the cry ; 
of the-poor. 14 Pity me, O Jehovah, see my distress, from my haters-lifting me 
from the gates of death. 15 For the sake, I shall declare all thy praises ; in the 
gates of the daughter ; of Zion, I shall exult in thy salvation ; 16 The nations 
have been-plunged into the ditch they have made, in the net ; that they have 
concealed their foot : has been taken ; 17 Jehovah has been known from the judg- 
ment he has made, in the work of his hands, the sinner has been-snared medita- 
tion. Selah. 18 The-wicked shall be-turned to the grave : all the nations-who 
forget-God. 19 For not for ever he shall forget the poor shall the expectation ; of 
the-poor perish for ever. 20 Rise, O Jehovah, mortal man has not prevailed the 
nations shall be-judged, before thy-face. 21 O Jehovah, place fear to them the 
nations may know mortal 



8. 9. tD n D^nn 
s cpyi n^Siy ^so ♦ D^opmSy "pin mn ipk ~r 

l > bum propa- 

4 ->5 : op^noi nwrw -pm jyo7 ?y mo^ gato - 

*HWst cmmm nm ^ny^N npyo foe? nma 
n t inpan ft DiK-pi irowvo puk-ho j ritoii 
e 5 imtoyn Ttm itoSi qtiSko oyo li-nonm 
s 7 rare * vSrrnnn nnp won inS^pon 
9 &T1 \rn ow -na* * hp nioro dji dSd bftasa 
i -Son "|0p ^i*rno m mm : mma noy 
k mo?o pS nio-Sy muoS d * pan jj^at 
2 1 ^pniNSarSo maoa ^S-Sm mm ima i inS 

) J lebrat vie- 

4 s wn-diko * p^y nop mowp mnyjo nnopN 

» Kegni bui. 

n ^oapo mpy"^> : "pao ho*oi uns 
• e ddp yen moN nny:i * pns aaip kddS rac^ 
7 onyi nioS rvQnn ion d^kh njn oSiyS mno 
« p\3 3^ oSiyS mm : non Dior ion rwro 

9 CZ! s OnS pT plVO Bfipi Kim 1 1ND0 Oa^oS 

*i ninyS aapo :upo mm sti i Dnt^oa 
11 nory-tfS ft -pp iyrp *p inoo'n i rmfi 
12 : vnM>y Drop vtirj p^ 01^ mmS nor : mm 
is x npy^ roar nS -or onrn oron tinr*o ^ pD ^ 
14 : mo-nypo ^oono *w n*o rmm 
id nSviN p^-no nyao "pnSnn-So maox jyoS 
ffe noo irw ipy nnw c^u iyoo :*]njwo 
17 vto Syan npy aapo mm ym t D^n mrta 
is -So hSinpS D^yan mw* t nSo \vm ypn pp^ 
19 mpn p^N TOtsr rraS ^ :d^hSk ^nop w 
d^dsp* 1 piiN ?y^K mm noip j nyS nDKn d^v **&*f 
21 cd^j t^n 1 onS nmo mm nnw 1 ^a-Sy d^j 



PSALM VI. VII. VIII. 



octave ; a song for David. 2 O Jehovah, in thine anger, thou wilt-not reprove 
me, and in thy wrath thou wilt not chastise me." 3 Pity me, O Jehovah, for I 
weak, heal me, O Jehovah, for my bones : have been terrified. 4 And my soul : 
has been terrified ; very much, and thou, O Jehovah, to what time. 5 Return, O 
Jehovah, rescue my soul : save me, for the sake of thy mercy. 6 Since not in 
death thy remembrance, in the grave : who shall give praise for thee. 7 I have 
laboured in my groaning ; all the night my bed ; I-have caused to swim with my 
wesping ; my couch I shall water. 8 Mine eye : from indignation has been-dark- 
ened ; it has grown old ; on account-of all my enemies. 9 Depart from me, all 
-who work iniquity, for Jehovah has heard the voice of my weeping. 10 Jeho- 
vah hath heard my supplication ; Jehovah my prayer shall receive. 11 Shall be- 
ashamed and shall be-terrified, very much, all my enemies. They shall turn 
and be-ashamed suddenly. 

PSALM VII. 

1 A wandering song for David, which he has sung for Jehovah, upon the 
words of Chush the son of Jemini. 2 Jehovah, my God, in thee, I have hoped- 
save me, from all-who persecute me, and rescue me. 3 Lest as a lion, he shall 
tear my soul : tearing, and none-rescuing me. 4 Jehovah, my God, if I have 
done this if wickedness ; be in" my hands. 5 If I have rewarded my friend evil, 
and shall exact from my enemy vainly. 6 The enemy shall pursue my soul : and 
shall seize it, and shall trample upon the ground : my life ; and my glory shall 
place in the dust. Selah. 7 Arise, O Jehovah, in thine anger-rise on account 
-of the indignations ; of my enemies, and awake for me, the judgment thou hast 
commanded. 8 And the assembly ; of thy people shall surround thee, and on ac- 
count of it on high return. 9 Jehovah-shall judge the-people : judge me ; O Je- 
hovah, according-to my righteousness, and according-to my integrity in me. 
10 Shall be-finished, I pray the evil of the-wicked, and thou shalt establish the just 
and trying the-heart and reins ; the just God. 11 My shield upon-God-keeping 
the-upright of heart. 12 God judging righteousness, and God has been-angry 
in every day. 13 If he has not turned, his sword he will sharpen, his bow : he 
hath stretched, and shall prepare it. 14 And for him he-has prepared the vessels 
of death, his arrows-pursuing he shall work. 15 Lo he shall bring forth iniquity, 
and he hath conceived perversity, and hath brought forth a lie. 16 A well he hath 
dug, and shall dig it ; and he shall fall into the ditch he shall make. 17 His 
wickedness shall turn on his head, and upon his top his iniquity shall descend. 
18 I will praise Jehovah, according-to his righteousness, and I will praise the 
name of Jehovah the Most High. 

PSALM VIII. 

1 To the conqueror upon Hagitith ; a psalm for David. 2 Jehovah, our Lord, 

how great thy name, in all the earth : 

a 4? 



PSALMI 6. 7. 8. nn 
jj-SUs, "^ni worn nvT> j tit 1 ? noro rwwn 2 

sensu irse [ [ 

foftmoS, .^Ntn L T70K p mm ^n pnoTi nTOnn- 

ac tandem o ? • 

ta lucta. . . l 3 nni ° 

jyo? •ojrwn ^£33 mnn mm nmp * ^no-iy n 
vijw : ^mii to Sikbo -par mas pK * -pon « 7 

vtid ♦ ^iraa npny d^do n^y $ nooN 8 9 
}}dw nsa Sip rwrfl jwo pa ^jar^a ^p 1 
*tkd iSrwi wa* : np^ ^rtan mm vunn nip » 
,vn. "rnS pw ? ♦ jm pt^ k 
vtSk mm •wp tyim-ovby mmS -i|riMt 2 
tp^-p r^Wii ^tSdd won *p 

WCPjrDN W?M mm : pKI pnfi ^33 iTHJO 4 

D£e4os. *n paS oo-vn wp-sw tpm :Dp*n *imf e 
-p*o rnm rroip * r-ho pw nsyS main ? 

pT mm i nnw di-oS mSjn -psion d^kS rvryi 8 9 

*p*rc cd^hSk nvSm nob pirn pm ppm D^an 
pm tosw d^hSk * aS-nty* jwid D\nSK"Sy n 12 
m^p tritD^ pin nS-dk : d^-Sm oyr is 
♦ Sy^ D^pSiS vsn mo-fa pan iSi t mman 14 
mj to x npp n^i Soy mm pa-Sam r%h is 
Sjn v^aia iSoy : nn^ ^ imsn>i n 
-d^ moral ip^D mm miN : ty> ioon npnp 18 
S^Jli^wn-Sj; mooS n mm^ 
pNn-7M "jotr nn^-no- m mm .nil? moro 2 



FSAL. 

Querelas et 
lamenta 
Davidis. 
cum a Saule 
gravissima 
persecutio- * 
ne et perpe 
tuts exiliis 
divexatus 
ac fatiga- 
tus, arden- 
tissirne a?- 
rumiiarum 



Hymnus de 
vero et pu 
ro Dei cub 
tu per un: 



PSALM III. IV. V. VI. 



the mountain of his holiness. Selah. 6 I have reclined and I shall sleep, I- 
have awaked, for Jehovah shall support me. 7 I shall not fear from ten thou- 
sands ; of people : who : round about have placed against me. 8 Arise, O Jehovah 
-save me, O my God, for thou-hast struck all my enemies, the cheek bone ; the 
teeth : of the-ungodly thou hast broken. 9 For Jehovah the salvation ; upon thy 
people : thy blessing ; Selah. 

PSALM IV. 

1 To the conqueror upon-Neginoth ; a song for David. 2 When-I call, hear . 
me, O God, of my righteousness, in difficulty thou-hast enlarged, for me, pity 
me and hear my prayer ; 3 O sons of men, how long my glory for shame ; you 
shall love vanity, you seek a lie. Selah. 4 And know, that Jehovah-hath sepa- 
rated the godly, for himself, Jehovah shall hear, when-I call to him. 5 Fear and 
you shall not sin, speak with your heart, upon your couch, and be-silent. Selah. 
6 Sacrifice sacrifices, of righteousness, and trust in Jehovah. 7 Many saying who 
—shall cause us to see good, lift upon us the light of thy-countenance, O Jeho- 
vah. 8 Thou hast given gladness ; in my heart, from the time : their corn and 
their wine have been-multiplied. 9 In peace at once I shall recline, and I shall 
sleep, for thou, O Jehovah, for alone, for safety thou-wilt cause me to dwell. 

psalm v. 

1 To the conqueror upon-Nehiloth ; a song for David. 2 My sayings-cause to 
hear,-0 Jehovah, understand my meditation. — 3 Attend the voice of my cry, my 
King and my God, for to thee, I myself, will pray. 4 O Jehovah, early thou 
shalt hear my voice, early I will direct for thee, and I will watch. 5 Because not 
a God desiring wickedness thou, thee the wicked shall not possess. 6 The-foolish 
shall not place themselves for the presence of thine eyes : thou hast hated all- 
who work iniquity. 7 Thou shalt destroy those-who speak a lie, the man of— 
blood and of guile ; Jehovah shall hate. 8 And I, in the multitude of thy mer- 
cy, will enter thy house, and will bend myself to the temple of thy holiness, in 
thy fear ; 9 O Jehovah, lead me in thy righteousness ; for the cause of my ene- 
my-direct for my-face thy way : 10 For in his mouth not rectitude ; their inward 
-wickedness ; a sepulchre opened their throat, their tongue : they-shall flatter.— 

11 Count them guilty, O-God, they shall fall from their counsels ; in the multi- 
tude of their prevarications,-expel them, for they have rebelled against thee. 

12 And all shall rejoice,-who hope in thee, for ever they shall rejoice, and thou 
shalt protect upon them, and they shall exult in thee-who love thy name. 13 For 
thou shalt bless the righteous, O Jehovah, as a shield ; of good will thou shalt 
crown him. 

PSALM VI. 

1 To the conqueror upon-Neginoth ; upon an 



Causam 
Regni sui 
agit, atque 
assent con- 
tra inimi- 
cos suos. 



3. 4. 5. 6. i rt i j D^nn 

6 *o vwpn trfro wnp nno 

7 irur i^n mMno a-wr ^odd^ mm 

8 -Srnj* non-o viSk •ojrwn mm neip 

9 -Sy njnt^n mmS t rro^ d^bh w t6 •aw 
■a mora r\wm mooS n *hSd nnra novpsAL.iv, 

. , I ♦ Causam 

2 •ujn v? romn -no ipns ™ *w t nnS 

3 nzhzh him no--ny fcfl*oa : ^nSsn ywi 

4 mm nbftrro im ♦ nSo :>?:> v^p^n pn panan 
n wann-Wi ion ♦♦ i^Sk wpa y w mm iS Ton 
e -tot mar : nSo iom MM^o-Sy DranSn noa 
v aico twrvno d*hon con : rorrr^fc mam pn^ 
s nyo ^Sn nno^ nnra ♦♦ mm -pa tik wSjrnw 
9 -*o jt^jh rcbpjt nm diSko * i*h Dtsnnwi om 
k nmoS n ? ^^fi hddS -n^S mm nna 

2 nxo mm tivtnr\ hon * nn? -noro niTrurrHw SrsS 

3 ^Sk-o •ffwi ^ho SipS ™^pn ♦♦ 

4 l^'T^** ^P n P^ * SSan&t 
n * in ■pj* nS nn*t y^n p arrStf kS 13 ♦♦ na 
e ; jik iSya-Ss n^cr -pry mS n^SSm 13 w-nS 
7 : W nyrp nmfti d^t^n 3d 

s -Sdm-Sn mnntsw ^mn *03K 71 on ma mki 
^ jyS& "jnpnM Mm mm ^nata "jcnp 
s nun Mnp riioa *ma3 pN ti j^ntr yaS ntsnn 
ii dvtSk Do^Krr i pp^Sm owS ona rnna-Dp 
:*p riqrd lornnn omytra 3-a Dmmy&DiSfi' 1 
22 i^Syn io^Sy -pni iifP dSi^S ^ ^Din-So mwn 
13 rniia mm pn^ 7"Dn nn^D i^otr ^hk ^ 

; I PSAL. VI. 

k 'Hy nir^n m^di i ? yrswyn pn ^55° 



PSAL. V. 
Frecatio ad 



rorem im 
proborum 
coerccat, et 
res jnorum 
afflictas. et 
prope per- 
clitas, re- 
creet atque 
sustenttt- 



THE 

BOOK OF PSALMS. 



PSALM I. 

1 O the-blessedness of the man who : hath not walked in the counsel ; of the 
-ungodly, and in the way : of transgressors hath not stood, and in the seat of 
scorners hath not sat. 2 For since in the law ; of Jehovah his delight, and in his 
law ; he will meditate daily and night. 3 And he has been, as a tree planted 
upon the divisions of waters, which shall give his fruit in his season : and his leaf 
shall not wither, and all that he shall do-shall prosper. 4 Not so the-ungodly, for 
since as chaff which the wind : shall dispel it. 5 Upon this the-wicked shall not 
stand in the judgment, and sinners in the assembly ; of the-just. 6 For Jehoval 
hath known the way : of the-just, and the way : of the-wicked shall perish. 

PSALM II. 

1 For why do the nations rage, and the people shall meditate vainly. 2 The 
kings of the earth : have opposed themselves, and the rulers have been establishet 
together against Jehovah, and against his anointed. 3 We will break their 
chains, and-shall cast from us their cords. 4 Sitting in the heavens, he shall 
laugh, the Lord shall mock for them. 5 Then shall he speak to them in his 
wrath, and in his burning he shall terrify them. ° And I have anointed my 
king upon Zion, the mountain of my separation. 7 I will declare to the de- 
cree, Jehovah hath said to me, my son thou, I this day have begotten thee. 
8 Ask from me, and I will give nations for thy possession ; and thine inheri- 
tance ; the bounds of the earth : 9 Thou shalt bruise them ; with a rod : of iron, 
as vessels of pottery thou shalt break them ; 10 And now, O Kings-consider, 
be-instructed, O Judges, of the earth : 11 Serve the Jehovah, in fear ; and-exult 
in trembling ; 12 - Kiss the son, lest he shall be-angry, and ye shall perish the 
way : For his wrath as a little shall burn, O the-blessedness of all-who trust in 
him. 

PSALM III. 

1 A Psalm for David when-he fled from the-face of Absalom his son- 2 Je- 
hovah, how my enemies have been-multiplied, many ris'ng against me. 3 Many 
saying for my soul : no help ; at all for him in God. Selah. 4 And thou, Jeho- 
vah, a shield about me, my glory, and exalting my head. 5 My voice to Jehova 1 -f 
I will cry, and he will answer me from 



LIBER PSALMORUM. 

PSALMUS L K 



y^m &$ur\ n^n ^ri kS tr^n k 
: firm dov» mn^nnin?-! ^an mrn nrin? dk *>? 2 

-k7 : nn •usnnngK f d?-dn p o^in n 
n?kh tfj^^Tf h f"n nfm jft^ 

i£3*o io^k nun 1 * ?n nnr^ pntsn roa n 



■n^nay * pk ^s'By -nDip^Swn'p^Sb nryn 

: m dyjbdk ^so imM Trn mors J 

onoK aw ♦ *hy D^p dw "n^ ni - no mrv 2 j 

wjni KipK mir^K ••Sip o^ni onoi nro rt 

a K ... j 

Gift of 
Jacob B. Scbiff 
1912 



/ 



o»Snn 13d 

THE BOOK 

OF 

PSALMS, 

WITH A 

LITERAL ENGLISH VERSION. 



Sed ordo rerura et conspicuus decor 
Non sic tuentum luraina detinent, 

Divina ut, arcanis haberys, 
Lex animos ad honesta flectit , 

Psalmus xix, 7. Buchananus. 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: June 2005 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724) 779-2111 




i 




